AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 12, 2016.

No. 811-23161

No. 333-212032

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
   x
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1    x
Post-Effective Amendment No.    ¨
and/or     
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
   x
Amendment No. 1    x

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

NuShares ETF Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

(Address of Principal Executive Office)

(312) 917-7700

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Name and Address of Agent for Service:    With a copy to:
Kevin J. McCarthy    W. John McGuire
Vice President and Secretary    Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
333 West Wacker Drive    1111 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
Chicago, IL 60606    Washington, D.C. 20004

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

¨   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485   ¨   75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485
¨   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)(1)(v) of rule 485   ¨   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485
¨   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485   x   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
¨   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of rule 485    

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


The Information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any site where the offer or state is not permitted.

 

Preliminary Prospectus dated August 12, 2016

Subject to Completion

 

       LOGO
      

Prospectus

 

      

 

 

   

 

       

 

 

 

 

              Listing Exchange   Ticker Symbol
    Fund Name                

 

 

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

      NYSE Arca   NUAG    

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

 

Section 1     Fund Summary    2  
NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF      2   
Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy,
Holdings and Risks
   6  
Investment Objective and Principal Investment Strategies      6   
Portfolio Holdings      8   
Non-Principal Strategies      10   
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings      11   
Risks      11   
Section 3     Fund Management    18  
Who Manages the Fund      18   
Management Fees      19   
Section 4     Investing in the Fund    20  
Purchase and Sale of Shares      20   
Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units      21   
Distribution      23   
Distribution and Service Payments      23   
Frequent Trading      24   
Section 5     General Information    25  
Dividends and Distributions      25   
Taxes      25   
Net Asset Value      28   
Premium/Discount Information      29   
Fund Service Providers      29   
Index Provider      29   
Additional Notices   

 

NOT FDIC OR GOVERNMENT INSURED     MAY LOSE VALUE     NO BANK GUARANTEE


Section 1     Fund Summary

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

 

Investment Objective

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF (the “Fund”) seeks to track the investment results, before fees and expenses, of the BofA Merrill Lynch Enhanced Yield U.S. Broad Bond Index (the “ Enhanced Index ”).

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund. You may also incur usual and customary brokerage commissions when buying or selling shares of the Fund, which are not reflected in this table or the example that follows:

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses       
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)       
Management Fees      0.20%   
Distribution and/or Service (12b-1) Fees      None   
Other Expenses      None   
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses      0.20%   

Example

The following example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then sell all your shares at the end of a period. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

1 Year    $ 20   
3 Years    $ 64   

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Enhanced Index. The Fund generally uses a representative sampling strategy to achieve its investment objective, meaning it generally invests in a sample of the securities in the Enhanced Index whose risk, return and other characteristics resemble the risk, return and other characteristics of the Enhanced Index as a whole. Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 80% of its assets, exclusive of collateral held from securities lending, in component securities of the Enhanced Index and TBA transactions (as defined below) representing component securities.

The Enhanced Index is designed to broadly capture the U.S. investment grade fixed income market, as represented by the BofA Merrill Lynch US Broad Market Index (the “ Base Index ”). Unlike the Base Index, the Enhanced Index does not capitalization-weight component securities. Instead, the Enhanced Index first assigns component securities from the Base Index into a variety of categories based upon asset class, sector, credit quality, duration and maturity, and then employs a rules-based methodology to allocate weights to categories to achieve a higher yield while maintaining the Enhanced Index’s risk and credit quality at levels similar to those of the Base Index by limiting the amount of deviation between the two indices with respect to sector and category weights, tracking error, duration, and turnover. The Enhanced Index assigns weights at the category level (negative weights for a category are not permitted), and then distributes the category weight to its individual component securities based on their relative market capitalizations. The Base Index and Enhanced Index are both rebalanced on a monthly basis.

 

2

Section 1     Fund Summary


The Enhanced Index draws from the universe defined by the Base Index, which consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment grade taxable debt securities with fixed rate coupons that have at least one year to final maturity. The Enhanced Index is principally comprised of U.S. government securities (securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities), corporate debt securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and U.S. dollar denominated debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments and corporations that are publicly offered for sale in the United States.

A significant portion of the bonds represented in the Enhanced Index are U.S. agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities, which are securities issued by entities such as the Government National Mortgage Association (“ Ginnie Mae ”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“ Fannie Mae ”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“ Freddie Mac ”) that are backed by pool of mortgages. Most transactions in mortgage-backed pass-through securities occur through standardized contracts for future delivery in which the exact mortgage pools to be delivered are not specified until a few days prior to settlement, referred to as “to-be-announced (TBA) transactions.” The Fund expects to enter into TBA transactions on a regular basis. Pending settlement of TBA transactions, the Fund will invest assets committed to such transactions in short-term, high-quality instruments. The Fund may also use an investment strategy called “dollar rolls” (also referred to as “mortgage rolls”), in which the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts with a counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date.

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities and other instruments not included in the Enhanced Index (including fixed income securities, derivatives, other investment companies, including other exchange-traded funds (“ ETFs ”), and cash and cash equivalents) which the Fund’s sub-adviser believes will help the Fund track the Enhanced Index.

To the extent the Enhanced Index concentrates (i.e., holds 25% or more of its total assets) in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries, the Fund will concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent as the Index.

Principal Risks

You could lose money by investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. The principal risks of investing in the Fund, listed alphabetically, include:

Bond Market Liquidity Risk —Dealer inventories of bonds, which provide an indication of the ability of financial intermediaries to “make markets” in those bonds, are at or near historic lows in relation to market size. This reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. Decreased liquidity may also lead to higher volatility in the market price of the Fund’s shares and wider bid-ask spreads. Although only certain institutional investors are entitled to redeem shares of the Fund (as described in more detail under “Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares” below), and although the Fund intends to redeem its shares primarily in-kind, if the Fund is forced to sell underlying investments at reduced prices or under unfavorable conditions to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, the Fund may suffer a loss.

Call Risk —If an issuer calls higher-yielding debt instruments held by the Fund, performance could be adversely impacted.

Concentration Risk —To the extent that the Fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the Fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.

Credit Risk —Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a debt security may be unable or unwilling to make interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a debt security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments.

Credit Spread Risk —Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (i.e., the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.

Cybersecurity Risk —Cybersecurity breaches may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause the Fund and/or its service providers to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality.

 

Section 1     Fund Summary

 

 

3


Dollar Roll Transaction Risk —The use of dollar rolls can increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price, and it may have an adverse impact on performance unless the sub-adviser correctly predicts mortgage prepayments and interest rates.

Income Risk —The Fund’s income could decline during periods of falling interest rates or when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities it holds.

Interest Rate Risk —Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of the Fund’s portfolio will decline because of rising interest rates. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. When interest rates change, the values of longer-duration debt securities usually change more than the values of shorter-duration debt securities.

Investment Style Risk —The Fund invests in the securities included in, or representative of, the Index regardless of their investment merit. The Fund does not attempt to outperform the Index or take defensive positions in declining markets. As a result, the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected by a general decline in the market segments relating to the Index.

Market Trading Risks —As with all ETFs, Fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of a Fund share typically will approximate its net asset value (“ NAV ”), there may be times when the market price and the NAV diverge more significantly, particularly in times of market volatility or steep market declines. Thus, you may pay more or less than NAV when you buy Fund shares on the secondary market, and you may receive more or less than NAV when you sell those shares. Although the Fund’s shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, it is possible that an active trading market may not develop or be maintained, in which case transactions may occur at wider bid/ask spreads. Trading of the Fund’s shares may be halted by the activation of individual or market-wide trading halts (which halt trading for a specific period of time when the price of a particular security or overall market prices decline by a specified percentage).

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk —Mortgage- and asset-backed securities generally can be prepaid at any time, and prepayments that occur either more quickly or more slowly than expected can adversely impact the value of such securities. They are also subject to extension risk, which is the risk that rising interest rates could cause mortgages or other obligations underlying the securities to be prepaid more slowly than expected, thereby lengthening the duration of such securities, increasing their sensitivity to interest rate changes and causing their prices to decline. A mortgage-backed security may be negatively affected by the quality of the mortgages underlying such security, the credit quality of its issuer or guarantor, and the nature and structure of its credit support.

Non-U.S./Emerging Markets Risk —Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to those of issuers located in or that principally operate in the United States as a result of, among other things, political, social and economic developments abroad and different legal, regulatory and tax environments. These additional risks may be heightened for securities of issuers located in, or with significant operations in, emerging market countries.

Service Provider Operational Risk —The Fund’s service providers, such as the Fund’s administrator, custodian or transfer agent, may experience disruptions or operating errors that could negatively impact the Fund. Although service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, and to take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors, it may not be possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

Tracking Error Risk —Tracking error is the divergence of the Fund’s performance from that of the Enhanced Index. Tracking error may occur because of, for example, pricing differences, transaction costs, the Fund’s holding of uninvested cash, differences in timing of the accrual of distributions, changes to the Enhanced Index or the need to meet various new or existing regulatory requirements. This risk may be heightened during times of increased market volatility or other unusual market conditions. The Fund will attempt to replicate the Index return by investing in fewer than all of the securities in the Enhanced Index, or in some securities not included in the Index, potentially increasing the risk of divergence between the Fund’s return and that of the Index. Tracking error also may result because the Fund incurs fees and expenses, but the Enhanced Index does not.

Valuation Risk —The debt securities in which the Fund invests typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades.

 

4

Section 1     Fund Summary


When-Issued, TBA, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transaction Risk —The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued, to-be-announced (“ TBA ”), delayed delivery or forward commitment basis. The purchase price of the securities is typically fixed at the time of the commitment, but delivery and payment can take place a month or more after the date of the commitment. At the time of delivery of the securities, the value may be more or less than the purchase or sale price. Purchase of securities on a when-issued, TBA, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis may give rise to leverage, and may result in increased volatility of the Fund’s NAV. Default by, or bankruptcy of, a counterparty to a when-issued, TBA or delayed delivery transaction would expose the Fund to possible losses because of an adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools specified in such transaction.

Fund Performance

The Fund is new and therefore does not have performance history for a full calendar year. When this prospectus is updated after a full calendar year of operations, a bar chart and table will be included that will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing the variability of the Fund’s return based on net assets and comparing the Fund’s performance to a broad measure of market performance.

Management

Investment Adviser

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC

Sub-Adviser

Teachers Advisors, Inc.

Portfolio Managers

 

Name

    

Title

  

Portfolio Manager of Fund Since

Jayesh D. Bhansali, CFA      Managing Director    September 2016
Lijun (Kevin) Chen, CFA      Managing Director    September 2016

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares

The Fund is an exchange-traded fund, commonly referred to as an “ETF.” Shares of the Fund are listed on a national securities exchange and can only be bought and sold through a broker-dealer at market prices. Because Fund shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (at a “premium”) or less than NAV (at a “discount”).

The Fund issues and redeems shares at NAV only in blocks of 100,000 shares or multiples thereof (“ Creation Units ”). Only certain institutional investors (typically market makers or other broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem Creation Units. The Fund generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities and/or cash that the Fund specifies each day.

Tax Information

The Fund’s distributions are taxable and will generally be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred account, such as an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or 401(k) plan (in which case you may be taxed upon withdrawal of your investment from such account).

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries

If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank or financial advisor), the Fund’s investment adviser or its affiliates may pay the intermediary for marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems or other services related to the sale or promotion of Fund shares. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

Section 1     Fund Summary

 

 

5


Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

This prospectus contains important information about investing in the Fund. Please read this prospectus carefully before you make any investment decisions. Additional information regarding the Fund is available at www.nuveen.com/etfs or by calling Nuveen Investor Services at (800) [                    ].

The Fund is designed to track an index that is not representative of the market as a whole. The Fund is designed to be used as part of a broader asset allocation strategy, and thus an investment in the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program.

The Enhanced Index is a theoretical financial calculation, whereas the Fund is an actual investment portfolio. The performance of the Fund and the Enhanced Index may vary for a number of reasons, including transaction costs, asset valuations, corporate actions (such as mergers and spin-offs), and differences between the Fund’s portfolio and the Enhanced Index resulting from legal restrictions (such as tax diversification requirements) that apply to the Fund but not to the Enhanced Index. Over time, the Fund’s tracking error (i.e., the divergence of the Fund’s performance from that of the Enhanced Index) is generally expected to be less than 5%. Because the Fund uses a representative sampling strategy to track the Enhanced Index, it can be expected to have a larger tracking error than if it employed a replication strategy (i.e., an indexing strategy in which a fund invests in substantially all the securities in the index it seeks to track in approximately the same proportions as the index).

 

LOGO

The Fund’s investment objective, which is described in the “Fund Summary” section, may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

The Fund’s investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted in this prospectus or the statement of additional information.

The Fund has adopted policies whereby, under normal market conditions, it will (i) invest at least 80% of the sum of its net assets and the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in fixed income securities and (ii) invest at least 80% of the sum of its net assets and the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in U.S. dollar-denominated securities that are publicly offered for sale in the United States. If either policy changes, you will be notified at least 60 days in advance. For purposes of these policies, the Fund includes both direct investments and indirect investments (e.g., investments in an underlying fund, derivatives and synthetic instruments with economic characteristics similar to the underlying asset).

The Fund’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the “Fund Summary” section. These are the strategies that the Fund’s investment adviser and sub-adviser believe are most likely to be important in trying to achieve the Fund’s investment objective. This section provides more information about these strategies, as well as information about some additional strategies that the Fund’s sub-adviser uses, or may use, to achieve the Fund’s objective. The

 

6

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


strategies described below are principal investment strategies unless otherwise noted. You should be aware that the Fund may also use strategies and invest in securities that are not described in this prospectus, but that are described in the statement of additional information. For a copy of the statement of additional information, call Nuveen Investor Services at (800) [                    ] or visit the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com/etfs.

The Enhanced Index

The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Enhanced Index. The Enhanced Index is designed to broadly capture the U.S. investment grade fixed income market, as represented by the Base Index. Unlike the Base Index, the Enhanced Index does not capitalization-weight component securities. Instead, the Enhanced Index first assigns component securities from the Base Index into a variety of categories (currently 38) based upon asset class, sector, credit quality, duration and maturity and then employs a rules-based optimization process to allocate weights to categories so as to achieve a higher yield while seeking to maintain risk and credit quality near that of the Base Index by utilizing the following constraints, which are current as the date of this prospectus:

 

   

The forecasted tracking error of the Enhanced Index relative to the Base Index is up to 50 basis points per month.

 

   

The effective duration of the Enhanced Index will be within 3 months (longer or shorter) of the effective duration of the Base Index.

 

   

The weights of the 38 categories in the Enhanced Index cannot deviate from their weights in the Base Index by more then certain specified percentages, which range from 2.5% to 10%.

 

   

The total weight of the categories comprising each of the four asset classes within the Enhanced Index—U.S. Treasury securities, government credit, corporate debt securities and securitizations—cannot deviate from their weights in the Base Index by more than 20%, 10%, 20% and 20%, respectively.

 

   

The total weight of the BBB corporate component within the Enhanced Index cannot deviate from its weight in the Base Index by more than 20%.

 

   

Monthly turnover in the Enhanced Index will not exceed the Base Index’s monthly turnover by more than 5% per month, subject to meeting all other constraints.

Using this optimization process, the Enhanced Index assigns weights at the category level (negative weights for a category are not permitted), and then distributes the category weight to its individual component securities based on their relative market capitalizations. The Base Index and Enhanced Index are both rebalanced on a monthly basis.

Effective Duration

The Enhanced Index attempts to maintain an effective duration of within 3 months (longer or shorter) of the effective duration of the Base Index. Historically, the effective duration of the Base Index has ranged between approximately three and six years. Generally, the longer the effective duration of a portfolio, the more sensitive that portfolio’s value will be to changes in interest rates. Effective duration incorporates a bond’s yield, coupon, final maturity and call features into one number that is designed to estimate how much the value of a bond will change with a given change in interest rates. As a general rule, for every 1% increase or decrease in market

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

7


interest rates, a bond’s price will change approximately 1% in the opposite direction for every year of the bond’s effective duration. For example, if a bond has an effective duration of 5 years and interest rates increase by 1%, the bond’s price would be expected to decline by approximately 5%. Effective duration is subject to a number of limitations. It is most useful when interest rate changes are small, rapid, and occur equally in short-term and long-term securities. In addition, it is difficult to calculate precisely for bonds with prepayment options, such as mortgage- and asset-backed securities, because the calculation requires assumptions about prepayment rates. Also, an increase in market interest rates will generally increase a bond’s effective duration, which in turn will make the value of the bond more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further market interest rate increases. For these reasons, effective duration should not solely be relied upon to indicate potential price volatility in relation to changes in market interest rates.

 

LOGO

The Enhanced Index draws from the universe defined by the Base Index, which consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment grade taxable fixed income securities with fixed rate coupons that have at least one year to final maturity. The Enhanced Index is principally comprised of U.S. government securities (securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities), corporate debt securities, residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and U.S. dollar denominated debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments and corporations that are publicly offered for sale in the United States.

The Fund may also invest in securities and other instruments that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes will help it track the Enhanced Index, such as shares of other investment companies (including other ETFs), derivative instruments (including forward contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, options and swaps), and cash and cash equivalents.

Additional information about the Fund’s portfolio holdings can be found below.

U.S. Government Securities

U.S. government securities include U.S. Treasury obligations and securities issued or guaranteed by various agencies of the U.S. government, or by various instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government. U.S. Treasury obligations are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. government. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Corporate Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt securities are usually issued by businesses to finance their operations. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured. Corporate debt securities may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry fixed or floating rates of interest.

 

8

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


Mortgage-Backed Securities

A mortgage-backed security is a type of pass-through security backed by an ownership interest in a pool of mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities may be guaranteed by, or secured by collateral that is guaranteed by, the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored corporations. Mortgage-backed securities may also be privately issued; these include commercial mortgage-backed securities.

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities are securities issued by trusts and special purpose entities that are backed by pools of assets, such as automobile loans and credit-card receivables, and which pass through the payments on the underlying obligations to the security holders (less servicing fees paid to the originator or fees for any credit enhancement). Typically, the originator of the loan or accounts receivable transfers it to a specially created trust, which repackages it as securities with a minimum denomination and a specific term. The securities are then privately placed or publicly offered.

Dollar Rolls

The Fund may enter into mortgage “ dollar rolls ” in which the Fund sells mortgage-backed securities and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the period between the sale and repurchase (the “ roll period ”), the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. However, the Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “ drop ”) plus any fee income received. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the investment performance of the Fund will be less than what the performance would have been without the use of the mortgage dollar roll.

Non-U.S. Investments

The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities issued by non-U.S. governments and corporations. The Fund will classify a corporation as being a U.S. or non-U.S. issuer based on the determination of an unaffiliated, recognized financial data provider. Such determinations are based on a number of criteria, such as the issuer’s country of domicile, the primary exchange on which the issuer’s security trades, the location from which the majority of the issuer’s revenue comes, and the issuer’s reporting currency. The Fund may invest in debt securities issued by governments of emerging market countries and corporations located therein. Emerging market countries include any country other than Canada, the United States and the countries comprising the MSCI EAFE ® Index (currently, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom).

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The Fund may invest in cash and in U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality money market instruments and other short-term securities, including money market funds.

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

9


 

LOGO

Certain Other Investments

The Fund may invest in swaps, options and futures contracts in seeking performance that corresponds to the Enhanced Index and in managing cash flows.

Temporary Defensive Positions

In certain situations or market conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its normal investment policies and strategies, provided that the alternative is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and is in the best interest of the Fund’s shareholders. For example, the Fund may make larger than normal investments in derivatives to maintain exposure to the Enhanced Index if it is unable to invest directly in a component security of the Index.

Borrowing Money

The Fund may borrow money from a bank as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“ 1940 Act ”), or other governing statute, by the rules thereunder, or by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) or other regulatory agency with authority over the Fund, but only for temporary or emergency purposes. The Fund may also invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which are considered borrowings under the 1940 Act. Although the 1940 Act presently allows the Fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets), and there is no limit on the percentage of Fund assets that can be used in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, under normal circumstances any borrowings by the Fund will not exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets.

Derivatives

The Fund may invest in derivatives. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives generally take the form of contracts under which the parties agree to payments between them based upon the performance of a wide variety of underlying references, such as stocks, bonds, loans, commodities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and various domestic and foreign indices. Examples of derivative instruments include forward currency contracts, currency and interest rate swaps, currency options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and swap agreements.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons to help the Fund track the Enhanced Index, including as a substitute for investing directly in securities and currencies, as part of a hedging strategy (that is, for the purpose of reducing risk to the Fund), to manage the effective duration of the Fund’s portfolio, or for other purposes related to the management of the Fund. Derivatives permit the Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Fund can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of its portfolio by making investments in specific securities. However, derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest. As a result, a small investment in derivatives could have a large impact on the Fund’s performance.

 

10

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

The Fund may invest in securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, including ETFs. As a shareholder in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that vehicle’s expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees with respect to assets so invested. Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in an investment company or other pooled investment vehicle. In addition, the Fund will incur brokerage costs when purchasing and selling shares of ETFs. Securities of investment companies or other pooled investment vehicles may be leveraged, in which case the value and/or yield of such securities will tend to be more volatile than securities of unleveraged vehicles.

Generally, investments in other investment companies (including ETFs) are subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. These limitations include a prohibition on the Fund acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and a prohibition on investing more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of its total assets, in the aggregate, in investment company securities. Subject to certain conditions, the Fund also may invest in money market funds beyond the statutory limits described above.

Zero Coupon Bonds

The Fund may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds pay no cash income to their holders until they mature. When held to maturity, their entire return comes from the difference between their purchase price and their maturity value. Zero coupon bonds are issued at substantial discounts from their value at maturity.

 

LOGO

A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio holdings is available in the Fund’s statement of additional information. In addition, the identities and quantities of the securities held by each Fund are disclosed on the Funds’ website.

 

LOGO

Risk is inherent in all investing. Investing in the Fund involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment. Therefore, before investing you should consider carefully the principal risks and certain other risks that you assume when you invest in the Fund. These risks are listed alphabetically below. Because of these risks, you should consider an investment in the Fund to be a long-term investment.

Principal Risks

Bond market liquidity risk: Primary dealer inventories of bonds appear to be low relative to the size of the fixed income market. These inventories are a core indication of dealers’ capacity to “make a market” in fixed income securities. This reduction in market making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase price volatility in the fixed income markets in

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

11


which the Fund invests, particularly during periods of economic or market stress. Decreased liquidity may also lead to higher volatility in the market price of the Fund’s shares and wider bid-ask spreads. Although only certain institutional investors are entitled to redeem shares of the Fund (as described in more detail under “Investing in the Fund—Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units” below), and although the Fund intends to redeem its shares primarily in-kind, if the Fund is forced to sell underlying investments to meet redemption requests or for other cash needs, this decreased liquidity may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash, or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on performance. If the Fund needed to sell large blocks of bonds to raise cash, those sales could further reduce the bonds’ prices.

Call risk: Debt securities are subject to call risk. Many bonds may be redeemed at the option of the issuer, or “called,” before their stated maturity date. In general, an issuer will call its bonds if they can be refinanced by issuing new bonds which bear a lower interest rate. The Fund is subject to the possibility that during periods of falling interest rates, a bond issuer will call its high yielding bonds. The Fund would then be forced to invest the unanticipated proceeds at lower interest rates, resulting in a decline in the Fund’s income.

Concentration risk : To the extent that the Fund’s portfolio is concentrated in the securities of issuers in a particular market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class, the Fund may be adversely affected by the performance of those securities, may be subject to increased price volatility and may be more susceptible to adverse economic, market, political or regulatory occurrences affecting that market, industry, group of industries, sector or asset class.

Credit risk: Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a debt security held by the Fund, or to which the Fund otherwise has exposure, may be unable or unwilling to make interest and principal payments and the related risk that the value of a debt security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments. Debt securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk, which are often reflected in credit ratings. The credit rating of a debt security may be lowered if the issuer suffers adverse changes in its financial condition, which can lead to greater volatility in the price of the security and in shares of the Fund, and can also affect the bond’s liquidity and make it more difficult for the Fund to sell if necessary. When the Fund purchases unrated securities, it will depend on the sub-adviser’s analysis of credit risk without the assessment of an independent rating organization, such as Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s.

Credit spread risk: Credit spread risk is the risk that credit spreads (i.e., the difference in yield between securities that is due to differences in their credit quality) may increase when the market believes that bonds generally have a greater risk of default. Increasing credit spreads may reduce the market values of the Fund’s securities. Credit spreads often increase more for lower rated and unrated securities than for investment grade securities. In addition, when credit spreads increase, reductions in market value will generally be greater for longer-maturity securities.

Cybersecurity risk: Intentional cybersecurity breaches include: unauthorized access to systems, networks or devices (such as through “hacking” activity); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations,

 

12

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


business processes, or website access or functionality. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).

A cybersecurity breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, the inability to access electronic systems (“denial of services”), loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs. Such incidents could cause the Fund, the Fund’s adviser or sub-adviser, a financial intermediary, or other service providers to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, additional compliance costs or financial loss. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which the Fund invests, and thereby cause the Fund’s investments to lose value.

Income risk: The Fund’s income could decline during periods of falling interest rates because the Fund generally will have to invest the proceeds from sales of Creation Units, as well as the proceeds from maturing portfolio securities (or portfolio securities that have been called, see “Call risk” above, or prepaid, see “Mortgage- and asset-backed securities risk” below), in lower-yielding securities. In addition, the Fund’s income could decline when the Fund experiences defaults on debt securities it holds.

Interest rate risk: Debt securities held by the Fund will fluctuate in value with changes in interest rates. In general, debt securities will increase in value when interest rates fall and decrease in value when interest rates rise. The Fund may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates than would normally be the case due to the current period of historically low rates and the effect of potential government fiscal policy initiatives and resulting market reaction to those initiatives. Longer-term debt securities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Rising interest rates also may lengthen the duration of debt securities with call features, since exercise of the call becomes less likely as interest rates rise, which in turn will make the securities more sensitive to changes in interest rates and result in even steeper price declines in the event of further interest rate increases.

Investment style risk: The Fund invests in the securities included in, or representative of, the Index regardless of their investment merit. The Fund does not attempt to outperform the Index or take defensive positions in declining markets. As a result, the Fund’s performance may be adversely affected by a general decline in the market segments relating to the Index.

Market trading risks : As with all ETFs, Fund shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of a Fund share typically will approximate its NAV, there may be times when the market price and the NAV diverge more significantly, particularly in times of market volatility or steep market declines. Thus, you may pay more or less than NAV when you buy Fund shares on the secondary market, and you may receive more or less than NAV when you sell those shares. Although the Fund’s shares are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, it is possible that an active trading market may not develop or be maintained, in which case transactions may occur at wider bid/ask spreads. Trading of the Fund’s shares may be halted by the activation of individual or market-wide trading halts (which halt trading for a specific period of time when the price of a particular security or overall market prices decline by a specified percentage).

Mortgage- and asset-backed securities risk: The value of mortgage- and asset-backed securities can fall if the owners of the underlying mortgages or

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

13


other obligations pay off their mortgages or other obligations sooner than expected, which could happen when interest rates fall or for other reasons. Mortgage- and asset-backed securities are also subject to extension risk, which is the risk that rising interest rates could cause mortgages or other obligations underlying the securities to be prepaid more slowly than expected, which would, in effect, convert a short- or medium-duration mortgage- or asset-backed security into a longer-duration security, increasing its sensitivity to interest rate changes and causing its price to decline.

A mortgage-backed security may be negatively affected by the quality of the mortgages underlying such security and the structure of its issuer. For example, if a mortgage underlying a certain mortgage-backed security defaults, the value of that security may decrease.

Mortgage-backed securities issued by a private issuer, such as commercial mortgage-backed securities, generally entail greater risk than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government or a government-sponsored entity.

Non-U.S./emerging markets risk: Non-U.S. issuers or U.S. issuers with significant non-U.S. operations may be subject to risks in addition to or different than those of issuers that are located in or principally operated in the United States due to political, social and economic developments abroad, different regulatory environments and laws, potential seizure by the government of company assets, higher taxation, withholding taxes on dividends and interest and limitations on the use or transfer of portfolio assets.

Other non-U.S. investment risks include the following:

 

   

Enforcing legal rights may be difficult, costly and slow in non-U.S. countries, and there may be special problems enforcing claims against non-U.S. governments.

 

   

Non-U.S. companies may not be subject to accounting standards or governmental supervision comparable to U.S. companies, and there may be less public information about their operations.

 

   

The Fund’s income from non-U.S. issuers may be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes. In some countries, the Fund also may be subject to taxes on trading profits and, on certain securities transactions, transfer or stamp duties tax. To the extent non-U.S. income taxes are paid by the fund, U.S. shareholders may be entitled to a credit or deduction for U.S. tax purposes.

 

   

Emerging markets generally do not have the level of market efficiency and strict standards in accounting and securities regulation to be on par with advanced economies. Investments in emerging markets come with much greater risk due to political instability, domestic infrastructure problems and currency volatility.

Other investment companies risk: When the Fund invests in other investment companies, including ETFs, shareholders bear both their proportionate share of Fund expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of the other investment companies. Furthermore, the Fund is exposed to the risks to which the other investment companies may be subject. For index-based ETFs, while such ETFs seek to achieve the same returns as a particular market index, the performance of an ETF may diverge from the performance of such index (commonly known as tracking error).

Service provider operational risk: The Fund’s service providers, such as the Fund’s administrator, custodian or transfer agent, may experience

 

14

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


disruptions or operating errors that could negatively impact the Fund. Although service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, and to take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors, it may not be possible to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

Tracking error risk: Tracking error is the divergence of the Fund’s performance from that of the Enhanced Index. Tracking error may occur because of, for example, pricing differences, transaction costs, the Fund’s holding of uninvested cash, differences in timing of the accrual of distributions, changes to the Enhanced Index or the need to meet various new or existing regulatory requirements. This risk may be heightened during times of increased market volatility or other unusual market conditions. The Fund will attempt to replicate the Index return by investing in fewer than all of the securities in the Enhanced Index, or in some securities not included in the Index, potentially increasing the risk of divergence between the Fund’s return and that of the Index. Tracking error also may result because the Fund incurs fees and expenses, but the Enhanced Index does not.

Valuation risk: The debt securities in which the Fund may invest typically are valued by a pricing service utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows and transactions for comparable instruments. There is no assurance that the Fund will be able to sell a portfolio security at the price established by the pricing service, which could result in a loss to the Fund. Pricing services generally price debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional “round lot” size, but some trades may occur in smaller, “odd lot” sizes, often at lower prices than institutional round lot trades.

When-issued, TBA, delayed delivery and forward commitment transaction risk: The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued, TBA, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis. The purchase price of the securities is typically fixed at the time of the commitment, but delivery and payment can take place a month or more after the date of the commitment. At the time of delivery of the securities, the value may be more or less than the purchase or sale price. Purchase of securities on a when-issued, TBA, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis may give rise to leverage, and may result in increased volatility of the Fund’s NAV. Default by, or bankruptcy of, a counterparty to a when-issued, TBA or delayed delivery transaction would expose the Fund to possible losses because of an adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools specified in such transaction.

Non-Principal Risks

Derivatives risk: The use of derivatives presents risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in traditional securities. Derivatives can be highly volatile, illiquid and difficult to value, and there is the risk that changes in the value of a derivative held by the Fund will not correlate with the asset, index or rate underlying the derivative contract.

The use of derivatives can lead to losses because of adverse movements in the price or value of the underlying asset, index or rate, which may be magnified by certain features of the contract. A derivative transaction also involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of the

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

15


counterparty to the contract to make required payments. These risks are heightened when derivatives are used as a substitute for a position or security, rather than solely to hedge (or offset) the risk of a position or security held by the Fund.

In addition, when the Fund engages in certain derivative transactions, it is effectively leveraging its investments, which could result in exaggerated changes in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares and can result in losses that exceed the amount originally invested. The success of the Fund’s derivatives strategies will depend on the sub-adviser’s ability to assess and predict the impact of market or economic developments on the underlying asset, index or rate and the derivative itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the derivative under all possible market conditions.

The Fund may also enter into over-the-counter (“OTC”) transactions in derivatives. Transactions in the OTC markets generally are conducted on a principal-to-principal basis. The terms and conditions of these instruments generally are not standardized and tend to be more specialized or complex, and the instruments may be harder to value. An OTC derivative transaction between the Fund and a counterparty that is not cleared through a central counterparty also involves the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of the counterparty to make required payments. The payment obligation for a cleared derivative transaction is guaranteed by a central counterparty, which exposes the Fund to the creditworthiness of the central counterparty. In addition, certain derivative instruments and markets may not be liquid, which means the Fund may not be able to close out a derivatives transaction in a cost-efficient manner.

Swap agreements may involve fees, commissions or other costs that may reduce the Fund’s gains from a swap agreement or may cause the Fund to lose money.

Futures contracts are subject to the risk that an exchange may impose price fluctuation limits, which may make it difficult or impossible for the Fund to close out a position when desired.

Financial firm exit risk: Only certain institutional investors are eligible to purchase and redeem shares directly from the Fund at NAV. In addition, efficient trading in the Fund’s shares on the secondary market depends on the participation of firms acting as market makers and/or liquidity providers in the market place. To the extent these firms exit the business or otherwise significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform these functions, the Fund’s shares may trade at a material discount to NAV.

Privately-issued securities risk: The Fund may invest in privately-issued securities, including those that are normally purchased pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Privately-issued securities typically may be resold only to qualified institutional buyers, or in a privately negotiated transaction, or to a limited number of purchasers, or in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met for an exemption from registration. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for such securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund may find it more difficult to sell such securities when it may be advisable to do so or it may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if such securities were more widely held and traded. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for

 

16

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks


purposes of computing the Fund’s NAV due to the absence of an active trading market. There can be no assurance that a privately-issued security that is deemed to be liquid when purchased will continue to be liquid for as long as it is held by the Fund.

Zero coupon bonds risk: As interest on zero coupon bonds is not paid on a current basis, the values of the bonds are subject to greater fluctuations than are the value of bonds that distribute income regularly and may be more speculative than such bonds. Accordingly, the values of zero coupon bonds may be highly volatile as interest rates rise or fall. In addition, while zero coupon bonds generate income for purposes of generally accepted accounting standards, they do not generate cash flow and thus could cause the Fund to be forced to liquidate securities at an inopportune time in order to distribute cash, as required by tax laws.

 

Section 2     Additional Detail About the Fund’s Strategy, Holdings and Risks

 

 

17


Section 3     Fund Management

 

LOGO

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), the Fund’s investment adviser, has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. In addition, the Adviser arranges for sub-advisory, transfer agency, custody, fund administration and all other non-distribution related services necessary for the Fund to operate. The Adviser is a subsidiary of Nuveen Investments, Inc. ( “Nuveen” ). Nuveen is an operating division of TIAA Global Asset Management (“ TGAM ”), the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“ TIAA ”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund (“ CREF ”). As of June 30, 2016, TGAM managed approximately $[    ] billion in assets, of which approximately $[    ] billion was managed by the Adviser. The Adviser is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

The Adviser has selected its affiliate, Teachers Advisors, Inc. (the “ Sub-Adviser ”), to serve as sub-adviser to the Fund, responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. As of April 30, 2016, the Sub-Adviser, a subsidiary of TGAM, managed approximately $[ ] billion in assets. The Sub-Adviser is located at 730 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017-3206.

The portfolio managers for the Fund are Jayesh D. Bhansali and Lijun (Kevin) Chen.

 

                 Total Experience
(since dates
specified below)
Name & Title    Portfolio Role/Coverage/
Expertise/Specialty
    

Experience Over Past Five

Years

   At TIAA    Total

Jayesh D. Bhansali,

CFA, CAIA

Managing Director

    
 
 
 
Fixed Income
Quantitative
Portfolio
Management
  
  
  
  
  

2011 to Present—Head of Global Derivatives and Fixed Income Quantitative Portfolio Management at the Sub-Adviser and other advisory

affiliates of TIAA

   1996    1984

Lijun (Kevin) Chen ,
CFA

Managing Director

    

 

Lead Portfolio

Manager

  

  

   2006 to Present—quantitative portfolio management at the Sub-Adviser and other advisory affiliates of TIAA; previously, fixed-income quantitative strategies, enterprise risk management    2004    1992

Additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund is provided in the statement of additional information.

 

18

Section 3     Fund Management


LOGO

As compensation for the investment advisory services it provides to the Fund, the Adviser is entitled to receive a management fee from the Fund based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.20%.

The Adviser is responsible for substantially all other expenses of the Fund, except any future distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities, fees and expenses of the independent trustees (including any trustees’ counsel fees), certain compensation expenses of the Fund’s chief compliance officer, litigation expenses and extraordinary expenses.

Information regarding the Board’s approval of the investment management agreements will be available in the Fund’s first semi-annual or annual report following the Fund’s commencement of operations.

 

Section 3     Fund Management

 

 

19


Section 4     Investing in the Fund

 

LOGO

The Fund is an ETF, which differs from a mutual fund in important ways. Shares of a mutual fund are purchased and redeemed by all shareholders directly from the issuing fund at NAV. By contrast, most investors will buy and sell shares of the Fund through a broker on a national securities exchange, where the Fund’s shares are listed and trade throughout the day at market prices like shares of other publicly traded securities. The Fund does not impose any minimum investment for shares of the Fund purchased on an exchange or otherwise in the secondary market. The Fund’s shares trade under the trading symbol listed on the cover of this prospectus.

Purchasing or selling shares of the Fund on an exchange or other secondary market typically involves two types of costs. When purchasing or selling shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission. The commission is frequently a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors seeking to buy or sell small amounts of shares. In addition, you may incur the cost of the “spread,” that is, any difference on the exchange between the bid price and the ask price for a share of the Fund. The spread will vary over time based on the Fund’s trading volume and market liquidity, and is generally lower if the Fund has high trading volume and market liquidity, and higher if the Fund has low trading volume and market liquidity (which is often the case for funds that are newly launched or small in size). The Fund’s spread may also be impacted by the liquidity of the underlying securities held by the Fund, particularly for newly launched or smaller funds or in instances of significant volatility of the underlying securities.

The Fund’s primary listing exchange is the NYSE Arca (the “ Listing Exchange ”).The Listing Exchange is open for trading Monday through Friday and is closed on weekends and the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Book Entry

Shares of the Fund are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding shares of the Fund and is recognized as the owner of all shares for all purposes.

Investors owning shares of the Fund are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for shares of the Fund. DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a beneficial owner of shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other securities that you hold in book-entry or “street name” form.

 

20

Section 4     Investing in the Fund


Share Trading Prices

The trading prices of the Fund’s shares on the Listing Exchange generally differ from the Fund’s NAV and are affected by market forces such as the supply of and demand for the Fund’s shares as well as the securities held by the Fund, economic conditions and other factors. The price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the secondary market may be more or less than the NAV of such shares.

Information regarding the intraday value of shares of the Fund, also known as the “indicative optimized portfolio value” (“ IOPV ”), is disseminated every 15 seconds throughout each trading day by the Listing Exchange or by market data vendors or other information providers. The IOPV is generally based on the current market value of the Fund’s portfolio holdings, less accrued expenses, divided by the number of shares of the Fund outstanding, as of the time of the prior day’s NAV calculation. The IOPV does not necessarily reflect the precise composition of the current portfolio of securities held by the Fund at a particular point in time or the best possible valuation of the current portfolio. Therefore, the IOPV should not be viewed as a “real-time” update of the Fund’s NAV, which is computed only once a day. The IOPV is generally determined by using both current market quotations and/or price quotations obtained from broker-dealers and other market intermediaries that may trade in the portfolio securities held by the Fund. The IOPV is calculated by a third-party retained by an affiliate of the Adviser. The Fund, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, Nuveen Securities, LLC, the Fund’s distributor (the “ Distributor ”), and their respective affiliates are not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or dissemination of the IOPV and make no representation or warranty as to its accuracy.

Householding

Householding is an option available to certain Fund investors. Householding is a method of delivery, based on the preference of the individual investor, in which a single copy of certain shareholder documents can be delivered to investors who share the same address, even if their accounts are registered under different names. Please contact your broker-dealer if you are interested in enrolling in householding and receiving a single copy of prospectuses and other shareholder documents, or if you are currently enrolled in householding and wish to change your householding status.

Investments by Registered Investment Companies

Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by registered investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including shares of the Fund. Registered investment companies are permitted to invest in the Fund beyond the limits set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order applicable to the Fund, including that such investment companies enter into an agreement with the Fund.

 

LOGO

Creation and Redemption

Only certain institutional investors who have entered into agreements with the Distributor (“ Authorized Participants ”) may purchase and redeem shares directly from the Fund at NAV and only in block-size Creation Units of 100,000 shares or multiples thereof. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by the Fund. An Authorized Participant

 

Section 4     Investing in the Fund

 

 

21


must be either a DTC participant or a member of the Continuous Net Settlement System of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“ NSCC ”).

Creation Units generally are issued and redeemed in exchange for a specified basket of securities approximating the holdings of the Fund and/or a designated amount of cash (the “ Basket ”). Each day the Listing Exchange is open for trading (a “ Business Day ”), prior to the opening of trading, the Fund publishes that day’s Basket through the NSCC or other method of public dissemination

Orders from Authorized Participants to create or redeem Creation Units may only be placed on a Business Day and are subject to approval by the Distributor. The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are based on the next calculation of NAV after an order is received and deemed acceptable by the Distributor.

Information about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of Creation Units (including the cut-off times for receipt of creation and redemption orders) is included in the Fund’s statement of additional information.

Legal Matters

To the extent the Fund engages in in-kind transactions, the Fund intends to comply with the U.S. federal securities laws in accepting securities for deposit and satisfying redemptions with redemption securities by, among other means, assuring that any securities accepted for deposit and any securities used to satisfy redemption requests will be sold in transactions that would be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act, will not be able to receive restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.

Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing basis, at any point during the life of the Fund, a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may be occurring. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act. Any determination of whether one is an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and circumstances of each particular case.

Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions), and thus dealing with shares that are part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the 1933 Act, would be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153 under the 1933 Act is available only with respect to transactions on a national securities exchange.

Costs Associated with Creations and Redemptions

Authorized Participants are charged standard creation and redemption transaction fees to offset transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units. The standard creation and

 

22

Section 4     Investing in the Fund


redemption transaction fees are set forth in the table below. The standard creation and redemption transaction fees are charged to an Authorized Participant on the Business Day such Authorized Participant creates or redeems a Creation Unit; such fees are the same regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased or redeemed by the Authorized Participant on such day. Creations and redemptions for cash (when cash creations and redemptions (in whole or in part) are available or specified) are also subject to an additional variable charge (up to the maximum amounts shown in the table below), which is intended to compensate the Fund for brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, market impact and other costs and expenses related to cash transactions. From time to time, the Adviser may cover the cost of any transaction fees when believed to be in the best interests of the Fund.

The following table shows, as of the date of this prospectus, the approximate value of one Creation Unit, standard fees and maximum additional charges for creations and redemptions (as described above):

 

Approximate Value
of a Creation Unit
   Creation Unit Size      Standard
Creation/Redemption
Transaction Fee
     Maximum
Additional Charge
for Creations*
    Maximum
Additional Charge
for Redemptions*
 

$2,500,000

     100,000       $ 500         3.0     2.0

 

  * As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive, in the case of redemptions, of the standard redemption transaction fee.

 

LOGO

The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the Fund on an agency basis. The Distributor does not maintain a secondary market in shares of the Fund. The Distributor has no role in determining the policies of the Fund or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Fund. The Distributor’s principal address is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

LOGO

Distribution and Service Plan

The Fund has adopted a Distribution and Service Plan in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act pursuant to which payments at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets may be made for the sale and distribution of the Fund’s shares. No payments pursuant to the Distribution and Service Plan will be made through at least November 30, 2017. Additionally, the implementation of any such payments would require approval by the Board prior to implementation. Because these fees would be paid out of a Fund’s assets on an on-going basis, if payments are made in the future, these fees would increase the cost of your investment and might cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges.

Other Payments by the Distributor and the Adviser

The Distributor, the Adviser and/or its affiliates may make payments to broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks or other intermediaries (together, “intermediaries”) related to marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems, or their making shares of the Fund and certain other NuShares ETFs available to their customers generally and in certain investment programs. Such payments, which may be significant to the intermediary, are not made by the Fund. Rather, such payments are

 

Section 4     Investing in the Fund

 

 

23


made by the Distributor, the Adviser and/or its affiliates from their own resources, which come directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the NuShares ETFs complex. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as “revenue-sharing payments.” A financial intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it recommends or makes available, or the level of services provided, to its customers based on the payments it is eligible to receive. Therefore, such payments to an intermediary create conflicts of interest between the intermediary and its customers and may cause the intermediary to recommend the Fund or other NuShares ETFs over another investment. More information regarding these payments is contained in the Fund’s statement of additional information.

 

LOGO

The Fund does not impose any restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions (“ frequent trading ”); however, the Fund reserves the right to reject or limit purchases at any time as described in the statement of additional information. In determining that no restrictions on frequent trading were necessary, the Board evaluated the risks of frequent trading to the Fund and its shareholders. The Board considered that the Fund’s shares can only be purchased and redeemed directly from the Fund in Creation Units by Authorized Participants, and that the vast majority of trading in the Fund’s shares occurs on the secondary market. Because secondary market trades do not involve the Fund directly, the Board concluded that such trades were unlikely to cause many of the harmful effects of frequent trading, including dilution, disruption of portfolio management, increases in the Fund’s trading costs and the realization of capital gains. With respect to purchases and redemptions by Authorized Participants directly from the Funds that are effected in-kind (i.e., for securities), the Board concluded that those trades do not have the potential to cause the harmful effects that may result from frequent cash trades. To the extent that the Fund may effect the purchase or redemption of Creation Units in exchange wholly or partially for cash, the Board recognized that such trades could result in dilution to the Fund and increased transaction costs, which could negatively impact the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. However, the Board noted that direct trading by Authorized Participants is critical to ensuring that the Fund’s shares trade at or close to NAV. In addition, the Board recognized that the Fund imposes fixed and variable transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs incurred by the Funds in effecting trades.

 

24

Section 4     Investing in the Fund


Section 5     General Information

 

LOGO

As a Fund shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the Fund’s income and net realized gains on its investments. The Fund pays out substantially all of its net earnings to its shareholders as dividends and distributions.

The Fund may earn interest from debt securities. These amounts, net of expenses and taxes (if applicable), are passed along to Fund shareholders as dividends. Dividends, if any, are declared and paid monthly.

The Fund will generally realize short-term capital gains or losses whenever it sells assets held for one year or less. Net short-term capital gains will generally be treated as ordinary income when distributed to shareholders. The Fund will generally realize long-term capital gains or losses whenever it sells assets held for more than one year. Net capital gains (the excess of the Fund’s net long-term capital gains over its net short-term capital losses) are distributed to shareholders once a year at year end.

The Fund reserves the right to declare special distributions if, in its reasonable discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve its status as a regulated investment company or to avoid imposition of income or excise taxes on undistributed income or realized gains.

Your broker is responsible for distributing any dividends and capital gain distributions to you.

Dividend Reinvestment Service

No dividend reinvestment service is provided by the Fund. Broker-dealers may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by beneficial owners of the Fund for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Beneficial owners should contact their broker to determine the availability and costs of the service and the details of participation therein. Brokers may require beneficial owners to adhere to specific procedures and timetables. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole shares of the Fund purchased in the secondary market.

 

LOGO

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in shares of the Fund will be taxed. The tax information in this prospectus is provided as general information, based on current law. There is no guarantee that shares of the Fund will receive certain regulatory or accounting treatment. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in shares of the Fund. Unless your investment in Fund shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when the Fund makes distributions, you sell Fund shares, or (for Authorized Participants only) you purchase or redeem Creation Units.

Taxes and Tax Reporting

The Fund intends to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company. If it meets certain minimum distribution requirements, a regulated investment company is not subject to tax at the fund level on

 

Section 5     General Information

 

 

25


income and gains from investments that are timely distributed to shareholders. However, the Fund’s failure to qualify as a regulated investment company or to meet minimum distribution requirements would result (if certain relief provisions were not available) in fund-level taxation and, consequently, a reduction in income available for distribution to shareholders.

The Fund will make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the sources of the distributions) or capital gains (which may be taxable at different rates, depending on the length of time the Fund holds its assets). Distributions from the Fund’s long-term capital gains are generally taxable as capital gains, while distributions from short-term capital gains and net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. The tax you pay on a given capital gains distribution depends generally on how long the Fund has held the portfolio securities it sold and not on how long you have owned your Fund shares. Since the Fund’s income is derived primarily from interest income, it is not expected that the Fund will distribute “qualified dividend income” or income that would qualify for the dividends -received deduction for corporate shareholders.

Early in each year, you will receive a statement from the firm through which you hold your Fund shares detailing the amount and nature of all distributions that you were paid during the prior year. The tax status of your distributions is the same whether you reinvest them or elect to receive them in cash. The sale of shares in your account may produce a gain or loss, and is a taxable event. Any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Fund shares is generally treated as a long-term gain or loss if you held the shares you sold for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Fund shares held for one year or less is generally treated as a short-term gain or loss, except that any capital loss on a sale of shares held for six months or less is treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends paid with respect to such shares. The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited depending on your circumstances.

In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax for the year in which they are paid. Certain distributions paid in January, however, may be treated as paid on December 31 of the prior year. Distributions are generally taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before your investment (and thus were included in the price you paid for your shares).

Dividends and distributions from the Fund and capital gain on the sale of Fund shares are generally taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

The Fund may include cash when paying the redemption price for Creation Units in addition to, or in place of, the delivery of a basket of securities. The Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities in order to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause the Fund to recognize investment income and/or capital gains or losses that it might not have recognized if it had completely satisfied the redemption in-kind. As a result, the Fund may be less tax efficient if it includes such a cash payment than if the in-kind redemption process were used.

 

26

Section 5     General Information


Non-U.S. Income Tax Considerations

Investment income that the Fund receives from its non-U.S. investments may be subject to non U.S. income taxes, which generally will reduce Fund distributions. However, the United States has entered into tax treaties with many non-U.S. countries that may entitle you to certain tax benefits.

Distributions (other than capital gain dividends) paid to individual shareholders that are neither citizens nor residents of the U.S. or to foreign entities will generally be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless a lower treaty rate applies. The Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met.

Please note that if you do not furnish the Fund with your correct Social Security number or employer identification number, you fail to provide certain certifications to the Fund, you fail to certify whether you are a U.S. citizen or a U.S. resident alien, or the Internal Revenue Service notifies the Fund to withhold, federal law requires the Fund to withhold federal income tax from your distributions and redemption proceeds at the applicable withholding rate.

Buying or Selling Shares Close to a Record Date

Buying Fund shares shortly before the record date for a taxable dividend or capital gain distribution is commonly known as “buying the dividend.” The entire distribution may be taxable to you even though a portion of the distribution effectively represents a return of your purchase price.

Cost Basis Method

You may elect a cost basis method to apply to shares held in your account with your financial intermediary. The cost basis method you select will determine the order in which such shares are sold and how your cost basis information is calculated and subsequently reported to you and to the Internal Revenue Service. Please consult your tax advisor to determine which cost basis method best suits your specific situation. Please contact your financial intermediary for instructions on how to make your election. If you do not make an election, your financial intermediary will choose its own default cost basis method.

Taxes on Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

An Authorized Participant having the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes that exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and any amount of cash received by the Authorized Participant in the exchange and (ii) the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and any amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. An Authorized Participant who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate U.S. dollar market value of the securities plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss that is realized by an Authorized Participant who does not mark-to-market its holdings upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units may not be currently deducted under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.

 

Section 5     General Information

 

 

27


Gain or loss recognized by an Authorized Participant upon an issuance of Creation Units in exchange for securities, or upon a redemption of Creation Units, may be capital or ordinary gain or loss depending on the circumstances. Any capital gain or loss realized upon an issuance of Creation Units in exchange for securities will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of a Creation Unit will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund shares comprising the Creation Unit have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses are treated as short-term capital gains or losses.

Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction and whether the wash sales rules apply and when a loss might be deductible. If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a confirmation statement showing how many Fund shares you purchased or redeemed and at what price.

The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the consequences under current U.S. federal tax law of an investment in the Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You may also be subject to state and local taxation on Fund distributions and sales of shares. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in shares of the Fund under all applicable tax laws

 

LOGO

The Fund’s NAV is determined as of the close of trading (normally 4:00 p.m. New York time) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on each Business Day. NAV is generally based on prices at the time of the close of trading on the NYSE; However, trading in U.S. government securities, money market instruments and certain fixed-income securities is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of trading on the NYSE, and the values of such securities used in computing the NAV of the Fund are generally determined as of such times. The Fund’s NAV per share is calculated by taking the value of the Fund’s total assets, including interest or dividends accrued but not yet collected, less all liabilities, and dividing by the total number of shares outstanding. The Fund’s latest NAV per share is available on the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com/etfs.

In determining NAV, portfolio instruments generally are valued using prices provided by independent pricing services or obtained from other sources, such as broker-dealer quotations. Exchange-traded instruments generally are valued at the last reported sales price or official closing price on an exchange, if available. Independent pricing services typically value non-exchange-traded instruments utilizing a range of market-based inputs and assumptions, including readily available market quotations obtained from broker-dealers making markets in such instruments, cash flows, and transactions for comparable instruments. In pricing certain instruments, the pricing services may consider information about an instrument’s issuer or market activity provided by the Adviser or Sub-Adviser.

If a price cannot be obtained from a pricing service or other pre-approved source, or if, in the judgment of the Adviser, a price is unreliable, a portfolio instrument will be valued at its fair value as determined in good faith by the

 

28

Section 5     General Information


Board or its appointee. The Adviser may determine that a price is unreliable in various circumstances. For example, a price may be deemed unreliable if it has not changed for an identified period of time, or has changed from the previous day’s price by more than a threshold amount, and recent transactions and/or broker dealer price quotations differ materially from the price in question.

The Board has adopted valuation procedures for the Fund and has appointed the Adviser’s Valuation Committee with the day-to-day responsibility for fair value determinations. All fair value determinations made by the Valuation Committee are subject to review and ratification by the Board of Trustees. As a general principle, the fair value of a portfolio instrument is the amount that an owner might reasonably expect to receive upon the instrument’s current sale. A range of factors and analysis may be considered when determining fair value, including relevant market data, interest rates, credit considerations and/or issuer specific news. However, fair valuation involves subjective judgments, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a portfolio instrument may be materially different from the value that could be realized upon the sale of that instrument.

 

LOGO

Information showing the number of days the market price of the Fund’s shares was greater than a Fund’s NAV per share (i.e., at a premium) and the number of days it was less than the Fund’s NAV per share (i.e., at a discount) for various time periods will be made available on the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com/etfs beginning at the end of the calendar quarter following the Fund’s inception date.

 

LOGO

Brown Brothers Harriman (“ BBH ”) is the administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Fund.

LOGO

The Enhanced Index is sponsored by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“BofA Merrill Lynch”). BofA Merrill Lynch is not affiliated with the Fund, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Distributor, BBH or any of their respective affiliates. The Adviser has entered into a license agreement with BofA Merrill Lynch to use the Enhanced Index.

The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by BofA Merrill Lynch. BofA Merrill Lynch has not passed on the legality or suitability of, or the accuracy or adequacy of descriptions and disclosures relating to, the Product, nor makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of Product or any member of the public regarding the Product or the advisability of investing in the Product, particularly the ability of the Enhanced Index to track performance of any market or strategy. BofA Merrill Lynch’s only relationship to the Adviser is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names and the Enhanced Index or components thereof. The Enhanced Index is determined, composed and calculated by BofA Merrill Lynch without regard to the Adviser or the Fund or its holders. BofA Merrill Lynch has no obligation to take the needs of the Adviser or the shareholders

 

Section 5     General Information

 

 

29


of the Fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Enhanced Index. BofA Merrill Lynch is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices of, or quantities of the Fund to be issued or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Fund is to be priced, sold, purchased, or redeemed. BofA Merrill Lynch has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of the Fund.

BOFA MERRILL LYNCH DOES NOT GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE ENHANCED INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN AND BOFA MERRILL LYNCH SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, UNAVAILABILITY, OR INTERRUPTIONS THEREIN. BOFA MERRILL LYNCH MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY ADVISER, SHAREHOLDERS OF THE FUND OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE ENHANCED INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. BOFA MERRILL LYNCH MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, WITH RESPECT TO THE ENHANCED INDEX OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL BOFA MERRILL LYNCH HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

“BofA Merrill Lynch” and the “BofA Merrill Lynch Enhanced Yield U.S. Broad Bond Index sm ” are trademarks of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or its affiliates and have been licensed for use by the Adviser.

Listing Exchange

Shares of the Fund are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by NYSE Arca. NYSE Arca makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of shares of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the ability of the Fund to track the total return performance of the Enhanced Index or the ability of the Enhanced Index to track fixed income performance. NYSE Arca is not responsible for, nor has it participated in, the determination of the compilation or the calculation of the Enhanced Index, nor in the determination of the timing of, prices of or quantities of shares of the Funds to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the shares are redeemable. NYSE Arca has no obligation or liability to owners of shares of the Fund in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of shares of the Fund. NYSE Arca does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the Enhanced Index or any data included therein. NYSE Arca makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the Trust, on behalf of the Fund as licensee, licensee’s customers and counterparties, owners of shares of the Fund or any other person or entity, from the use of the Enhanced Index or any data included therein in connection with the rights licensed as described herein or for any other use.

NYSE Arca makes no express or implied warranties and hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Enhanced Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall NYSE Arca have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

 

30

Section 5     General Information


NuShares ETFs

Several additional sources of information are available to you, including the codes of ethics adopted by the Fund, Nuveen, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. The statement of additional information, incorporated by reference into this prospectus, contains detailed information on the policies and operation of the Fund included in this prospectus. Additional information about the Fund’s investments will be available in the annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year. The Fund’s most recent statement of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports and certain other information are available, free of charge, by calling Nuveen Investor Services at (800) [                ], on the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com/etfs, or through your financial advisor. Shareholders may call the toll free number above with any inquiries.

You may also obtain this and other Fund information directly from the Securities and Exchange Commission ( “SEC” ). Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov or in person at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call the SEC at (202) 551-8090 for room hours and operation. You may also request Fund information by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-1520. The SEC may charge a copying fee for this information.

Distributed by

Nuveen Securities, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

(800) 257-8787

www.nuveen.com/etfs

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus in connection with the offer of Fund shares, and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale of Fund shares shall under any circumstance imply that the information contained herein is correct as of any date after the date of this prospectus. Please read and keep this prospectus for future reference.

Dealers effecting transactions in Fund shares, whether or not participating in this distribution, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to any obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters.

The Fund is a series of NuShares ETF Trust, whose Investment Company Act file number is 811-23161.

 

Section 5     General Information

 

 

31


Preliminary Statement of Additional Information dated August 12, 2016

Subject to Completion

THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

NUVEEN

    , 2016

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

Ticker Symbol: NUAG

Listing Exchange: NYSE Arca

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

This Statement of Additional Information ( “SAI” ) is not a prospectus. This SAI relates to, and should be read in conjunction with, the prospectus dated [                ], 2016, for NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF (the “Fund” ), a series of NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust” ), as such prospectus may be revised from time to time (the “Prospectus” ). Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A Prospectus may be obtained without charge from the Fund by visiting the Fund’s website at www.nuveen.com/etfs , or by calling (800) [            ].

The Fund’s audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year (when available) are incorporated in this SAI by reference to the Fund’s most recent Annual Report to Shareholders. When available, you may obtain a copy of the Fund’s Annual Report at no charge by request to the Fund at the address, website, or phone number noted above.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

GENERAL INFORMATION    S-1  
GENERAL RISKS    S-1  
CONTINUOUS OFFERING    S-2  
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS    S-2  
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES    S-4  

Asset-Backed Securities

   S-5  

Asset Coverage Requirements

   S-5  

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

   S-6  

Collateralized Debt Obligations

   S-8  

Convertible Securities

   S-8  

Corporate Debt Securities

   S-9  

Derivatives

   S-10

Dollar Rolls

   S-16

Equity Securities

   S-16

Fixed Rate Debt Obligations

   S-17

Foreign Securities

   S-18

Illiquid Securities

   S-19

Mortgage-Backed Securities

   S-20

Municipal Bonds and Other Municipal Obligations

   S-22

Non-Investment Grade Debt Securities

   S-23

Other Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

   S-23

Over-the-Counter Market

   S-24

Preferred Stock and Trust Preferred Securities

  

When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery Transactions

   S-24

Zero Coupon and Step Coupon Securities

   S-24
EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING    S-25
MANAGEMENT    S-26

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

   S-36

Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications

   S-39

Board Compensation

   S-42

Share Ownership

   S-44
SERVICE PROVIDERS    S-44

Investment Adviser

   S-44

Sub-Adviser

   S-45

Portfolio Managers

   S-45

Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent

   S-47

Distributor

   S-47

Distribution and Service Plan

   S-48

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   S-49
CODES OF ETHICS    S-49
PROXY VOTING POLICIES    S-49
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS    S-50
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    S-51
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM    S-51
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES    S-53


PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS    S-53
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE    S-59
CAPITAL STOCK    S-59
TAX MATTERS    S-61

Federal Income Tax Matters

   S-61

Distributions

   S-63

Sale or Exchange of Shares

   S-64

Backup Withholding

   S-64

Federal Tax Treatment of Certain Fund Investments

   S-64

Foreign Investments

   S-65

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

   S-65

Non-U.S. Investors

   S-65

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

   S-66

Section 351

   S-66

Certain Reporting Regulations

   S-66

Cost Basis Reporting

   S-67

General Considerations

   S-67
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    S-67
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    S-67
SCHEDULE A: TIAA-CREF POLICY STATEMENT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE    A-1

Appendix A: Proxy Voting Guidelines

   A-16


GENERAL INFORMATION

The Fund is a diversified series of NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust” ), an open-end management investment company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on February 20, 2015. Each series of the Trust represents shares of beneficial interest in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets, with its own objective and policies. Currently, the Fund is the sole series of the Trust authorized and outstanding. The Fund is an exchange-traded fund (“ ETF ”) within the NuShares family of ETFs (the “ NuShares ETFs ”). The investment objective of the Fund is to track the investment results, before fees and expenses, of the BofA Merrill Lynch Enhanced Yield U.S. Broad Bond Index (the “Index” ). The Fund’s investment adviser is Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC ( “Nuveen Fund Advisors” or the “Adviser” ). The Fund’s sub-adviser is Teachers Advisors, Inc. ( “TAI” or the “Sub-Adviser” ).

The Fund issues and redeems shares at its net asset value per share ( “NAV” ) only in large block aggregations of a specified number of shares ( “Creation Units” ). Currently, Creation Units generally consist of 100,000 shares, though this may change from time to time. Creation Units are not expected to consist of less than 25,000 shares. Only certain institutional investors who have entered into agreements with the Fund’s distributor (“ Authorized Participants ”) may purchase and redeem shares directly from the Fund at NAV. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the Fund are not redeemable securities. See “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Unites” later in this SAI for more Information.

The shares have been approved for listing and secondary trading on the NYSE Arca, a national securities exchange (the “Exchange” ). The shares will trade on the Exchange at market prices, which may differ from the shares’ NAVs.

The Fund intends to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company (a “ RIC ”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), so that it will not be subject to federal income tax on income and gains that are timely distributed to Fund shareholders. The Fund will invest its assets, and otherwise conduct its operations, in a manner that is intended to satisfy the qualifying income, diversification and distribution requirements necessary to establish and maintain eligibility for such treatment.

GENERAL R ISKS

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of an issuer or counterparty, changes in specific economic or political conditions that affect a particular security or issuer and changes in general economic or political conditions. The Fund may not outperform other investment strategies over short- or long-term market cycles and the Fund may decline in value. Fund shares may trade above or below their NAV. An investor in the Fund could lose money over short or long periods of time. The price of the securities and other investments held by the Fund and thus the value of the Fund’s portfolio is expected to fluctuate in accordance with general economic conditions, interest rates, political events, and other factors.

Investor perceptions may also impact the value of Fund investments and the value of an investment in Fund shares. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic or banking crises. Issuer-specific conditions may also affect the value of the Fund’s investments. The financial condition of an issuer of a security or counterparty to a contract may cause it to default or become unable to pay interest or principal due on the security or contract. The Fund cannot collect interest and principal payments if the issuer or counterparty defaults. Accordingly, the value of an investment in the Fund may change in response to issuer or counterparty defaults and changes in the credit ratings of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

Although the Fund attempts to invest in liquid securities and instruments, there can be no guarantee that a liquid market for such securities and instruments will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of the Fund’s shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities are limited or absent, or if bid/ask spreads are wide.

 

S-1


Events in the financial sector have resulted, and may continue to result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. Domestic and foreign fixed income and equity markets experienced extreme volatility and turmoil starting in late 2008 and volatility has continued to be experienced in the markets. Issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected, and well-known financial institutions have experienced significant liquidity and other problems. Some of these institutions have declared bankruptcy or defaulted on their debt. It is uncertain whether or for how long these conditions will continue. These events and possible continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on Fund performance.

Authorized Participants should refer to the section herein entitled “Creation and Redemption of Creation Unit Aggregations” for additional information that may impact them.

CONTINUOUS OFFERING

The method by which Creation Units are created and Fund shares are subsequently traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Trust on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act” ), may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the 1933 Act.

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if, after placing an order for Creation Units with Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “Distributor”), the broker-dealer or its client breaks them down into constituent shares and sells such shares directly to customers, or if the broker-dealer or its client chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, are generally required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act ). Firms that incur a prospectus-delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Fund are reminded that pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus-delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Exchange is satisfied by the fact that the Fund’s Prospectus is available at the Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to transactions on an exchange.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

In addition to the investment objectives and policies set forth in the Prospectus and under “Investment Policies and Techniques” below, the Fund is subject to the investment restrictions set forth below. The investment restrictions set forth in numbers (1) through (7) below are fundamental and cannot be changed with respect to the Fund without approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act, i.e. , by the lesser of the vote of (a) 67% of the shares of the Fund present at a meeting where more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

The Fund may not:

(1) Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as the term “concentrate” is used in the 1940 Act, except as may be necessary to approximate the composition of the Index.

 

S-2


(2) Borrow money or issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified from time to time by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction.

(3) With respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) securities issued by other investment companies, (ii) securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or authorities, or (iii) repurchase agreements fully collateralized by U.S. government securities) if (a) such purchase would, at the time, cause more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets taken at market value to be invested in the securities of such issuer; or (b) such purchase would, at the time, result in more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer being held by the Fund.

(4) Purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; but this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from investing in options on commodity indices, commodity futures contracts and options thereon, commodity-related swap agreements, other commodity-related derivative instruments, and investment companies that provide exposure to commodities.

(5) Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests therein or of issuers engaged in real estate activities.

(6) Act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

(7) Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted or modified from time to time by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction.

Except with respect to the limitation set forth in number (2) above, the foregoing restrictions and limitations will apply only at the time of purchase of securities, and the percentage limitations will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of an acquisition of securities, unless otherwise indicated.

For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (1) above, according to the current interpretation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), the Fund would be concentrated in an industry if 25% or more of its net assets, based on current market value at the time of purchase, were invested in that industry. For purposes of this limitation, issuers of the following securities will not be considered to be members of any industry: securities issued by other investment companies; securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; except as set forth in the following sentence, securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. To the extent that the income from a municipal bond is derived from a specific project, the securities will be deemed to be from the industry of that project. This limitation also does not place a limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country.

Where a security is guaranteed by a governmental entity or some other facility, such as a bank guarantee or letter of credit, such a guarantee or letter of credit would be considered a separate security and would be treated as an issue of such government, other entity or bank.

For purposes of applying the limitations set forth in numbers (1) and (3) above, an issuer shall be deemed the sole issuer of a security when its assets and revenues are separate from other governmental entities and its securities are backed only by its assets and revenues. Similarly, in the case of a non-governmental user, such as an industrial corporation or a privately owned or operated hospital, if the security is backed only by the assets and revenues of the non-governmental user, then such non-governmental user would be deemed to be the sole issuer. Where a security is also backed by the enforceable obligation of a superior or unrelated governmental entity or other entity (other than a bond insurer), it shall also be included in the computation of securities owned that are issued by such governmental or other entity.

 

S-3


For purposes of applying the limitations set forth in number (2) above, under the 1940 Act as currently in effect, the Fund is not permitted to issue senior securities, except that the Fund may borrow from any bank if immediately after such borrowing the value of the Fund’s total assets is at least 300% of the principal amount of all of the Fund’s borrowings ( i.e. , the principal amount of the borrowings may not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets). In the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three calendar days thereafter (not including Sundays and holidays), reduce the amount of its borrowings to an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%.

For purposes of applying the limitation set forth in number (7) above, there are no limitations with respect to unsecured loans made by the Fund to an unaffiliated party. However, if the Fund loans its portfolio securities, the obligation on the part of the Fund to return collateral upon termination of the loan could be deemed to involve the issuance of a senior security within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act. In order to avoid violation of Section 18(f), the Fund may not make a loan of portfolio securities if, as a result, more than one-third of its total asset value (at market value computed at the time of making a loan) would be on loan.

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Fund is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees (the “ Board ”) without a shareholder vote.

The Fund may not:

(1) Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

(2) Acquire any securities of registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on subparagraph (F) or subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

(3) Invest directly in futures, options on futures and swaps to the extent that the Adviser would be required to register with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ( “CFTC” ) as a commodity pool operator. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Derivatives—Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps.”

For purposes of number (1) above, “illiquid securities” will have the same meaning as given in guidance provided by the staff of the SEC. The Fund will monitor portfolio liquidity on an ongoing basis and, in the event more than 15% of a Fund’s net assets are invested in illiquid investments, the Fund will seek to reduce its holdings of illiquid securities in an orderly fashion in order to maintain adequate liquidity.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy pursuant to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Name Policy” ) whereby the Fund, under normal market conditions, will (i) invest at least 80% of the sum of its net assets and the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in fixed income securities and (ii) invest at least 80% of the sum of its net assets and the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in U.S. dollar-denominated securities that are publicly offered for sale in the United States. As a result, the Fund must provide shareholders with a notice, meeting the requirements of Rule 35d-1(c), at least 60 days prior to any change of its Name Policy. For purposes of the Name Policy, the Fund considers the term “investments” to include both direct investments and indirect investments ( e.g. , investments in an underlying fund, derivatives and synthetic instruments with economic characteristics similar to the underlying asset). If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

INVESTMENT POLI CIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, principal investment strategies, policies and techniques that appears in the Prospectus for the Fund. Additional information concerning principal investment strategies of the Fund, and other investment strategies that

 

S-4


may be used by the Fund, is set forth below in alphabetical order. Additional information concerning the Fund’s investment restrictions is set forth above under “Investment Restrictions.”

If a percentage limitation on investments by the Fund stated in this SAI or the Prospectus is adhered to at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from changes in asset value will not be deemed to violate the limitation except in the case of the limitations on borrowing.

References in this section to the Adviser also apply, to the extent applicable, to the Sub-Adviser of the Fund.

Asset-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that are secured or “backed” by pools of various types of assets on which cash payments are due at fixed intervals over set periods of time. Asset-backed securities are created in a process called securitization. In a securitization transaction, an originator of loans or an owner of accounts receivables of a certain type of asset class sells such underlying assets in a “true sale” to a special purpose entity, so that there is no recourse to such originator or owner. Payments of principal and interest on asset-backed securities typically are tied to payments made on the pool of underlying assets in the related securitization. Such payments on the underlying assets are effectively “passed through” to the asset-backed security holders on a monthly or other regular, periodic basis. The level of seniority of a particular asset-backed security will determine the priority in which the holder of such asset-backed security is paid, relative to other security holders and parties in such securitization. Examples of underlying assets include consumer loans or receivables, home equity loans, automobile loans or leases, and time shares, though other types of receivables or assets also may be used.

While asset-backed securities typically have a fixed, stated maturity date, low prevailing interest rates may lead to an increase in the prepayments made on the underlying assets. This may cause the outstanding balances due on the underlying assets to be paid down more rapidly. As a result, a decrease in the originally anticipated interest from such underlying securities may occur, causing the asset-backed securities to pay-down in whole or in part prior to their original stated maturity date. Prepayment proceeds would then have to be reinvested at the lower prevailing interest rates. Conversely, prepayments on the underlying assets may be less than anticipated, causing an extension in the duration of the asset-backed securities.

Delinquencies or losses that exceed the anticipated amounts for a given securitization could adversely impact the payments made on the related asset-backed securities. This is a reason why, as part of a securitization, asset-backed securities are often accompanied by some form of credit enhancement, such as a guaranty, insurance policy, or subordination. Credit protection in the form of derivative contracts may also be purchased. In certain securitization transactions, insurance, credit protection, or both may be purchased with respect to only the most senior classes of asset-backed securities, on the underlying collateral pool, or both. The extent and type of credit enhancement varies across securitization transactions.

The ratings and creditworthiness of asset-backed securities typically depend on the legal insulation of the issuer and transaction from the consequences of a sponsoring entity’s bankruptcy, as well as on the credit quality of the underlying receivables and the amount and credit quality of any third-party credit enhancement supporting the underlying receivables or the asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities and their underlying receivables generally are not issued or guaranteed by any governmental entity.

Asset Coverage Requirements

To the extent required by SEC guidelines, the Fund will only engage in transactions that expose it to an obligation to another party if it owns either (a) an offsetting position for the same type of financial asset or (b) cash or liquid securities, designated on the Fund’s books or held in a segregated account, with a value sufficient at all times to cover its potential obligations not covered as provided in (a). Examples of transactions governed by these asset coverage requirements include, for example, options written by the Fund, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swaps, and when-issued and delayed delivery transactions. Assets used as offsetting positions, designated on the Fund’s books, or held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the

 

S-5


positions requiring cover are open unless replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of assets to be used as offsetting positions or to be designated or segregated in such a manner could impede portfolio management or the ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

In the case of futures contracts or forward contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value (generally, the total numerical value of the asset underlying a future or forward contract at the time of valuation) while the positions are open. With respect to futures contracts or forward contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily mark-to-market net obligation ( i.e. , the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled futures and forward contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The Fund may hold assets in cash or cash equivalents, money market funds and short-term taxable fixed income securities in such proportions as warranted by prevailing market conditions and the Fund’s principal investment strategies. The Fund may only invest in short-term taxable fixed income securities with a maturity of one year or less and whose issuers have a long-term rating of at least A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ( “Standard & Poor’s” ), A3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. ( “Moody’s” ) or A- or higher by Fitch, Inc. ( “Fitch” ). Short-term taxable fixed income securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

(1) U.S. Government Securities . The Fund may invest in U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest, which are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities, and consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate. In addition, the Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of non-U.S. countries. U.S. Treasury obligations include separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations, known as Separately Traded Registered Interest and Principal Securities (“STRIPS”), which are transferable through the Federal book-entry system. STRIPS are sold as zero coupon securities, which means that they are sold at a substantial discount and redeemed at face value at their maturity date without interim cash payments of interest or principal. This discount is accreted over the life of the security, and such accretion will constitute the income earned on the security for both accounting and tax purposes. Because of these features, such securities may be subject to greater interest rate volatility than interest paying U.S. Treasury obligations.

(2) Certificates of Deposit . The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. If such certificates of deposit are non-negotiable, they will be considered illiquid securities and be subject to the Fund’s 15% restriction on investments in illiquid securities. Pursuant to the certificate of deposit, the issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date

 

S-6


specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.

(3) Bankers’ Acceptances . The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances, which are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.

(4) Repurchase Agreements . The Fund may invest in repurchase agreements which involve purchases of debt securities. In such an action, at the time the Fund purchases the security, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver the security to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the security at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to certain obligations. Collateral may consist of any fixed income security which is an eligible investment for the Fund. The Fund’s custodian will hold the securities underlying any repurchase agreement, or the securities will be part of the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book Entry System. The market value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be determined on each business day. If at any time the market value of the collateral falls below the repurchase price under the repurchase agreement (including any accrued interest), the Fund will promptly receive additional collateral (so the total collateral is an amount at least equal to the repurchase price plus accrued interest). Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, however, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The portfolio managers monitor the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The portfolio managers do so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

(5) Bank Time Deposits . The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.

(6) Commercial Paper . The Fund may invest in commercial paper, which are short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for the notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The portfolio managers will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. The Fund may purchase commercial paper consisting of issues rated at the time of purchase within the two highest rating categories by Standard & Poor’s, Fitch or Moody’s, or which have been assigned an equivalent rating by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

S-7


(7) Eurodollar and Yankee Instruments . The Fund may invest in Eurodollar certificates of deposit issued by foreign branches of U.S. or foreign banks; Eurodollar time deposits, which are U.S. dollar-denominated deposits in foreign branches of U.S. or foreign banks; and Yankee certificates of deposit, which are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks and held in the United States. In each instance, the Fund may only invest in bank instruments issued by an institution which has capital, surplus and undivided profits of more than $100 million or the deposits of which are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund.

(7) Money Market Funds and Short-Term Debt Funds . The Fund may invest in money market funds. The Fund will bear its proportionate share of the money market fund’s fees and expenses (see “Other Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles” below). The Fund may hold securities of other mutual funds that invest primarily in debt obligations with remaining maturities of 13 months or less.

(8) Variable Amount Master Demand Notes . The Fund may invest in variable amount master demand notes, which are unsecured demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate according to the terms of the instrument. Because master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and the issuer, they are not normally traded. Although there is no secondary market in the notes, the Fund may demand payment of principal and accrued interest at any time. While the notes are not typically rated by credit rating agencies, issuers of variable amount master demand notes (which are normally manufacturing, retail, financial, and other business concerns) must satisfy the same criteria as set forth above for commercial paper. The Sub-Adviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the issuers of such notes and will continuously monitor their financial status and ability to meet payment on demand.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in Collateralized Debt Obligations (“ CDOs ”). Similar to CMOs described below under “Mortgage-Backed Securities,” CDOs are debt obligations typically issued by a private special-purpose entity and collateralized principally by debt securities (including, for example, high-yield, high-risk bonds, structured finance securities including asset-backed securities, CDOs, mortgage-backed securities and real estate investment trusts ( REITs”)) or corporate loans. The special purpose entity typically issues one or more classes (sometimes referred to as “tranches”) of rated debt securities, one or more unrated classes of debt securities that are generally treated as equity interests, and a residual equity interest. The tranches of CDOs typically have different interest rates, projected weighted average lives and ratings, with the higher rated tranches paying lower interest rates. One or more forms of credit enhancement are almost always necessary in a CDO structure to obtain the desired credit ratings for the most highly rated debt securities issued by the CDO. The types of credit enhancement used include “internal” credit enhancement provided by the underlying assets themselves, such as subordination, excess spread and cash collateral accounts, and hedges provided by interest rate swaps, and “external” credit enhancement provided by third parties, principally financial guaranty insurance issued by monoline insurers. Despite this credit enhancement, CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and the disappearance of lower rated protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, and investor aversion to CDO securities as a class. CDOs can be less liquid than other publicly held debt issues, and require additional structural analysis.

Convertible Securities

The Fund may invest in debt securities which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or which carry warrants or other rights to acquire, common or preferred stocks. Such convertible securities are hybrid securities that combine the investment characteristics of bonds and common stocks. Convertible securities typically consist of debt securities or preferred securities that may be converted within a specified period of time (typically for the entire life of the security) into a certain amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer at a predetermined price. They also include debt securities with warrants or common stock attached and derivatives combining the features of debt securities and equity securities. Convertible securities entitle the holder to receive

 

S-8


interest paid or accrued on debt, or dividends paid or accrued on preferred securities, until the security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.

The market value of a convertible security generally is a function of its “investment value” and its “conversion value.” A security’s “investment value” represents the value of the security without its conversion feature ( i.e. , a comparable non-convertible fixed-income security). The investment value is determined by, among other things, reference to its credit quality and the current value of its yield to maturity or probable call date. At any given time, investment value is dependent upon such factors as the general level of interest rates, the yield of similar non-convertible securities, the financial strength of the issuer and the seniority of the security in the issuer’s capital structure. A security’s “conversion value” is determined by multiplying the number of shares the holder is entitled to receive upon conversion or exchange by the current price of the underlying security. If the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly below its investment value, the convertible security will trade like non-convertible debt or a preferred security in the sense that its market value will not be influenced greatly by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying security into which it can be converted. Instead, the convertible security’s price will tend to move in the opposite direction from interest rates. Conversely, if the conversion value of a convertible security is significantly above its investment value, the market value of the convertible security will be more heavily influenced by fluctuations in the market price of the underlying stock. In that case, the convertible security’s price may be as volatile as that of the common stock. Because both interest rate and market movements can influence its value, a convertible security is not generally as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed-income security, nor is it generally as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

The Fund’s investments in convertible securities, particularly securities that are convertible into securities of an issuer other than the issuer of the convertible security, may be illiquid. The Fund’s investments in convertible securities may at times include securities that have a mandatory conversion feature, pursuant to which the securities convert automatically into common stock or other equity securities (of the same or a different issuer) at a specified date and a specified conversion ratio, or that are convertible at the option of the issuer. Equity interests acquired through conversion, exchange or exercise of rights to acquire stock will be disposed of by the Fund as soon as practicable in an orderly manner.

In addition, some convertible securities are often rated below investment-grade or are not rated, and therefore may be considered speculative investments. The credit rating of a company’s convertible securities is generally lower than that of its conventional debt securities. Convertible securities are normally considered “junior” securities—that is, the company usually must pay interest on its conventional corporate debt before it can make payments on its convertible securities. Some convertible securities are particularly sensitive to interest rate changes when their predetermined conversion price is much higher than the issuing company’s common stock.

Corporate Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in corporate debt securities. The broad category of corporate debt securities includes debt issued by companies of all kinds, including those with small-, mid- and large-capitalizations. Corporate debt may be rated investment-grade or below investment-grade and may carry variable or floating rates of interest. Corporate debt securities are usually issued by businesses to finance their operations, although corporate debt instruments may also include bank loans to companies. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities, with the primary difference being their maturities and secured or unsecured status. Commercial paper has the shortest term and is usually unsecured.

Because of the wide range of types and maturities of corporate debt securities, as well as the range of creditworthiness of its issuers, corporate debt securities have widely varying potentials for return and risk profiles. Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security. For example, commercial paper issued by a large established domestic corporation that is rated investment-grade may have a modest return on principal, but carries relatively limited risk. On the other hand, a long-term corporate note issued by a small non-U.S. corporation from an emerging market country that has not been rated by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“ NRSRO ”) may have the potential for relatively large returns on principal, but carries a relatively high degree of risk.

 

S-9


Corporate debt securities carry both credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the risk that the Fund could lose money if the issuer of a corporate debt security is unable to pay interest or repay principal when it is due. Some corporate debt securities that are rated below investment-grade are generally considered speculative because they present a greater risk of loss, including default, than higher quality debt securities. The credit risk of a particular issuer’s debt security may vary based on its priority for repayment. For example, higher ranking (senior) debt securities have a higher priority than lower ranking (subordinated) securities. This means that the issuer might not make payments on subordinated securities while making payments on senior securities. In addition, in the event of bankruptcy, holders of higher-ranking senior securities may receive amounts otherwise payable to the holders of more junior securities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of certain corporate debt securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise. In general, corporate debt securities with longer terms tend to fall more in value when interest rates rise than corporate debt securities with shorter terms. Additionally, corporate debt securities may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities. As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly.

Derivatives

Subject to the limitations set forth below under “Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps,” the Fund may use derivative instruments as described below. Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index. Derivatives generally take the form of contracts under which the parties agree to payments between them based upon the performance of a wide variety of underlying references, such as stocks, bonds, loans, commodities, interest rates, currency exchange rates, and various domestic and foreign indices.

The Fund may use derivatives for a variety of reasons, including as a substitute for investing directly in securities, as part of a hedging strategy (that is, for the purpose of reducing risk to the Fund), or for other purposes related to the management of the Fund. Derivatives permit the Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, to which its portfolio is exposed in much the same way as the Fund can increase or decrease the level of risk, or change the character of the risk, of its portfolio by making investments in specific securities. However, derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest. As a result, a small investment in derivatives could have a large impact on the Fund’s performance.

While transactions in some derivatives may be effected on established exchanges, many other derivatives are privately negotiated and entered into in the over-the-counter ( “OTC” ) market with a single counterparty. When exchange-traded derivatives are purchased and sold, a clearing agency associated with the exchange stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, either on a limited basis through a guaranty fund or to the full extent of the clearing agency’s balance sheet. Transactions in OTC derivatives not subject to a clearing requirement have no such protection. Each party to an uncleared OTC derivative bears the risk that its direct counterparty will default. In addition, OTC derivatives are generally less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives because they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.

The use of derivative instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC, various state regulatory authorities and, with respect to exchange-traded derivatives, the several exchanges upon which they are traded. As discussed above under “Asset Coverage Requirements,” in order to engage in certain transactions in derivatives, the Fund may be required to hold offsetting positions or to hold cash or liquid securities in a segregated account or designated on the Fund’s books. In addition, the Fund’s ability to use derivative instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

The particular derivative instruments the Fund can use are described below. The Fund’s portfolio managers may decide not to employ some or all of these instruments, and there is no assurance that any derivatives strategy used by the Fund will succeed. The Fund may employ new derivative

 

S-10


instruments and strategies when they are developed, if those investment methods are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and are permissible under applicable regulations governing the Fund.

Options Transactions

The Fund may purchase put and call options on specific securities (including groups or “baskets” of specific securities). In addition, the Fund may write put and call options on such financial instruments.

Options on Securities . The Fund may purchase put and call options on securities. A put option on a security gives the purchaser of the option the right (but not the obligation) to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at a stated price (the “exercise price”) at any time before the option expires. A call option on a security gives the purchaser the right (but not the obligation) to buy, and the writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time before the option expires. The purchase price for a put or call option is the “premium” paid by the purchaser for the right to sell or buy.

The Fund may purchase put options to hedge against a decline in the value of its portfolio. By using put options in this way, the Fund would reduce any profit it might otherwise have realized in the underlying security by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and by transaction costs. In similar fashion, the Fund may purchase call options to protect against an increase in the price of securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing in the future, a practice sometimes referred to as “anticipatory hedging.” The premium paid for the call option plus any transaction costs will reduce the benefit, if any, realized by the Fund upon exercise of the option, and, unless the price of the underlying security rises sufficiently, the option may expire unexercised.

Options on Interest Rates and Indices. The Fund may purchase put and call options on interest rates and bond indices. An option on interest rates or on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing value of the underlying interest rate or index is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the exercise-settlement value of the interest rate option or the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple (the “ multiplier ”). The writer of the option is obligated, for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. Settlements for interest rate and index options are always in cash.

Futures

The Fund may engage in futures transactions. The Fund may buy and sell futures contracts that relate to (1) interest rates, (2) debt securities, and (3) bond indices. The Fund may only enter into futures contracts which are standardized and traded on a U.S. exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a security, interest rate or currency (each a “financial instrument” ) for a set price on a future date. Certain futures contracts, such as futures contracts relating to individual securities, call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument. However, these contracts generally are closed out before delivery by entering into an offsetting purchase or sale of a matching futures contract. Other futures contracts, such as futures contracts on interest rates and indices, do not call for making or taking delivery of the underlying financial instrument, but rather are agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the financial instrument at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was originally written. These contracts also may be settled by entering into an offsetting futures contract.

Unlike when the Fund purchases or sells a security, no price is paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with its futures broker (also known as a futures commission merchant ( “FCM” )) an amount of cash or securities equal to a specified percentage of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin. The margin deposit is intended to ensure completion of the contract. Minimum initial margin requirements are established by the futures exchanges and may be revised. In addition, FCMs may establish margin deposit requirements that are higher than the exchange minimums. Cash held as margin is generally

 

S-11


invested by the FCM in high-quality instruments permitted under CFTC regulations, with returns retained by the FCM and interest paid to the Fund on the cash at an agreed-upon rate. The Fund will also receive any interest paid from coupon-bearing securities, such as Treasury securities, held in margin accounts. Subsequent payments to and from the FCM, called variation margin, will be made on a daily basis as the price of the underlying financial instrument fluctuates, making the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as marking the contract to market. Changes in variation margin are recorded by the Fund as unrealized gains or losses. At any time prior to expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position that will operate to terminate its position in the futures contract. A final determination of variation margin is then made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Fund, and the Fund realizes a gain or loss. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of an FCM that holds margin on behalf of the Fund, the Fund may be entitled to the return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the Fund. Futures transactions also involve brokerage costs.

Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Swap Transactions

The Fund may enter into interest rate, total return, and credit default swap agreements.

The Fund may enter into swap transactions for any purpose consistent with its investment objectives and strategies, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular return or spread at a lower cost than obtaining a return or spread through purchases and/or sales of instruments in other markets, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, to reduce risk arising from the ownership of a particular instrument, or to gain exposure to certain securities, reference rates, sectors or markets.

Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for a specified period of time. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on a particular predetermined asset, reference rate or index. The gross returns to be exchanged or swapped between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a notional amount, e.g., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. The notional amount of the swap agreement generally is only used as a basis upon which to calculate the obligations that the parties to the swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Fund’s current obligations under a net swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund) and the Fund will segregate assets determined to be liquid by a Sub-Adviser for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty. See “Asset Coverage Requirements” above.

Interest Rate Swaps . Interest rate swaps are financial instruments that involve the exchange of one type of interest rate for another type of interest rate cash flow on specified dates in the future. Some of the different types of interest rate swaps are “fixed-for floating rate swaps,” “termed basis swaps” and “index amortizing swaps.” Fixed-for floating rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed interest rate cash flows for floating rate cash flows. Termed basis swaps entail cash flows to both parties based on floating interest rates, where the interest rate indices are different. Index amortizing swaps are typically fixed-for floating swaps where the notional amount changes if certain conditions are met. Like a traditional investment in a debt security, the Fund could lose money by investing in an interest rate swap if interest rates change adversely.

Total Return Swaps . In a total return swap, one party agrees to pay the other the “total return” of a defined underlying asset during a specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed

 

S-12


or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. A total return swap may be applied to any underlying asset but is most commonly used with bonds and defined baskets of loans and mortgages. The Fund might enter into a total return swap involving an underlying index or basket of securities to create exposure to a potentially widely-diversified range of securities in a single trade. An index total return swap can be used by the portfolio managers to assume risk, without the complications of buying the component securities from what may not always be the most liquid of markets.

Credit Default Swaps . A credit default swap is a bilateral contract that enables an investor to buy or sell protection against a defined-issuer credit event. The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements either as a buyer or a seller. The Fund may buy protection to attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in one or more of its individual holdings or in a segment of the fixed income securities market to which it has exposure, or to take a “short” position in individual bonds or market segments which it does not own. The Fund may sell protection in an attempt to gain exposure to the credit quality characteristics of particular bonds or market segments without investing directly in those bonds or market segments.

As the buyer of protection in a credit default swap, the Fund will pay a premium (by means of an upfront payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement) in return for the right to deliver a referenced bond or group of bonds to the protection seller and receive the full notional or par value (or other agreed upon value) upon a default (or similar event) by the issuer(s) of the underlying referenced obligation(s). If no default occurs, the protection seller would keep the stream of payments and would have no further obligation to the Fund. Thus, the cost to the Fund would be the premium paid with respect to the agreement. If a credit event occurs, however, the Fund may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. The Fund bears the risk that the protection seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations.

If the Fund is a seller of protection in a credit default swap and no credit event occurs, the Fund would generally receive an up-front payment or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the swap. If a credit event occurs, however, generally the Fund would have to pay the buyer the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity that may have little or no value. As the protection seller, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Thus, the Fund bears the same risk as it would by buying the reference obligations directly, plus the additional risks related to obtaining investment exposure through a derivative instrument discussed below under “Risks Associated with Swap Transactions.”

Swap Options. A swap option is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel, or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement at some designated future time on specified terms. A cash-settled option on a swap gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to receive an amount of cash equal to the value of the underlying swap as of the exercise date. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swap options. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund generally will incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swap option than when it purchases a swap option. When the Fund purchases a swap option, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swap option, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Risks Associated with Swap Transactions . The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If a Sub-Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. As the protection seller in a credit default swap, the Fund effectively adds economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to being subject to investment exposure on its total net assets, the Fund is subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may only close out a swap or other two-party contract

 

S-13


with its particular counterparty, and may only transfer a position with the consent of that counterparty. In addition, the price at which the Fund may close out such a two party contract may not correlate with the price change in the underlying reference asset. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies, but there can be no assurance that the counterparty will be able to meet its contractual obligations or that the Fund will succeed in enforcing its rights. It also is possible that developments in the derivatives market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap or other agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Caps, Collars and Floors

The Fund may enter into interest rate caps, floors, and collars. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar involves selling a cap and purchasing a floor or vice versa to protect the Fund against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

Limitations on the Use of CFTC-Regulated Futures, Options on Futures and Swaps

The Fund will limit its direct investments in CFTC-regulated futures, options on futures and swaps ( “CFTC Derivatives” ) to the extent necessary for the Adviser to claim the exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund under CFTC Rule 4.5, as such rule may be amended from time to time. Under Rule 4.5 as currently in effect, the Fund will limit its trading activity in CFTC Derivatives (excluding activity for “bona fide hedging purposes,” as defined by the CFTC) such that it meets one of the following tests:

 

   

Aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish its positions in CFTC Derivatives do not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions; or

 

   

Aggregate net notional value of its positions in CFTC Derivatives does not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions.

With respect to the Fund, the Adviser has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator thereunder.

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company may also limit the extent to which the Fund may invest in CFTC Derivatives. See “Tax Matters—Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company.”

Federal Income Tax Treatment of Futures Contracts and Options

The Fund’s transactions in futures contracts and options will be subject to special provisions of the Code, that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital, or short-term or long-term), may accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and may defer Fund losses. These rules could, therefore, affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a regulated investment company and the distribution requirement for avoiding excise taxes.

 

S-14


Risks and Special Considerations Concerning Derivatives

The use of derivative instruments involves certain general risks and considerations as described below.

(1) Market Risk.  Market risk is the risk that the value of the underlying assets may go up or down. Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose the Fund to losses. The successful use of derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly the portfolio managers’ ability to predict movements in the relevant markets, which may require different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will succeed.

(2) Counterparty Risk.  Counterparty risk is the risk that a loss may be sustained as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply with the terms of a derivative instrument. The counterparty risk for exchange-traded derivatives is generally less than for OTC derivatives, since generally a clearing agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument, provides a guarantee of performance. For many OTC instruments, there is no similar clearing agency guarantee. In all transactions, the Fund will bear the risk that the counterparty will default, and this could result in a loss of the expected benefit of the derivative transactions and possibly other losses to the Fund. The Fund will enter into derivatives transactions only with counterparties that its portfolio managers reasonably believe are capable of performing under the contract.

(3) Correlation Risk.  Correlation risk is the risk that there might be an imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a derivative instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. When a derivative transaction is used to completely hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined position (the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments. With a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged with any change in the price of the underlying asset. With an imperfect hedge, the value of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated. For example, if the value of a derivative instrument used in a short hedge (such as a CDS) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly correlated. This might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and the price movements in the investments being hedged.

(4) Liquidity Risk.  Liquidity risk is the risk that a derivative instrument cannot be sold, closed out or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value. Generally, exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of every contract. OTC transactions are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction. The Fund might be required by applicable regulatory requirements to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other than purchase options). If the Fund is unable to close out its positions in such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expires, matures or is closed out. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. The Fund’s ability to sell or close out a position in an instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the position. There is no assurance that any derivatives position can be sold or closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

(5) Legal Risk.  Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the unenforceability of a party’s obligations under the derivative. While a party seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive payoff. Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.

 

S-15


(6) Systemic or “Interconnection” Risk.  Systemic or interconnection risk is the risk that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all market participants. In other words, a disruption in one market will spill over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction. Much of the OTC derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating a large interconnected web of financial obligations. This interconnectedness raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses for other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative instruments.

(7) Leverage Risk.  Leverage risk is the risk that the Fund may be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged due to leverage’s tendency to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. The use of leverage may also cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements.

(8) Regulatory Risk.  The Dodd-Frank Act Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd   -Frank Act” ) has initiated a dramatic revision of the U.S. financial regulatory framework and covers a broad range of topics, including (among many others) a reorganization of federal financial regulators; a process intended to improve financial systemic stability and the resolution of potentially insolvent financial firms; and new rules for derivatives trading. Instruments in which the Fund may invest, or the issuers of such instruments, may be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are unforeseeable. Many of the implementing regulations have not yet been finalized. Accordingly, the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, including on the derivative instruments in which the Fund may invest, is not yet certain.

Dollar Rolls

The Fund may enter into mortgage “dollar rolls” in which the Fund sells mortgage-backed securities and simultaneously contracts with the same counterparty to repurchase similar (same type, coupon and maturity) but not identical securities on a specified future date. During the period between the sale and repurchase (the “roll period”), the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. However, the Fund would benefit to the extent of any difference between the price received for the securities sold and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) plus any fee income received. Unless such benefits exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss due to mortgage prepayments that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the mortgage dollar roll, the investment performance of the Fund will be less than what the performance would have been without the use of the mortgage dollar roll. The Fund will segregate until the settlement date cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the forward purchase price.

Equity Securities

The Fund may invest in equity securities, including common stocks, warrants to purchase common stocks convertible securities, interests in real estate investment trusts, common units of master limited partnerships, and other securities with equity characteristics. The Fund may only hold equity securities through its investment in other securities with conversion, exchange or exercise of rights to acquire equity interests.

Common Stocks

Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred securities, dividends on common stocks are not prescribed in advance but are declared at the discretion of a company’s board.

While investing in stocks allows shareholders to participate in the benefits of owning a company, such shareholders must accept the risks of ownership. Unlike bondholders, who have preference to a company’s earnings and cash flow, common stockholders are entitled only to the residual amount after a company meets its other obligations. For this reason, the value of a company’s stock will usually react more strongly to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects than its debt obligations. Stockholders of a company that fares poorly can lose money.

 

S-16


Warrants

The Fund may invest in warrants if, after giving effect thereto, not more than 5% of its net assets will be invested in warrants other than warrants acquired in units or attached to other securities. Investing in warrants is purely speculative in that they have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. Warrants are issued by the issuer of a security and provide their holder the option to purchase that security upon the warrants’ exercise at a specific price for a specific period of time. They do not represent ownership of the securities but only the right to buy them. The prices of warrants do not necessarily parallel the prices of the underlying securities.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Real estate investment trusts are publicly traded corporations or trusts that specialize in acquiring, holding, and managing residential, commercial or industrial real estate. A REIT is not taxed at the entity level on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it distributes to shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year and complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income.

Investing in REITs subjects the Fund to risks associated with the real estate industry. The real estate industry has been subject to substantial fluctuations and declines on a local, regional and national basis in the past and may continue to be in the future. Real property values and income from real property may decline due to general and local economic conditions, overbuilding and increased competition, increases in property taxes and operating expenses, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, regulatory limitations on rents, changes in neighborhoods and in demographics, increases in market interest rates, or other factors. Factors such as these may adversely affect companies which own and operate real estate directly, companies which lend to such companies, and companies which service the real estate industry.

The Fund is also subject to risks associated with direct investments in REITs. The Fund may invest in Mortgage REITs. A Mortgage REIT invests the majority of its assets in real estate mortgage loans and services its income primarily from interest payments. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the credit quality of the mortgage loans they hold. In addition, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills and on their ability to generate cash flow for operating purposes and to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders. REITs may have limited diversification and are subject to risks associated with obtaining financing for real property, as well as to the risk of self-liquidation. REITs also can be adversely affected by their failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through treatment of their income under the Code or their failure to maintain an exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder bears not only a proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also may indirectly bear similar expenses of some of the REITs in which it invests.

Master Limited Partnerships

Equity securities in which the Fund may invest include master limited partnerships ( “MLPs” ). An MLP is an entity, most commonly a limited partnership, that is taxed as a partnership, publicly traded and listed on a national securities exchange. Holders of common units of MLPs typically have limited control and limited voting rights as compared to holders of a corporation’s common shares. MLPs are limited by the Code to only apply to enterprises that engage in certain businesses, mostly pertaining to the use of natural resources, such as petroleum and natural gas extraction and transportation, although some other enterprises may also qualify as MLPs.

Fixed Rate Debt Obligations

The debt obligations in which the Fund invests have fixed interest rates. Fixed rate securities pay a fixed rate of interest and tend to exhibit more price volatility during times of rising or falling interest rates than securities with variable or floating rates of interest. The value of fixed rate securities will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of variable or floating rate securities, on the other hand, fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate securities. This is because variable and floating rate securities behave like short-term instruments in that the rate of interest they pay is subject to periodic adjustments

 

S-17


according to a specified formula, usually with reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. Fixed rate securities with short-term characteristics are not subject to the same price volatility as fixed rate securities without such characteristics. Therefore, they behave more like variable or floating rate securities with respect to price volatility.

Foreign Securities

The Fund may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated foreign securities. These securities may include securities issued or guaranteed by (i) the Government of Canada, any Canadian Province or any instrumentality and political subdivision thereof; (ii) any other foreign government agency or instrumentality; (iii) foreign subsidiaries of U.S. corporations; and (iv) other foreign issuers.

Investment in foreign securities is subject to special investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. domestic issuers. These risks include political, social or economic instability in the country of the issuer, the difficulty of predicting international trade patterns, the possibility of the imposition of exchange controls, expropriation, limits on removal of currency or other assets, nationalization of assets, foreign withholding and income taxation, and foreign trading practices (including higher trading commissions, custodial charges and delayed settlements). Foreign securities also may be subject to greater fluctuations in price than securities issued by U.S. corporations. The principal markets on which these securities trade may have less volume and liquidity, and may be more volatile, than securities markets in the United States.

In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. domiciled company. Foreign companies generally are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. domestic companies. There is also generally less government regulation of securities exchanges, brokers and listed companies abroad than in the United States. Confiscatory taxation or diplomatic developments could also affect investment in those countries. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and foreign issuers may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting, and record keeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks and U.S. domestic issuers. Securities transactions conducted outside the United States may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, non-U.S. securities, currencies and other instruments. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex non-U.S. political, legal and economic factors, (ii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in non-U.S. markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iii) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and the margin requirements than in the United States, (iv) currency exchange rate changes, and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.

In considering whether to invest in the securities of a non-U.S. company, the portfolio managers consider such factors as the characteristics of the particular company, differences between economic trends, and the performance of securities markets in the United States and other countries. The portfolio managers also consider factors relating to the general economic, governmental and social conditions of the country or countries where the company is located.

Emerging Markets. The Fund’s investments in foreign securities may include securities issued by governmental and corporate issuers that are located in emerging market countries. Investments in securities of issuers in emerging market countries may be subject to potentially higher risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include (i) less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the small current size of the markets for such securities and the currently low or nonexistent volume of trading, which may result in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility; (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; (iv) foreign taxation; (v) the absence of developed structures governing private or foreign investment or allowing for judicial redress for injury to private property; (vi) the limited development and recent emergence, in certain countries, of a capital market structure or market-oriented economy; and (vii) the possibility that recent favorable economic developments in certain countries may be slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in such countries. All of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities described above are heightened by investing in emerging markets countries.

 

S-18


Certain countries, which do not have market economies, are characterized by an absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. Certain countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular company, or limit the investment of foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of a company that may have less advantageous terms than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

Authoritarian governments in certain countries may require that a governmental or quasi- governmental authority act as custodian of a Fund’s assets invested in such country. To the extent such governmental or quasi-governmental authorities do not satisfy the requirements of the 1940 Act to act as foreign custodians of the Fund’s cash and securities, the Fund’s investment in such countries may be limited or may be required to be effected through intermediaries. The risk of loss through governmental confiscation may be increased in such countries.

Sovereign Debt Obligations . The Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations. Sovereign debt obligations involve special risks that are not present in corporate debt obligations. The foreign issuer of the sovereign debt or the foreign governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt, and the Fund’s NAV, to the extent it invests in such securities, may be more volatile than prices of debt obligations of U.S. issuers. In the past, certain foreign countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts.

Supranational Securities. The Fund may invest in securities issued by supranational entities. A supranational entity is formed by two or more central governments to promote economic development for the member countries. Supranational entities finance their activities by issuing bond debt and are usually considered part of the sub-sovereign debt market. Some well-known examples of supranational entities are the World Bank, International Monetary Fund, European Investment Bank, Asian Development Bank, Inter-American Development Bank and other regional multilateral development banks. These securities are subject to varying degrees of credit risk and interest rate risk.

Illiquid Securities

The Fund may invest in illiquid securities ( i.e. , securities that cannot be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven calendar days at approximately the value ascribed to them by the fund). For purposes of this restriction, illiquid securities include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws) and repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days. However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Board or its delegate has the ultimate authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities laws, which securities are liquid or illiquid for purposes of this 15% limitation. The Board has delegated to the Adviser the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any portfolio security, although it has retained oversight over and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. The Adviser works with and to a large extent relies on the expertise and advice of the Sub-Adviser in making these liquidity determinations. Although no definitive liquidity criteria are used, the Board has directed the Adviser to look to such factors as (i) the nature of the market for a security (including the institutional private resale market, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security, and the amount of time normally

 

S-19


needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer); (ii) the terms of certain securities or other instruments allowing for the disposition to a third party or the issuer thereof ( e.g. , certain repurchase obligations and demand instruments); and (iii) other permissible relevant facts.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the 1933 Act. Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell. Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegate.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities. These investments include agency pass-through certificates, private mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped mortgage-backed securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities, as defined and described below.

A mortgage-backed security is a type of pass-through security, which is a security representing pooled debt obligations repackaged as interests that pass income through an intermediary to investors. In the case of mortgage-backed securities, the ownership interest is in a pool of mortgage loans. Residential mortgage-backed securities (“ RMBS ”) are backed by a pool of mortgages on residential property while commercial mortgage-backed securities (“ CMBS ”) are backed by a pool of mortgages on commercial property.

Mortgage-backed securities are most commonly issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“ Ginnie Mae ” or “ GNMA ”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“ Fannie Mae ” or “ FNMA ”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“ Freddie Mac ” or “ FHLMC ”), but may also be issued or guaranteed by other private issuers.

GNMA is a government-owned corporation that is an agency of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. It guarantees, with the full faith and credit of the United States, full and timely payment of all monthly principal and interest on its mortgage-backed securities.

Government-related guarantors ( i.e. , not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation. FNMA purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues Participation Certificates (“ PCs ”), which are pass-through securities, each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

On September 6, 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“ FHFA ”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. FHFA selected a new chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors for each of FNMA and FHLMC. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department agreed to provide FNMA and FHLMC with up to $100 billion of capital each to ensure that they are able to continue to provide ongoing liquidity to the U.S. home mortgage market. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remain liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its mortgage-backed securities.

 

S-20


Privately Issued Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, whether or not such obligations are subject to guarantees by the private issuer, may entail greater risk than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government. Any investments the Fund makes in mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or structured investment vehicles) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as mortgage-related securities. Unlike mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, mortgage-related securities issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include: (1) the issuance of senior and subordinated securities ( e.g. , the issuance of securities by a special purpose vehicle in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); (2) the creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and (3) “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceeds that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-related securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private mortgage-related securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-related securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label mortgage-related securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

Privately issued mortgage-related securities are generally less liquid than obligations directly or indirectly guaranteed by the U.S. government or a government-sponsored entity, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-related securities held in the Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans. The average life of a mortgage-backed security is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal invested far in advance of the maturity of the mortgages in the pool or can result in credit losses.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. Collateralized mortgage obligations (“ CMOs ”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities (collateral collectively referred to hereinafter as “ Mortgage Assets ”). Multi-class pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. All references in this section to CMOs include

 

S-21


multi-class pass-through securities. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates, resulting in a loss of all or part of the premium if any has been paid. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal and interest payments on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the various classes of CMOs in several ways. Typically, payments of principal, including any prepayments, on the underlying mortgages are applied to the classes in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal is made on CMOs of a class until all CMOs of other classes having earlier stated maturities or final distribution dates have been paid in full.

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities. Stripped mortgage-backed securities (“ SMBS ”) are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions from a pool of mortgage assets. The Fund will only invest in SMBS whose mortgage assets are U.S. government obligations. A common type of SMBS will be structured so that one class receives some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class receives most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities. The market value of any class which consists primarily or entirely of principal payments generally is unusually volatile in response to changes in interest rates.

Risks of Investing in Mortgage-Backed Securities. Investment in mortgage-backed securities poses several risks, including, among others, prepayment, market and credit risk. Prepayment risk reflects the risk that borrowers may prepay their mortgages faster than expected, thereby affecting the investment’s average life and perhaps its yield. Whether or not a mortgage loan is prepaid is almost entirely controlled by the borrower. Borrowers are most likely to exercise prepayment options at the time when it is least advantageous to investors, generally prepaying mortgages as interest rates fall, and slowing payments as interest rates rise. Besides the effect of prevailing interest rates, the rate of prepayment and refinancing of mortgages may also be affected by home value appreciation, ease of the refinancing process and local economic conditions. Market risk reflects the risk that the price of a security may fluctuate over time. The price of mortgage-backed securities may be particularly sensitive to prevailing interest rates, the length of time the security is expected to be outstanding and the liquidity of the issue. In a period of unstable interest rates, there may be decreased demand for certain types of mortgage-backed securities, and the Fund invested in such securities wishing to sell them may find it difficult to find a buyer, which may in turn decrease the price at which they may be sold. Credit risk reflects the risk that the Fund may not receive all or part of its principal because the issuer or credit enhancer has defaulted on its obligations. Obligations issued by U.S. government-related entities are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The performance of private label mortgage-backed securities, issued by private institutions, is based on the financial health of those institutions.

The risks to which CMBS are subject differ somewhat from the risks to which RMBS are subject. CMBS are typically backed by a much smaller number of mortgages than RMBS are, so problems with one or a small number of mortgages backing a CMBS can have a large impact on its value. As CMBS have a less diversified pool of loans backing them, they are much more susceptible to property-specific risk. The values of CMBS are also more sensitive to macroeconomic trends. For example, when the economy slows rents generally decrease and vacancies generally increase for commercial real estate. Similarly, as many CMBS have a large exposure to retail properties, events that negatively impact the retail industry can also negatively impact the value of CMBS.

Municipal Bonds and Other Municipal Obligations

The Fund may invest in municipal bonds and other municipal obligations. These bonds and other obligations are issued by the states and by their local and special-purpose political subdivisions. The term “municipal bond” includes short-term municipal notes issued by the states and their political subdivisions, including, but not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“ TANs ”), bond anticipation notes (“ BANs ”), revenue anticipation notes (“ RANs ”), construction loan notes, tax free commercial paper, and tax free participation certificates. In general, municipal obligations include debt obligations issued by states, cities and local authorities to obtain funds for various public purposes, including

 

S-22


construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, hospitals, housing, mass transportation, schools, streets and water and sewer works. Industrial development bonds and pollution control bonds that are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately-rated facilities are included within the term municipal obligations if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal income tax.

Obligations of issuers of municipal obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. In addition, the obligations of such issuers may become subject to the laws enacted in the future by Congress, state legislatures or referenda extending the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations or upon municipalities to levy taxes. There is also the possibility that, as a result of legislation or other conditions, the power or ability of any issuer to pay, when due, the principal of and interest on its municipal obligations may be materially affected.

Non-Investment Grade Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in non-investment grade debt securities. Non-investment grade debt securities are medium- to low-quality debt obligations. Debt obligations rated below investment grade (BB/Ba or lower) are commonly known as “high-yield,” “high risk” or “junk” bonds. To be consistent with the ratings methodology used by Barclays, a debt obligation is considered to be rated “investment grade” if two of Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch rate the security investment-grade ( i.e. , at least Baa, BBB and BBB, respectively). If ratings are provided by only two of those rating agencies, the more conservative rating is used to determine whether the security is investment-grade. If only one of those rating agencies provides a rating, that rating is used. The Fund may not invest in non-investment grade debt obligations rated by two of Standard & Poor’s, Fitch and Moody’s lower than CCC, CCC or Caa, respectively, unless only one of those rating agencies rates the security, in which case that rating must be at least CCC or Caa, or in unrated securities determined to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser.

Junk bonds, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

Other Investment Companies and Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

The Fund may invest in other investment companies, including open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts, and ETFs registered under the 1940 Act ( “1940 Act ETFs” ). Under the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investment in such securities is generally limited to 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the aggregate. Many 1940 Act ETFs, however, have obtained exemptive relief from the SEC to permit unaffiliated funds to invest in their shares beyond these statutory limits, subject to certain conditions and pursuant to contractual arrangements between the ETFs and the investing funds. The Fund may rely on these exemptive orders in investing in 1940 Act ETFs. The Fund will only invest in other investment companies and pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in Fund-eligible investments. The Fund’s investments in other investment companies may include money market mutual funds. Investments in money market funds are not subject to the percentage limitations set forth above.

ETFs in which the Fund may invest are a type of index fund bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock and represents a portfolio of securities designed to track a particular market index. ETFs can give exposure to all or a portion of the U.S. market, a foreign market, a region, a commodity, a currency, or to any other index that an ETF tracks. The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities they are designed to track, although lack of liquidity in an ETF could result in it being more volatile and ETFs have management fees that increase their costs. An ETF may fail to accurately track the returns of the market segment or index that it is designed to track, and the price of an ETF’s shares may fluctuate. In addition, because they, unlike traditional mutual funds, are traded on an exchange, ETFs are subject to the following risks: (i) the performance of the ETF may not replicate the performance of the underlying index that it is designed to track; (ii) the market price of the ETF’s shares may trade at a premium or discount to the ETF’s NAV; (iii) an active trading market for an ETF may not develop or be

 

S-23


maintained; and (iv) there is no assurance that the requirements of the exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the ETF will continue to be met or remain unchanged. Trading in an ETF may be halted if the trading in one or more of the ETF’s underlying securities is halted, which could result in the ETF being more volatile. In the event substantial market or other disruptions affecting ETFs should occur in the future, the liquidity and value of the Fund’s shares could also be substantially and adversely affected.

If the Fund invests in other investment companies or pooled investment vehicles, Fund shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also, indirectly, the similar expenses of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shareholders would also be exposed to the risks associated not only to the Fund, but also to the portfolio investments of the underlying investment companies or pooled investment vehicles. Shares of certain closed-end funds may at times be acquired at market prices representing premiums to their NAVs. Shares acquired at a premium to their NAV may be more likely to subsequently decline in price, resulting in a loss to the Fund and its shareholders.

Over-the-Counter Market

The Fund may invest in over-the-counter securities. In contrast to the securities exchanges, the over-the-counter market is not a centralized facility that limits trading activity to securities of companies which initially satisfy certain defined standards. Generally, the volume of trading in an unlisted or over-the-counter security is less than the volume of trading in a listed security. This means that the depth of market liquidity of some securities in which the Fund invests may not be as great as that of other securities and, if the Fund were to dispose of such a security, it might have to offer the securities at a discount from recent prices, or sell the securities in small lots over an extended period of time.

When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery Transactions

The Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a “when-issued” or other delayed-delivery basis. The price of securities purchased on a when-issued basis is fixed at the time the commitment to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the purchase. During the period between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by the Fund to the issuer and no interest is accrued on debt securities and no dividend income is earned on equity securities. Forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk of decline in value of the Fund’s other assets. Although when-issued securities may be sold prior to the settlement date, the Fund intends to purchase such securities with the purpose of actually acquiring them. At the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase a security on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the security in determining its NAV. The Fund does not believe that NAV will be adversely affected by purchases of securities on a when-issued basis.

The Fund will designate on its books or maintain in a segregated account cash and liquid securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued securities. When the time comes to pay for when-issued securities, the Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow, sale of the segregated securities, sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value greater or less than the Fund’s payment obligation).

Zero Coupon and Step Coupon Securities

The Fund may invest in zero coupon and step coupon securities. Zero coupon securities pay no cash income to their holders until they mature. When held to maturity, their entire return comes from the difference between their purchase price and their maturity value. Step coupon securities are debt securities that may not pay interest for a specified period of time and then, after the initial period, may pay interest at a series of different rates. Both zero coupon and step coupon securities are issued at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. Because interest on these securities is not paid on a current basis, the values of securities of this type are subject to greater fluctuations than are the value of securities that distribute income regularly and may be more speculative than such securities. Accordingly, the values of these securities may be highly volatile as interest rates rise or fall. In

 

S-24


addition, while such securities generate income for purposes of generally accepted accounting standards, they do not generate cash flow and thus could cause the Fund to be forced to liquidate securities at an inopportune time in order to distribute cash, as required by the Code.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Prospectus under “Purchase and Sale of Shares.” The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, such section of the Prospectus.

The shares of the Fund are approved for listing and trading on the Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The Shares trade on the Exchange at prices that may differ to some degree from their NAV. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met.

The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if: (1) following the initial twelve-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of the Fund, there are fewer than 50 beneficial holders of the shares for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (2) the value of its underlying index or portfolio of securities on which the Fund is based is no longer calculated or available; (3) the “indicative optimized portfolio value” (“ IOPV ”) of the Fund is no longer calculated or available; or (4) such other event shall occur or condition exists that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. In addition, the Exchange will remove the shares from listing and trading upon termination of the Trust or the Fund.

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share price of the Fund in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly traded securities, brokers’ commissions on transactions will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.

The base and trading currencies of the Fund are the U.S. dollar. The base currency is the currency in which the Fund’s NAV per share is calculated and the trading currency is the currency in which shares of the Fund are listed and traded on the Exchange.

 

S-25


MANAGEMENT

The management of the Trust, including general supervision of the duties performed for the Fund by the Adviser under the Management Agreement, is the responsibility of the Board. The number of trustees of the Trust is twelve, two of whom are “interested persons” (as the term “interested person” is defined in the 1940 Act) and ten of whom are not interested persons (referred to herein as “independent trustees”). None of the independent trustees has ever been a trustee, director or employee of, or consultant to, the Adviser or its affiliates. The names, business addresses and years of birth of the trustees and officers of the Fund, their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, the number of portfolios each oversees and other directorships they hold are set forth below. The trustees of the Trust are directors or trustees, as the case may be, of [102] Nuveen-sponsored open-end management investment companies (the “Nuveen Open-End Funds” ) and [82] Nuveen-sponsored closed-end management investment companies (the “Nuveen Closed-End Funds , and collectively with the Nuveen Open-End Funds, the “Nuveen Funds” ).

 

Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Independent Trustees:

   

Jack B. Evans

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1948

 

Trustee

 

Term—Indefinite*

Length of Service—
Since 2016

  President, The Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation (since 1996); Director, Source Media Group; Life Trustee of Coe College and the Iowa College Foundation; formerly, Director, Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago; formerly, President and Chief Operating Officer, SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm; formerly, Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System.   184   Director and Chairman, United Fire Group, a publicly held company; formerly, Director, Alliant Energy.

 

S-26


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

William C. Hunter

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1948

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Dean Emeritus, formerly, Dean (2006-2012), Tippie College of Business, University of Iowa; Director (since 2005) and President (since 2012), Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society; Director of Wellmark, Inc. (since 2009); formerly, Director (1997-2007), Credit Research Center at Georgetown University; formerly, Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance, School of Business at the University of Connecticut (2003-2006); previously, Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (1995-2003).   184   Director (since 2004) of Xerox Corporation.

David J. Kundert

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1942

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
 

Formerly, Director, Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Company (2006-2013); retired (since 2004) as Chairman, JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management, President and CEO, Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation, and President, One Group Mutual Funds; prior thereto, Executive Vice President, Bank One Corporation and Chairman and CEO, Banc One Investment Management Group; Regent Emeritus, Member of Investment Committee, Luther College; Member of the Wisconsin Bar Association; Member of Board of Directors and Chair of Investment Committee, Greater Milwaukee Foundation; Member of the Board of Directors (Milwaukee), College Possible; Member of the Board of

Trustees, Milwaukee

Repertory Theater.

  184   None

 

S-27


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Albin F. Moschner

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60606

1952

 

Trustee

 

Term—Indefinite*

Length of

Service—Since

2016

 

Founder and Chief

Executive Officer,

Northcroft Partners,

LLC, a management

consulting firm (since

2012); previously, held

positions at Leap

Wireless International,

Inc., including

Consultant (2011-2012),

Chief Operating Officer

(2008-2011), and Chief

Marketing Officer (2004-

2008); formerly, President, Verizon Card

Services division of

Verizon

Communications, Inc.

(2000-2003); formerly,

President, One Point

Services at One Point

Communications (1999-

2000); formerly, Vice

Chairman of the Board,

Diba, Incorporated

(1996-1997); formerly,

various executive

positions with Zenith

Electronics Corporation

(1991-1996).

  184  

Director, USA

Technologies,

Inc., a provider

of solutions and

services to

facilitate

electronic

payment

transactions

(since 2012);

formerly,

Director,

Wintrust

Financial Corporation

(1996-2016).

 

S-28


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

John K. Nelson

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1962

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Member of Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing and communications strategies for clients; Director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies (since 2009) and The President’s Council, Fordham University (since 2010); formerly, senior external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014); former Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Marian University (2010-2014 as trustee, 2011-2014 as Chairman); formerly, Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America, and Global Head of its Financial Markets Division (2007-2008); prior senior positions held at ABN AMRO include Corporate Executive Vice President and Head of Global Markets—the Americas (2006-2007), CEO of Wholesale Banking—North America and Global Head of Foreign Exchange and Futures Markets (2001-2006), and Regional Commercial Treasurer and Senior Vice President Trading—North America (1996-2001); formerly, Trustee at St. Edmund Preparatory School in New York City.   184   None

 

S-29


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

William J. Schneider

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1944

 

Chairman of the Board and Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Chairman of Miller-Valentine Partners, a real estate investment company; Board Member of Med-America Health System and of WDPR Public Radio station; formerly, Senior Partner and Chief Operating Officer (retired, 2004) of Miller-Valentine Group; formerly, Director, Dayton Development Coalition; formerly, Board Member, Business Advisory Council, Cleveland Federal Reserve Bank and University of Dayton Business School Advisory Council.   184   None

Judith M. Stockdale

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1947

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Board Member of the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (since 2013); Board Member of the Land Trust Alliance (since 2013); formerly, Executive Director (1994-2012), Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation; prior thereto, Executive Director, Great Lakes Protection Fund (1990-1994).   184   None

Carole E. Stone

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1947

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Director, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Inc. (since 2006); Director, C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (since 2009); formerly, Commissioner, New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform (2005-2010).   184   Director, CBOE Holdings, Inc. (since 2010).

 

S-30


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Terence J. Toth

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1959

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Managing Partner, Promus Capital (since 2008); Director, Fulcrum IT Service LLC (since 2010), Quality Control Corporation (since 2012); formerly, Director, LogicMark LLC (2012-2016); formerly, Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. (2008-2013); formerly, CEO and President, Northern Trust Global Investments (2004-2007); Executive Vice President, Quantitative Management & Securities Lending (2000- 2004); prior thereto, various positions with Northern Trust Company (since 1994); Member, Chicago Fellowship Board (since 2005), Catalyst Schools of Chicago Board (since 2008) and Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and a member of its investment committee; formerly, Member, Northern Trust Mutual Funds Board (2005-2007), Northern Trust Global Investments Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Japan Board (2004-2007), Northern Trust Securities Inc. Board (2003-2007) and Northern Trust Hong Kong Board (1997-2004).   184   None

 

S-31


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Margaret L. Wolff

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1955

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Formerly, of Counsel (2005-2014), Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (Mergers & Acquisitions Group); Member of the Board of Trustees of New York- Presbyterian Hospital (since 2005); Member (since 2004) and Chair (since 2015) of the Board of Trustees of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults); formerly, Member (2005-2015) and Vice Chair (2011-2015) of the Board of Trustees of Mt. Holyoke College.   184   Member of the Board of Directors (since 2013) of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each, a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.).

Interested Trustees:

   

William Adams IV**

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1955

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2015
  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President (since March 2016), formerly, Senior Executive Vice President, Global Structured Products (2010-2016) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Co-President of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (since 2011); President (since 2011), formerly, Managing Director (2010-2011), of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC; Board Member of the Chicago Symphony Orchestra and of Gilda’s Club Chicago.   184   None

 

S-32


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

 

Position(s) Held
with Trust

 

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

  Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee
 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Margo L. Cook**

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1964

 

Trustee

  Term—Indefinite* Length of Service—
Since 2016
  Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President (since March 2016), formerly, Senior Executive Vice President of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Senior Executive Vice President of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (Executive Vice President since 2011); Co- Chief Executive Officer (since 2015), formerly, Executive Vice President (2013–2015), of Nuveen Securities, LLC; formerly, Managing Director —Investment Services of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC (2011- 2016); Chartered Financial Analyst.   184   None

 

*   Each trustee serves an indefinite term until his or her successor is elected.
**   Each of Mr. Adams and Ms. Cook is an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, by reason of his/her respective position(s) with Nuveen Investments, Inc. ( “Nuveen Investments” ) and certain of its subsidiaries.

 

S-33


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

  

Position(s) Held
with Trust

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

Officers of the Trust:

  

Gifford R. Zimmerman

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1956

  

Chief Administrative Officer

  

Term—Until
August 2017

Length of Service—
Since 2016

   Managing Director (since 2002) and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Managing Director (since 2002), Assistant Secretary (since 1997) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC (since 2011); Managing Director (since 2004) and Assistant Secretary (since 1994) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC (since 2002); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Investments Advisers Inc. (since 2002); Managing Director, and Assistant Secretary of Symphony Asset Management LLC (since 2003); Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC (since 2006) and Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010); Vice President and Assistant Secretary (since 2013), formerly, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Compliance Officer (2006-2013) of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC; Chartered Financial Analyst.    185

Lorna C. Ferguson

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1945

  

Vice President

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
  

Managing Director of Nuveen Investments Holdings, Inc.

   185

Stephen D. Foy

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1954

  

Vice President and Controller

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Managing Director (since 2014), formerly, Senior Vice President (2013-2014) and Vice President (2005-2013) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Chief Financial Officer (since 2010) of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC; Certified Public Accountant.    185

Nathaniel T. Jones

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1979

  

Vice President and Treasurer

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Senior Vice President (since 2016), formerly, Vice President (2011-2016) of Nuveen Investments Holdings, Inc.; Chartered Financial Analyst.    184

Walter M. Kelly

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1970

  

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Senior Vice President (since 2008) of Nuveen Investments Holdings, Inc.    185

 

S-34


Name, Business Address
and Year of Birth

  

Position(s) Held
with Trust

  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served
with Trust

  

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years

   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Officer

Tina M. Lazar

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1961

  

Vice President

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Senior Vice President of Nuveen Investments Holdings, Inc. and Nuveen Securities, LLC.    185

Kevin J. McCarthy

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1966

  

Vice President and Secretary

  

Term—Until
August 2017

Length of Service—
Since 2016

   Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel (since March 2016), formerly, Managing Director and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Executive Vice President (since March 2016), formerly, Managing Director and Assistant Secretary (since 2008) of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Executive Vice President and Secretary (since March 2016), formerly, Managing Director (2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary (2007-2016) and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Executive Vice President and Secretary (since March 2016), formerly, Managing Director, Assistant Secretary (2011-2016) and Associate General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; Executive Vice President and Secretary (since March 2016), formerly, Managing Director ( 2008-2016) and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC; Vice President (since 2007) and Secretary (since March 2016), formerly, Assistant Secretary, of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, Winslow Capital Management, LLC (since 2010) and Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC (since 2016); Vice President (since 2010) and Secretary (since March 2016) of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC.    185

Kathleen L. Prudhomme

901 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55402

1953

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Managing Director and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Securities, LLC (since 2011); Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Co-General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC; Managing Director, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel (since 2011) of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC.    185

Joel T. Slager

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

1978

  

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

   Term—Until
August 2017 Length of Service—
Since 2016
   Fund Tax Director for Nuveen Funds (since 2013); previously, Vice President of Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., Assistant Treasurer of the Morgan Stanley Funds (from 2010 to 2013).    185

 

S-35


Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The Board oversees the operations and management of the Nuveen Funds, including the duties performed for the Nuveen Funds by the Adviser. The Board has adopted a unitary board structure. A unitary board consists of one group of directors who serve on the board of every fund in the Nuveen Fund complex. In adopting a unitary board structure, the trustees seek to provide effective governance through establishing a board, the overall composition of which will, as a body, possess the appropriate skills, independence and experience to oversee the Nuveen Funds’ business. With this overall framework in mind, when the Board, through its Nominating and Governance Committee discussed below, seeks nominees for the Board, the trustees consider, not only the candidate’s particular background, skills and experience, among other things, but also whether such background, skills and experience enhance the Board’s diversity and at the same time complement the Board given its current composition and the mix of skills and experiences of the incumbent trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee believes that the Board generally benefits from diversity of background, experience and views among its members, and considers this a factor in evaluating the composition of the Board, but has not adopted any specific policy on diversity or any particular definition of diversity.

The Board believes the unitary board structure enhances good and effective governance, particularly given the nature of the structure of the investment company complex. Funds in the same complex generally are served by the same service providers and personnel and are governed by the same regulatory scheme which raises common issues that must be addressed by the directors across the fund complex (such as compliance, valuation, liquidity, brokerage, trade allocation or risk management). The Board believes it is more efficient to have a single board review and oversee common policies and procedures which increases the Board’s knowledge and expertise with respect to the many aspects of fund operations that are complex-wide in nature. The unitary structure also enhances the Board’s influence and oversight over the investment adviser and other service providers.

In an effort to enhance the independence of the Board, the Board also has a Chairman that is an independent trustee. The Board recognizes that a chairman can perform an important role in setting the agenda for the Board, establishing the boardroom culture, establishing a point person on behalf of the Board for fund management, and reinforcing the Board’s focus on the long-term interests of shareholders. The Board recognizes that a chairman may be able to better perform these functions without any conflicts of interests arising from a position with fund management. Accordingly, the trustees have elected William J. Schneider to serve as the independent Chairman of the Board. Specific responsibilities of the Chairman include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders; (ii) seeing that all orders and resolutions of the trustees are carried into effect; and (iii) maintaining records of and, whenever necessary, certifying all proceedings of the trustees and the shareholders.

Although the Board has direct responsibility over various matters (such as advisory contracts, underwriting contracts and fund performance), the Board also exercises certain of its oversight responsibilities through several committees that it has established and which report back to the full Board. The Board believes that a committee structure is an effective means to permit trustees to focus on particular operations or issues affecting the Nuveen Funds, including risk oversight. More specifically, with respect to risk oversight, the Board has delegated matters relating to valuation and compliance to certain committees (as summarized below) as well as certain aspects of investment risk. In addition, the Board believes that the periodic rotation of trustees among the different committees allows the trustees to gain additional and different perspectives of a Nuveen Fund’s operations. The Board has established six standing committees: the Executive Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Audit Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee. The Board may also from time to time create ad hoc committees to focus on particular issues as the need arises. The membership and functions of the standing committees are summarized below.

The Executive Committee, which meets between regular meetings of the Board, is authorized to exercise all of the powers of the Board. The members of the Executive Committee are William Adams IV, William J. Schneider, Chair, and Terence J. Toth.

 

S-36


The Audit Committee assists the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the accounting and reporting policies, processes and practices of the Nuveen Funds, and the audits of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the quality and integrity of the financial statements of the Nuveen Funds; the Nuveen Funds’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements; the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence; and the pricing procedures of the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal valuation group. It is the responsibility of the Audit Committee to select, evaluate and replace any independent auditors (subject only to Board and, if applicable, shareholder ratification) and to determine their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for, among other things, overseeing the valuation of securities comprising the Nuveen Funds’ portfolios. Subject to the Board’s general supervision of such actions, the Audit Committee addresses any valuation issues, oversees the Nuveen Funds’ pricing procedures and actions taken by the Adviser’s internal valuation group which provides regular reports to the committee, reviews any issues relating to the valuation of the Nuveen Funds’ securities brought to its attention and considers the risks to the Nuveen Funds in assessing the possible resolutions to these matters. The Audit Committee may also consider any financial risk exposures for the Nuveen Funds in conjunction with performing its functions.

To fulfill its oversight duties, the Audit Committee receives annual and semi-annual reports and has regular meetings with the external auditors for the Nuveen Funds and the Adviser’s internal audit group. The Audit Committee also may review in a general manner the processes the Board or other Board committees have in place with respect to risk assessment and risk management as well as compliance with legal and regulatory matters relating to the Nuveen Funds’ financial statements. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. Members of the Audit Committee shall be independent (as set forth in the charter) and free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the trustees, would interfere with their exercise of independent judgment as an Audit Committee member. The members of the Audit Committee are Jack B. Evans, Chair, David J. Kundert, John K. Nelson, Carole E. Stone and Terence J. Toth, each of whom is an independent trustee of the Nuveen Funds.

The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for seeking, identifying and recommending to the Board qualified candidates for election or appointment to the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, the assignment and rotation of committee members, and the establishment of corporate governance guidelines and procedures, to the extent necessary or desirable, and matters related thereto. Although the unitary and committee structure has been developed over the years and the Nominating and Governance Committee believes the structure has provided efficient and effective governance, the committee recognizes that as demands on the Board evolve over time (such as through an increase in the number of funds overseen or an increase in the complexity of the issues raised), the committee must continue to evaluate the Board and committee structures and their processes and modify the foregoing as may be necessary or appropriate to continue to provide effective governance. Accordingly, the Nominating and Governance Committee has a separate meeting each year to, among other things, review the Board and committee structures, their performance and functions, and recommend any modifications thereto or alternative structures or processes that would enhance the Board’s governance of the Nuveen Funds.

In addition, the Nominating and Governance Committee, among other things, makes recommendations concerning the continuing education of trustees; monitors performance of legal counsel and other service providers; establishes and monitors a process by which security holders are able to communicate in writing with members of the Board; and periodically reviews and makes recommendations about any appropriate changes to trustee compensation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee receives suggestions from various sources, including shareholders, as to suitable candidates. Suggestions should be sent in writing to Lorna Ferguson, Manager of Fund Board Relations, Nuveen Investments, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Nominating and Governance Committee sets appropriate standards and requirements for nominations for new trustees and reserves the right to interview any and all candidates and to make the final selection of any new trustees. In considering a candidate’s qualifications, each candidate must meet certain basic requirements, including relevant skills and experience, time

 

S-37


availability (including the time requirements for due diligence site visits to sub-advisers and service providers) and, if qualifying as an independent trustee candidate, independence from the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Distributor and other service providers, including any affiliates of these entities. These skill and experience requirements may vary depending on the current composition of the Board, since the goal is to ensure an appropriate range of skills, diversity and experience, in the aggregate. Accordingly, the particular factors considered and weight given to these factors will depend on the composition of the Board and the skills and backgrounds of the incumbent trustees at the time of consideration of the nominees. All candidates, however, must meet high expectations of personal integrity, independence, governance experience and professional competence. All candidates must be willing to be critical within the Board and with management and yet maintain a collegial and collaborative manner toward other Board members. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. This committee is composed of the independent trustees of the Nuveen Funds. Accordingly, the members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are Jack B. Evans, William C. Hunter, David J. Kundert, Albin F. Moschner, John K. Nelson, William J. Schneider, Chair, Judith M. Stockdale, Carole E. Stone, Terence J. Toth and Margaret L. Wolff.

The Dividend Committee is authorized to declare distributions on the Nuveen Funds’ shares, including, but not limited to, regular and special dividends, capital gains and ordinary income distributions. The members of the Dividend Committee are William C. Hunter, Chair, Judith M. Stockdale and Terence J. Toth.

The Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee (the “Compliance Committee” ) is responsible for the oversight of compliance issues, risk management and other regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds that are not otherwise the jurisdiction of the other committees. The Board has adopted and periodically reviews policies and procedures designed to address the Nuveen Funds’ compliance and risk matters. As part of its duties, the Compliance Committee reviews the policies and procedures relating to compliance matters and recommends modifications thereto as necessary or appropriate to the full Board; develops new policies and procedures as new regulatory matters affecting the Nuveen Funds arise from time to time; evaluates or considers any comments or reports from examinations from regulatory authorities and responses thereto; and performs any special reviews, investigations or other oversight responsibilities relating to risk management, compliance and/or regulatory matters as requested by the Board.

In addition, the Compliance Committee is responsible for risk oversight, including, but not limited to, the oversight of risks related to investments and operations. Such risks include, among other things, exposures to particular issuers, market sectors, or types of securities; risks related to product structure elements, such as leverage; and techniques that may be used to address those risks, such as hedging and swaps. In assessing issues brought to the committee’s attention or in reviewing a particular policy, procedure, investment technique or strategy, the Compliance Committee evaluates the risks to the Nuveen Funds in adopting a particular approach compared to the anticipated benefits to the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders. In fulfilling its obligations, the Compliance Committee meets on a quarterly basis, and at least once a year in person. The Compliance Committee receives written and oral reports from the Nuveen Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer ( “CCO” ) and meets privately with the CCO at each of its quarterly meetings. The CCO also provides an annual report to the full Board regarding the operations of the Nuveen Funds’ and other service providers’ compliance programs as well as any recommendations for modifications thereto. The Compliance Committee also receives reports from the Adviser’s investment services group regarding various investment risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board also participates in discussions with management regarding certain matters relating to investment risk, such as the use of leverage and hedging. The investment services group therefore also reports to the full Board at its quarterly meetings regarding, among other things, fund performance and the various drivers of such performance. Accordingly, the Board directly and/or in conjunction with the Compliance Committee oversees matters relating to investment risks. Matters not addressed at the committee level are addressed directly by the full Board. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Compliance Committee are William C. Hunter, Albin F. Moschner, John K. Nelson, Chair, Judith M. Stockdale and Margaret L. Wolff.

 

S-38


The Open-End Funds Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight and monitoring of the Nuveen Open -End Funds. The committee may review and evaluate matters related to the formation and the initial presentation to the Board of any new Nuveen Open-End Fund and may review and evaluate any matters relating to any existing Nuveen Open-End Fund. The committee operates under a written charter adopted and approved by the Board. The members of the Open-End Funds Committee are Margo L. Cook, David J. Kundert, William J. Schneider, Judith M. Stockdale, and Terence J. Toth, Chair, and Margaret L. Wolff.

Board Diversification and Trustee Qualifications

In determining that a particular trustee was qualified to serve on the Board, the Board has considered each trustee’s background, skills, experience and other attributes in light of the composition of the Board with no particular factor controlling. The Board believes that trustees need to have the ability to critically review, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, and to interact effectively with Fund management, service providers and counsel, in order to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, and the Board believes each trustee satisfies this standard. An effective trustee may achieve this ability through his or her educational background; business, professional training or practice; public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member or executive of investment funds, public companies or significant private or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Accordingly, set forth below is a summary of the experiences, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the conclusion, as of the date of this document, that each trustee should continue to serve in that capacity. References to the experiences, qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any trustee as having any special expertise or experience and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.

William Adams IV

Mr. Adams has been Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of Nuveen Investments since March 2016, prior to which he had been Senior Executive Vice President, Global Structured Products of Nuveen Investments since November 2010. Mr. Adams is a member of the Senior Leadership Team of TIAA Global Asset Management (“TGAM”), as well as co-chair of Nuveen Investment’s Management and Operating Committees. Mr Adams has also served as Co-President of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC since January 2011. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President, U.S. Structured Products from December 1999 until November 2010 and served as Managing Director of Structured Investments from September 1997 to December 1999 and Vice President and Manager, Corporate Marketing from August 1994 to September 1997. He is Co-Chief Executive Officer of Nuveen Securities, LLC. Mr. Adams earned his Bachelor of Arts degree from Yale University and his Masters of Business Administration ( “MBA ”) from the University of Chicago’s Graduate School of Business. He is an Associate Fellow of Yale’s Timothy Dwight College and is currently on the Board of the Chicago Symphony Orchestra and of Gilda’s Club Chicago.

Margo L. Cook

Ms. Cook has been Co-Chief Executive Officer and Co-President of Nuveen Investments since March 2016, prior to which she had been Senior Executive Vice President of Nuveen Investments since July 2015. Ms. Cook is a member of the Senior Leadership Team of TGAM, as well as co-chair of Nuveen Investments’ Management and Operating Committees. She is Senior Executive Vice President (since 2015) of Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Co-Chief Executive Officer (since 2015) of Nuveen Securities, LLC. Since joining in 2008, she has held various leadership roles at Nuveen Investments, including as Head of Investment Services, responsible for investment-related efforts across the firm. Ms. Cook also serves on the Board of Nuveen Global Fund Investors. Before joining Nuveen Investments, she was the Global Head of Bear Stearns Asset Management’s institutional business. Prior to that, she spent over 20 years within BNY Mellon’s asset management business, including as Chief Investment Officer for Institutional Asset Management and Head of Institutional Fixed Income. Ms. Cook earned her Bachelor of Science degree in finance from the University of Rhode Island, her Executive MBA from Columbia University, and is a Chartered Financial Analyst. She serves as Vice Chair of the University of Rhode Island Foundation Board of Trustees, and Chair of the All Stars Project of Chicago Board.

 

S-39


Jack B. Evans

President of the Hall-Perrine Foundation, a private philanthropic corporation, since 1996, Mr. Evans was formerly President and Chief Operating Officer of the SCI Financial Group, Inc., a regional financial services firm headquartered in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Formerly, he was a member of the Board of the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, a Director of Alliant Energy and Member and President Pro Tem of the Board of Regents for the State of Iowa University System. Mr. Evans is Chairman of the Board of United Fire Group, sits on the Board of Source Media Group and is a Life Trustee of Coe College. He has a Bachelor of Arts degree from Coe College and an MBA from the University of Iowa.

William C. Hunter

Mr. Hunter became Dean Emeritus of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa on June 30, 2012. He was appointed Dean of the Henry B. Tippie College of Business at the University of Iowa on July 1, 2006. He had been Dean and Distinguished Professor of Finance at the University of Connecticut School of Business since June 2003. From 1995 to 2003, he was the Senior Vice President and Director of Research at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. While there he served as the Bank’s Chief Economist and was an Associate Economist on the Federal Reserve System’s Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC). In addition to serving as a Vice President in charge of financial markets and basic research at the Federal Reserve Bank in Atlanta, he held faculty positions at Emory University, Atlanta University, the University of Georgia and Northwestern University. A past Director of the Credit Research Center at Georgetown University, SS&C Technologies, Inc. (2005) and past President of the Financial Management Association International, he has consulted with numerous foreign central banks and official agencies in Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, Asia, Central America and South America. From 1990 to 1995, he was a U.S. Treasury Advisor to Central and Eastern Europe. He has been a Director of the Xerox Corporation since 2004 and Wellmark, Inc. since 2009. He is a Director and President of Beta Gamma Sigma, Inc., The International Business Honor Society.

David J. Kundert

Mr. Kundert retired in 2004 as Chairman of JPMorgan Fleming Asset Management, and as President and CEO of Banc One Investment Advisors Corporation, and as President of One Group Mutual Funds. Prior to the merger between Bank One Corporation and JPMorgan Chase and Co., he was Executive Vice President, Bank One Corporation and, since 1995, the Chairman and CEO, Banc One Investment Management Group. From 1988 to 1992, he was President and CEO of Bank One Wisconsin Trust Company. Mr. Kundert recently retired as a Director of the Northwestern Mutual Wealth Management Company (2006-2013). He started his career as an attorney for Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company. Mr. Kundert has served on the Board of Governors of the Investment Company Institute and he is currently a member of the Wisconsin Bar Association. He is on the Board of the Greater Milwaukee Foundation and chairs its Investment Committee. He is a Regent Emeritus and a Member of the Investment Committee of Luther College. He is also a Member of the Board of Directors (Milwaukee), College Possible. He received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Luther College, and his Juris Doctor from Valparaiso University.

Albin F. Moschner

Mr. Moschner is a consultant in the wireless industry and, in July 2012, founded Northcroft Partners, LLC, a management consulting firm that provides operational, management and governance solutions. Prior to founding Northcroft Partners, LLC, Mr. Moschner held various positions at Leap Wireless International, Inc., a provider of wireless services, where he was a consultant from February 2011 to July 2012, Chief Operating Officer from July 2008 to February 2011, and Chief Marketing Officer from August 2004 to June 2008. Before he joined Leap Wireless International, Inc., Mr. Moschner was President of the Verizon Card Services division of Verizon Communications, Inc. from 2000 to 2003, and President of One Point Services at One Point Communications from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Moschner also served at Zenith Electronics Corporation as Director, President and Chief Executive Officer from 1995 to 1996, and as Director, President and Chief Operating Officer from 1994 to 1995. Since 2012, Mr. Moschner has been a member of the Board of Directors of USA Technologies, Inc. and, from 1996 until 2016, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Wintrust

 

S-40


Financial Corporation. In addition, he currently serves on the Advisory Boards of the Kellogg School of Management (since 1995) and the Archdiocese of Chicago Financial Council (since May 2012). Mr. Moschner received a Bachelor of Engineering degree in Electrical Engineering from The City College of New York in 1974 and a Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Syracuse University in 1979.

John K. Nelson

Mr. Nelson is on the Board of Directors of Core12 LLC (since 2008), a private firm which develops branding, marketing, and communications strategies for clients. Mr. Nelson formerly was a senior external advisor to the financial services practice of Deloitte Consulting LLP (2012-2014). He has served in several senior executive positions with ABN AMRO Holdings N.V. and its affiliated entities and predecessors, including LaSalle Bank Corporation from 1996 to 2008. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Nelson was Chief Executive Officer of ABN AMRO N.V. North America, and Global Head of its Financial Markets Division. He was a member of the Foreign Exchange Committee of the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States, and during his tenure with ABN AMRO, served as the bank’s representative on various committees of the Bank of Canada, European Central Bank, and the Bank of England. At Fordham University, he currently serves as a director of The Curran Center for Catholic American Studies, and The President’s Council. He is also a member of The Economic Club of Chicago, and was formerly a member of The Hyde Park Angels and a Trustee at St. Edmund Preparatory School in New York City. He formerly served as the Chairman of The Board of Trustees of Marian University (2011-2014). Mr. Nelson graduated and received his MBA from Fordham University.

William J. Schneider

Mr. Schneider, the Nuveen Funds’ Independent Chairman, is currently Chairman, formerly Senior Partner and Chief Operating Officer (retired, 2004) of Miller-Valentine Partners, a real estate investment company. He is an owner in several other Miller-Valentine Group entities. He is currently a member of the boards of WDPR Public radio station and of Med-America Health System. He was formerly a Director and Past Chair of the Dayton Development Coalition. He was formerly a member of the Community Advisory Board of the National City Bank in Dayton as well as a former member of the Business Advisory Council of the Cleveland Federal Reserve Bank. Mr. Schneider was also a member of the Business Advisory Council for the University of Dayton College of Business. He also served as Chair of the Miami Valley Hospital and as Chair of the Finance Committee of its parent holding company. Mr. Schneider was an independent Trustee of the Flagship Funds, a group of municipal open-end funds. Mr. Schneider has a Bachelor of Science in Community Planning from the University of Cincinnati and a Masters of Public Administration from the University of Dayton.

Judith M. Stockdale

Ms. Stockdale retired in 2012 as Executive Director of the Gaylord and Dorothy Donnelley Foundation, a private foundation working in land conservation and artistic vitality in the Chicago region and the Low country of South Carolina. She is currently a board member of the Land Trust Alliance (since June 2013) and the U.S. Endowment for Forestry and Communities (since November 2013). Her previous positions include Executive Director of the Great Lakes Protection Fund, Executive Director of Openlands, and Senior Staff Associate at the Chicago Community Trust. She has served on the Boards of the National Zoological Park, the Governor’s Science Advisory Council (Illinois), the Nancy Ryerson Ranney Leadership Grants Program, Friends of Ryerson Woods and the Donors Forum. Ms. Stockdale, a native of the United Kingdom, has a Bachelor of Science degree in geography from the University of Durham (UK) and a Master of Forest Science degree from Yale University.

Carole E. Stone

Ms. Stone is currently on the Board of Directors of the Chicago Board Options Exchange, CBOE Holdings, Inc. and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated. Ms. Stone retired from the New York State Division of the Budget in 2004, having served as its Director for nearly five years and as Deputy Director from 1995 through 1999. She has also served as the Chair of the New York Racing Association Oversight Board, as a Commissioner on the New York State Commission on Public Authority Reform and as a member of the Boards of Directors of several New York State public authorities. Ms. Stone has a Bachelor of Arts from Skidmore College in Business Administration.

 

S-41


Terence J. Toth

Mr. Toth is a Managing Partner, Promus Capital (since 2008). From 2012 to 2016, he was a Director of LogicMark LLC. From 2008 to 2013, he was a Director, Legal & General Investment Management America, Inc. From 2004 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer and President of Northern Trust Global Investments, and Executive Vice President of Quantitative Management & Securities Lending from 2000 to 2004. He also formerly served on the Board of the Northern Trust Mutual Funds. He joined Northern Trust in 1994 after serving as Managing Director and Head of Global Securities Lending at Bankers Trust (1986 to 1994) and Head of Government Trading and Cash Collateral Investment at Northern Trust from 1982 to 1986. He currently serves on the Board of Chicago Fellowship, Fulcrum IT Service LLC (since 2010), Quality Control Corporation (since 2012), and Catalyst Schools of Chicago. He is on the Mather Foundation Board (since 2012) and is a member of its investment committee. Mr. Toth graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Illinois, and received his MBA from New York University. In 2005, he graduated from the CEO Perspectives Program at Northwestern University.

Margaret L. Wolff

Ms. Wolff retired from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in 2014 after more than 30 years of providing client service in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group. During her legal career, Ms. Wolff devoted significant time to advising boards and senior management on U.S. and international corporate, securities, regulatory and strategic matters, including governance, shareholder, fiduciary, operational and management issues. Since 2013, she has been a Board member of Travelers Insurance Company of Canada and The Dominion of Canada General Insurance Company (each of which is a part of Travelers Canada, the Canadian operation of The Travelers Companies, Inc.). Ms. Wolff has been a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital since 2005 and, since 2004, she has served as a trustee of The John A. Hartford Foundation (a philanthropy dedicated to improving the care of older adults) where she currently is the Chair. From 2005 to 2015, she was a trustee of Mt. Holyoke College and served as Vice Chair of the Board from 2011 to 2015. Ms. Wolff received her Bachelor of Arts from Mt. Holyoke College and her Juris Doctor from Case Western Reserve University School of Law.

Board Compensation

The following table shows, for each independent trustee, (1) the estimated aggregate compensation to be paid by the Fund for the fiscal period ended July 31, 2017, and (2) the total compensation paid to each trustee by the Nuveen Funds during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2016.

 

Name of Trustee

   Estimated Aggregate
Compensation
From Fund 1
    

 

     Total
Compensation
From Nuveen
Funds Paid to
Trustee 2
 
Jack B. Evans    $            $     
William C. Hunter         
David J. Kundert         
Albin F. Moschner 3         
John K. Nelson         
William J. Schneider         
Judith M. Stockdale         
Carole E. Stone         
Terence J. Toth s         
Margaret L. Wolff 4         

 

(1)    

The estimated compensation to be paid to the independent trustees for the fiscal period ended July 31, 2017, for services to the Fund. Pursuant to the Board’s deferred compensation plan, a portion of the independent trustees’ compensation may be treated as though an equivalent dollar amount has been invested in shares of one or more eligible Nuveen Funds.

 

(2)    

Based on the compensation paid (including any amounts deferred) to the trustees for the one-year period ended July 31, 2016, for services to the Nuveen Funds.

 

S-42


(3)    

Mr. Moschner was appointed to the Board effective July 1, 2016.

 

(4)    

Ms. Wolff was appointed to the Board effective February 15, 2016.

Effective January 1, 2016, independent trustees receive a $170,000 annual retainer plus (a) a fee of $5,500 per day for attendance in person or by telephone at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board; (b) a fee of $3,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at special, non-regularly scheduled Board meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (c) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Audit Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (d) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; (e) a fee of $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Dividend Committee meetings; (f) a fee of $500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at all other committee meetings ($1,000 for shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is required and $250 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such committee meetings (excluding shareholder meetings) where in-person attendance is not required, and $100 per meeting when the Executive Committee acts as pricing committee for IPOs, plus, in each case, expenses incurred in attending such meetings, provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held; and (g) a fee of $2,500 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at Open-End Funds Committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $2,000 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required; provided that no fees are received for meetings held on days on which regularly scheduled Board meetings are held. In addition to the payments described above, the Chairman of the Board receives $80,000, the chairpersons of the Audit Committee, the Dividend Committee, the Compliance, Risk Management and Regulatory Oversight Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Open-End Funds Committee receive $12,500 each as additional retainers. Independent trustees also receive a fee of $3,000 per day for site visits to entities that provide services to the Nuveen Funds on days on which no Board meeting is held. When ad hoc committees are organized, the Nominating and Governance Committee will at the time of formation determine compensation to be paid to the members of such committee; however, in general, such fees will be $1,000 per meeting for attendance in person or by telephone at ad hoc committee meetings where in-person attendance is required and $500 per meeting for attendance by telephone or in person at such meetings where in-person attendance is not required. The annual retainer, fees and expenses are allocated among the Nuveen Funds on the basis of relative net assets, although management may, in its discretion, establish a minimum amount to be allocated to each fund.

The Trust does not have a retirement or pension plan. The Trust has a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan” ) that permits any independent trustee to elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her compensation as an independent trustee. The deferred compensation of a participating trustee is credited to a book reserve account of the Trust when the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the trustee. The value of the trustee’s deferral account at any time is equal to the value that the account would have had if contributions to the account had been invested and reinvested in shares of one or more of the eligible Nuveen Funds. At the time for commencing distributions from a trustee’s deferral account, the independent trustee may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or over a period of five years. The Trust will not be liable for any other fund’s obligations to make distributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan.

The Fund has no employees. The officers of the Trust and the trustees of the Trust who are not independent trustees serve without any compensation from the Fund.

 

S-43


Share Ownership

The information in the table below discloses the dollar ranges of (i) each trustee’s beneficial ownership in the Fund, and (ii) each trustee’s aggregate beneficial ownership in all Nuveen Funds, including in each case the value of fund shares elected by the trustee in the trustees’ deferred compensation plan, based on the value of fund shares as of June 30, 2016:

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in the Fund
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in All Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee in
Family of
Investment Companies

William Adams IV

     $0       Over $100,000

Margo L. Cook 1

     $0       Over $100,000

Jack B. Evans

     $0       Over $100,000

William C. Hunter

     $0       Over $100,000

David J. Kundert

     $0       Over $100,000

Albin F. Moschner 1

     $0       $0

John K. Nelson

     $0       Over $100,000

William J. Schneider

     $0       Over $100,000

Judith M. Stockdale

     $0       Over $100,000

Carole E. Stone

     $0       Over $100,000

Terence J. Toth

     $0       Over $100,000

Margaret L. Wolff 2

     $0       $0

 

1 Ms. Cook and Mr. Moschner were appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective July 1, 2016.

 

2 Ms. Wolff was appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Nuveen Funds effective February 15, 2016.

As of August 1, 2016, the officers and trustees of the Trust, in the aggregate, owned less than 1% of the shares of the Fund.

As of August 1, 2016, none of the independent trustees or their immediate family members owned, beneficially, or of record, any securities in (i) an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or (ii) a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.

SERVICE PROVIDERS

Investment Adviser

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, the Fund’s investment adviser, has overall responsibility for management of the Fund, oversees the management of the Fund’s portfolio, manages the Fund’s business affairs and provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services. In addition, the Adviser arranges for sub-advisory, transfer agency, custody, fund administration and all other non-distribution related services necessary for the Fund to operate. The Adviser is a subsidiary of Nuveen Investments, Inc. ( “Nuveen” ). Nuveen is an operating division of TIAA Global Asset Management (“ TGAM ”), the investment management arm of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America (“ TIAA ”). TIAA is a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and is the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund (“ CREF ”). The Adviser is located at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

For the management services and facilities furnished by the Adviser under the Management Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay an annual management fee based on a percentage of the

 

S-44


Fund’s average daily net assets, payable monthly, at a rate set forth in the Prospectus under “Fund Management—Management Fees.” From time to time, the Adviser may waive all or a portion of its fee. The Adviser is responsible for substantially all other expenses of the Fund, except any future distribution and/or service fees, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, fees incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities, fees and expenses of the independent trustees (including any trustees’ counsel fees), certain compensation expenses of the Fund’s chief compliance officer, litigation expenses, and extraordinary expenses.

Sub-Adviser

The Adviser has selected Teachers Advisors, Inc., an affiliate, to serve as sub-adviser to the Fund, with primary responsibility for managing the Fund’s portfolio. TAI is a subsidiary of TGAM. TAI also manages the investments of the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds and the TIAA Separate Account VA-1. TAI is located at 730 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017-3206. The Adviser pays TAI a portfolio management fee out of the advisory fee paid to the Adviser for its services to the Fund.

Portfolio Managers

The following individuals have primary responsibility for the day-to-day implementation of the investment strategies of the Fund.

 

Teacher Advisors, Inc.

Jayesh D. Bhansali, CFA, Managing Director
Lijun (Kevin) Chen, CFA, Managing Director

Conflicts of Interest

Teacher Advisors, Inc. The Fund’s portfolio managers may also manage other registered investment companies or unregistered investment pools and investment accounts, including accounts for TIAA or other proprietary accounts, which may raise potential conflicts of interest. The Sub-Adviser has put in place policies and procedures designed to mitigate any such conflicts. Such conflicts and mitigating policies and procedures include the following:

Conflicting Positions. Investment decisions made for the Fund may differ from, and may conflict with, investment decisions made by the Sub-Adviser or TCIM, for other client or proprietary accounts due to differences in investment objectives, investment strategies, account benchmarks, client risk profiles and other factors. As a result of such differences, if an account were to sell a significant position in a security while the Fund maintained its position in that security, the market price of such securities could decrease and adversely impact the Fund’s performance. In the case of a short sale, the selling account would benefit from any decrease in price.

Allocation of Investment Opportunities. Even where accounts have similar investment mandates as the Fund, the Sub-Adviser may determine that investment opportunities, strategies or particular purchases or sales are appropriate for one or more other client or proprietary accounts, but not for the Fund, or are appropriate for the Fund but in different amounts, terms or timing than is appropriate for other client or proprietary accounts. As a result, the amount, terms or timing of an investment by the Fund may differ from, and performance may be lower than, investments and performance of other client or proprietary accounts.

Aggregation and Allocation of Orders. The Sub-Adviser may aggregate orders of the Fund and its other accounts (including proprietary accounts), and orders of client accounts managed by TCIM, in each case consistent with the Sub-Adviser’s policy to seek best execution for all orders. Although aggregating orders is a common means of reducing transaction costs for participating accounts, the Sub-Adviser may be perceived as causing one client account, such as the Fund, to participate in an aggregated transaction in order to increase the Sub-Adviser’s overall allocation of securities in that transaction or future transactions. Allocations of aggregated trades may also be perceived as creating an incentive for the Sub-Adviser to disproportionately allocate securities expected to increase in value to certain client or proprietary accounts, at the expense of the Fund. In addition, the Fund may bear the risk of potentially higher transaction costs if aggregated trades are only partially filled or if orders are not aggregated at all.

 

S-45


The Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures designed to mitigate the foregoing conflicts of interest by treating each account, including the Fund, fairly and equitably over time in the allocation of investment opportunities and the aggregation and allocation of orders. The procedures also are designed to mitigate conflicts in potentially inconsistent trading and provide guidelines for trading priority. Moreover, the Sub-Adviser’s trading activities are subject to supervisory review and compliance monitoring to help address and mitigate conflicts of interest and ensure that accounts are being treated fairly and equitably over time.

For example, in allocating investment opportunities, a portfolio manager considers an account’s or fund’s investment objectives, investment restrictions, cash position, need for liquidity, sector concentration and other objective criteria. In addition, orders for the same single security are generally aggregated with other orders for the same single security received at the same time. If aggregated orders are fully executed, each participating account is allocated its pro rata share on an average price and trading cost basis. In the event the order is only partially filled, each participating account receives a pro rata share. Portfolio managers are also subject to restrictions on potentially inconsistent trading of single securities, although a portfolio manager may sell a single security short if the security is included in an account’s benchmark and the portfolio manager is underweight in that security relative to the account’s benchmark. Moreover, the procedures set forth guidelines under which trading for long sales of single securities over short sales of the same or closely related securities are monitored to ensure that the trades are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, the Fund’s portfolio managers’ decisions for executing those trades are also monitored.

The Sub-Adviser’s procedures also address basket trades (trades in a wide variety of securities—on average approximately 100 different issuers) used in quantitative strategies. However, basket trades are generally not aggregated or subject to the same types of restrictions on potentially inconsistent trading as single-security trades because basket trades are tailored to a particular index or model portfolio based on the risk profile of a particular account pursuing a particular quantitative strategy. In addition, basket trades are not subject to the same monitoring as single-security trades because an automated and systematic process is used to execute trades; however, the Fund’s portfolio managers’ decisions for executing those trades are monitored.

Research. The Sub-Adviser allocates brokerage commissions to brokers who provide execution and research services for the Fund and some or all of the Sub-Adviser’s other clients. Such research services may not always be utilized in connection with the Fund or other client accounts that may have provided the commission or a portion of the commission paid to the broker providing the services. The Sub-Adviser is authorized to pay, on behalf of the Fund, higher brokerage fees than another broker might have charged in recognition of the value of brokerage or research services provided by the broker. The Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures with respect to these so-called “soft dollar” arrangements, including the use of brokerage commissions to pay for in-house and non-proprietary research, the process for allocating brokerage, and the Sub-Adviser’s practices regarding the use of third party soft dollars.

IPO Allocation. The Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures designed to ensure that it allocates initial public offerings to the Fund and the Sub-Adviser’s other clients in a fair and equitable manner, consistent with its fiduciary obligations to its clients.

Compensation.

The compensation paid to the Sub-Adviser for managing the Fund, as well as certain other clients, is based on a percentage of assets under management, whereas the compensation paid to the Sub-Adviser for managing certain other clients is based on cost. However, no client currently pays the Sub-Adviser a performance-based fee. Nevertheless, the Sub-Adviser may be perceived as having an incentive to allocate securities that are expected to increase in value to accounts in which the Sub-Adviser has a proprietary interest or to certain other accounts in which the Sub-Adviser receives a larger asset-based fee.

Structure of Compensation for Portfolio Managers

Fixed-income portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, annual performance awards, and long-term compensation awards. Currently, the annual performance awards

 

S-46


and long-term compensation awards are determined by investment performance ratings which reflect investment performance using risk-adjusted returns and Morningstar ranking (60%), manager-subjective ratings (25%), and internal peer review (15%).

The variable component of a portfolio manager’s compensation is remunerated as: (1) a current year cash bonus; and (2) a long-term performance award, which is on a 3-year cliff vesting cycle. Fifty percent (50%) of the long-term award is based on the Fund(s) managed by the portfolio manager during the 3-year vesting period, while the value of the remainder of the long-term award is based on the performance of the TIAA organization as a whole.

Risk-adjusted investment performance is calculated, where records are available, over one, three, and five years, each ending December 31. For each year, the gross excess return (on a before-tax basis) of a portfolio manager’s mandate(s) is calculated versus each mandate’s assigned benchmark. For managers with less than a 5-year track record, there is a 40% weighting for the 1-year return and a 60% weighting for the 3-year return. Please see the Funds’ Prospectuses for more information regarding their benchmark indices. An Information Ratio is then calculated utilizing the gross excess return in the numerator and the 52-week realized Active Risk (tracking error), in the denominator to generate risk adjusted investment performance. Investment performance relative to industry peers is evaluated using Morningstar percentile rankings with equal weighting to each of the 1-, 3-, and 5-year rankings.

Utilizing the three variables discussed above (investment performance, manager assessment and internal peer ratings), total compensation is calculated and then compared to the compensation data obtained from surveys that include comparable investment firms. It should be noted that the total compensation can be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fixed-income group as a unit and the relative success of the TIAA organization in achieving its financial and operational objectives.

Other Accounts Managed

In addition to the Fund, as of July 31, 2016, the portfolio managers were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the following accounts:

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Type of Account Managed

  Number
of Accounts
    Assets
(millions)
    Number of
Accounts with
Performance-
Based Fees
    Assets of
Accounts with
Performance-
Based Fees
 

Lijun (Kevin) Chen

  Registered Investment Companies        
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles        
  Other Accounts        

Jayesh D. Bhansali

  Registered Investment Companies        
  Other Pooled Investment Vehicles        
  Other Accounts        

Beneficial Ownership of Securities

As of the date of this SAI, the portfolio managers do not beneficially own any shares of the Fund.

Administrator, Custodian, and Transfer Agent

Brown Brothers Harriman (“ BBH, “Administrator,” “Custodian,” or “Transfer Agent” ), located at 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02110, is the administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Fund. As custodian, BBH performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.

Distributor

Nuveen Securities, LLC, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, serves as the principal underwriter of the NuShares ETFs, including the Fund, pursuant to a Distribution Agreement dated [     ], 2016 (the “Distribution Agreement” ). The Distributor is an affiliate of the Adviser and a subsidiary of Nuveen. The Distributor also serves as the principal underwriter for the Nuveen Mutual Funds, and has served as co-managing underwriter for the shares of the Nuveen Closed-End Funds.

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Fund has appointed the Distributor to be its agent for the distribution of the Fund’s shares on a continuous offering basis. Shares are continuously

 

S-47


offered for sale by the Trust through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus and below under “Purchase and Redemption of Creation Units.” Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The Distributor will deliver the Prospectus to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”). The Distributor has no role in determining the investment policies of the Trust or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust. The Distributor may assist Authorized Participants (as defined below) in assembling shares to purchase Creation Units or upon redemption, for which it may receive commissions or other fees from such Authorized Participants.

The Distributor, the Adviser and/or its affiliates may make payments to broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks or other intermediaries (together, “intermediaries”) related to marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems, or their making shares of the Fund and certain other NuShares ETFs available to their customers generally and in certain investment programs. Such payments, which may be significant to the intermediary, are not made by the Fund. Rather, such payments are made by the Distributor, the Adviser and/or its affiliates from their own resources, which come directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the NuShares ETF complex. Payments of this type are sometimes referred to as “revenue-sharing payments.” A financial intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it recommends or makes available, or the level of services provided, to its customers based on the payments it is eligible to receive. Therefore, such payments to an intermediary create conflicts of interest between the intermediary and its customers and may cause the intermediary to recommend the Fund or other NuShares ETFs over another investment.

Distribution and Service Plan

The Fund has adopted a plan (the “Plan” ) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Rule 12b-1 provides in substance that an open-end management investment company may not engage directly or indirectly in financing any activity which is primarily intended to result in the sale of shares, except pursuant to a plan adopted under the Rule. The Plan authorizes the Fund to pay up to 0.25% in distribution fees to the Distributor. No payments pursuant to the Plan will be made during the next twelve (12) months of operation.

The Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to any class of shares, without the payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class. The Plan may be renewed from year to year if approved by a vote of the Board and a vote of the independent trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan. The Plan may be continued only if the trustees who vote to approve such continuance conclude, in the exercise of reasonable business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties under applicable law, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plan will benefit the Fund and its shareholders. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the cost which a class of shares may bear under the Plan without the approval of shareholders, and any other material amendments of the Plan must be approved by the independent trustees by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of considering such amendments. During the continuance of the Plan, the selection and nomination of the independent trustees of the Trust will be committed to the discretion of the independent trustees then in office. With the exception of the Distributor and its affiliates, no “interested person” of the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, and no trustee of the Fund has a direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Distributor, and may indemnify Authorized Participants (as described below) entering into agreements with the Distributor, for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws, unless such loss or liability results from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or the reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement or other agreement, as applicable.

 

S-48


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[     ] ( “[    ]” ), [    ], independent registered public accounting firm, has been selected as auditors for the Fund. In addition to audit services, [    ] provides assistance on accounting, tax and related matters.

CODES OF ETHICS

The Fund, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and, with respect to the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Acts of 1940, as amended, addressing personal securities transactions and other conduct by investment personnel and access persons who may have access to information about the Fund’s securities transactions. The codes are intended to address potential conflicts of interest that can arise in connection with personal trading activities of such persons. Persons subject to the codes are generally permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, including investing in securities eligible for investment by the Fund, subject to certain prohibitions, which may include prohibitions on investing in certain types of securities, pre-clearance requirements, blackout periods, annual and quarterly reporting of personal securities holdings and limitations on personal trading of initial public offerings. Violations of the codes are subject to review by the Board and could result in severe penalties.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Fund invests its assets primarily in debt securities, which generally do not issue proxies. However, the Fund may hold other types of securities that may issue proxies. The Fund has adopted a proxy voting policy that seeks to ensure that proxies for securities held by the Fund are voted consistently and solely in the best economic interests of the Fund.

The Sub-Adviser is responsible for voting proxies of the Fund’s portfolio companies in accordance with the Trust’s Board -approved guidelines articulated in the TIAA-CREF Policy Statement on Corporate Governance, attached as Schedule A of this SAI.

The Sub-Adviser has a dedicated team of professionals responsible for reviewing and voting proxies. In analyzing a proposal, in addition to exercising their professional judgment, these professionals utilize various sources of information to enhance their ability to evaluate the proposal. These sources may include research from third party proxy advisory firms and other consultants, various corporate governance-focused organizations, related publications and TIAA investment professionals. Based on their analysis of proposals and guided by the TIAA-CREF Policy Statement on Corporate Governance, these professionals then vote in a manner intended solely to advance the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders. Occasionally, when a proposal relates to issues not addressed in the TIAA-CREF Policy Statement on Corporate Governance, the Sub-Adviser may seek guidance from the Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility Committee.

The Trust and the Sub-Adviser believe that they have implemented policies, procedures and processes designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions. These include (i) oversight by the Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility Committee; (ii) a clear separation of proxy voting functions from external client relationship and sales functions; and (iii) the active monitoring of required annual disclosures of potential conflicts of interest by individuals who have direct roles in executing or influencing the Funds’ proxy voting ( e.g. , The Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting professionals, or a Trustee or senior executive of the Trust, the Sub-Adviser or the Sub-Adviser’s affiliates) by the Sub-Adviser’s legal and compliance professionals.

There could be rare instances in which an individual who has a direct role in executing or influencing the Funds’ proxy voting ( e.g ., the Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting professionals, or a trustee or senior executive of the Trust, the Sub-Adviser or the Sub-Adviser’s affiliates) is either a director or executive of a portfolio company or may have some other association with a portfolio company. In such cases, this individual is required to recuse himself or herself from all decisions related to proxy voting for that portfolio company.

 

S-49


Voted Proxies.  Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent period ended June 30 will be available without charge by calling (800) 257-8787 or by accessing the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The Sub-Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Fund and for the placement of the Fund’s securities business, the negotiation of the commissions to be paid on brokered transactions, the prices for principal trades in securities, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. It is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to seek the best execution at the best security price available with respect to each transaction, and with respect to brokered transactions, in light of the overall quality of brokerage and research services provided to the adviser and its advisees. The best price to the Fund means the best net price without regard to the mix between purchase or sale price and commission, if any. Purchases may be made from underwriters, dealers, and, on occasion, the issuers. Commissions will be paid on the Fund’s futures and options transactions, if any. The purchase price of portfolio securities purchased from an underwriter or dealer may include underwriting commissions and dealer spreads. The Fund may pay mark-ups on principal transactions. In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the portfolio managers consider, among other things, the firm’s reliability, the quality of its execution services on a continuing basis and its financial condition. Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of the Fund’s shares.

Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer who supplies brokerage and research services a commission for effecting the transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include, but are not limited to, (a) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (b) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (c) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody).

In light of the above, in selecting brokers, the portfolio managers consider investment and market information and other research, such as economic, securities and performance measurement research, provided by such brokers, and the quality and reliability of brokerage services, including execution capability, performance and financial responsibility. Accordingly, the commissions charged by any such broker may be greater than the amount another firm might charge if the portfolio managers determine in good faith that the amount of such commissions is reasonable in relation to the value of the research information and brokerage services provided by such broker to the Sub-Adviser or the Fund. The Sub-Adviser believes that the research information received in this manner provides the Fund with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Fund. The Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement provide that such higher commissions will not be paid by the Fund unless the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the services provided. The investment advisory fees paid by the Fund to the Adviser under the Management Agreement and the sub-advisory fees paid by the Adviser to the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement are not reduced as a result of receipt by either the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser of research services.

The Sub-Adviser places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts managed by it. Research services furnished by firms through which the Fund effects its securities transactions may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with the Fund. The Sub-Adviser believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services to each of the accounts (including the Fund) managed by it. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. However, the Sub-Adviser believes such costs to the Fund will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Fund on a continuing basis. The Sub-Adviser seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to

 

S-50


purchase or sell securities by the Fund and another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Fund. In making such allocations between the Fund and other advisory accounts, the main factors considered by the Sub-Adviser are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment and the size of investment commitments generally held.

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not purchase portfolio securities from any underwriting syndicate of which the Distributor is a member except under certain limited conditions set forth in Rule 10f-3. The Rule sets forth requirements relating to, among other things, the terms of a security purchased by the Fund, the amount of securities that may be purchased in any one issue and the assets of the Fund that may be invested in a particular issue. In addition, purchases of securities made pursuant to the terms of the Rule must be approved at least quarterly by the Board, including a majority of the independent trustees.

The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by exemptive order or applicable rule or regulation.

The Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI and therefore did not pay brokerage commissions during the past fiscal year.

Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealer.” The Fund is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) which it may hold at the close of its most recent fiscal year. “Regular brokers or dealers” of the Trust are the ten brokers or dealers that, during the most recent fiscal year: (i) received the greatest dollar amounts of brokerage commissions from the Trust’s portfolio transactions; (ii) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amounts of portfolio transactions of the Trust; or (iii) sold the largest dollar amounts of the Trust’s shares. The Fund is new and has not engaged in transactions prior to the date of this SAI.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The Trust has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about the Trust’s portfolio holdings. The Board must approve all material amendments to this policy. The Fund’s portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services including publicly accessible Internet web sites. In addition, a basket composition file, which includes the security names and share quantities to deliver in exchange for shares, together with estimates and actual cash components, is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“ NSCC ”). The basket represents one Creation Unit of the Fund. The Trust, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Administrator will not disseminate non-public information concerning the Trust, except information may be made available prior to its public availability: (i) to a party for a legitimate business purpose related to the day-to-day operations of the Fund, including (a) a service provider, (b) the stock exchanges upon which the ETF is listed, (c) the NSCC, (d) the Depository Trust Company, and (e) financial data/research companies such as Morningstar, Bloomberg L.P., and Reuters, or (ii) to any other party for a legitimate business or regulatory purpose, upon waiver or exception, with the consent of an applicable Trust officer.

BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “Purchase and Sale of Shares.”

The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) acts as securities depositary for the shares. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in the limited circumstance provided below, certificates will not be issued for shares.

DTC, a limited-purpose trust company, was created to hold securities of its participants (the “ DTC Participants ”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC

 

S-51


Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to other banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “ Indirect Participants ”).

Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “ Beneficial Owners ”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of the Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust, either directly or through a third party service, shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust, either directly or through a third party service, shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant and/or third party service a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of the Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.

DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions or, if such a replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.

 

S-52


CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

The Fund had not commenced operations prior to the date of this SAI and therefore did not have any beneficial owners that owned greater than 5% of the outstanding voting securities as of the date of this SAI.

An Authorized Participant (as defined below) may hold of record more than 25% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. From time to time, Authorized Participants may be a beneficial and/or legal owner of the Fund, may be affiliated with an index provider, may be deemed to have control of the Fund and/or may be able to affect the outcome of matters presented for a vote of the shareholders of the Fund. Authorized Participants may execute an irrevocable proxy granting the Distributor or an affiliate of the Distributor (the “ Agent ”) power to vote or abstain from voting such Authorized Participant’s beneficially or legally owned shares of the Fund. In such cases, the Agent shall mirror vote (or abstain from voting) such shares in the same proportion as all other beneficial owners of the Fund.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, own less than 1% of the Trust’s voting securities as of the date of this SAI.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS

The Fund issues and redeems its shares on a continuous basis, at NAV, only in a large specified number of shares called a “Creation Unit,” either principally in-kind for securities included in the Index or in cash for the value of such securities. The value of the Fund is determined once each business day, as described under “Determination of Net Asset Value.” The Creation Unit size for the Fund may change upon notice to Authorized Participants. The principal consideration for creations and redemptions for the Fund is set forth in the table below:

 

FUND

   CREATION*      REDEMPTION*  

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

     In-Kind         In-Kind   

 

* May be revised at any time without notice.

Purchase (Creation). The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day (as defined below), in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“ Participant Agreement ”). A “ Business Day ” with respect to the Fund is, generally, any day on which the NYSE is open for business.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of the Fund generally consists of (a) either (i) the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “ Deposit Securities ”) per each Creation Unit constituting a substantial replication, or a portfolio sampling representation, of the securities included in the Index and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below or (ii) the cash value of the Deposit Securities (“ Deposit Cash ”) and (b) the Cash Component , defined and computed as described below.

Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “ Fund Deposit ,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. The Cash Component may include a “ Dividend Equivalent Payment ”, which enables the Fund to make a complete distribution of dividends on the day preceding the next dividend payment date, and is an amount equal, on a per Creation Unit basis, to the dividends on all the portfolio securities of the Fund (“ Dividend Securities ”) with ex-dividend dates within the accumulation period for such distribution (the “ Accumulation Period ”), net of expenses and liabilities

 

S-53


for such period, as if all of the Dividend Securities had been held by the Fund for the entire Accumulation Period. The Accumulation Period begins on the ex-dividend date for the Fund and ends on the day preceding the next ex-dividend date. If the Cash Component is a positive number ( i.e. , the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number ( i.e. , the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant.

The Custodian, through NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, immediately prior to the opening of business on the NYSE (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.

The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for a Fund Deposit for the Fund changes as rebalancing adjustments, interest payments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by the Adviser with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. Information regarding a Fund Deposit necessary for the purchase of a Creation Unit is made available to Authorized Participants and other market participants seeking to transact in Creation Units. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities of the Index.

As noted above, the Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Cash to replace any Deposit Security, which shall be added to the Cash Component, including, without limitation, in situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery; (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities or the Federal Reserve System for U.S. Treasury securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws; or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “non-standard orders”). The Trust also reserves the right to: (i) permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash; and (ii) include or remove Deposit Securities from the basket in anticipation of Index rebalancing changes. The adjustments described above will reflect changes, known to the Adviser on the date of announcement to be in effect by the time of delivery of the Fund Deposit, in the composition of the Index or resulting from certain corporate actions.

When accepting purchases of Creation Units for cash, the Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser. To cover these costs, Authorized Participants may also be charged creation and redemption fees. See “Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees” below.

Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor, as facilitated via the Transfer Agent, to purchase a Creation Unit of the Fund, an Authorized Participant must be (i) a “ Participating Party ”, i.e. , a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “ Clearing Process ”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”). In addition, each Authorized Participant must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor and the Transfer Agent, and that has been accepted by the Trust, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Trust an amount of cash sufficient to pay

 

S-54


the Cash Component together with the creation transaction fee (described below) and any other applicable fees, taxes and additional variable charges.

All orders to purchase shares directly from the Fund, including non-standard orders, must be placed for one or more Creation Units and in the manner and by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement and/or the applicable order form. The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “ Order Placement Date .”

An Authorized Participant may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order ( e.g. , to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase shares directly from the Fund in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases, the Authorized Participant may impose additional charges on such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.

On days when the Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which the Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed, the Fund will also generally not accept orders on such day(s). Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the applicable order form. Those placing orders through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order by the cut-off time on such Business Day. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.

Fund Deposits must be delivered by an Authorized Participant through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), or through DTC (for corporate securities and municipal securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Trust or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian shall cause the subcustodian of the Fund to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of the Fund or its agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “ Settlement Date ” for the Fund is generally the third Business Day after the Order Placement Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a newly constituted Fund Deposit required for such Business Day. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the third Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor.

The order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the applicable cut-off time and federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to

 

S-55


be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, order form and this SAI are properly followed.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the subcustodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant subcustodian or subcustodians, the Distributor and the Adviser shall be notified of such delivery, and the Trust will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units.

In instances where the Trust accepts Deposit Securities for the purchase of a Creation Unit, the Creation Unit may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “ Additional Cash Deposit ”), which shall be maintained in a general non-interest bearing collateral account. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities, to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Trust may use such Additional Cash Deposit to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will be liable to the Trust for all costs, expenses, dividends, income and taxes associated with missing Deposit Securities, including the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Distributor plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian. In addition, a transaction fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fees” will be charged in all cases and an additional variable charge may also be applied. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.

Acceptance of Orders of Creation Units. The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted in respect of the Fund at its discretion, including, without limitation, if (a) the order is not in proper form; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Authorized Participant do not match those disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (d) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (e) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (f) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust or the Adviser, have an adverse effect on the Trust or the rights of Beneficial Owners; (g) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Trust, be unlawful; or (h) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent and/or the Adviser make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units (examples of such circumstances include acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, the Distributor, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC, Federal Reserve System, or any other participant in the creation process; and other extraordinary events). The Trust or its agents shall communicate to the Authorized Participant its rejection of an order. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Distributor shall not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.

 

S-56


All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.

Redemption . Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON LIQUIDATION OF THE FUND, THE TRUST WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.

The Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available immediately prior to the opening of business on the NYSE (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time) on each Business Day the list of the names and share quantities of the Fund’s portfolio securities (subject to possible amendment or correction) that will be distributed upon the receipt of redemption requests in proper form on that day (“ Fund Securities ”). Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities.

Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Trust. With respect to in-kind redemptions of the Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Fund Securities — as announced by the Custodian on the Business Day of the request for redemption received in proper form plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “ Cash Redemption Amount ”), less a fixed redemption transaction fee and any applicable additional variable charge as set forth below. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Trust’s discretion, an Authorized Participant may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Fund Securities.

Procedures for Redemption of Creation Units. After the Trust has deemed an order for redemption received, the Trust will initiate procedures to transfer the requisite Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to the Authorized Participant by the Settlement Date. With respect to in-kind redemptions of the Fund, the calculation of the value of the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered upon redemption will be made by the Custodian according to the procedures set forth under “Determination of Net Asset Value,” computed on the Business Day on which a redemption order is deemed received by the Trust. Therefore, if a redemption order in proper form is submitted to the Distributor by a DTC Participant by the specified time on the Order Placement Date, and the requisite number of shares of the Fund are delivered to the Custodian prior to 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, then the value of the Fund Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount to be delivered will be determined by the Custodian on such Order Placement Date. If the requisite number of shares of the Fund are not delivered by 2:00 p.m. or 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (per applicable instructions) on the Settlement Date, the Fund will not release the underlying securities for delivery unless collateral is posted in such percentage amount of missing shares as set forth in the Participant Agreement (marked to market daily).

In order to take delivery of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, an Authorized Participant must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded (or such other arrangements as allowed by the Trust or its agents), to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within three Business Days of the Order Placement Date.

If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Authorized Participant will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

 

S-57


In addition, an Authorized Participant may request a redemption in cash that the Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the Authorized Participant will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). The Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of an Authorized Participant, provide a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.

An Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to represent to the Trust that it (or a client for which it is acting) (i) owns outright or has full legal authority and legal beneficial right to tender for redemption the requisite number of shares to be redeemed and can receive the entire proceeds of the redemption, and (ii) the shares to be redeemed have not been loaned or pledged to another party nor are they the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement or such other arrangement which would preclude the delivery of such shares to the Trust. The Trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from the Fund in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form and may be rejected by the Trust.

Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant (or a client for which it is acting) subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The Authorized Participant may request a redeeming client to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer” (“ QIB ”), as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the 1933 Act, will not be able to receive Fund Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An Authorized Participant may be required by the Trust to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Fund Securities.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of redemption payment postponed with respect to the Fund (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund or determination of the NAV of the shares is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

Required Early Acceptance of Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as described in the Participant Agreement and/or applicable order form, certain series of the Trust may require orders to be placed up to one or more Business Days prior to the trade date, as described in the Participant Agreement or the applicable order form, in order to receive the trade date’s NAV. Orders to purchase shares of such funds that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) that the equity markets in the relevant foreign market are closed may not be accepted. Authorized Participants may be notified that the cut-off time for an order may be earlier on a particular Business Day, as described in the Participant Agreement and the applicable order form.

Creation and Redemption   Transaction Fees . A transaction fee, as set forth in the table below, is imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, as applicable. Authorized Participants will be required to pay a fixed creation transaction fee and/or a fixed redemption transaction fee, as applicable, on a given day regardless of the number of Creation Units created or redeemed on that day. The Fund may adjust the transaction fee from time to time. An additional charge or a variable charge (discussed below) will be applied to certain creation and redemption transactions, including non-standard orders and whole or partial cash

 

S-58


purchases or redemptions. With respect to creation orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust and with respect to redemption orders, Authorized Participants are responsible for the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from the Trust to their account or on their order. Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may also be charged a fee for such services.

Creation and Redemption Transaction Fees

The following table shows, as of the date of this SAI, the approximate value of one Creation Unit, standard fees and maximum additional charges for creations and redemptions (as described above):

 

Approximate Value
of a Creation Unit

   Creation Unit Size      Standard
Creation/Redemption
Transaction Fee
     Maximum
Additional Charge
for Creations*
    Maximum
Additional Charge
for Redemptions*
 

$2,500,000

     100,000       $ 500         3.0     2.0

 

* As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive, in the case of redemptions, of the standard redemption transaction fee.

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The Fund’s NAV is determined as set forth in the Prospectus under “General Information—Net Asset Value.”

CAPITAL STOCK

The Fund issues shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share. The Board has the right to establish additional series in the future, to determine the preferences, voting powers, rights and privileges thereof and to modify such preferences, voting powers, rights and privileges without shareholder approval.

The Trust is not required to and does not intend to hold annual meetings of shareholders. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust (the Declaration ), requires a shareholder vote only on those matters where the 1940 Act requires a vote of shareholders and otherwise permits the Trustees to take actions without seeking the consent of shareholders. For example, the Declaration gives the Trustees the authority to approve reorganizations between the Fund and another entity, such as another ETF, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Fund’s assets, or the termination of the Trust or the Fund without shareholder approval if the 1940 Act would not require such approval. Each share has one vote with respect to matters upon which a shareholder vote is required, consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. Shares of all series of the Trust vote together as a single class except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act, or if the matter being voted on affects only a particular series; and, if a matter affects a particular series differently from other series, the shares of that series will vote separately on such matter.

The Trustees establish the number of Trustees and may fill vacancies on the Board, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that Trustees may be removed, with cause, by a vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. “Cause” requires willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or a felony conviction. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the Trustees.

Under the Declaration, by becoming a shareholder of the Fund, each shareholder is expressly held to have agreed to be bound by the provisions of the Declaration and the Trust’s By-laws. The Declaration may, except in limited circumstances, be amended by the Trustees in any respect without a shareholder vote. Shareholders may be required to disclose information on direct or indirect ownership of Fund shares in order to comply with various laws applicable to the Fund or as the Trustees may determine, and ownership of Fund shares may be disclosed by the Fund if so required by law or regulation. In addition, pursuant to the Declaration, the Trustees may, in their discretion, require the Trust to redeem shares held by any shareholder for any reason under terms set by the Trustees.

 

S-59


In order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the Fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder claims, demands and derivative actions, the Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders, and provides that actions that are derivative in nature may not be brought directly. Consistent with applicable Massachusetts law, prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand must first be made on the Trustees. The Declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the Fund, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholder may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholder is able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Fund. In making such a determination, a Trustee is not considered to have a personal financial interest by virtue of being compensated for his or her services as a Trustee. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholder may be responsible for the Fund’s costs and expenses if a court determines that a derivative action was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose, if a derivative or direct action is dismissed on the basis of a failure to comply with the procedural provisions relating to shareholder actions as set forth in the Declaration or if a direct action is dismissed by a court for failure to state a claim. Any shareholder bringing an action against the Fund waives the right to trial by jury to the fullest extent permitted by law and any action commenced by a shareholder may be brought only in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts (Boston Division) or if any such action may not be brought in that court, then in the Business Litigation Session of Suffolk Superior Court in Massachusetts (the “Chosen Courts”), under the terms of the Declaration.. Except as prohibited by law, if a shareholder commences an applicable action in a court other than a Chosen Court, the shareholder may be obligated to reimburse the Fund and any applicable Trustee or officer of the Fund made party to such proceeding for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any successful motion to dismiss, stay or transfer of the action.

The Declaration specifically provides, however, that no provision of the Declaration is effective to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of, or restrict any shareholder rights expressly granted by, the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange act of 1934, as amended, or the 1940 Act, or any rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. The provisions of the Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees determine, with the advice of counsel, that any such provision, in whole or in part, conflict with applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provisions, or part or parts thereof, will be deemed to be not part of the Declaration (provided, that any such determination will not render any of the remaining provisions invalid or improper).

Under Massachusetts law applicable to Massachusetts business trusts, shareholders of such a trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Trust or the Trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Trust for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and the Trust or the Fund itself was unable to meet its obligations. The Trust believes the likelihood of the occurrence of these circumstances is remote.

The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity as Trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the Trust or its series, in connection with the affairs of the Trust or for any act, omission, or obligation of the Trust. A Trustee is liable only for his or her own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available. The Declaration provides that any

 

S-60


Trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Shareholder inquiries may be made by writing to the Trust, c/o the Distributor, Nuveen Securities, LLC, at 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. As of the date of this SAI, no one owned any shares of the Fund

TAX MATTERS

Federal Income Tax Matters

The following discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of investing in the Fund is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authority, all as in effect as of the date of the filing of this SAI. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. Unless you are a tax-exempt entity or your investment in Fund is made through a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when the Fund makes distributions or you sell Fund shares. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their particular situation and the possible application of foreign, state, and local tax laws.

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company (RIC).

The Fund has elected or intends to elect to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income each year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below);

(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with investments in such other securities limited with respect to any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in (1) the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other RICs) of any one issuer or two or more issuers that are controlled by the Fund and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (2) the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships; and

(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year an amount equal to or greater than the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income.

In general, for purposes of the 90% qualifying income test described in (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (generally, a partnership (i) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (ii) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (a)(i) of the description of the 90% qualifying income test applicable to RICs, above) will be treated as qualifying income.

 

S-61


Taxation of the Fund.

If the Fund qualifies for treatment as a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income and gains that are distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends.

If, for any taxable year, the Fund was to fail to qualify as a RIC or was to fail to meet the distribution requirement described above, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, the Fund would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify for treatment as a RIC in a subsequent year. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may be able to cure a failure to qualify as a RIC, but in order to do so the Fund may incur significant Fund-level taxes and may be forced to dispose of certain assets. If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within ten years of qualifying as a RIC in a subsequent year.

The Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and net capital gain (the excess of the Fund’s net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). Investment income that is retained by the Fund will generally be subject to tax at regular corporate rates. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, that gain will be subject to tax at corporate rates, but the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, (ii) will be deemed to have paid their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and (iii) will be entitled to claim refunds on a properly filed U.S. tax return to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder.

If the Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amount. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax for the taxable year ending within the calendar year. The Fund intends to declare and pay dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

The Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, and certain other late-year losses.

If the Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year.

 

S-62


Distributions

Distributions are generally taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares. Moreover, distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Investors may therefore wish to avoid purchasing shares at a time when the Fund’s NAV reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Realized income and gains must generally be distributed even when the Fund’s NAV also reflects unrealized losses.

Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to its shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but is actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

Distributions by the Fund of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the assets that generated those gains, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her Fund shares. Sales of assets held by the Fund for more than one year generally result in long-term capital gains and losses, and sales of assets held by the Fund for one year or less generally result in short-term capital gains and losses. Distributions from the Fund’s net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“ Capital Gain Dividends ”) will be taxable as long-term capital gains. For individuals, long-term capital gains are subject to tax at reduced maximum tax rates. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.

For noncorporate shareholders, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund level. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be “qualified dividend income,” the Fund making the distribution must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before the ex-dividend date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company. Since the Fund is not expected to invest in dividend-paying stocks, the Fund’s dividends generally are not expected to be classified as “qualified dividend income” to the Fund’s shareholders.

In general, distributions of investment income reported by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual, provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. To the extent that the Fund makes a distribution of income received by the Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.

 

S-63


Since the Fund will invest primarily in investments other than the stock of U.S. corporations, the Fund’s dividends generally are not expected to qualify for the dividends-received deduction available to corporate shareholders.

Dividends and distributions from the Fund and capital gain on the sale of Fund shares are generally taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

If the Fund makes distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution to each shareholder will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and will reduce the shareholder’s tax basis in its shares. After the shareholder’s basis has been reduced to zero, any such distributions will result in a capital gain, assuming the shareholder holds his or her shares as capital assets. A reduction in a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares will reduce any loss or increase any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares

Sale or Exchange of Shares

A sale or exchange of shares in the Fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be disallowed if substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Backup Withholding

The Fund (or financial intermediaries, such as brokers, through which a shareholder holds Fund shares) generally is required to withhold and to remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and sale or redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that he, she or it is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 28%. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”).

Federal Tax Treatment of Certain Fund Investments

Transactions of the Fund in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, swap agreements, straddles and foreign currencies may be subject to various special and complex tax rules, including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules. These rules could affect the Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC, affect whether gains and losses recognized by the Fund are treated as ordinary income or capital gain, accelerate the recognition of income to the Fund, and/or defer the Fund’s ability to recognize losses. These rules may in turn affect the amount, timing or character of the income distributed to shareholders by the Fund.

The Fund is required, for federal income tax purposes, to mark to market and recognize as income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses as of the end of such year on certain regulated futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and options that qualify as Section 1256 contracts in addition to the gains and losses actually realized with respect to such contracts during the year. Gain or loss from Section 1256 contracts that are required to be marked to market annually will generally be 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of distributions to shareholders.

With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, the Fund will be required to include as part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the Fund has not received

 

S-64


any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income to its shareholders, the Fund may have to sell Fund securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the Adviser would not have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.

Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount. Absent an election by the Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

The Fund may invest in inflation-linked debt securities. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-linked debt security will be original interest discount, which is taxable as ordinary income and is required to be distributed, even though the Fund will not receive the principal, including any increase thereto, until maturity. As noted above, if the Fund invests in such securities it may be required to liquidate other investments, including at times when it is not advantageous to do so, in order to satisfy its distribution requirements and to eliminate any possible taxation at the Fund level.

Foreign Investments

Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries (including, for example, dividends or interest on stock or securities of non-U.S. issuers) may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax treaties between such countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Under current law, income of a RIC that would be treated as unrelated business taxable income (“ UBTI ”) if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not be attributed as UBTI to a tax-exempt entity that is a shareholder in the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if: (i) shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b), (ii) if the Fund invests in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs, (iii) the Fund invests in a REIT that is a taxable mortgage pool (“ TMP ”) or in a REIT that has a subsidiary that is a TMP, or (iv) if the Fund holds residual interests in REMICs.

Non-U.S. Investors

In general, dividends, other than Capital Gain Dividends paid by the Fund to a shareholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on distributions derived from taxable ordinary income. The Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met. Short-term capital gain dividends received by a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year are not exempt from this 30% withholding tax.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a non-U.S. person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a U.S. income tax deduction for losses) realized on a sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or the receipt of the Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met.

Ordinary dividends, redemption payments and certain Capital Gain Dividends paid after June 30, 2014 to a non-U.S. shareholder that fails to meet certain requirements or make certain required certifications are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate. Under current IRS guidance, withholding on such payments will begin at different times depending on the type of payment, the type of payee, and when the shareholder’s account is or was opened. In general, withholding with

 

S-65


respect to ordinary dividends began on July 1, 2014, although in many cases withholding on ordinary dividends will begin on a later date. Withholding on redemption payments and certain Capital Gain Dividends is currently scheduled to begin on January 1, 2019. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

In order for a non-U.S. investor to qualify for an exemption from backup withholding, described above, the non-U.S. investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements. Non-U.S. investors in the Fund should consult their tax advisors in this regard.

A beneficial holder of shares who is a non-U.S. person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the federal income tax consequences referred to above. If a shareholder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any income or gain effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the shareholder in the United States.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

An Authorized Participant having the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes that exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the market value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and any cash received by the Authorized Participant in the exchange, and (ii) the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and any cash paid for such Creation Units. All or a portion of any gain or loss recognized by an Authorized Participant exchanging a currency other than its functional currency for Creation Units may be treated as ordinary income or loss. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate U.S. dollar market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss that is realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units by an Authorized Participant who does not mark-to-market its holdings may not be currently deducted under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. All or some portion of any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units in exchange for securities will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held for more than one year.

Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses will be treated as short-term capital gains or losses.

Persons exchanging securities for Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction and whether the wash sales rule applies and when a loss might be deductible.

Section 351

The Trust on behalf of the Fund has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or any group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Certain Reporting Regulations

Under U.S. Treasury regulations, generally, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Significant penalties may be imposed for the failure to comply with the reporting regulations. The fact

 

S-66


that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Cost Basis Reporting

The cost basis of shares acquired by purchase will generally be based on the amount paid for the shares and then may be subsequently adjusted for other applicable transactions as required by the Code. The difference between the selling price and the cost basis of shares generally determines the amount of the capital gain or loss realized on the sale or exchange of shares. Contact the broker through whom you purchased your shares to obtain information with respect to the available cost basis reporting methods and elections for your account.

General Considerations

The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of shares of the Fund, as well as the effect of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund intends to pay out dividends, if any, on a monthly basis but in any event no less frequently than annually. Nonetheless, the Fund might not make a dividend payment every month. The Fund intends to distribute its net realized capital gains, if any, to investors annually. The Fund may occasionally be required to make supplemental distributions at some other time during the year. Distributions in cash may be reinvested automatically in additional whole shares only if the broker through whom you purchased shares makes such option available. Your broker is responsible for distributing the income and capital gain distributions to you.

The Trust reserves the right to declare special distributions if, in its reasonable discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve the status of the Fund as a RIC or to avoid imposition of income or excise taxes on undistributed income.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Fund had not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI and therefore does not have financial information to report.

 

S-67


SCHEDULE A: TIAA-CREF POLICY STATEMENT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

I. Introduction

Purpose and applicability of policy statement

The purpose of this document, including the proxy voting guidelines in Appendix A (the “Policy Statement”), is for Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association-College Retirement Equities Fund (TIAA-CREF) to inform our clients, participants and shareholders, portfolio companies, stakeholders and other institutional investors about the corporate governance and social responsibility practices we expect of our portfolio companies. The principles and guidelines herein disclose how we generally vote proxies of portfolio companies. Additionally, this Policy Statement is intended to serve as a basis for dialogue with boards of directors and senior managers.

The policies and principles herein apply to publicly traded operating companies and may not be directly applicable to open-end investment companies or privately held entities. Although many of the specific policies relate primarily to companies incorporated in the United States, the underlying principles apply to all public companies in which TIAA-CREF invests throughout the world. Although TIAA is not a publicly traded company, to the extent practicable, TIAA’s internal governance practices are guided by the policies and principles articulated herein.

Why we focus on corporate governance

TIAA-CREF is an institutional investor whose mission is to help those in the academic, medical, cultural, research and government fields plan to and through retirement. We do this with a full array of financial products and services to help our participants and shareholders achieve lifetime financial security. Our clients expect us to be stewards of their savings and to help provide for their financial security.

We believe that good governance practices and responsible corporate behavior contribute to the long-term performance of public companies and are critical to well-functioning securities markets. We also believe that strong corporate governance helps reduce investment risk and ensures that shareholder capital is used effectively.

Institutional investors are the constituency whose interests are best aligned with stable and growing markets because of their long-term orientation. Furthermore, long-term investors have among the most to lose if markets deteriorate and asset prices fall.

Accordingly, we believe it is in our participants’ and shareholders’ economic interest to promote good corporate governance and to monitor and engage with portfolio companies on issues that may affect their long-term, sustainable profits.

For over forty years TIAA-CREF has advocated the merits of involved owners working to improve corporate governance. In the 1970s and 1980s, TIAA-CREF took a leadership role in opposing abusive antitakeover provisions and management entrenchment devices such as dead-hand poison pills. We were also one of the first institutional investors to engage in dialogue with portfolio companies on social responsibility issues such as automotive safety in the United States and apartheid policies in South Africa.

In the 1990s and 2000s, TIAA-CREF continued to strengthen its commitment to responsible investing and good corporate citizenship, including the establishment of the CREF Social Choice Account and other socially screened investment products that give special consideration to social concerns. Additionally, TIAA-CREF focused on influencing companies to adopt best-in-class governance practices and disclosures related to director elections, board structure and compensation.

The repeated corporate crises of the last decade (such as options backdating and other accounting-related fraud, instances of egregious compensation practices connected with poor performance, and most recently, the meltdown of the global financial sector) have highlighted the need for market participants and shareholders to re-commit to practices and behaviors that promote

 

A-1


the long-term, sustainable health of our economy. We believe it is important that issuers and shareholders act responsibly to restore and maintain public trust and confidence in the governance of our public corporations.

In this light, we have revised this sixth edition of the Policy Statement to reflect current developments in corporate governance, social and environmental policies, the convergence of best practices across global markets, and enhanced shareholder rights and responsibilities recently granted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and other foreign governments and regulators. Our policies continue to respect the province of boards and management to run the company while safeguarding our rights as shareholders.

The Policy Statement is reviewed periodically and is subject to amendment. The latest edition of the Policy Statement incorporating any amendments is posted on our website (www.tiaa.org).

II. TIAA-CREF’s corporate governance program

A. Introduction

The TIAA and TIAA-CREF Funds Boards have delegated oversight of TIAA-CREF’s corporate governance program, including oversight of management’s development and establishment of portfolio company governance policies, to the TIAA and TIAA-CREF Funds Committees on Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility (separate committees of the TIAA board and the boards of TIAA-CREF affiliated investment companies that meet jointly and are composed entirely of independent trustees, but that vote separately on matters presented to them for approval).

TIAA-CREF’s corporate governance program is administered by a staff of professionals within the Corporate Governance Group who work collaboratively with the Asset Management Group and other internal stakeholders.

B. Governance activities

1. Proxy voting

Proxy voting is a key component of TIAA-CREF’s oversight and engagement program. It is one of our primary methods for exercising our shareholder rights and influencing the behavior of portfolio companies. TIAA-CREF commits substantial resources to making informed voting decisions in furtherance of our mission. All of our voting decisions are made in the best interest of our participants and shareholders.

TIAA-CREF’s voting policies, as described in this Policy Statement, are implemented on a case-by-case basis by the staff of our Corporate Governance Group. The staff relies on its professional judgment informed by proprietary research, reports provided by a variety of third-party research providers, consultation with our Asset Management Group and our trustees or a committee thereof. Annual disclosure of our proxy votes is available on our website and on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2. Engagement

Our preference is to engage privately with portfolio companies when we perceive shortcomings in their governance or environmental and social policies and practices that we believe impact their performance. This strategy of “quiet diplomacy” reflects our belief and past experience that informed dialogue with board members and senior executives, rather than public confrontation, will most likely lead to a mutually productive outcome.

We target portfolio companies for engagement based on research and evaluation of their governance and performance. Governance reviews are supplemented by an analysis of each company’s financial condition and risk profile conducted in conjunction with our Asset Management Group.

In prioritizing issues for engagement, we take into account their materiality, their potential impact on TIAA-CREF’s investment performance, their relevance to the marketplace, the level of public interest, the applicability of our policies and the views of TIAA-CREF’s participants and shareholders and institutional clients.

 

A-2


As noted, our preference is for constructive engagement strategies that can utilize private communication, minimize confrontation and attain a negotiated settlement. While quiet diplomacy remains our core strategy, particularly for domestic companies, TIAA-CREF’s engagement program involves many different activities and initiatives. Engagement may include the following activities:

 

   

submitting shareholder resolutions

 

   

withholding or voting against one or more directors

 

   

requesting other investors to support our initiatives

 

   

engaging in collaborative action with other investors

 

   

engaging in public dialogue and commentary

 

   

supporting an election contest or change of control transaction

 

   

conducting a proxy solicitation

 

   

seeking regulatory or legislative relief

 

   

commencing or supporting litigation

 

   

pursuing other enforcement or compliance remedies

TIAA-CREF is committed to engagement with companies and will only consider divesting from a security in the rarest of circumstances. As a matter of general investment policy, we may consider divesting or underweighting a company’s stock from our accounts in cases where we conclude that the financial or reputational risks from a company’s policies or activities are so great that continued ownership of its stock is no longer prudent.

Our policy of engagement over divestment is a matter of principle that is based on several considerations: (i) divestment would eliminate our standing and rights as a shareholder and foreclose further engagement; (ii) divestment would be likely to have negligible impact on portfolio companies or the market; (iii) divestment could result in increased costs and short-term losses; and (iv) divestment could compromise our investment strategies and negatively affect our performance. For these reasons, we believe that divestment does not offer TIAA-CREF an optimal strategy for changing the policies and practices of portfolio companies, nor is it the best means to produce long-term value for our participants and shareholders.

3. Thought leadership

In addition to proxy voting and engagement, which are actions targeted at specific companies, TIAA-CREF believes that it is important to participate in the creation, development and implementation of ideas and practices surrounding corporate governance and social responsibility in order to influence the broadest constituency possible. While the following list of activities is not necessarily exhaustive, it provides an overview of the variety of ways we participate in the corporate governance and social responsibility community.

 

1. TIAA-CREF periodically publishes its policies on corporate governance, shareholder rights, social responsibility and related issues. These policies inform portfolio companies and provide the basis for our engagement activities.

 

2. TIAA-CREF participates in the public debate over issues of corporate governance and responsible corporate behavior in domestic and international markets.

 

3. TIAA-CREF participates in membership organizations and professional associations that seek to promote good corporate governance, protect shareholder rights and advance social responsibility. We also participate in related conferences and symposia in order to actively contribute to the development of the emerging corporate governance and social responsibility best practices.

 

4. TIAA-CREF sponsors research, hosts conferences and works with regulators, legislators, self-regulatory organizations, and other institutional investors to educate the business community and the investing public about governance, shareholder rights and social responsibility.

 

A-3


5. TIAA-CREF submits written comments on regulatory proposals and testifies before various governmental bodies, administrative agencies and self-regulatory organizations.

 

6. TIAA-CREF routinely engages with professional service providers ( e.g. , law, executive recruiting, executive compensation and accounting firms) in order to share knowledge and influence the professionals who advise our portfolio companies on important issues.

4. International corporate governance

With a substantial share of our assets invested in equities of companies listed on foreign markets and with international holdings in over 50 countries, TIAA-CREF is recognized as one of the most influential investors in the world. We have a long history of acting on behalf of our participants and shareholders to improve corporate governance standards globally. Our international governance activities, like our domestic program, are designed to protect our investments, reduce risk and increase shareholder value. We focus our governance efforts in those foreign markets where we currently have, or expect to have in the future, significant levels of capital at risk.

Our international corporate governance program consists of: (i) selective direct engagement with foreign portfolio companies; (ii) selective collaborative engagement with other institutional investors based in foreign markets; (iii) engagement and dialogue with foreign regulators, legislators and industry groups, and (iv) active participation in global corporate governance organizations.

In addition to maintaining a leadership role as an advocate for shareholder rights and good governance globally, TIAA-CREF is committed to using our best efforts to vote our shares in international companies. Our staff is familiar with voting procedures in every country where we invest and we stay abreast of new developments occurring in those markets. Additionally, we promote reforms needed to eliminate cross-border voting inefficiencies and to improve the mechanics of proxy voting globally.

TIAA-CREF has endorsed many of the governance standards of international associations and shareholder organizations. We agree with the widely held view that the harmonization of international governance principles and standards of best practice is essential to achieve efficiency in the global capital markets. Accordingly, our governance initiatives in many non-U.S. markets with less developed corporate governance practices seek to deal with the following problems:

 

   

Robust shareholder rights, basic governance standards of board accountability and independence, full and timely disclosure and financial transparency are in many cases still only aspirational.

 

   

Legal and regulatory systems are still underdeveloped and means of enforcement can often be lacking.

 

   

Listed companies dominated by controlling shareholders often blend characteristics of private and public companies, giving management and insiders too much power and minority shareholders too little.

 

   

Foreign governments retain ownership in many local listed companies and exercise special powers that interfere with capital market efficiency.

 

   

Foreign banks often hold large blocks of shares within the companies they do business that can create conflicts of interest.

 

   

Ambivalence about shareholder engagement, control contests and takeover bids undermines management accountability and market vitality.

 

   

Policies and internal systems designed to avoid bribery and corruption are underdeveloped or nonexistent.

 

A-4


III. Shareholders rights and responsibilities

A. Introduction

TIAA-CREF recognizes that the laws, practices and customs governing company and shareholder interactions continue to vary across the globe despite recent harmonization efforts. However, we believe there are certain shareholder rights that should be respected by all publicly traded operating companies regardless of their domicile. Similarly, shareholders also have a duty to exercise their rights responsibly.

Below we outline TIAA-CREF’s basic expectations for both companies and shareholders. While in some cases the full adoption of these rights and responsibilities may still be aspirational, we believe these principles should be pursued in the interest of maintaining well-functioning markets.

B. Generally applicable shareholder rights

As owners of equity securities, shareholders rely primarily on a corporation’s board of directors to protect their interests. Unlike other groups that do business with the corporation ( e.g. , customers, suppliers and lenders), holders of common stock have no clear contractual protection of their interests. Instead, they place their trust in the directors, whom they elect, and use their right to vote at shareholder meetings to ensure the accountability of the board. We believe that the basic rights and principles set forth below should be guaranteed and should govern the conduct of every publicly traded company.

 

1. Each Director Should Represent All Shareholders. Shareholders should have the right to expect that each director (including directors who are affiliated with either the company or a particular shareholder) is acting in the interest of all shareholders and not that of a particular constituent, special interest group or dominant shareholder.

 

2. One Share, One Vote. Generally, shareholders should have the right to vote in proportion to their economic stake in the company. Each share of common stock should have one vote. The board should not create multiple classes of common stock with disparate or “super” voting rights, nor should it give itself the discretion to cap voting rights that reduce the proportional representation of larger shareholdings. Companies that do not have a one-share-one-vote structure should periodically assess the efficacy of such a structure and provide shareholders with a rationale for maintaining such a structure.

 

3. Financial Equality. All shareholders should receive fair and equal financial treatment. We support measures designed to avoid preferential treatment of any shareholder.

 

4. Confidential Voting. Shareholders should be able to cast proxy votes in a confidential manner. Tabulation should be conducted by an Inspector of Election who is independent of management. In a contest for control, it may be appropriate to modify confidentiality provisions in order to ensure the accuracy and fairness of the voting results.

 

5. Vote Requirements. The board should not impose super-majority vote requirements, except in unusual cases where necessary to protect the interests of minority shareholders. Abstentions should not be included in the vote tabulation, except for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present. Shareholder votes cast “for” or “against” a proposal should be the only votes counted. The board should not combine or “bundle” disparate issues and present them for a single vote. Shareholders should have the right to vote on each separate and distinct issue.

 

6. Authorization and Issuance of Stock. Shareholders should have the right to approve the authorization of shares of common stock and the issuance of shares for corporate purposes in order to ensure that such actions serve a valid purpose and are consistent with shareholder interests.

 

7. Antitakeover Provisions. Shareholders should have the right to approve any provisions that alter fundamental shareholder rights and powers. This includes poison pills and other antitakeover devices. We strongly oppose antitakeover plans that contain “continuing director” or “deferred redemption” provisions limiting the discretion of a future board to redeem the plan. We believe that antitakeover measures should be limited by reasonable expiration periods.

 

A-5


8. Board Communication. Shareholders should have the ability to communicate with the board of directors. Companies should adopt and disclose procedures for shareholders to communicate their views and concerns directly to board members. Applicable regulations aimed at preventing selective disclosure of material non-public information should not be used by boards and management as a shield to meaningful dialogue with shareholders.

 

9. Common Language. Annual meeting agendas and disclosure documents should be published in English, the generally accepted language of international business, whenever a company has accessed global capital. Shareholders should not be disenfranchised as a result of language barriers.

 

10. Impediments to Voting. Shareholders should be able to vote all their shares without impediments such as share blocking, beneficial owner registration, voting by show of hands, late notification of agenda items or other unreasonable requests. This is particularly problematic in many foreign markets.

 

11. Vote Confirmation. Shareholders should have the ability to confirm that their votes have been received and tabulated. The proxy voting process involves an extensive network of participants creating a risk that votes submitted by shareholders do not ultimately reach the corporation. Shareholders are devoting an increasing amount of resources to making their voting decisions and should be able to know that they are not being lost in the system.

 

12. Robust Disclosure. Shareholders should expect robust disclosure on any item on which they are voting. In order to make informed decisions, shareholders should not be reliant on a third party to gather information from multiple sources. Companies should provide information on director qualifications, independence, affiliations, related party transactions, executive compensation, conflicts of interest and other relevant governance information. Additionally, companies should provide audited financial statements that are acceptable under international governance and accounting standards.

C. Shareholder responsibilities

As providers of capital, long-term shareholders have among the most to lose if markets deteriorate and asset prices fall. This is especially true for those institutions that invest on behalf of individuals, such as TIAA-CREF, whose losses can have a broad impact on the general public’s long-term financial security. Therefore, it is critical for such investors to participate as active owners of the companies in which they invest. By acting as responsible investors, long-term shareholders help to protect not only their clients but the capital markets as a whole. We believe that the following principles provide a framework for being a responsible investor.

 

1. Exercise Rights Responsibly. Investors should exercise their rights responsibly to ensure companies are well-managed and positioned to drive long-term value. They should vote their shares diligently, recognizing that they are a valuable asset, and an important means to communicate with the company and other shareholders. Investors should not blindly support management, and should dedicate appropriate resources, including senior management, to proxy decisions. Further, investors should carefully and thoughtfully use the shareholder rights granted to them through regulation or the company’s bylaws. Boards and management should not have to continuously expend corporate resources responding to shareholder demands that the average prudent and responsible shareholder would deem frivolous, unreasonable or immaterial to the long-term health of the company.

 

2. Hold Boards Accountable. Investors should be willing to take action when they believe the board has not adequately represented their interests. Shareholders should be willing and able to remove directors when they have performed badly or have been unresponsive to less aggressive overtures.

 

3.

Monitor Performance. Once they have made an investment decision, investors should be prepared to monitor companies and they should develop skills to do so. Monitoring includes discussions with both the board and management in differing ways, and engagement with companies on issues of concern. Shareholders should consider many factors in monitoring companies, including long-term performance, board performance, governance and other

 

A-6


 

policies, strategic direction and leadership. Shareholders also should consider factors of risk, both from a perspective of whether appropriate risks are encouraged, but also monitoring performance in the context of the risk taken to achieve desired returns.

 

4. Promote Aligned Compensation. Shareholders should ensure that compensation policies are performance-based, appropriately tailored to meet the company’s circumstances, integrated into and consistent with the business strategy and have a long-term orientation. There are a variety of ways to achieve these objectives. Nevertheless, these strategies should be based on realistic accounting of profits as well as encompass a measurement of risk. Compensation decisions provide one of the better windows into the boardroom, and clearly reflect on the quality of the board, its priorities, its ability to balance competing interests and its independence from management. Shareholders should strive to provide thoughtful feedback to companies through engagement, proxy votes, investor policy statements and advisory votes on compensation.

 

5. Defend Integrity of Accounting Standards. Shareholders should take a more active position in defending the integrity of accounting standards. Accounting standards play an important role in our governance system, as the quality of reported information is effectively the lifeblood of financial markets. The purpose of financial statements should be to transparently represent the true condition of the reporting entity. If a company or industry is volatile or risky, the financial statements should represent this. Investors are otherwise unable to effectively judge risk and allocate capital appropriately.

 

6. Increase Communication. Shareholders and boards should work together to develop constructive solutions to the risks posed by governance problems. Communication can be structured or unstructured or formal or informal, but whatever method is used, it should take place as necessary to ensure alignment and understanding of goals.

 

7. Encourage Long-Term Orientation. The adoption of a long-term perspective should encourage boards and management to generate policies for sustainable growth and earnings, and discourage excessive short-term risk taking. Investors should have discipline in ensuring that they themselves are acting in the long-term interests of their beneficiaries, ranging from dedicating the proper resources to governance and monitoring to ensuring their own reward system is consistent with a long-term strategy.

 

8. Strengthen Investors’ Own Governance . Large mutual funds and pension funds hold significant stakes in corporate America and, therefore, have the greatest potential ability to influence corporate policies. However, in order to be credible advocates, they should hold themselves to high standards of governance appropriate for their own operations. Fund governance practices, which understandably differ from governance practices for publicly traded operating companies in certain respects, still should be examined to ensure that any potential conflicts of interests are properly managed and that fiduciary obligations are met.

 

9. Ensure Responsible Securities Lending. Institutional investors must balance their responsibility to be active owners with their duty to generate optimal financial returns for their beneficiaries. Securities lending practices can create a conflict with respect to whether to recall loaned securities in order to vote, or not to recall in order to preserve lending fee revenue. In the U.S., the lack of advance notice of agenda items prior to the record date can further complicate an investor’s securities recall decision. To address these issues, institutional investors should develop new policies or enhance existing ones governing their securities lending and proxy voting practices. The policies should require the investor to conduct an analysis of the relative value of lending fees versus voting rights in any given situation and require a recall of securities when the investor believes the exercise of voting rights may be necessary to maximize the long-term value of its investments despite the loss of lending fee revenue. Further, to the extent practicable and consistent with applicable regulations and existing contractual obligations, the policy should require the investor to monitor its securities lending program.

 

A-7


IV. Corporate governance principles

A. Introduction

TIAA-CREF believes that no matter where a company is located, once it elects to access capital from the public it becomes subject to basic principles of corporate governance. Corporate governance standards must balance two goals—protecting the interests of shareholders while respecting the duty of boards and managers to direct and manage the affairs of the corporation. The corporate governance policies set forth in this Policy Statement seek to ensure board and management accountability, sustain a culture of integrity, contribute to the strength and continuity of corporate leadership and promote the long-term growth and profitability of the business enterprise. At the same time, these policies are designed to safeguard our rights as shareholders and provide an active and vigilant line of defense against fraud, breaches of integrity and abuses of authority.

Below we present our basic expectations of portfolio companies. While we recognize that companies outside the United States are subject to different laws, standards and customs and are mindful that cultural differences need to be respected, we do not believe this should result in companies failing to comply with the principles presented. Furthermore, we are also mindful that companies face unique situations and that a “one size fits all” approach to corporate governance is not practical. However, when a company chooses to not to adopt a generally accepted governance practice, we expect disclosure explaining why such a decision was appropriate.

B. Expectations of portfolio companies

1. The board of directors

The board of directors in their representation of the long-term interest of shareholders is responsible for, among other things: (i) overseeing the development of the corporation’s long-term business strategy and monitoring its implementation; (ii) assuring the corporation’s financial integrity; (iii) developing compensation and succession planning policies; (iv) setting the ethical tone for the company; and (v) ensuring management accountability.

To fulfill these responsibilities, the board must establish good governance policies and practices. Good governance is essential to the board’s fulfillment of its duties of care and loyalty. Shareholders in turn are obligated to monitor the board’s activities and hold directors accountable for the fulfillment of their duties.

TIAA-CREF has adopted the following principles for board structure and process:

Board membership

 

1. Director Independence. The board should be composed of a substantial majority of independent directors. A periodic examination of all relevant information should be conducted to ensure compliance with this policy. TIAA-CREF has long advocated for director independence, which is now widely accepted as the keystone of good corporate governance. The definition of independence should not be limited to stock exchange listing standards. At a minimum, we believe that to be independent a director and his or her immediate family members should have neither present or recent employment with the company, nor any substantial connection of a personal or financial nature other than ownership of equity in the company. Boards should be mindful that personal or business relationships, even without a financial component, can compromise independence. Any director who a disinterested observer would reasonably consider to have a “substantial” relationship with the company should not be considered independent. Independence requirements should be interpreted broadly to ensure there is no conflict of interest, in fact or in appearance, that might compromise a director’s objectivity and loyalty to shareholders.

 

2. Director Election. As discussed in more detail below, TIAA-CREF believes that a company’s charter or bylaws should dictate that directors be elected annually by a majority of votes cast.

 

3. Director Compensation. Directors should have a direct, personal and meaningful investment in the common stock of the company. We believe that stock ownership helps align board members’ interests with those of shareholders. Director compensation programs should include a balanced mix of cash and equity and be structured to encourage a long-term perspective.

 

A-8


4. Disclosure of Monetary Arrangements. Any monetary arrangements between the company and directors outside normal board activities should be approved by the board and disclosed to shareholders. Such monetary arrangements are generally discouraged, as they may compromise a director’s independence.

 

5. Other Commitments. Prior to nominating directors, the nominating and governance committee should ensure that directors are able to devote the necessary time and energy to fulfill their board responsibilities. Considerations should include current employment responsibilities, other board and committee commitments and the travel required to attend board meetings in person.

 

6. Director Education. Companies should encourage directors to attend education programs offered by the company as well as those offered externally. After an orientation program to acclimate new directors to the company’s operations and culture, directors should also receive continued training to increase their knowledge and understanding of the company’s businesses and operations. They should enroll in education programs to improve their industry-specific knowledge and understanding of their responsibilities.

Director elections

TIAA-CREF has adopted the following policy on director elections:

 

1. Directors should be elected annually by a majority rather than a plurality of votes cast.*

 

2. In the election of directors, shareholders should have the right to vote “for,” “against,” or “abstain.”

 

3. In any election where there are more candidates on the proxy than seats to be filled, directors should be elected by a plurality of votes cast.*

 

4. Any incumbent candidate in an uncontested election who fails to receive a majority of votes cast should be required to tender an irrevocable letter of resignation to the board. The board should decide promptly whether to accept the resignation or to seat the incumbent candidate and should disclose the reasons for its decision.

 

5. Amendments to a company’s director election standards should be subject to a majority vote of shareholders.

 

* Votes cast should include “withholds.” Votes cast should not include “abstains,” except that “abstains” should be counted as present for quorum.

Director nomination

 

1. Director Retirement Policy. Although TIAA-CREF does not support arbitrary limits on the length of director service, we believe boards should establish a formal director retirement policy. A director retirement policy can contribute to board stability, vitality and renewal.

 

2. Director Qualifications. The board should be composed of individuals who can contribute expertise and judgment, based on their professional qualifications and business experience. The board should reflect a diversity of background and experience. All directors serving on the audit committee should be financially literate and at least one director should qualify as a financial expert. All directors should be prepared to devote substantial time and effort to board duties, taking into account their other professional responsibilities and board memberships.

 

3. Shareholder Nominations. Boards should establish and disclose the process by which shareholders can submit nominations to be considered by the board. If the nomination is not accepted, the board should communicate to that shareholder a reason for not accepting the nomination.

 

4. Proxy Access. TIAA-CREF believes that shareholders should have the right to place their director nominees on the company’s proxy and ballot in accordance with applicable law, or absent such law if reasonable conditions are met. The board should not take actions designed to prevent the full execution of this right.

 

A-9


Board responsibilities

 

1. Monitoring and Oversight. In fulfilling its duty to monitor the management of the corporate enterprise, the board should: (i) be a model of integrity and inspire a culture of responsible behavior and high ethical standards; (ii) ensure that corporate resources are used only for appropriate business purposes; (iii) mandate strong internal controls, avoid conflicts of interest, promote fiscal accountability and ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) implement procedures to ensure that the board is promptly informed of any violations of corporate standards; (v) through the Audit Committee, engage directly in the selection and oversight of the corporation’s external audit firm; and (vi) develop, disclose and enforce a clear and meaningful set of corporate governance principles.

 

2. Strategic Business Planning. The board should participate with management in the development of the company’s strategic business plan and should engage in a comprehensive review of strategy with management at least annually. The board should monitor the company’s performance and strategic direction, while holding management responsible for implementing the strategic plan.

 

3. CEO Selection, Evaluation and Succession Planning. One of the board’s most important responsibilities is the selection, development and evaluation of executive leadership. Strong, stable leadership with proper values is critical to the success of the corporate enterprise. The board should continuously monitor and evaluate the performance of the CEO and senior executives, and should oversee a succession plan for executive management. The board should disclose the succession planning process generally.

 

4. Equity Policy. The board should develop an equity policy that determines the proportion of the company’s stock to be made available for compensation and other purposes. The policy should establish clear limits on the number of shares to be used for options and other forms of equity grants. The policy should set forth the goals of equity compensation and their links to performance.

Board operation

 

1. Board Size. The board should be large enough to provide expertise and diversity and allow key committees to be staffed with independent directors, but small enough to encourage collegial deliberation with the active participation of all members.

 

2. Executive Sessions. The full board and each board committee should hold regular executive sessions at which only independent directors are present. Executive sessions foster a culture of independence and provide opportunities for directors to engage in open discussion of issues that might be inhibited by the presence of management. Executive sessions can be used to evaluate CEO performance, discuss executive compensation and deal with internal board matters.

 

3. Board Evaluation. The board should conduct an annual evaluation of its performance and that of its key committees. Evaluation criteria linked to board and committee responsibilities and goals should be set forth in the charter and governance policies. In addition to providing director orientation and education, the board should consider other ways to strengthen director performance, including individual director evaluations.

 

4. Indemnification and Liability. It is appropriate for companies to indemnify directors for liability and legal expenses that arise in connection with their board service to the extent provided by law. However, when a court, regulator or other authoritative body has made a final determination that serious misconduct ( e.g. , fraud, gross negligence and breach of duty or loyalty) has occurred, then directors should not be indemnified.

 

5. Role of the Chairman. In recent years public confidence in board independence has been undermined by an array of scandals, fraud, accounting restatements, options backdating, abuses in CEO compensation, perquisites and special privileges. These issues have highlighted the need for boards to be (and to be perceived as) fully independent, cost conscious, free of conflicts, protective of shareholder interests and capable of objectivity, toughness and independence in their oversight of executive management.

 

A-10


In order to ensure independent oversight, TIAA-CREF believes that the separation of CEO and chair or appointment of a lead independent director is appropriate. In addition to disclosing why a specific structure has been selected, when the CEO and chair roles are combined, a company should disclose how the lead independent director’s role is structured to ensure they provide an appropriate counterbalance to the CEO/chair.

Board organization

Boards should establish at least three standing committees—an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee—all composed exclusively of independent directors. The credibility of the board will depend in large part on the vigorous demonstration of independence by these standing committees.

While the responsibilities of the three primary standing committees are generally established through laws and listing standards, TIAA-CREF believes that specific attention should be given to the following:

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for oversight of the company’s compensation and benefit programs, including performance-based plans and policies that attract, motivate, retain and incentivize executive leadership to create long-term shareholder value. Committee members should have an understanding of competitive compensation and be able to critically compare the company’s plans and practices to those offered by the company’s peers. Committee members should be independent-minded, well informed, capable of dealing with sensitive decisions and scrupulous about avoiding conflicts of interest. Committee members should understand the relationship of individual components of compensation to total compensation. The committee, in conjunction with the full board, should confirm that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) accurately reflects the compensation decisions made. Since compensation practices receive such great scrutiny, below we provide principles that we believe should guide the committee’s compensation decisions.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee oversees the company’s accounting, compliance and in most cases risk management practices. It is responsible for ensuring the full and fair disclosure of the company’s financial condition. The Audit Committee operates at the intersection of the board, management, independent auditors and internal auditors. It has sole authority to hire and fire the corporation’s independent auditors and to set and approve their compensation. The Audit Committee is also responsible for overseeing the adequacy and effectiveness of the company’s internal controls. The internal audit team should report directly to the Audit Committee.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee oversees the company’s corporate governance practices and the selection and evaluation of directors. The committee is responsible for establishing board structure and governance policies that conform to regulatory and exchange listing requirements and ensuring the appropriate and effective board oversight of the company’s business. When the company’s board structure and/or governance policies are not consistent with generally accepted best practices, the committee should ensure that shareholders are provided with a reasonable explanation why the selected structure and policies are appropriate.

In addition to the three primary standing committees established through laws and listing standards, boards should also establish additional committees as needed to fulfill their duties. These may include executive, corporate governance, finance, technology, investment, customers and product, operations, human resources, public affairs, sustainability and risk committees.

TIAA-CREF has adopted the following principles for committees of the board:

 

1. Each committee charter should specifically identify the role the committee plays in the overall risk management structure of the board. When a company faces numerous or acute risks, financially or operationally, the board should disclose why the current risk management structure is appropriate.

 

A-11


2. Each committee should have the power to hire independent experts and advisors.

 

3. Each committee should report to the full board on the issues and decisions for which it is responsible.

 

4. Whenever a company is the subject of a shareholder engagement initiative or resolution, the appropriate committee should review the matter and the proposed management response.

2. Executive compensation

Recently, there has been an intensive focus on executive compensation by shareholders, legislators, regulators and other observers. TIAA-CREF does not believe in prescribing specific compensation programs or practices for our portfolio companies. We are mindful that each company’s situation is unique and encourage the board to craft a compensation program that is appropriately customized. As long-term investors, we support compensation policies that promote and reward the creation of long-term sustainable shareholder value.

We appreciate that boards of directors, not shareholders, are in the best position to take all of the relevant factors into consideration in establishing an executive compensation program that will attract, retain and appropriately incentivize executive management to strengthen performance and create long-term sustainable value for shareholders.

However, shareholders do have an important role in assessing the board’s stewardship of executive compensation and should engage in discussions when they believe compensation programs are not aligned in the best interests of shareholders. To that end, the board, through its Compensation Committee, along with executive management, is responsible for providing shareholders with a detailed explanation of the company’s compensation philosophy, including explanations of all components of the program, through disclosure in the CD&A and the board Compensation Committee Report.

Although we do not prescribe specifics, below we outline the general principles that should guide the establishment of compensation plans and CD&A disclosures.

General principles

Executive compensation should be based on the following principles:

 

1. Compensation should be objectively linked to appropriate company-specific metrics that drive long-term sustainable value and reflect operational parameters that are affected by the decisions of the executives being compensated.

 

2. Compensation plans should be based on a performance measurement cycle that is consistent with the business cycle of the corporation.

 

3. Compensation should include a mixture of cash and equity that is appropriate based on the company’s compensation philosophy without incentivising excessive risk.

 

4. Compensation should consider the overall performance of the company as well as be based on each executive’s responsibilities and criteria that are actually within each executive’s control or influence.

 

5. Compensation should be reasonable by prevailing industry standards, appropriate to the company’s size and complexity, and fair relative to pay practices throughout the company.

 

6. The board should not unduly rely on comparative industry data and other outside surveys to make compensation determinations; especially if such information is inconsistent with the company’s compensation philosophy.

 

7. Compensation Committees should work only with consultants who are independent of management.

 

8. Companies should use peer groups that are consistent with their industry, size, scope and market for executive talent.

 

A-12


9. Executive performance evaluations should include a balance between formulaic and subjective analysis without being overly reliant on either.

 

10. If employment contracts are in place for named executive officers, such contracts should balance the need to attract and retain the services of the executive with the obligation to avoid exposing the company to liability, unintended costs and excessive transfers of corporate treasury; especially in the event of terminations for misconduct, gross mismanagement or other reasons constituting a “for cause” termination.

Principles specific to equity-based compensation plans

While equity-based compensation can offer great incentives to management, it can also have great impact on shareholder value. The need for directors to monitor and control the use of equity in executive compensation has increased in recent years. It is the board of directors that is responsible for oversight of the company’s equity compensation programs and for the adequacy of their disclosure.

In general, equity-based compensation should be based upon the following principles:

 

1. The use of equity in compensation programs should be determined by the board’s equity policy. Dilution of shareholder equity should be carefully considered and managed, not simply an unintended consequence.

 

2. All plans that provide for the distribution of stock or stock options should be submitted to shareholders for approval.

 

3. Equity-based plans should take a balanced approach to the types of equity used. Equity that is not linked to performance metrics runs the risk of rewarding or punishing executives for market movements beyond their control.

 

4. Equity-based plans should be judicious in the use of stock options. When used inappropriately, option grants can provide incentives for management to focus on the company’s short-term stock price rather than long-term performance.

 

5. Equity-based plans should specifically prohibit “mega grants,” defined as grants to executives of stock options whose value at the time of the grant exceeds a reasonable multiple of the recipient’s total cash compensation.

 

6. Equity-based plans should establish minimum vesting requirements and avoid accelerated vesting.

 

7. Equity-based plans should specifically prohibit any direct or indirect change to the strike price or value of options without the approval of shareholders.

 

8. Companies should support requirements for stock obtained through exercise of options to be held by executives for substantial periods of time, apart from partial sales permitted to meet tax liabilities caused by such exercise. Companies should establish holding periods commensurate with pay level and seniority.

 

9. Companies should require and specify minimum stock ownership requirements for directors and company executives to ensure their interests are aligned with shareholders.

 

10. Backdating of option grants should be prohibited. Issuance of stock or stock options timed to take advantage of nonpublic information with short-term implications for the stock price should also be prohibited.

 

11. Equity plans should prohibit recipients from hedging or otherwise reducing their exposure to changes in the company’s stock price as this can result in their interests no longer being aligned with shareholders.

 

12. Generally, dividends (or equivalents) associated with unvested shares should be accrued, payable after the shares have vested and such amounts should be disclosed. However, if dividends are paid on unvested shares then such payment amounts should be disclosed along with a reasonable rationale.

 

A-13


Compensation discussion and analysis

A company’s compensation disclosure should be based on the following principles:

 

1. The disclosure should be clear, concise and generally able to be understood by any reasonably informed shareholder.

 

2. The disclosure should explain how the program seeks to identify and reward the value added by management.

 

3. The disclosure should identify how compensation is linked to long-term sustainable value creation.

 

4. Performance metrics, weights and targets should be disclosed, including why they are appropriate given the company’s business objectives and how they drive long-term sustainable value.

 

5. When possible, charts should be used in conjunction with narratives to enhance comprehension.

 

6. When compensation decisions are inconsistent with generally accepted practices, care should be given to provide shareholders with a reasonable explanation as to why such actions were deemed appropriate.

 

7. Significant changes to the compensation program from year to year and accompanying rationale should be prominently identified.

 

8. Companies should explain their rationale for the peer group selected, including reasons for (a) changes to the group from year to year and (b) any differences in the peer group of companies used for strategic and business purposes and the peer group used for compensation decisions.

 

9. Non-GAAP financial performance measures should be presented alongside their GAAP counterparts with an explanation of why each adjustment was made.

 

10. Tax gross-ups, if not generally available to all employees, should be accompanied by disclosure explaining why they are reasonable and necessary.

 

11. If employment contracts are in place for named executive officers, such contracts should be disclosed in detail with an explanation of how such contracts are in the best interest of the company and its shareholders.

V. Environmental and social issues

A. Introduction

As a matter of good corporate governance, boards should carefully consider the strategic impact of environmental and social responsibility on long-term shareholder value. Over the last several years, numerous innovative best practices have emerged within corporations that promote risk management (including reputational risk) and sustainable competitiveness. TIAA-CREF believes that companies and boards should exercise diligence in their consideration of environmental and social issues, analyze the strategic and economic questions they raise and disclose their environmental and social policies and practices. To ensure companies have the best possible information about their relationship with their stakeholders, directors should encourage dialogue between the company and its investors, employees, customers, suppliers and the larger community.

We believe that investors should encourage a long-term perspective regarding sustainability and social responsibility, which may impact the long-term performance of both individual companies and the market as a whole. We communicate directly with companies to encourage careful consideration of sustainable practices and disclosure. TIAA-CREF may support reasonable shareholder resolutions on social and environmental topics that raise relevant economic issues for companies. In casting our votes, we consider whether the resolution respects the proper role of shareholders and boards in overseeing company policy, as well as any steps that the company may have taken to address concerns.

 

A-14


B. Issues of concern

While our policies are not intended to be prescriptive, we believe that the following issues merit board and investor attention:

1. Environment and health

We believe that changes in the natural environment, associated human health concerns, and growing national and international efforts to mitigate these concerns will pose risks and opportunities for companies. In particular:

 

   

A company’s greenhouse gas emissions and its vulnerability to climate change may represent both short-term and long-term potential risks;

 

   

Hazards related to safety or toxic emissions at business facilities may expose companies to such risks as regulatory penalties, legal liability, diminished reputation, increased cost and loss of market share;

 

   

Expectations of growing resource scarcity, especially with regard to energy, biodiversity, water and forest resources present long-term challenges and uncertainties for businesses; and

 

   

Significant public health impacts may result from company operations and products, and global health pandemics may disrupt company operations and long-term growth.

Conversely, strategic management of health and environmental challenges may provide opportunities for enhanced efficiency, reputation, product innovation and competitive advantage. We believe that boards and managers should integrate health and environmental considerations into strategic deliberations. Consistent with long-term business strategic goals, companies should develop and implement policies designed both to mitigate and adapt to these challenges, and to make reasonable disclosures about efforts to manage these concerns.

2. Human rights

Adoption and enforcement of human rights codes and fair labor standards, including supply and distribution chains where appropriate, can help a company protect its reputation, increase worker productivity, reduce liability, improve customer loyalty and gain competitive advantage.

Companies may face legal or reputational risks relating to perceived violations, or complicity in violations, of internationally recognized human rights. While it is the duty of states to protect labor and human rights through the enforcement of national and local laws, companies should strive to respect these rights by developing policies and practices to avoid infringing on the rights of workers, communities and other stakeholders throughout their global operations.

The international community has established numerous conventions, covenants and declarations which together form a generally accepted framework for universal human rights. Though most of these instruments are intended to define state duties, the principles underlying these standards form the basis for public judgments about corporate human rights performance. Companies should determine which of these rights may be impacted by company operations and relationships and adopt labor and human rights policies that are consistent with the fundamental attributes of these norms. Examples include freedom of expression, personal security, indigenous rights and labor standards related to child and forced labor, discrimination, and freedom of association and collective bargaining.

Companies should be transparent about their policies and develop monitoring systems to ensure compliance by employees, and, where appropriate, business partners. Companies should pay heightened attention to human rights in regions characterized by conflict or weak governance, while it may be more appropriate to emphasize legal compliance in stable countries with well-functioning governments and regulatory systems in place.

In the experience of TIAA-CREF, long-term shareholder engagement with companies is the most effective and appropriate means of promoting corporate respect for human rights. However, in the rarest of circumstances and consistent with Section II of this document, we may, as a last resort, consider divesting from companies we judge to be complicit in genocide and crimes against

 

A-15


humanity, the most serious human rights violations, after sustained efforts at dialogue have failed and divestment can be undertaken in a manner consistent with our fiduciary duties.

3. Diversity and non-discrimination

Promoting diversity and maintaining inclusive workplace standards can help companies improve decision making, attract and retain a talented and diverse workforce and compete more effectively. Boards and management should strive to create a culture of inclusiveness and acceptance of differences at all levels of the corporation. Companies should be aware of any potential failures to provide equal opportunities and develop policies and initiatives to address any concerns.

Boards of directors can also benefit from a diversity of perspective and demographics. Though we do not believe in quotas, we believe that nominating committees should develop appropriate diversity criteria for director searches to ensure that candidates are drawn from the broadest possible pool of talent. Companies should disclose how diversity policies support corporate efforts to strengthen the effectiveness of their boards.

Given changing cultural norms, companies should reference sexual orientation and gender identity in corporate non-discrimination policies, even when not specifically required by law.

4. Philanthropy and corporate political influence

Without effective oversight, excessive or poorly managed corporate political spending may pose risks to shareholders, including the risk that corporate political spending may benefit political insiders at the expense of shareholder interests. Given increased public scrutiny of corporate political activities, we believe it is the responsibility of company boards to review and disclose the use of corporate assets to influence the outcomes of elections. Companies involved in political activities should disclose information about contributions as well as the board and management oversight procedures designed to ensure that political expenditures are made in compliance with all laws and in the best interests of shareholders.

Boards should also oversee charitable contributions to ensure that these are consistent with the values and strategy of the corporation. Companies should disclose their corporate charitable contributions, and boards should adopt policies that prohibit corporate contributions that would pose any actual or perceived risk to director independence.

5. Product responsibility

Failure to manage the potential hazards created by their products and services can create long-term risks for companies and undermine public faith in the market. Companies that demonstrate ethical behavior and diligence with regard to product safety and suitability can avoid reputational and liability risks and strengthen their competitive position.

Companies should carefully analyze the potential risks related to the use of their products, develop policies to manage any potential concerns, and disclose results to shareholders.

Appendix A: Proxy Voting Guidelines

A. Introduction

TIAA-CREF’s voting practices are guided by our mission and obligations to our participants and shareholders. As indicated in this Policy Statement, we monitor portfolio companies’ governance, social and environmental practices to ensure that boards consider these factors in the context of their strategic deliberations.

The following guidelines are intended to assist portfolio companies, participants and shareholders and other interested parties in understanding how TIAA-CREF is likely to vote on governance, compensation, social and environmental issues. The list is not exhaustive and does not necessarily represent how TIAA-CREF will vote on any particular proposal. We vote proxies in accordance to what we believe is in the best interest of our participants and shareholders. In making those decisions the Corporate Governance staff takes into account many factors, including input from our Asset Management Group and third-party research. We consider specific company context, including governance practices and financial performance. It is our belief that a one-size-fits-all approach to proxy voting is not appropriate.

 

A-16


We establish voting policies with respect to both management proposals and shareholder resolutions. Our proxy voting decisions with respect to shareholder resolutions may be influenced by several additional factors: (i) whether the shareholder resolution process is the appropriate means of addressing the issue; (ii) whether the resolution promotes good corporate governance and is related to economic performance and shareholder value; and (iii) whether the information and actions recommended by the resolution are reasonable and practical. In instances where we agree with the concerns raised by proponents but do not believe that the policies or actions requested are appropriate, TIAA-CREF will generally abstain on the resolution.

Where appropriate, we will accompany our vote with a letter of explanation.

B. Guidelines for board-related issues

Policy governing votes on directors:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally vote in favor of the board’s nominees. However, we will consider withholding or voting against some or all directors in the following circumstances:

 

   

When we conclude that the actions of directors are unlawful, unethical, negligent, or do not meet fiduciary standards of care and loyalty, or are otherwise not in the best interest of shareholders. Such actions would include: issuance of backdated or spring loaded options, excessively dilutive equity grants, egregious compensation practices, unequal treatment of shareholders, adoption of inappropriate antitakeover devices, and unjustified dismissal of auditors.

 

   

When directors have failed to disclose, resolve or eliminate conflicts of interest that affect their decisions.

 

   

When less than a majority of the company’s directors are independent, by TIAA-CREF standards of independence.

 

   

When a director has consistently failed to attend board and committee meetings without an appropriate rationale being provided.

In cases where TIAA-CREF decides to withhold or vote against the entire board of directors, we will also abstain or vote against a provision on the proxy granting discretionary power to vote on “other business” arising at the shareholders’ meeting.

Contested elections:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally vote for the candidates we believe will best represent the interests of long-term shareholders.

Majority vote for the election of directors:

General Policy: As indicated in Section IV of this Policy Statement, TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking that companies amend their governance documents to provide for director election by majority vote.

Reimbursement of expenses for dissident shareholder nominees:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder resolutions asking that the company reimburse certain expenses related to the cost of dissident short-slate director campaigns or election contests.

Establish specific board committees:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally vote against shareholder resolutions asking the company to establish specific board committees unless we believe specific circumstances dictate otherwise.

Annual election of directors:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking that each member of the board stand for reelection annually.

 

A-17


Cumulative voting:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally not support proposals asking that shareholders be allowed to cumulate votes in director elections, as this practice may encourage the election of “special interest” directors.

C. Guidelines for other governance issues

Separation of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally not support shareholder resolutions asking that the roles of Chairman and CEO be separated. However we may support such resolutions where we believe that there is not a bona-fide lead independent director and the company’s corporate governance practices or business performance are materially deficient.

Ratification of auditor:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support the board’s choice of auditor and believe we should be able to do so annually. However, TIAA-CREF will consider voting against the ratification of an audit firm where non-audit fees are excessive, where the firm has been involved in conflict of interest or fraudulent activities in connection with the company’s audit, or where the auditors’ independence is questionable.

Supermajority vote requirements:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking for the elimination of supermajority vote requirements.

Dual-class common stock and unequal voting rights:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking for the elimination of dual classes of common stock with unequal voting rights or special privileges.

Right to call a special meeting:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking for the right to call a special meeting. However, we believe a 25% ownership level is reasonable and generally would not be supportive of proposals to lower the threshold if it is already at that level.

Right to act by written consent:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder resolutions asking that they be granted the ability to act by written consent.

Antitakeover devices (Poison Pills):

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will consider on a case-by-case basis proposals relating to the adoption or rescission of anti-takeover devices with attention to the following criteria:

 

   

Whether the company has demonstrated a need for antitakeover protection;

 

   

Whether the provisions of the device are in line with generally accepted governance principles;

 

   

Whether the company has submitted the device for shareholder approval; and

 

   

Whether the proposal arises in the context of a takeover bid or contest for control.

TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions asking to rescind or put to a shareholder vote antitakeover devices that were adopted without shareholder approval.

Reincorporation:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will evaluate on a case-by-case basis proposals for reincorporation taking into account the intention of the proposal, established laws of the new domicile and jurisprudence of the target domicile. We will not support the proposal if we believe the intention is to take advantage of laws or judicial interpretations that provide antitakeover protection or otherwise reduce shareholder rights.

 

A-18


D. Guidelines for compensation issues

Equity-based compensation plans:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will review equity-based compensation plans on a case-by-case basis, giving closer scrutiny to companies where plans include features that are not performance-based or where total potential dilution from equity compensation exceeds 10%. As a practical matter, we recognize that more dilutive broad-based plans may be appropriate for human-capital intensive industries and for small- or mid-capitalization firms and start-up companies.

We generally note the following red flags when evaluating executive compensation:

 

   

Excessive Equity Grants: TIAA-CREF will examine a company’s past grants to determine the rate at which shares are being issued. We will also seek to ensure that equity is being offered to more than just the top executives at the company. A pattern of excessive grants can indicate failure by the board to properly monitor executive compensation and its costs.

 

   

Lack of Minimum Vesting Requirements: TIAA-CREF believes that companies should establish minimum vesting guidelines for senior executives who receive stock grants. Vesting requirements help influence executives to focus on maximizing the company’s long-term performance rather than managing for short-term gain.

 

   

Undisclosed or Inadequate Performance Metrics: TIAA-CREF believes that performance goals for equity grants should be disclosed meaningfully. Performance hurdles should not be too easily attainable. Disclosure of these metrics should enable shareholders to assess whether the equity plan will drive long-term value creation.

 

   

Misalignment of Interests: TIAA-CREF supports equity ownership requirements for senior executives and directors to align their interests with those of shareholders.

 

   

Reload Options: TIAA-CREF will generally not support “reload” options that are automatically replaced at market price following exercise of initial grants. Reload options can lead to excessive dilution and overgenerous benefits and allow recipients to lock in increases in stock price that occur over the duration of the option plan with no attendant risk.

 

   

Mega Grants: TIAA-CREF will generally not support mega grants. A company’s history of such excessive grant practices may prompt TIAA-CREF to vote against the stock plans and the directors who approve them. Mega grants include equity grants that are excessive in relation to other forms of compensation or to the compensation of other employees and grants that transfer disproportionate value to senior executives without relation to their performance.

 

   

Undisclosed or Inappropriate Option Pricing: TIAA-CREF will generally not support plans that fail to specify exercise prices or that establish exercise prices below fair market value on the date of grant.

 

   

Repricing Options: TIAA-CREF will generally not support plans that authorize repricing. However, we will consider on a case-by-case basis management proposals seeking shareholder approval to reprice options. We are more likely to vote in favor of repricing in cases where the company excludes named executive officers and board members and ties the repricing to a significant reduction in the number of options.

 

   

Excess Discretion: TIAA-CREF will generally not support plans where significant terms of awards—such as coverage, option price, or type of awards—are unspecified, or where the board has too much discretion to override minimum vesting and/or performance requirements.

 

   

Evergreen Features: TIAA-CREF will generally not support option plans that contain evergreen features which reserve a specified percentage of outstanding shares for award each year and lack a termination date. Evergreen features can undermine control of stock issuance and lead to excessive dilution.

Shareholder resolutions on executive compensation:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will consider on a case-by-case basis shareholder resolutions related to specific compensation practices. Generally, we believe specific practices are the purview of the board.

 

A-19


Advisory vote on compensation disclosure:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF prefers that companies offer an annual non-binding vote on executive compensation (“say on pay”). In absence of an annual vote, companies should clearly articulate the rationale behind offering the vote less frequently. We will consider on a case-by-case basis advisory votes on executive compensation proposals with reference to our compensation disclosure principles noted in Section IV of this Policy Statement.

Golden parachutes:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will vote on a case-by-case basis on golden parachute proposals taking into account the structure of the agreement and the circumstances of the situation. However, we would prefer to see a double trigger on all change of control agreements.

E. Guidelines for environmental and social issues

As indicated in Section V, TIAA-CREF will generally support shareholder resolutions seeking reasonable disclosure of the environmental or social impact of a company’s policies, operations or products. We believe that a company’s management and directors have the responsibility to determine the strategic impact of environmental and social issues and that they should disclose to shareholders how they are dealing with these issues.

Global climate change:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions, the impact of climate change on a company’s business activities and products and strategies designed to reduce the company’s long-term impact on the global climate.

Use of natural resources:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s use of natural resources, the impact on its business of declining resources and its plans to improve the efficiency of its use of natural resources.

Impact on ecosystems:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s initiatives to reduce any harmful impacts or other hazards that result from its operations or activities to local, regional or global ecosystems.

Global labor standards:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking a review of a company’s labor standards and enforcement practices, as well as the establishment of global labor policies based upon internationally recognized standards.

Diversity and non-discrimination:

General Policies:

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s non-discrimination policies and practices, or seeking to implement such policies, including equal employment opportunity standards.

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s workforce and board diversity policies and practices.

Global human rights codes of conduct:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking a review of a company’s human rights standards and the establishment of global human rights policies, especially regarding company operations in conflict zones or weak governance.

 

A-20


Corporate response to global health risks:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to significant public health impacts resulting from company operations and products, as well as the impact of global health pandemics on the company’s operations and long-term growth.

Corporate political influence:

General Policies:

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s political expenditures, including board oversight procedures, direct political expenditures, and contributions to third parties for the purpose of influencing election results.

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to a company’s charitable contributions and other philanthropic activities.

 

   

TIAA-CREF may consider not supporting shareholder resolutions that appear to promote a political agenda that is contrary to the mission or values of TIAA-CREF or the long-term health of the corporation.

Animal welfare:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions asking for reports on the company’s impact on animal welfare.

Product responsibility:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure relating to the safety and impact of a company’s products on the customers and communities it serves.

Predatory lending:

General Policy: TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions asking companies for disclosure about the impact of lending activities on borrowers and policies designed to prevent predatory lending practices.

Tobacco:

General Policies:

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally support reasonable shareholder resolutions seeking disclosure or reports relating to risks associated with tobacco use and efforts by a company to reduce exposure to tobacco products among the young or other vulnerable populations.

 

   

TIAA-CREF will generally not support shareholder resolutions seeking to alter the investment policies of financial institutions or to require divestment of tobacco company stocks.

 

A-21


NuShares ETF TRUST

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits.

 

  (a)       (i)    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated June 14, 2016 of NuShares ETF Trust (the “Registrant”). (2)
   (ii)    Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of NuShares ETF Trust dated July 27, 2016. (1)
  (b)          Bylaws of Registrant dated June 15, 2016. (2)
  (c)          Not applicable.
  (d)       (i)    Management Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Registrant and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC. (1)
   (ii)    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Teachers Advisors, Inc. (1)
  (e)       (i)    Form of Distribution Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Registrant and Nuveen Securities, LLC. (1)
   (ii)    Form of Authorized Participant Agreement with Nuveen Securities, LLC. (1)
  (f)          Nuveen Open-End and Closed-End Funds Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees dated December 2008 as amended and restated effective January 1, 2013. (1)
  (g)          Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (1)
  (h)         

Form of Administrative Agency Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (1)

  (i)          Opinion and Consent of Morgan, Lewis and Bockius LLP. (3)
  (j)          Consent of independent registered public accountants. (3)
  (k)          Not applicable.
  (l)          Not applicable.
  (m)          Distribution and Service Plan. (1)
  (n)          Not applicable.
  (o)          Reserved.
  (p)       (i)    Code of Ethics of Registrant, Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, and Nuveen Securities, LLC. as amended May 2016. (1)
   (ii)    Code of Ethics for the Independent Trustees of the Nuveen Funds dated January 1, 2013, as amended August 4, 2016. (1)
   (iii)    Code of Ethics of Teachers Advisors, Inc. (1)
  (q)       (i)    Power of Attorney for William Adams IV dated June 14, 2016. (2)
   (ii)    Powers of Attorney for Margo Cook, Jack Evans, William Hunter, David Kundert, Albin Moschner, John Nelson, William Schneider, Judith Stockdale, Carole Stone, Terrence Toth, and Margaret Wolff dated August 3, 2016. (1)

 

(1) Filed herewith.
(2) Filed on June 15, 2016 with Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Filed Nos. 333-212032 and 811-23161) and incorporated herein by reference.
(3) To be filed by amendment.

 

C-1


Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.

None.

Item 30. Indemnification.

Section 5 of Article IX of Registrant’s Declaration of Trust, as amended, provides as follows:

Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in this Section 9.5, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust, including persons who serve at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents of another organization in which the Trust has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.

No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person to the extent such indemnification is prohibited by applicable federal law.

The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Subject to applicable federal law, expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Section 9.5 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 9.5.

To the extent that any determination is required to be made as to whether a Covered Person engaged in conduct for which indemnification is not provided as described herein, or as to whether there is reason to believe that a Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification, the Person or Persons making the determination shall afford the Covered Person a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in such conduct and that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

As used in this Section 9.5, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, demands, actions, suits, investigations, regulatory inquiries, proceedings or any other occurrence of a similar nature, whether actual or threatened and whether civil, criminal, administrative or other, including appeals, and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

Insofar as the indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “1933 Act”) may be permitted to the officers, directors or controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by an officer or director or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such officer, director or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-2


Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Advisor.

(a) Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC (“Nuveen Fund Advisors”) serves as investment advisor to each series of the Registrant and serves as investment adviser or manager to other open-end and closed-end management investment companies. The principal business address for Nuveen Fund Advisors and the persons named below is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

A description of any business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the directors and officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors who serve as officers or trustees of the Registrant have engaged during the last two years for his or her account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee appears under “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information. Such information for the remaining senior officers of Nuveen Fund Advisors appears below:

 

Name and Position with
Nuveen Fund Advisors

  

Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years

Sherri Hlavacek, Executive Vice President and Controller   

Executive Vice President (since 2015, formerly, Managing Director), Treasurer and Controller of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC; Executive Vice President, Principal Financial Officer (since 2015, formerly, Managing Director), Treasurer and Corporate Controller of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Executive Vice President (since 2015, formerly, Managing Director) Treasurer and Corporate Controller of Nuveen Investments Advisers, LLC and Nuveen Investments Holdings, Inc.; Executive Vice President (formerly, Managing Director), Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Vice President, Controller and Treasurer of NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC; Vice President and Controller of Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC; Managing Director and Controller of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC; Certified Public Accountant.
Joseph T. Castro, Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer   

Managing Director (since 2011), Head of Compliance (since 2013) of Nuveen Investments, Inc.
Stuart J. Cohen, Managing Director and Assistant Secretary   

Managing Director and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Investments, Inc., Nuveen Asset Management, LLC and Nuveen Securities, LLC; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC, NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC, Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC.

 

C-3


Name and Position with
Nuveen Fund Advisors

  

Other Business, Profession, Vocation or
Employment During Past Two Years

Lucas A. Satre, Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary   

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel of Nuveen Securities, LLC; Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Asset Management, LLC, and Nuveen Investments, Inc.; Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC, NWQ Investment Management Company, LLC, Santa Barbara Asset Management, LLC, Symphony Asset Management LLC, Tradewinds Global Investors, LLC and Winslow Capital Management, LLC.
Diane M. Whelan, Executive Vice President    Executive Vice President of Nuveen Investments, Inc.; formerly, Executive Vice President of Nuveen Securities, LLC. (2014-2016).

(b) Teachers Advisors, Inc. (“Teachers Advisors”) serves as sub-adviser to each series of the Registrant. [Teachers Advisors also provides investment management services to certain TIAA-CREF Funds, TIAA-CREF Life Funds, TIAA Separate Account VA-1, and certain unregistered pools. The directors of Teachers Advisors are Robert G. Leary, Carol Deckbar, Phillip Goff, Thomas Garbutt, John Panagakis and William Wilkinson. These persons are also Managers of TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (“TCIM”), which is a wholly owned investment adviser subsidiary of TIAA and manages the investment accounts of the College Retirement Equities Fund (“CREF”).] Both Teachers Advisors and TCIM are located at 730 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017-3206.

Item 32. Principal Underwriters.

(a) Nuveen Securities, LLC acts as principal underwriter to the following open-end management type investment companies: Nuveen Multistate Trust I, Nuveen Multistate Trust II, Nuveen Multistate Trust III, Nuveen Multistate Trust IV, Nuveen Municipal Trust, Nuveen Managed Accounts Portfolios Trust, Nuveen Investment Trust, Nuveen Investment Trust II, Nuveen Investment Trust III, Nuveen Investment Trust V, Nuveen Strategy Funds, Inc., Nuveen Investment Funds, Inc. and the Registrant.

(b)

 

Name and Principal
Business Address

  

Positions and Offices
with Nuveen Securities

  

Positions and Offices
with Registrant

William Adams IV

333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

   Co-Chief Executive Officer    Trustee

Margo L. Cook

333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

   Co-Chief Executive Officer    Trustee

Sherri A. Hlavacek

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller    None

Carl M. Katerndahl

333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

   Senior Executive Vice President    None

 

C-4


Name and Principal
Business Address

  

Positions and Offices
with Nuveen Securities

  

Positions and Offices
with Registrant

Kevin J. McCarthy

333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

   Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary    Vice President and Secretary

Kathleen L. Prudhomme

901 Marquette Avenue

Minneapolis, MN 55402

   Managing Director and Assistant Secretary    Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Lucas A. Satre

333 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606

   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel    None

Gifford R. Zimmerman

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

   Managing Director and Assistant Secretary    Chief Administrative Officer

(c) Not applicable.

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books, and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder are maintained at the addresses below.

Adviser:

Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Sub-Adviser:

Teachers Advisors, Inc.

730 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10017-3206

Distributor:

Nuveen Securities, LLC

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Custodian:

Brown Brothers Harriman

50 Post Office Square

Boston, MA 02110-1548

Item 34. Management Services.

Not applicable.

Item 35. Undertakings.

Not applicable.

 

C-5


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Chicago and State of Illinois, on the 12th day of August 2016.

 

N U SHARES ETF TRUST
B Y :   / S /    K EVIN  J. M C C ARTHY
  Kevin J. McCarthy
  Vice President and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

         

Date

/ S /    S TEPHEN D. F OY

S TEPHEN D. F OY

   Vice President and Controller (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)       August 12, 2016

/ S /    G IFFORD R. Z IMMERMAN

G IFFORD R. Z IMMERMAN

   Chief Administrative Officer (principal executive officer)      
W ILLIAM A DAMS IV*    Trustee   ý

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

þ

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

ï

þ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/ S /    K EVIN J. M C C ARTHY

 

K EVIN J. M C C ARTHY

Attorney-in-Fact

August 12, 2016

M ARGO L. C OOK *    Trustee      
J ACK B. E VANS *    Trustee      
W ILLIAM C. H UNTER *    Trustee      
D AVID J. K UNDERT *    Trustee      
A LBIN F. M OSCHNER *    Trustee      
J OHN K. N ELSON *    Trustee      
W ILLIAM J. S CHNEIDER *    Trustee      
J UDITH M. S TOCKDALE *    Trustee      
C AROLE E. S TONE *    Trustee      
T ERRENCE J. T OTH *    Trustee      
M ARGARET L. W OLFF *    Trustee      

 

* The powers of attorney authorizing Kevin J. McCarthy, among others, to execute this Registration Statement, and Amendments thereto, for the Trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed, have been executed and filed as exhibit (q)(i) and (q)(ii) to this Registration Statement.


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Type

  

Description

(a) (ii)    Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of NuShares ETF Trust dated July 27, 2016
(d) (i)    Management Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Registrant and Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC
(d) (ii)    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC and Teachers Advisors, Inc.
(e) (i)    Form of Distribution Agreement dated August 2, 2016 between Registrant and Nuveen Securities, LLC
(e) (ii)    Form of Authorized Participant Agreement with Nuveen Securities, LLC
(f)    Form of Nuveen Open-End and Closed-End Funds Deferred Compensation Plan dated December 2008 as amended and restated effective January 1, 2013
(g)    Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
(h)    From of Administrative Agency Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
(m)    Distribution and Service Plan
(p) (i)    Code of Ethics of Registrant, Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, and Nuveen Securities, LLC as amended May 2016
(p) (ii)    Code of Ethics for the Independent Trustees of the Nuveen Funds dated January 1, 2013, as amended August 4, 2016
(p) (iii)    Code of Ethics of Teachers Advisors, Inc.
(q) (ii)    Powers of Attorney for Margo Cook, Jack Evans, William Hunter, David Kundert, Albin Moschner, John Nelson, William Schneider, Judith Stockdale, Carole Stone, Terrence Toth, and Margaret Wolff dated August 3, 2016

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

NUSHARES ETF TRUST

(formerly known as Nuveen ETF Trust)

(a Massachusetts Business Trust)

Dated as of July 27, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I – Name and Definitions

  

Section 1

   Name      1   

Section 2

   Definitions      1   

ARTICLE II – Nature and Purpose of Trust

     3   

ARTICLE III – Registered Agent; Principal Place of Business

     3   

ARTICLE IV – Beneficial Interests; Shareholders

  

Section 4.1

   Shares of Beneficial Interest      4   

Section 4.2

   Issuance of Shares      4   

Section 4.3

   Rights of Shareholders      5   

Section 4.4

   Ownership and Transfer of Shares; Small Accounts.      5   

Section 4.5

   Voting by Shareholders      6   

Section 4.6

   Meetings      7   

Section 4.7

   Quorum and Action      7   

Section 4.8

   Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting of Shareholders      7   

Section 4.9

   Series and Classes of Shares.      8   

Section 4.10

   Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings      10   

Section 4.11

   Access to Trust Records      10   

Section 4.12

   Communications with Shareholders      11   

ARTICLE V – The Trustees

  

Section 5.1

   Management of the Trust      11   

Section 5.2

   Qualification and Number      11   

Section 5.3

   Term and Election      11   

Section 5.4

   Resignation, Retirement and Removal      11   

Section 5.5

   Vacancies      12   

Section 5.6

   Ownership of Assets of the Trust      12   

ARTICLE VI – Powers of Trustees

  

Section 6.1

   General Powers      12   

Section 6.2

   Certain Specific Powers      13   

Section 6.3

   Issuance and Repurchase of Shares      16   

Section 6.4

   Delegation; Committees      16   

Section 6.5

   Collection and Payment; Claims      16   

Section 6.6

   Expenses      16   

Section 6.7

   Manner of Acting      16   

Section 6.8

   By-laws      17   


Section 6.9

   Principal Transactions      17   

Section 6.10

   Effect of Trustees’ Determination      17   

ARTICLE VII – Service Providers

  

Section 7.1

   Investment Adviser and Administrators      17   

Section 7.2

   Underwriter; Transfer Agent; Shareholder Servicing Agent; Custodian      17   

Section 7.3

   Parties to Contract      18   

Section 7.4

   Further Authority of Trustees      18   

ARTICLE VIII – Distributions; Redemptions; Determination of Net Asset Value

  

Section 8.1

   Distributions      18   

Section 8.2

   Redemption of Shares      19   

Section 8.3

   Redemption Price      19   

Section 8.4

   Payment      19   

Section 8.5

   Redemption of Shareholder’s Interest by Action of Trust      19   

Section 8.6

   Suspension of Right of Redemption      20   

Section 8.7

   Determination of Net Asset Value; Valuation of Portfolio Assets      20   

Section 8.8

   Reserves      21   

Section 8.9

   Determination by Trustees      21   

ARTICLE IX – Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

  

Section 9.1

   No Personal Liability of and Indemnification of Shareholders      21   

Section 9.2

   Limitation of Liability of Trustees and Others      21   

Section 9.3

   Experts; No Bond or Surety      22   

Section 9.4

   Liability of Third Persons Dealing with the Trust or Trustees      23   

Section 9.5

   Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses      23   

Section 9.6

   Further Indemnification      24   

Section 9.7

   Amendments and Modifications      24   

Section 9.8

   Derivative and Direct Actions      25   

ARTICLE X – Termination; Mergers and Sale of Assets

  

Section 10.1

   Termination of Trust or Series      28   

Section 10.2

   Sale of Assets; Mergers; Reorganization      29   

Section 10.3

   Combination of Classes      29   

ARTICLE XI – Amendments; Filings; Miscellaneous

  

Section 11.1

   Amendments to Declaration      29   

Section 11.2

   Filings; Copies of Declaration; Counterparts; Headings      30   

Section 11.3

   Trustees May Resolve Ambiguities      30   

Section 11.4

   Applicable Law; Forum Selection; Jury Waiver;      30   

Section 11.5

   Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations      31   

Section 11.6

   Writings      32   

 

2


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

NUSHARES ETF TRUST

WHEREAS, the Trust was formed under the name NUVEEN ETF TRUST by a Declaration of Trust made as of the 20th day of February, 2015, by the initial Trustee then in office (the “Initial Declaration”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of Initial Declaration, effective as of June 15, 2016, the initial Trustee, being the sole Trustee, did amend and restate the Initial Declaration in its entirety to change the name of the Trust from Nuveen ETF Trust to NuShares ETF Trust and to make certain other changes as set forth the Trust’s Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, effective as of July 27, 2016, the initial Trustee, being the sole Trustee, does hereby amend and restate this Amended and Restated Declaration in its entirety to make certain other changes as set forth in this Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustee and any successor Trustees elected or appointed in accordance with Article V hereof hereby declare that they will hold, manage and dispose of all cash, securities and other assets and properties, which the Trust may from time to time acquire in any manner, and that they will manage the affairs and business of the Trust upon the following terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE I

NAME AND DEFINITIONS

Section 1.   Name .   This Trust shall be known as “NuShares ETF Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.

Section 2.   Definitions .   Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided, the following terms have the following respective meanings:

(a) “By-laws” means the By-laws of the Trust referred to in Section 6.8 hereof, as from time to time amended.

(b) “Class” means the one or more Shares (as defined below) of a Series (as defined below) of the Trust as may be established and designated as a Class from time to time by the Trustees pursuant to Section 4.9 hereof.


(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or any successor statute), as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as adopted or amended from time to time.

(d) “Commission” shall have the same meaning given to such term in the 1940 Act (as defined below).

(e) “Declaration” means this Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust as further amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time. Reference in this Declaration of Trust to “Declaration,” “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” shall be deemed to refer to this Declaration rather than exclusively to the article or section in which such words appear.

(f) “He,” “Him” and “His” shall include the feminine and neuter, as well as the masculine, genders.

(g) “Interested Person” shall have the same meaning given to such term in the 1940 Act (as defined below).

(h) “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (and any successor statute) and the rules thereunder, all as amended from time to time, as may apply to the Trust or a Series (as defined below) or a Class thereof, including pursuant to any exemptive, interpretive or other relief or guidance issued by the Commission or the staff of the Commission under such Act.

(i) “Outstanding Shares” means those Shares (as defined below) shown from time to time on the books of the Trust or its transfer agent as then issued and outstanding, but shall not include Shares which have been redeemed, repurchased, cancelled or terminated by the Trust.

(j) “Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, partnerships, limited partnerships, business trusts, limited liability partnerships, statutory trusts, limited liability companies, trusts, associations, joint ventures, estates, nominees and any other entity in its own or any representative capacity, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof, in each case whether domestic or foreign.

(k) “Prospectus” means the prospectus and statement of additional information with respect to the Trust or one or more Series (as defined below) or Classes thereof as the context shall require, as contained in the most recent effective registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to the Trust or one or more such Series or Classes thereof, as the same may be supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the federal securities laws.

 

-2-


(l) “Series” individually or collectively means each Series of Shares as may be established and designated from time to time by the Trustees pursuant to Section 4.9 hereof.

(m) “Shareholder” means a record owner of Outstanding Shares provided however that solely for the purposes of Sections 9.8 and 11.4(d) hereof, the term “Shareholder” shall mean a record owner or a beneficial owner of Outstanding Shares.

(n) “Shares” means the units of interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time, including the Shares of any and all Series and Classes which may be established and designated by the Trustees, and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares.

(o) “Trust” refers to the voluntary association with transferable shares established by this Declaration, as the same may be amended from time to time.

(p) “Trust Property” means any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or any Series.

(q) “Trustees” means, at any time, the person or persons who have signed this Declaration and all other persons who may from time to time be duly qualified and serving as Trustees in accordance with the provisions of Article V hereof, in each case if they shall at that time continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and reference herein to a Trustee or the Trustees shall refer to such person or persons in his capacity or their capacities as Trustees hereunder.

ARTICLE II

NATURE AND PURPOSE OF TRUST

The Trust set forth in this instrument shall be deemed made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and it is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of said Commonwealth as a voluntary association with transferable shares (commonly known as a business trust) of the type referred to in Chapter 182 of the General Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Trust is not intended to be, shall not be deemed to be, and shall not be treated as, a general or a limited partnership, joint venture, corporation or joint stock company, nor shall the Trustees or Shareholders or any of them for any purpose be deemed to be, or be treated in any way whatsoever as though they were, liable or responsible hereunder as partners or joint venturers. The purpose of the Trust is to engage in, operate and carry on the business of an open-end management investment company through one or more Series, and to do any and all acts or things as are necessary, convenient, appropriate, incidental or customary in connection therewith and without limiting the foregoing or the other provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by a Massachusetts business trust.

 

-3-


ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT; PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS

The name of the registered agent of the Trust is Corporation Service Company at its office at 84 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. The principal place of business of the Trust is 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606. The Trustees may, from time to time, change the registered agent of the Trust and the principal place of business of the Trust.

ARTICLE IV

BENEFICIAL INTERESTS; SHAREHOLDERS

Section 4.1. Shares of Beneficial Interest .   The beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided into such Shares of beneficial interest, of such Series or Classes, and of such designations and with such rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and such other relative terms as shall be determined by the Trustees from time to time. Shares shall have a par value of $0.01 per share unless the Trustees shall determine another par value or no par value with respect to any Series of Shares. The number of Shares is unlimited. The Trustees shall have full power and authority to take such action with respect to the Shares as the Trustees may deem desirable.

Section 4.2.   Issuance of Shares.   (a) Shares may be issued from time to time to such Persons (including, without limitation, any Trustee, officer, or agent of the Trust or any Person in which a Trustee, officer or agent of the Trust has an interest) either for cash or for such other consideration (which may be in any one or more instances a certain specified consideration or certain specified considerations) and on such terms as the Trustees, from time to time, may deem advisable, and the Trust may, in connection with an issuance of Shares, acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with, the assumption of liabilities), and all Shares so issued hereunder, including without limitation Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split or reverse split of Shares, shall be fully paid and nonassessable. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Trust may issue Shares of any Series or Class only in lots of such aggregate number of Shares as shall be determined from time to time by the officers of the Trust, to be called creation units or such other term as the officers to the Trust shall determine (as so defined, “Creation Units”), and in connection with the issuance of such Creation Units, to charge such transaction or creation fees or other fees as the officers of the Trust shall determine from time to time,. The Trust shall have the right to refuse to issue Shares to any Person at any time and without any reason therefor whatsoever.

(b) The Trust may issue Shares in fractional denominations to the same extent as its whole Shares, and Shares in fractional denominations shall be Shares having proportionately to the respective fractions represented thereby all the rights of whole

 

-4-


Shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote, the right to receive dividends and distributions and the right to participate upon termination of the Trust.

(c) Any Shares issued by the Trust which have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise reacquired by the Trust shall be retired automatically and shall have the status of unissued Shares.

Section 4.3   Rights of Shareholders . The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein described is vested exclusively in the Trustees. The Shareholders shall have no right or title in or to the Trust Property or to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust or any Series thereof and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, unless expressly set forth therein and authorized by the Trustees, Shareholders shall have no rights, privileges, claims or remedies under any contract or agreement entered into by the Trust or any Series thereof with any service provider or other agent to or contractor with the Trust or a Series thereof, including, without limitation, any third party beneficiary rights. The death, incapacity, dissolution, termination, or bankruptcy of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall neither operate to terminate the Trust or any Series thereof nor entitle the representative of any such Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust, any Series thereof or the Trustees, but shall entitle such representative only to the rights of said Shareholder under this Declaration. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder, or to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay, provided however that any sales loads or charges, creation or redemption fees, account fees or any other fees or charges not prohibited as charges to Shareholders under applicable law shall not be deemed to be an assessment for the purposes of this Declaration. The Shares shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth in this Declaration. The holders of Shares shall not, as such holders, have any appraisal rights with respect to their Shares, and, except as the Trustees may determine from time to time, shall have no right to acquire, purchase or subscribe for any Shares or securities of the Trust that it may hereafter issue or sell, or have any preference, preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. Every Shareholder, by virtue of purchasing Shares and becoming a Shareholder, shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of this Declaration and to any By-laws adopted hereunder and shall be bound thereby.

Section 4.4.   Ownership and Transfer of Shares; Small Accounts .   (a) The ownership and transfer of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or, if there is a transfer or similar agent with respect to such Shares, on the books and records of such transfer or similar agent with respect to such Shares, which records shall be maintained separately for the Shares of each Series or Class of the Trust. No certificates representing the ownership of Shares shall be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time. The Trustees may make such rules or impose such restrictions as they consider necessary or appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, transfer of Shares

 

-5-


and similar matters. The record books of the Trust, as kept by the Trust or any transfer or similar agent of the Trust, shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of Shares and as to the number of Shares held from time to time by each Shareholder. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive any payment of a dividend or distribution, or to have notice given to him as provided herein or in the By-laws, until he has provided such information as shall be required to the Trust or, as applicable, the Trust’s transfer or similar agent with respect to his Shares.

(b) In the event any certificates representing Outstanding Shares are at any time outstanding, the Trustees may at any time or from time to time determine that Shares shall no longer be represented by certificates, and in connection therewith, upon written notice to any Shareholder holding certificates representing Outstanding Shares, such certificates shall be cancelled, provided that such cancellation shall not affect the ownership by such Shareholder of such Shares, and following such cancellation, ownership and transfer of such Shares shall be recorded by book entry on the books of the Trust or its transfer or similar agent.

(c) The Trustees may establish, from time to time, one or more minimum investment amounts for Shareholder accounts, which may differ within and among any Series or Classes, and may impose account fees on (which may be satisfied by involuntarily redeeming the requisite number of Shares in any such account in the amount of such fee), and/or require the involuntary redemption of Shares held in, those accounts the net asset value of which for any reason falls below such established minimum investment amounts, or may authorize the Trust to convert any such Shares in such account to Shares of another Class or Series, or take any other such action with respect to minimum investment amounts as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Trustees, in each case upon such terms as shall be established by the Trustees.

Section 4.5.   Voting by Shareholders.   (a) Shareholders shall not have the power to vote on any matter except: (i) for the election or removal of Trustees to the extent and as provided in Article V hereof, and (ii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by law or as the Trustees may consider and determine necessary or desirable.

(b) Each whole Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote as to any matter on which the holder in entitled to vote, and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees or on any other matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. Until Shares of the Trust or any Series or Class are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders of the Trust or such Series or Class and may take any action required or permitted by law, this Declaration or the By-laws of the Trust to be taken by Shareholders of the Trust, such Series or Class.

Only Shareholders who are owners of record on the books of the Trust on the applicable record date will be entitled to vote on a matter. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on any vote cast by a Shareholder, and without any

 

-6-


further or independent investigation, shall deem any vote cast by a Shareholder that holds of record Shares on behalf of one or more beneficial owners of Shares to have been taken in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations governing the relationship between the Shareholder and its beneficial owners and/or any contractual provision or other arrangement with any beneficial owner of Shares holding through such Shareholder.

(c) On any matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders of the Trust, all Shares of all Series and Classes then entitled to vote shall be voted together, except that (i) when required by the 1940 Act to be voted by individual Series or Class, Shares shall be voted by individual Series or Class, and (ii) when the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of Shareholders of one or more Series or Classes, only Shareholders of such one or more Series or Classes shall be entitled to vote thereon.

Section 4.6.   Meetings .   Meetings of the Shareholders of the Trust or any one or more Series or Classes thereof may be called and held from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter requiring the vote or authority of the Shareholders as herein provided or upon any other matter deemed by the Trustees to be necessary or desirable. The Trustees may set in the By-laws, or may otherwise establish, provisions relating to the calling and holding of meetings (including the holding of meetings by electronic or other similar means), notice of meetings, record dates, place of meetings, conduct of meetings, voting by proxy, postponement, adjournment or cancellation of meetings and related matters.

Section 4.7.   Quorum and Action .   (a) The Trustees shall set forth in the By-laws the quorum required for the transaction of business by the Shareholders at a meeting, which quorum shall in no event be less than the holders of thirty percent (30%) of the Shares entitled to vote at such meeting. If a quorum is present when a duly called and held meeting is convened, the Trust may continue to transact business until adjournment, even though the withdrawal of a number of Shareholders originally present leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum.

(b) The Shareholders shall take action by the affirmative vote of the holders of Shares representing a majority, except in the case of the election of Trustees which shall only require a plurality, of votes cast at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present, except as may be otherwise required by applicable law or any provision of this Declaration or the By-laws.

Section 4.8.   Action by Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting of Shareholders.   Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Shareholders may be taken, if so directed by the Trustees, without a meeting by written action executed by Shareholders, as of a record date specified in accordance with the By-laws, holding not less than the minimum number of Shares that would have been necessary to take the action at a meeting, assuming that all of the Shareholders entitled to vote on that action were present and voting at that meeting. The written action shall be effective when it has been executed by the requisite number of Shareholders and delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, unless a different effective time is provided in the written action. Such a

 

-7-


consent may be executed and delivered by electronic means in accordance with any procedures that may be adopted by the Trustees from time to time.

Section 4.9. Series and Classes of Shares.

(a)   Series. The initial Trustee has heretofore established the Series listed on Schedule A hereof and the Trustees may from time to time authorize the division of Shares into additional Series. The relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of any Series shall be established and designated by the Trustees, and may be modified by the Trustees from time to time, upon and subject to the following provisions:

(i) Subject to variations between Classes of Shares of a Series, all Shares shall be identical except that there may be such variations as shall be fixed and determined by the Trustees from time to time between different Series, including, without limitation, as to qualifications for ownership, minimum purchase amounts, minimum account size, purchase price, fees and expenses, redemptions, creation and redemption fees, conversions and exchanges, and special and relative rights as to dividends and on liquidation, and each Series shall have such business purpose or investment objective as shall be determined by the Trustees. Each Share of a Series shall represent a beneficial interest in the net assets allocated or belonging to such Series only, and such interest shall not extend to the assets of the Trust generally (except to the extent that General Assets (as defined below) are allocated to such Series). All references to Shares in this Declaration shall be deemed to include references to Shares of any or all Series as the context may require.

(ii) The number of authorized Shares of each Series and the number of Shares of each Series that may be issued shall be unlimited. The Trustees may divide or combine any issued or unissued Shares of any Series into a greater or lesser number; classify or reclassify any issued or unissued Shares into one or more Series; terminate any one or more Series; change the name of a Series; and take such other action with respect to the Series as the Trustees may deem desirable.

(iii) All consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of a particular Series, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all income, earnings, profits and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be (collectively, the “Assets”), shall irrevocably belong to that Series for all purposes, subject only to the rights of creditors of such Series, and shall be so recorded upon the books of the Trust. Such Assets, together with any General Assets (as hereinafter defined) allocated to that Series as provided in the following sentence, are herein referred to as “Assets belonging to” that Series. In the event that there are any assets, income,

 

-8-


earnings, profits or proceeds thereof, funds or payments which are not readily identifiable as Assets belonging to any particular Series (collectively, the “General Assets”), the Trustees shall allocate such General Assets to and among any one or more of the Series created from time to time in such manner and on such basis as they deem fair and equitable; and any General Assets allocated to a particular Series shall be Assets belonging to that Series. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series for all purposes. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained for each Series and the Assets belonging to each Series shall be held and accounted for in such separate and distinct records separately from the Assets belonging to all other Series and the General Assets of the Trust not allocated to such Series.

(iv) The Assets belonging to a particular Series shall be charged with the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Trust in respect of that Series and with all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Series (collectively, the “Liabilities”), which Liabilities shall be recorded upon the books of the Trust. Such Liabilities together with any General Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) allocated to that Series as provided in the following sentence, are herein referred to as “Liabilities belonging to” that Series. In the event there are any debts, liabilities, obligations, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the Trust that are not readily identifiable as belonging to any particular Series (collectively, the “General Liabilities”), the Trustees shall allocate and charge such General Liabilities to and among any one or more of the Series created from time to time in such manner and on such basis as they deem fair and equitable; and any General Liabilities so allocated to a particular Series shall belong to that Series. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon all concerned for all purposes. Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to the right of the Trustees to allocate General Liabilities as herein provided, the Liabilities belonging to a particular Series shall be enforceable only against the Assets belonging to such Series and not against the assets of the Trust generally or against the Assets belonging to any other Series, and none of the General Liabilities incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust generally or any Liabilities incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to any other Series shall be enforceable against the Assets belonging to such Series. Any person extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against any Series may look only to the Assets belonging to that Series to satisfy or enforce any Liability belonging to that Series. No Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series, in such capacity, shall have a claim on or any right to any Assets belonging to any other Series.

(b)   Classes . The Trustees may from time to time authorize the division of Shares of the Trust or any Series thereof into Classes. The relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of a Class shall be established and designated by the Trustees and may be modified by the Trustees from time to time. All Shares of a Class of a Series shall be identical with each other and with the Shares of each other Class of the same Series except for such variations between Classes as may be

 

-9-


authorized by the Trustees from time to time and not prohibited by the 1940 Act, including, without limitation, as to qualifications for ownership, minimum purchase amounts, minimum account size, purchase price, fees and expenses, right of redemption, and the price, terms and manner of redemption, conversion and exchange rights and features and special and relative rights as to dividends and on liquidation. The number of authorized Shares of each Class and the number of Shares of each Class that may be issued shall be unlimited. The Trustees may divide or combine the issued or unissued Shares of any Class into a greater or lesser number; classify or reclassify any issued or unissued Shares of any Class into one or more Classes; combine two or more Classes of a Series into a single Class of such Series; terminate any one or more Classes of Shares; change the name or other designation of a Class; and take such other action with respect to the Classes as the Trustees may deem desirable. To the extent necessary or appropriate to give effect to the preferences and special or relative rights and privileges of any Classes, the Trustees may allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a Series to a particular Class of that Series or apportion the same among two or more Classes of that Series. All references to Shares in this Declaration shall be deemed to include references to Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require.

(c)   Establishment and Designation of Series and Classes The establishment and designation of any Series or Class of Shares shall be made either by the vote of a majority of the Trustees or upon the execution by a majority of the Trustees of an instrument, in each case setting forth such establishment and designation, the effective date of such establishment and designation and the relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of such Series and/or Class, whether directly in such resolution or instrument or by reference to one or more documents or instruments outside this Declaration and outside the resolutions, as the same may be in effect from time to time, including any Prospectus relating to such Series or Class. Any such instrument executed by a majority of the Trustees, or, with respect to an establishment and designation made by vote of the Trustees, an instrument setting forth such resolutions and certified by either the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust (in each case, a “Designation”), shall further be filed in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof. Additions or modifications to a Designation, including, without limitation any termination of an existing Series or Class, shall be made in the same manner as is permitted for the establishment and designation of such Series or Class.

Section 4.10.   Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings .   The holders of Shares or other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trust in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code; to comply with the requirements of any other law or regulation; or as the Trustees may otherwise decide, and ownership of Shares may be disclosed by the Trust if so required by applicable law or as the Trustees may otherwise decide.

Section 4.11.   Access to Trust Records.   Except to the extent otherwise required by law, Shareholders shall only have such right to inspect the records, documents, accounts and books of the Trust as may be granted from time to time by the Trustees.

 

-10-


Section 4.12.   Communications with Shareholders.   Any notices, reports, statements, or communications with Shareholders of any kind required under this Declaration, including any such communications with Shareholders or their counsel or other representatives required under Section 9.8 hereof, or otherwise made by the Trust or its agents on behalf of the Trust shall be governed by the provisions pertaining thereto in the By-laws.

ARTICLE V

THE TRUSTEES

Section 5.1.   Management of the Trust .   The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Trustees, and they shall have all powers necessary and desirable to carry out that responsibility, including, without limitation, those powers described more fully in Article VI hereof.

Section 5.2.   Qualification and Number .   Each Trustee shall be a natural person. A Trustee need not be a citizen of the United States or a resident of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. By consent of the initial Trustee or by majority vote of the Trustees as may then be in office, the Trustees may from time to time establish the number of Trustees. No decrease in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term, but the number of Trustees may be decreased in conjunction with the removal of a Trustee pursuant to Section 5.4 hereof.

Section 5.3.   Term and Election .   Except as provided in Section 5.4 below , each Trustee shall hold office until the next meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee or of a successor to such Trustee, and until his successor, if any, is elected, qualified and serving as a Trustee hereunder. Any Trustee vacancy may be filled by the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office, except as prohibited by the 1940 Act, or, if for any reason there are no Trustees then in office, vacancies may be filled by the officers of the Trust elected pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(iii) hereof, or may be filled in any other manner permitted by the 1940 Act.

Section 5.4.   Resignation, Retirement and Removal .   Any Trustee may resign or retire as a Trustee by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered or mailed to the Chair, if any, the Chief Administrative Office or the Secretary, and such resignation or retirement shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. The Trustees may adopt policies from time to time relating to the terms of office and/or retirement of the Trustees. Any Trustee who has who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as determined by a majority of the other Trustees or declared incompetent by a court of appropriate jurisdiction, may be retired by written instrument signed by a majority of the other Trustees. Except as aforesaid, any Trustee may be removed from office only for “Cause” (as hereinafter defined) and only (i) by action of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Outstanding Shares, or (ii) by the action of

 

-11-


at least two-thirds (2/3) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. “Cause” shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or a felony conviction. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement to which the Trust is a party or in a written policy adopted by the Trustees, no resigning, retiring or removed Trustee shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his resignation, retirement or removal, or any right to damages on account of such resignation, retirement or removal.

Section 5.5.   Vacancies.   The death, resignation, retirement, removal, or incapacity of one or more of the Trustees, or all of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, or the number of Trustees as fixed is reduced, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees, and during the period during which any such vacancy shall occur, only the Trustees then in office shall be counted for the purposes of the existence of a quorum or any action to be taken by such Trustees.

Section 5.6.   Ownership of Assets of the Trust.   The assets of the Trust shall be held separate and apart from any assets now or hereafter held in any capacity other than as Trustee hereunder by the Trustees or any successor Trustees. All right, title and interest in the assets of the Trust shall at all times be considered as automatically vested in the Trustees as shall be from time to time in office. Upon the resignation, retirement, removal, incapacity or death of a Trustee, such Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective without the execution or delivery of any conveyancing or other instruments. No Shareholder shall be deemed to have a severable ownership in any individual asset of the Trust or any Series thereof or any right of partition or possession thereof.

ARTICLE VI

POWERS OF TRUSTEES

Section 6.1.   General Powers.   The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust but with full powers of delegation, except as may otherwise be expressly prohibited by this Declaration. The Trustees shall have the power to direct the business and affairs of the Trust and carry on the Trust’s operations and maintain offices both within and outside the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and to do or authorize all such other things and execute or authorize the execution of all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust. With respect to any power or authority of the Trustees hereunder, whether stated or implied, the Trustees shall have all further powers and authority as may be necessary, incidental, relative, conducive, appropriate or desirable for the accomplishment, carrying out or attainment of any action authorized by the Trustees.

 

-12-


In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall have power and authority to operate and carry on the business of an investment company and the Trustees shall exercise all the powers as are necessary, convenient, appropriate, incidental or customary in connection therewith and may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by the trustees of a business trust. The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid general powers. Whenever in this Declaration the Trustees are given authority to act on behalf of the Trust or to direct, authorize or cause the Trust to take any action, such power and authority shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any action of the Trust on behalf of any Series or Class.

Section 6.2.   Certain Specific Powers (a) Investments . The Trustees shall not in any way be bound or limited by present or future laws, rules, regulations, or customs in regard to investments by fiduciaries, but shall have full authority and power to authorize the Trust to make, invest and reinvest in, to buy or otherwise acquire, to hold, for investment or otherwise, to borrow, to sell, terminate, exercise or otherwise dispose of, to lend or to pledge, to write, enter into, engage, trade or deal in any and all investments or investment strategies as they may deem proper at any time and from time to time to accomplish the purpose of the Trust. In furtherance of, and in no way limiting, the foregoing, the Trustees shall have power and authority to authorize the Trust:

(i) to exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities or other assets;

(ii) to hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form or either in the Trust’s name or in the name of a custodian or a nominee or nominees;

(iii) to exercise all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in all securities and other assets included in the Trust Property, including the right to vote thereon and otherwise act with respect thereto and to do all acts for the preservation, protection, improvement and enhancement in value of all such assets;

(iv) to acquire (by purchase, lease or otherwise) and to hold, use, maintain, develop and dispose of (by sale or otherwise) any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, including cash, securities, currencies, any commodities, and any interest therein;

(v) to borrow money for any purpose and in this connection issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness;

(vi) to secure borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security all or any portion of the Trust Property;

 

-13-


(vii) to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation or engagement of any other Person;

(viii) to lend money or any other Trust Property;

(ix) to aid by further investment any corporation, company, trust, association or firm, any obligation of or interest in which is included in the Trust Property or in the affairs of which the Trustees have any direct or indirect interest;

(x) to guarantee or become surety on any or all of the contracts, stocks, bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations of any such corporation, company, trust, association or firm;

(xi) to consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer, any security or property of which is held in the Trust;

(xii) to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, or sale of property by such corporation or issuer;

(xiii) to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust; and

(xiv) to join with other security holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security with, or transfer any security to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper.

(b)  Additional Powers . The Trustees shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Trust:

(i) to employ, engage or contract with, or make payments to, such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust or any Series thereof, including, without limitation, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member , whether as agents or independent contractors of the Trust or any Series thereof, or as delegates of the Trustees, officers, or any other Person who may be involved with the management of the business affairs of the Trust or any Series thereof, to have such titles, and such rights, powers and duties as the Trustees may determine from time to time, and to terminate any such employment, engagement or contract or other relationship;

 

-14-


(ii) to authorize the Trust to enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations;

(iii) to elect and remove such officers as they consider appropriate;

(iv) to authorize the Trust to indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including, without limitation, any investment adviser or sub-adviser, distributor, administrator or sub-administrator, custodian or sub-custodian, transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, selected dealers, other agents and independent contractors to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;

(v) to authorize the Trust to purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, (A) insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and any other Persons, including, without limitation, any investment adviser or sub-adviser, distributor, administrator or sub-administrator, custodian or sub-custodian, transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, selected dealers, other agents and independent contractors of the Trust, against any or all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability, (B) insurance for the protection of Trust Property, (C) insurance as may be required by applicable law, or (D) such other insurance as the Trustees shall deem advisable, in each case as the Trustees shall determine;

(vi) to authorize the Trust to establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;

(vii) to authorize the Trust to guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others;

(viii) to determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust or any Series and the method by which its accounts shall be kept;

(ix) to adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust; and

(x) to engage in any other lawful act or activity in connection with or incidental to any of the powers enumerated in this Declaration, to do everything necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any purpose or the attainment of any object or the furtherance of any power herein set forth, either alone or in association with others, and to do every other act or thing incidental or appurtenant to or growing out of or connected with the aforesaid business or purposes, objects or powers.

 

-15-


(c) The foregoing enumeration of the powers and authority of the Trustees shall be read as broadly and liberally as possible, it being the intent of the foregoing in no way to limit the Trustees’ powers and authority.

Section 6.3. Issuance and Repurchase of Shares.   The Trustees shall have the power to authorize the Trust to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in Shares and in any options, warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or any other interests in the Trust other than Shares.

Section 6.4.   Delegation; Committees.   The Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to one or more of their number or to officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust, the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient, except to the extent such delegation is prohibited by applicable law. Without limiting the foregoing, and notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, the Trustees may by resolution appoint committees consisting of one or more, but less than the whole number of, Trustees then in office and such other members as the Trustees shall approve, which committees may be empowered to act for and bind the Trustees and the Trust, as if the acts of such committees were the acts of all the Trustees then in office.

Section 6.5.   Collection and Payment; Claims.   The Trustees shall have the power to authorize the Trust or its agents, in the name or the Trust or in the name of the Trustees, to: collect all money or other property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, arbitrate, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any money or other property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases, agreements and other instruments; but the Trustees shall have no liability for failing to authorize any of the foregoing.

Section 6.6.   Expenses .   The Trustees shall have the power to authorize the Trust to incur and pay any expenses which, in the opinion of the Trustees, are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, to pay compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees and to reimburse themselves from the funds of the Trust for their expenses and disbursements. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees.

Section 6.7.   Manner of Acting.  Except as otherwise provided herein, under applicable law or in the By-laws, any action to be taken or determination made by the Trustees may be taken or made by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees (a quorum being present), including any meeting held by means of a conference telephone circuit or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, or by written consents of a majority of

 

-16-


Trustees then in office. Any such action or determination may be made by reference to one or more documents or instruments or policies or procedures outside this Declaration and outside the resolutions of the Trustees. Except as set forth specifically in this Declaration, any action that may be taken by the Trustees may be taken by them in their sole discretion and without the vote or consent of Shareholders.

Section 6.8.   By-laws.  The Trustees may adopt By-laws not inconsistent with this Declaration to provide for the conduct of the business of the Trust and shall have the exclusive power to amend or repeal such By-laws.

Section 6.9.   Principal Transactions.  Except in transactions not permitted by the 1940 Act, the Trustees may authorize the Trust to buy any securities or other assets from or sell or lend any securities or other assets of the Trust to, any affiliate of the Trust or any account managed by an affiliate of the Trust, any Trustee or officer of the Trust or any firm of which any such Trustee or officer is a member acting as principal, or have any such dealings with any investment adviser (or sub-adviser), distributor, administrator (or sub-administrator), custodian (or sub-custodian), transfer agent or (sub-transfer agent) or affiliate of the Trust or any account managed by an affiliate of the Trust.

Section 6.10.   Effect of Trustees’ Determination .   Any action taken or determination made by or pursuant to the direction of the Trustees in good faith and consistent with the provisions of this Declaration shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust, every holder at any time of Shares and any other Person.

ARTICLE VII

SERVICE PROVIDERS

Section 7.1.   Investment Adviser and Administrator .   The Trust may enter into a contract or contracts with one or more Persons, to act as investment adviser, investment sub-adviser, manager, administrator, sub-administrator or other agent or independent contractor to the Trust or Series, and as such to perform such functions as the Trustees may deem reasonable and proper, including, without limitation, investment advisory, management, research, valuation of assets, clerical and administrative functions, under such terms and conditions, and for such compensation, as the Trustees may deem advisable. The Trustees may also authorize or direct any adviser or sub-adviser to employ one or more sub-advisers from time to time and any administrator to employ one or more sub-administrators from time to time, upon such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Trustees.

Section 7.2.   Underwriter; Transfer Agent; Shareholder Servicing Agent; Custodian.   The Trust may enter into a contract or contracts with one or more Persons to act as underwriters, distributors or placement agents whereby the Trust may either agree to sell Shares of the Trust or any Series or Class to the other party or parties to the contract or appoint such other party or parties its sales agent or agents for such Shares

 

-17-


and with such other provisions as the Trustees may deem reasonable and proper, and the Trust may from time to time enter into transfer agency, sub-transfer agency and/or shareholder servicing contract(s), in each case with such terms and conditions, and providing for such compensation, as the Trustees may deem advisable.

All securities and cash of the Trust shall be held pursuant to a written contract or contracts with one or more custodians and subcustodians or shall otherwise be held in accordance with the 1940 Act.

Section 7.3.   Parties to Contract .   Any contract of the character described in this Article VII may be entered into with any Person, including, without limitation, the investment adviser, any investment sub-adviser or an affiliate of the investment adviser or sub-adviser, although one or more of the Trustees, officers, or Shareholders of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, or otherwise interested in such contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article VII or the By-laws. The same Person may be a party to more than one contract entered into pursuant to this Article VII and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Article VII.

Section 7.4.   Further Authority of Trustees .  The authority of the Trustees hereunder to authorize the Trust to enter into contracts or other agreements or arrangements shall include the authority of the Trustees to modify, amend, waive any provision of, supplement, assign all or a portion of, novate, or terminate such contracts, agreements or arrangements. The enumeration of any specific contracts in this Article VII shall in no way be deemed to limit the power and authority of the Trustees as set forth in Section 6.2 hereof to authorize the Trust to employ, contract with or make payments to such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust.

ARTICLE VIII

DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTIONS; DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

Section 8.1.   Distributions.   The Trustees may from time to time declare and authorize the payment of, or may prescribe and set forth in a duly adopted vote or votes of the Trustees, the bases and time or frequency, which may be monthly or otherwise, for the declaration and payment of, such dividends and distributions on Shares of a particular Series as they may deem necessary or desirable, after providing for actual and accrued expenses and liabilities (including such reserves as the Trustees may establish) determined in accordance with good accounting practices. All dividends and

 

-18-


distributions on Shares of a particular Series shall be distributed only from the Assets belonging to that Series, as such term is defined in Section 4.9 hereof, and shall be distributed pro rata to the Shareholders of that Series in proportion to the number of Shares of that Series held by such Shareholders at the date and time of record for the payment of such dividends or distributions, subject to any variations with respect to Classes of Shares of such Series, if any, and in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the Code. Such distributions may be paid in cash and/or in securities or other property, and the composition of any such distribution shall be determined by the Trustees and may be different among Shareholders (including differences among Shareholders in the same Series or Class).

Section 8.2.   Redemption of Shares . All Shares of the Trust shall be redeemable at the redemption price determined in the manner set out in this Declaration, provided however that if the Trustees determine, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof to issue Shares of any Series or Class in Creation Units, then only Shares of such Series or Class aggregating a Creation Unit shall be redeemable hereunder, and unless the Trustees otherwise determine, there shall be no redemption of partial or fractional Creation Units. The Trust shall redeem the Shares of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof at the price determined as hereinafter set forth, at such offices or agencies and in accordance with such conditions, not inconsistent with the 1940 Act, regarding the redemption of Shares as may be described in the applicable Prospectus.

Section 8.3.   Redemption Price .  Shares of each Series and Class thereof shall be redeemed at their net asset value determined as set forth in Section 8.7 hereof as of such time as the Trustees shall have theretofore prescribed, less such fees and/or charges, if any, as may be established by the Trustees from time to time.

Section 8.4.   Payment . Payment of the redemption price of Shares of any Series or Class thereof shall be made in cash or in property or any combination thereof, out of the Assets belonging to such Series, as such term is defined in Section 4.9 hereof, and the composition of any such payment may be different among Shareholders (including differences among Shareholders in the same Series or Class), at such time and in the manner as may be specified from time to time in the applicable Prospectus. In no event shall the Trust be liable for any delay of any other Person in transferring securities or other property selected for delivery as all or part of any such payment.

Section 8.5.   Redemption of Shareholder’s Interest by Action of Trust.   Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may redeem some or all of the Shares of the Trust or one or more Series or Classes held by any Shareholder for any reason and under terms set by the Trustees, including by way of illustration, for the following reasons:

(a) the value of such Shares held by such Shareholder being less than the minimum amount established from time to time by the Trustees;

 

-19-


(b) the determination that direct or indirect ownership of Shares by any Person has become concentrated in such Shareholder to any extent that would disqualify that Series as a regulated investment company under the Code;

(c) the failure of a Shareholder to supply a tax identification or other identification or if the Trust is unable to verify a Shareholder’s identity;

(d) the failure of a Shareholder to pay when due for the purchase of Shares issued to such Shareholder;

(e) the failure of a Shareholder to meet or maintain the qualifications for ownership of a particular Class or Series of Shares;

(f) the payment of account fees or other charges, expenses and/or fees as set by the Trustees, including without limitation any small account fees permitted by Section 4.4 hereof;

(g) the determination that ownership of Shares by a particular Shareholder is not in the best interests of the remaining Shareholders of the Trust or applicable Series or Class;

(h) the failure of a holder of Shares or other securities of the Trust to comply with a demand pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof;

(i) in connection with the termination of any Series or Class of Shares; or

(j) when the Trust is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or applicable law.

Section 8.6.   Suspension of Right of Redemption .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may postpone payment of the redemption price and may suspend the right of the holders of Shares to require the Trust to redeem Shares to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.

Section 8.7.   Determination of Net Asset Value; Valuation of Portfolio Assets.  The Trustees may from time to time prescribe such bases and times for determining the per Share net asset value of the Shares of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof and may prescribe or approve the procedures and methods for determining the value of portfolio assets as they may deem necessary or desirable.

The Trust may suspend the determination of net asset value during any period when it may suspend the right of the holders of Shares to require the Trust to redeem Shares.

 

-20-


Section 8.8 Reserves .  The Trustees may set apart, from time to time, out of any funds of the Trust or Series or of funds allocable to a Class thereof a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose, and may abolish any such reserve.

Section 8.9.   Determination by Trustees .   The Trustees may make any determinations they deem necessary with respect to the provisions of this Article VIII, including, but not limited to, the following matters: the amount of the assets, obligations, liabilities and expenses of the Trust; the amount of the net income of the Trust from dividends, capital gains, interest or other sources for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends or distributions; which items are to be treated as income and which as capital; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges were created shall have been paid or discharged); the market value, or any other price to be applied in determining the market value, or the fair value, of any security or other asset owned or held by the Trust; the number of Shares of the Trust issued or issuable; the net asset value per Share; and any of the foregoing matters as it may pertain to any Series or Class.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 9.1.   No Personal Liability of and Indemnification of Shareholders .   No personal liability for any debt, liability or obligation or expense incurred by, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to, the Trust or any Series or Class shall attach to any Shareholder or former Shareholder of the Trust solely by reason of his being or having been a shareholder. In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder of the Trust shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his being or having been a Shareholder and not because of his acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives or in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled out of the assets of the Trust or, if the Trust has more than one Series, the applicable Series, to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability; provided, however, there shall be no liability or obligation of the Trust arising hereunder to reimburse any Shareholder for taxes paid by reason of such Shareholder’s ownership of any Shares or for losses suffered by reason of any changes in value of any Trust assets. The Trust shall, upon request by the Shareholder or former Shareholder, assume the defense of any claim made against the Shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon.

Section 9.2.   Limitation of Liability of Trustees and Others.   (a)   No Liability except to Trust.  No person who is or has been a Trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or any Series, in connection with the affairs of the Trust or such Series; and all

 

-21-


Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property or Property of a Series for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust or such Series.

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate, Share or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to their or his or her capacity as Trustees or Trustee and neither such Trustees or Trustee nor the Shareholders shall be personally liable thereon.

All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust shall look only to the assets of the Trust for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefore.

(b)   Limitation of Liability to Trust.   No person who is or has been a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any Series for any action or failure to act (including without limitation the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee to redress any breach of trust) except for his or her own bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties involved in the conduct of the individual’s office, and for nothing else and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law.

(c)   No Liability for Acts of Others. Without limiting the foregoing limitations of liability contained in this Section 9.2, a Trustee shall not be responsible for or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, employee, investment adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter, custodian, transfer agent or other agent or independent contractor of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible or liable for the act or omission of any other Trustee (or for the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee to redress any breach of trust), except in the case of such Trustee’s own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

(d)   Notice in Instruments.   Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officers or officer on behalf of the Trust shall give notice that this Declaration is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, shall recite that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of the Trust by them as Trustees or as officers and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust or the applicable Series, and may contain such further recitals as they or he or she may deem appropriate, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustees or officers or Shareholders individually.

Section 9.3.   Experts; No Bond or Surety.   The Trustees may rely upon advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration and

 

-22-


their duties as Trustees hereunder, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice. In discharging their duties, the Trustees, when acting in good faith, shall be entitled to rely upon the books of account and records of the Trust and upon written or oral reports made to the Trustees by any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, any Trustee or committee of Trustees, or any counsel to the Trust, the Trustees, or any committee of Trustees, any independent registered public accounting firm and (with respect to the subject matter of the contract involved) any officer, partner or responsible employee of any other party to any contract entered into hereunder. The appointment, designation or identification (including in any proxy or registration statement or other document) of a Trustee as chair of the Trustees, a member or chair of a committee of the Trustees, an expert on any topic or in any area (including an audit committee financial expert), or the lead independent Trustee or as having experience, attributes or skills in any area, or any other appointment, designation or identification of a Trustee, shall not impose on that person any standard of care or liability that is greater than that imposed on that person as a Trustee in the absence of the appointment, designation or identification, and no Trustee who has special attributes, skills, experience or expertise, or is appointed, designated or identified as aforesaid, shall be held to a higher standard of care by virtue thereof. In addition, no appointment, designation or identification of a Trustee as aforesaid shall affect in any way that Trustee’s rights or entitlement to indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Trustees shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.

Section 9.4.   Liability of Third Persons Dealing with the Trust or Trustees.   No Person dealing with the Trust or the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trust or Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order. The provisions of this Section 9.4 do not address or limit any claim that the Trust may have against any Person contracting with the Trust, or change any obligation owed to the Trust under any contract or otherwise.

Section 9.5.   Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .   Subject to the exceptions and limitations contained in this Section 9.5, every person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust, including persons who serve at the request of the Trust as directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents of another organization in which the Trust has an interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person” ), shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against liability and against all expenses reasonably incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which he becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of his being or having been such a Trustee, director, officer, employee or agent and against amounts paid or incurred by him in settlement thereof.

No indemnification shall be provided hereunder to a Covered Person to the extent such indemnification is prohibited by applicable federal law.

 

-23-


The rights of indemnification herein provided may be insured against by policies maintained by the Trust, shall be severable, shall not affect any other rights to which any Covered Person may now or hereafter be entitled, shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be such a Covered Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Subject to applicable federal law, expenses of preparation and presentation of a defense to any claim, action, suit or proceeding subject to a claim for indemnification under this Section 9.5 shall be advanced by the Trust prior to final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification under this Section 9.5.

To the extent that any determination is required to be made as to whether a Covered Person engaged in conduct for which indemnification is not provided as described herein, or as to whether there is reason to believe that a Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification, the Person or Persons making the determination shall afford the Covered Person a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in such conduct and that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

As used in this Section 9.5, the words “claim,” “action,” “suit” or “proceeding” shall apply to all claims, demands, actions, suits, investigations, regulatory inquiries, proceedings or any other occurrence of a similar nature, whether actual or threatened and whether civil, criminal, administrative or other, including appeals, and the words “liability” and “expenses” shall include without limitation, attorneys’ fees, costs, judgments, amounts paid in settlement, fines, penalties and other liabilities.

Section 9.6.   Further Indemnification. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which any Covered Person or other Person may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law or prevent the Trust from entering into any contract to provide indemnification to any Covered Person or other Person. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trust may, in connection with the acquisition of assets subject to liabilities pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof or a merger or consolidation pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof, assume the obligation to indemnify any Person including a Covered Person or otherwise contract to provide such indemnification, and such indemnification shall not be subject to the terms of this Article IX.

Section 9.7.   Amendments and Modifications.   Without limiting the provisions of Section 11.1(b) hereof, in no event will any amendment, modification or change to the provisions of this Declaration or the By-laws adversely affect in any manner the rights of any Covered Person to (a) indemnification under Section 9.5 hereof in connection with any proceeding in which such Covered Person becomes involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of being or having been a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust or (b) any insurance payments under policies maintained by the Trust, in either case with respect to any act or omission of such Covered Person that occurred or is alleged to have occurred

 

-24-


prior to the time such amendment, modification or change to this Declaration or the By-laws.

Section 9.8.   Derivative and Direct Actions.   (a) The purpose of this Section 9.8 is to protect the interests of the Trust and its Shareholders by establishing a process that will permit legitimate inquiries and claims to be made and considered while avoiding the time, expense, distraction and other harm that can be caused to the Trust and its Shareholders as a result of spurious Shareholder claims, demands and derivative actions.

(b) No Shareholder may bring a derivative or similar action or proceeding in the right of the Trust or any Series to recover a judgment in its favor (a “derivative action”) unless each of the following conditions is met:

(i) The complaining Shareholder was a Shareholder of the Trust or the Series on behalf of or in the right of which the derivative action is proposed to be brought (the “affected Series”) at the time of the action or failure to act complained of, or acquired the Shares afterwards by operation of law from a Person who was a Shareholder at that time;

(ii) The complaining Shareholder was a Shareholder of the Trust or the affected Series at the time the demand required by subparagraph (iii) below was made;

(iii) Prior to the commencement of such derivative action, the complaining Shareholder has made a written demand on the Trustees requesting that the Trustees cause the Trust to file the action itself on behalf of the Trust or the affected Series (a “demand”), which demand shall include at least the following:

(1) a detailed description of the action or failure to act complained of, the facts upon which each such allegation is made and the reasonably estimated damages or other relief sought;

(2) a statement to the effect that the complaining Shareholder believes in good faith that the Shareholder will fairly and adequately represent the interests of similarly situated Shareholders in enforcing the rights of the Trust or affected Series and an explanation of why the complaining Shareholder believes that to be the case;

(3) a certification that the requirements of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b) have been met, as well as information and documentation reasonably designed to allow the Trustees to verify that certification;

(4) a list of all other derivative or class actions in which the complaining Shareholder is or was a named plaintiff, the court in which

 

-25-


such action was filed, the date of filing, the name of all counsel to any plaintiffs and the outcome or current status of such actions;

(5) a certification of the number of Shares of the Trust or affected Series owned beneficially or of record by the complaining Shareholder at the time set forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b) and an undertaking that the complaining Shareholder will be a Shareholder of the Trust or affected Series as of the commencement of and throughout the derivative action and will notify the Trust in writing of any sale, transfer or other disposition by the complaining Shareholder of any such Shares within three business days thereof; and

(6) an acknowledgment of the provisions of paragraphs (f), (h), (i) and (j) of this Section 9.8 below; and

(iv) A copy of the proposed derivative complaint must be served on the Trust, assuming the requirements of subparagraphs (i) through (iii) above have already been met and the derivative action has not been barred in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

(c) Within 90 calendar days of the receipt of a Shareholder demand submitted in accordance with the requirements above, those Trustees who are independent for purposes of considering the demand (the “independent Trustees”) will consider, with the assistance of counsel who may be retained by such Trustees on behalf and at the expense of the Trust, the merits of the claim and determine whether maintaining a suit would be in the best interests of the Trust or the affected Series, as applicable. If, during this 90-day period, those independent Trustees conclude that a determination as to the maintenance of a suit cannot reasonably be made within the 90-day period, those independent Trustees may extend the 90-day period by a period of time that the independent Trustees consider will be sufficient to permit them to make such a determination, not to exceed 60 calendar days from the end of the initial 90-day period (such 90-day period, as may be extended as provided hereunder, the “review period”). Notice of any such decision to extend the review period shall be sent to the complaining Shareholder, or the Shareholder’s counsel if represented by counsel, in writing in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof, within five business days of any decision to extend the period. Trustees who are not deemed to be Interested Persons of the Trust are deemed independent for all purposes, including for the purpose of approving or dismissing a derivative action. A Trustee otherwise independent for purposes of considering the demand shall not be considered not to be independent solely by virtue of (i) the fact that such Trustee receives remuneration for his service as a Trustee of the Trust or as a trustee or director of one or more investment companies with the same or an affiliated investment adviser or underwriter, (ii) the amount of such remuneration, (iii) the fact that such Trustee was identified in the demand as a potential defendant or witness, or (iv) the fact that the Trustee approved the act being challenged in the demand if the act resulted in no material personal benefit to the Trustee or, if the Trustee is also a Shareholder, no material personal benefit that is not shared pro rata with other Shareholders.

 

-26-


(d) If the demand has been properly made under paragraph (b) of this Section 9.8, and a majority of the independent Trustees have considered the merits of the claim and have determined that maintaining a suit would not be in the best interests of the Trust or the affected Series, as applicable, the demand shall be rejected and the complaining Shareholder shall not be permitted to maintain a derivative action unless the Shareholder first sustains the burden of proof to the court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Trust. If upon such consideration a majority of the independent Trustees determine that such a suit should be maintained, then the appropriate officers of the Trust shall either cause the Trust to commence that suit and such suit shall proceed directly rather than derivatively, or permit the complaining Shareholder to proceed derivatively, provided however that any counsel representing the interests of the Trust or the affected Series shall be approved by the Trustees. The Trustees, or the appropriate officers of the Trust, shall inform the complaining Shareholder of any decision reached under this paragraph (d) by sending in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof written notice to the complaining Shareholder, or the Shareholder’s counsel, if represented by counsel, within five business days of such decision having been reached.

(e) If notice of a decision has not been sent to the complaining Shareholder or the Shareholder’s counsel within the time permitted by paragraph (d) above, and subparagraphs (i) through (iv) of paragraph (b) above have been complied with, the complaining Shareholder shall not be barred by this Declaration from commencing a derivative action.

(f) Each complaining Shareholder whose demand is rejected pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be responsible, jointly and severally, for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the Trust’s consideration of the demand if a court determines that the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose.

(g) No Shareholder may bring a direct action claiming injury as a Shareholder of the Trust, or any Series thereof, where the matters alleged (if true) would give rise to a claim by the Trust or by the Trust on behalf of an affected Series, unless the Shareholder has suffered an injury distinct from that suffered by the Shareholders of the Trust, or the affected Series, generally. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, claims to vindicate a Shareholder’s contractual voting rights constitute direct claims only when the alleged injury to the Shareholder relating to the claim about his, her, or its voting rights is distinct from injury alleged to be suffered by the Shareholders of the Trust, or the affected Series, generally. A Shareholder bringing a direct claim must be a Shareholder of the Trust or, as applicable, the affected Series against which the direct action is brought at the time of the injury complained of, or acquired the Shares afterwards by operation of law from a person who was a Shareholder at that time.

(h) Each Shareholder who commences or maintains a derivative or direct action in violation of this Section 9.8 shall jointly and severally reimburse the Trust for the costs

 

-27-


and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the action if the action is dismissed on the basis of the failure to comply with this Section 9.8. If a court determines that any derivative action has been brought without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose, the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the action shall be borne, jointly and severally, by each Shareholder who commenced the action. If a court dismisses a direct action for failure to state a claim, the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the action shall be borne, jointly and severally, by each Shareholder who commenced the action.

(i) The Trust shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a Shareholder bringing a derivative or direct action in any circumstances only if required by law. Any attorneys’ fees so incurred by a Shareholder that the Trust is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates.

(j) Any claim subject to this Section 9.8 shall be subject to Section 11.4 below.

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION; MERGERS AND SALE OF ASSETS

Section 10.1.   Termination of Trust or Series .   (a) Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time. The Trust or any Series of the Trust may be terminated at any time by the Trustees by written notice to the Shareholders of the Trust or such Series as the case may be.

(b) Upon the requisite action of the Trustees to terminate the Trust or such Series, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, as may be determined by the Trustees, which may include the establishment of a liquidating trust or similar vehicle, the Trust shall, in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate, reduce the remaining assets of the Trust or assets of the particular Series thereof to distributable form in cash or other securities, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the Shares of the Trust or such Series in the manner determined by the Trustees, provided that Shareholders of a particular Series shall be entitled to receive a pro rata share of the net assets of such Series only, subject to any variations with respect to Classes of Shares of such Series, if any. Thereupon, the Trust or any affected Series shall terminate, and the Trustees and the Trust shall be discharged of any and all further liabilities and duties relating thereto or arising therefrom, and the right, title, and interest of all parties with respect to the Trust or such Series shall be canceled and discharged, and without limiting the foregoing, in the event that following the final distribution of the net assets of and the termination of the Trust or affected Series, as the case may be, the Trust or affected Series, receives or is entitled to receive any assets, the Trustees shall be under no obligation to distribute or provide for the distribution of such assets to the Shareholders of the Trust or affected Series, but may make such other arrangements for the distribution of such assets as they shall determine in their sole discretion to be

 

-28-


reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at their discretion, the Trustees may abandon any previously adopted plan to terminate the Trust or a Series at any time. The Trustees shall file or cause to be filed any instruments as may be required to be filed with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or any other governmental office where such filing may be required in connection with the termination of the Trust or any Series thereof.

(c) Any Class of the Trust may be terminated by the Trustees as provided in Article IV hereof.

Section 10.2.   Sale of Assets; Merger; Reorganization .   The Trustees may authorize the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to merge or consolidate with or sell, lease, transfer, pledge, exchange, convey or dispose of all or substantially all of the Trust Property (or all or substantially all of the Trust Property allocated or belonging to a particular Series or Class), including its goodwill, to any one or more business trusts, corporations or other business entities or series or classes thereof (including another Series or Class of the Trust) upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration (which may include the assumption of some or all of the outstanding obligations and liabilities, accrued or contingent, whether known or unknown, of the Trust or such Series or Class) as the Trustees may determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this provision may be utilized to permit the Trust or any Series to pursue its investment program through one or more subsidiary vehicles or to operate in a master-feeder or fund of funds structure.

Section 10.3.   Combination of Classes .  The authority of the Trustees under this Article X with respect to the merger, consolidation, sale of assets or reorganization of any Class of the Trust or any Series thereof is in addition to the authority of the Trustees under Section 4.9 hereof to combine two or more Classes of a Series into a single Class.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS; FILINGS; MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1.   Amendments to Declaration.   (a) The Trustees may by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration by making an amendment, a Declaration supplemental hereto or an amended and restated Declaration, provided, however, that an amendment to any provision of Article V hereof shall require the vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the Trustees then in office.

(b) Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair any exemption from or limitation of personal liability of any Person who is or has been a Shareholder, Trustee, officer, or employee of the Trust, or limit the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided in Article IX with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance under such Article prior to such amendment.

 

-29-


Section 11.2.   Filings; Copies of Declaration; Counterparts; Headings.   The original or a copy of this instrument and of each amendment and/or restatement hereto shall be kept in the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. A copy of this instrument, any amendment thereto, and any Designation executed in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof shall be filed by the Trustees with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as well as any other governmental office where such filing may from time to time be required, provided, however, that the failure to so file will not invalidate this instrument, any properly authorized amendment hereto, or Designation. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer or Trustee of the Trust as to whether or not any such amendments, restatements or Designations have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder, and with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer or Trustee of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such amendments, restatements or Designations. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only, and in case of any conflict, the text of this instrument, rather than the headings, shall control.

Section 11.3.   Trustees May Resolve Ambiguities.   The Trustees may construe any of the provisions of this Declaration insofar as the same may appear to be ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions hereof, and any such construction hereof by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive as to the meaning to be given to such provisions.

Section 11.4.   Applicable Law; Forum Selection; Jury Waiver . (a) The Trust set forth in this instrument is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to its conflicts of law rules, as a Massachusetts business trust, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust specifically reserves the right to exercise any of the powers and privileges afforded to business trusts or actions that may be engaged in by business trusts, and the absence of a specific reference herein to any such power, privilege, or action shall not imply that the Trust may not exercise such power or privilege or take such actions.

(b) Notwithstanding the first sentence of Section 11.4(a) hereof, there shall not be applicable to the Trust, the Trustees, or this Declaration any provisions of the laws (statutory or common) of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (other than Chapter 182 of the Massachusetts General Laws) or any other state pertaining to trusts, including by way of illustration and without limitation, laws that relate to or regulate: (i) the filing with any court or governmental body or agency of trustee accounts or schedules of trustee fees and charges; (ii) affirmative requirements to post bonds for trustees, officers, agents, or employees of a trust; (iii) the necessity for obtaining a court or other governmental approval concerning the acquisition, holding, or disposition of real or personal property; (iv) fees or other sums applicable to trustees, officers, agents or employees of a trust; (v) the allocation of receipts and expenditures to income or principal; (vi) restrictions or

 

-30-


limitations on the permissible nature, amount, or concentration of trust investments or requirements relating to the titling, storage, or other manner of holding of trust assets; or (vii) the establishment of fiduciary or other standards or responsibilities or limitations on the acts or powers or authorities and powers of trustees.

(c) No provision of this Declaration shall be effective to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of, or restrict any shareholder rights expressly granted by, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the 1940 Act, or of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Commission thereunder.

(d) Any action commenced by a Shareholder, (i) directly against (a) the Trust or a Series thereof, (b) its Trustees or officers related to, arising out of or concerning the Trust, its business or operations, or (c) otherwise related to, arising out of or concerning the Trust, its business or operations or (ii) derivatively in the right or name of, or on behalf of the Trust or Series thereof (collectively, the “Covered Actions”), shall be brought only in the U.S. District Court for the of the District of Massachusetts (Boston Division) or if such Covered Action may not be brought in that court, then such action shall be brought in the Business Litigation Session of Suffolk Superior Court in Massachusetts (the “Chosen Courts”). The Trust, its Trustees and officers, and its Shareholders each (x) consent to jurisdiction in the Chosen Courts; (y) waive any objection to venue in any of the Chosen Courts and (z) waive any objection that any of the Chosen Courts is an inconvenient forum. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, if any Shareholder shall commence a Covered Action in any court other than a Chosen Court without the written consent of the Trust, then each such Shareholder shall be obligated, jointly and severally, to reimburse the Trust and any Trustee or officer of the Trust made a party to such proceeding, for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust and any Trustee or officer of the Trust in connection with any successful motion to dismiss, stay or transfer such action on the basis of the failure to comply with this Section 11.4(d).

(e) In any Covered Action there shall be no right to a jury trial. THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS EXPRESSLY WAIVED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW.

Section 11.5.   Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations.   ( a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any such provision, in whole or in part, is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision, or the conflicting part or parts thereof, shall be deemed not to constitute a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.

 

-31-


(b) If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision, or such part or parts thereof, in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.

Section 11.6.   Writings.   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, except as the Trustees may otherwise determine:

(a) any requirements in this Declaration or in the By-laws that any action be taken by means of any writing, including, without limitation, any written instrument, any written consent or any written agreement, shall be deemed to be satisfied by means of any electronic record in such form that is acceptable to the Trustees provided such form is capable of conversion into a written form within a reasonable time; and

(b) any requirements in this Declaration or in the By-laws that any writing be signed shall be deemed to be satisfied by any electronic signature in such form that is acceptable to the Trustees.

[signature page follows]

 

-32-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole Trustee of the Trust, has executed this instrument as of this 27th day of July, 2016.

 

    /s/ William Adams IV

William Adams IV, as Trustee

333 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

 

-33-


SCHEDULE A

Series

(Effective as of June 14, 2016)

WHEREAS, the Trustee of the Trust, acting pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Declaration, initially divided the Shares of the Trust into three Series, Nuveen Large Cap Growth ETF, Nuveen Large Cap Value ETF and Nuveen Large Cap Core ETF;

WHEREAS, the Trustee of the Trust, acting pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Declaration, has changed the designations of the initial three series to incorporate the new name of the Trust and has designated an additional series of the Trust, NuShares Enhanced Yield U. S. Aggregate Bond ETF;

NOW THEREFORE, the Trustee of the Trust does hereby confirm that the following series of the Trust have been established and designated, with such relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms as are set forth below:

 

  1. NuShares Large Cap Growth ETF

 

  2. NuShares Large Cap Value ETF

 

  3. NuShares Large Cap Core ETF

 

  4. NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

1. Each Share of a Series is entitled to all the rights and preferences accorded to Shares under the Declaration.

2. The number of authorized Shares of a Series is unlimited.

3. A Series shall be authorized to hold cash, invest in securities, instruments and other property, use investment techniques, and have such goals or objectives as from time to time described in the prospectus and statement of additional information contained in the Trust’s then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 to the extent pertaining to the offering of Shares of the Series, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (“Prospectus”). Each Share of a Series shall represent a beneficial interest in the net assets allocated or belonging to such Series only, and such interest shall not extend to the assets of the Trust generally (except to the extent that General Assets (as defined in the Declaration) are allocated to such Series), and shall be entitled to receive its pro rata share of the net assets of the Series upon liquidation of the Series, all as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Declaration.

4. With respect to a Series, (a) the purchase price of the Shares, (b) fees and expenses, (c) qualifications for ownership, if any, (d) the method of determination of the net asset value of the Shares, (e) Creation Unit size or minimum purchase amounts, if any, (f) minimum account size, if any, (g) the price, terms and manner of redemption of the Shares, (h) any conversion or exchange feature or privilege, (i) the relative dividend


rights, and (j) any other relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms have been established by the Trustees in accordance with the Declaration and are set forth in the Prospectus with respect to such Series.

5. The Trustees may from time to time modify any of the relative rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions and other relative terms of a Series that have been established by the Trustees or redesignate any of the Series without any action or consent of the Shareholders.

6. The designation of any Series hereby shall not impair the power of the Trustees from time to time to designate additional Series of Shares of the Trust.

7. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration.

M ANAGEMENT A GREEMENT

N U S HARES ETF T RUST , a Massachusetts business trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act” ) as an open-end management series investment company ( “Trust” ), hereby appoints N UVEEN F UND A DVISORS , LLC, a Delaware limited liability company registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 as an investment adviser, of Chicago, Illinois ( “Manager” ), to furnish investment advisory and management services and certain administrative services to the series listed in Schedule A hereto, as such schedule may be amended from time to time (each such series hereinafter referred to as a “Fund” ). Trust and Manager hereby agree that:

1. Investment Management Services . Manager shall manage the investment operations of Trust and each Fund, subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the supervision and control of Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Trustees” ). Manager agrees to perform, or arrange for the performance of, the following services with respect to each Fund:

(a) to obtain and evaluate such information relating to economies, industries, businesses, securities and commodities markets, and individual securities, commodities and indices as it may deem necessary or useful in discharging its responsibilities hereunder;

(b) to formulate and maintain a continuous investment program in a manner consistent with and subject to (i) Trust’s agreement and declaration of trust and by-laws; (ii) the Fund’s investment objectives, policies, and restrictions as set forth in written documents furnished by Trust to Manager; (iii) all securities, commodities, and tax laws and regulations applicable to the Fund and Trust; and (iv) any other written limits or directions furnished by the Trustees to Manager;

(c) unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, to determine from time to time securities, commodities, interests or other investments to be purchased, sold, retained or lent by the Fund, and to implement those decisions, including the selection of entities with or through which such purchases, sales or loans are to be effected;

(d) to use reasonable efforts to manage the Fund so that it will qualify as a regulated investment company under subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;


(e) to make recommendations as to the manner in which voting rights, rights to consent to Trust or Fund action, and any other rights pertaining to Trust or the Fund shall be exercised;

(f) to make available to Trust promptly upon request all of the Fund’s records and ledgers and any reports or information reasonably requested by Trust; and

(g) to the extent required by law, to furnish to regulatory authorities any information or reports relating to the services provided pursuant to this Agreement.

Except as otherwise instructed from time to time by the Trustees, with respect to execution of transactions for Trust on behalf of a Fund, Manager shall place, or arrange for the placement of, all orders for purchases, sales, or loans with issuers, brokers, dealers or other counterparts or agents selected by Manager. In connection with the selection of all such parties for the placement of all such orders, Manager shall attempt to obtain most favorable execution and price, but may nevertheless in its sole discretion as a secondary factor, purchase and sell portfolio securities from and to brokers and dealers who provide Manager with statistical, research and other information, analysis, advice, and similar services. In recognition of such services or brokerage services provided by a broker or dealer, Manager is hereby authorized to pay such broker or dealer a commission or spread in excess of that which might be charged by another broker or dealer for the same transaction if Manager determines in good faith that the commission or spread is reasonable in relation to the value of the services so provided.

Trust hereby authorizes any entity or person associated with Manager that is a member of a national securities exchange to effect any transaction on the exchange for the account of a Fund to the extent permitted by and in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 11a2-2(T) thereunder. Trust hereby consents to the retention by such entity or person of compensation for such transactions in accordance with Rule 11a-2-2(T)(a)(iv).

Manager may, where it deems to be advisable, aggregate orders for its other customers together with any securities of the same type to be sold or purchased for Trust or one or more Funds in order to obtain best execution or lower brokerage commissions. In such event, Manager shall allocate the shares so purchased or sold, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, in a manner it considers to be equitable and fair and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to Trust, the Funds, and Manager’s other customers.

 

2


Manager shall for all purposes be deemed to be an independent contractor and not an agent of Trust and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent Trust in any way.

2. Administrative Services . Subject to the terms of this Agreement and to the supervision and control of the Trustees, Manager shall provide to the Trust facilities, equipment, statistical and research data, clerical, accounting and bookkeeping services, internal auditing and legal services, and personnel to carry out all management services required for operation of the business and affairs of the Funds other than those services to be performed by Trust’s distributor, administrator, outside counsel and auditors.

3. Use of Affiliated Companies and Subcontractors . In connection with the services to be provided by Manager under this Agreement, Manager may, to the extent it deems appropriate, and subject to compliance with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, make use of (i) its affiliated companies and their directors, trustees, officers, and employees and (ii) subcontractors selected by Manager, provided that Manager shall supervise and remain fully responsible for the services of all such third parties in accordance with and to the extent provided by this Agreement. All costs and expenses associated with services provided by any such third parties shall be borne by Manager or such parties.

4. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, Manager shall pay all expenses of Trust and each Fund, except for the management fee, any payments under the Trust’s distribution and service plan, interest expenses, taxes, acquired fund fees and expenses, expenses incurred in acquiring and disposing of portfolio securities, certain expenses of the Funds’ chief compliance officer, fees and expenses of the Independent Trustees (as defined herein) and their counsel, litigation expenses and extraordinary expenses.

In the event that Manager pays or assumes any expenses of Trust or a Fund not required to be paid or assumed by Manager under this Agreement, Manager shall not be obligated hereby to pay or assume the same or similar expense in the future; provided that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to relieve Manager of any obligation to Trust or a Fund under any separate agreement or arrangement between the parties.

5. Management Fee . For the services rendered, facilities provided, and charges assumed and paid by Manager hereunder, Trust shall pay to Manager out of the assets of each Fund fees at the annual rate for such Fund as set forth in Schedule A to this

 

3


Agreement. For each Fund, the management fee shall accrue on each calendar day, and shall be payable monthly on the first business day of the next succeeding calendar month. The daily fee accrual shall be computed by multiplying the annual fee rate by the fraction of one divided by the number of days in the calendar year, and multiplying this product by the net assets of the Fund, determined in the manner established by the Board of Trustees, as of the close of business on the last preceding business day on which the Fund’s net asset value was determined.

6. Retention of Sub-Adviser . Subject to obtaining the initial and periodic approvals required under Section 15 of the 1940 Act, Manager may retain one or more sub-advisers at Manager’s own cost and expense for the purpose of furnishing one or more of the services described in Section 1 hereof with respect to Trust or one or more Funds. Retention of a sub-adviser shall in no way reduce the responsibilities or obligations of Manager under this Agreement, and Manager shall be responsible to Trust and the Funds for all acts or omissions of any sub-adviser in connection with the performance or Manager’s duties hereunder.

7. Non-Exclusivity . The services of Manager to Trust hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive and Manager shall be free to render similar services to others.

8. Standard of Care . Manager shall not be liable for any loss sustained by reason of the purchase, sale or retention of any security, whether or not such purchase, sale or retention shall have been based upon the investigation and research made by any other individual, firm or corporation, if such recommendation shall have been selected with due care and in good faith, except loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on the part of Manager in the performance of its obligations and duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

9. Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended as to Trust or any Fund without the affirmative votes (a) of a majority of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of Trust or of Manager (the “Independent Trustees”), voting in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) of a “majority of the outstanding shares” of Trust or, with respect to any amendment affecting an individual Fund, a “majority of the outstanding shares” of that Fund. The terms “interested persons” and “vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” shall be construed herein in accordance with their respective definitions in the 1940 Act and, with respect to the latter term, in accordance with Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act.

 

4


10. Effective Date and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as to any Fund as of the effective date for that Fund specified in Schedule A hereto. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, as to any Fund by the Board of Trustees of Trust, or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that fund, upon at least sixty (60) days’ written notice to Manager. This Agreement may be terminated by Manager at any time upon at least sixty (60) days’ written notice to Trust. This Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act). Unless terminated as hereinbefore provided, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to any Fund for the initial period specified in Schedule A and thereafter from year to year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved with respect to that Fund at least annually (a) by a majority of the Independent Trustees, voting in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) by either the Board of Trustees of Trust or by a “vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” of the Fund.

11. Ownership of Records; Interparty Reporting . All records required to be maintained and preserved by Trust pursuant to the provisions of rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act or other applicable laws or regulations which are maintained and preserved by Manager on behalf of Trust and any other records the parties mutually agree shall be maintained by Manager on behalf of Trust are the property of Trust and shall be surrendered by Manager promptly on request by Trust; provided that Manager may at its own expense make and retain copies of any such records.

Trust shall furnish or otherwise make available to Manager such copies of the financial statements, proxy statements, reports, and other information relating to the business and affairs of each shareholder in a Fund as Manager may, at any time or from time to time, reasonably require in order to discharge its obligations under this Agreement.

Manager shall prepare and furnish to Trust as to each Fund statistical data and other information in such form and at such intervals as Trust may reasonably request.

12. Non-Liability of Trustees and Shareholders . Any obligation of Trust hereunder shall be binding only upon the assets of Trust (or the applicable Fund thereof) and shall not be binding upon any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of Trust or any shareholder of a Fund. Neither the authorization of any action by the Trustees of Trust or

 

5


shareholder of a Fund nor the execution of this Agreement on behalf of Trust shall impose any liability upon any Trustee or any shareholder.

13. Use of Manager’s Name . Trust may use the name “NuShares ETF Trust” and the Fund names listed in Schedule A or any other name derived from the name “NuShares” or “Nuveen” only for so long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal, or amendment hereof remains in effect, including any similar agreement with any organization which shall have succeeded to the business of Manager as investment adviser. At such time as this Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment hereof, or such other similar agreement shall no longer be in effect, Trust will cease to use any name derived from the name “NuShares” or “Nuveen” or otherwise connected with Manager, or with any organization which shall have succeeded to Manager’s business as investment adviser.

14. References and Headings . In this Agreement and in any such amendment, references to this Agreement and all expressions such as “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement as amended or affected by any such amendments. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction, or effect of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trust and Manager have caused this Agreement to be executed as of August 2, 2016.

 

NUSHARES ETF TRUST, a

Massachusetts business trust

    

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin J. McCarthy

     By:  

/s/ Gifford R. Zimmerman

Title:   Vice President and Secretary      Title:   Managing Director

 

7


M ANAGEMENT A GREEMENT

S CHEDULE A

 

Fund

  

Effective Date

  

Initial Period End

   Annual Fee Rate

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

  

August 2, 2016

  

August 1, 2018

   0.20%

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

8


Dated: August 2, 2016

 

NUSHARES ETF TRUST, a

Massachusetts business trust

    

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Kevin J. McCarthy

     By:  

/s/ Gifford R. Zimmerman

Title:   Vice President and Secretary      Title:   Managing Director

 

9

I NVESTMENT S UB -A DVISORY A GREEMENT

This Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of this 2 nd day of August 2016, by and between Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a registered investment adviser (“Manager”), and Teachers Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a registered investment adviser (“Sub-Adviser”).

WHEREAS, Manager is the investment manager for the exchange-traded funds listed on Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”), each a series of NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”); and

WHEREAS, Manager desires to retain Sub-Adviser as its agent to furnish investment advisory services for the Funds, upon the terms and conditions hereafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment . Manager hereby appoints Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-investment advisory services to the Funds for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. Sub-Adviser accepts such appointments and agrees to furnish the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2. Services to be Performed . Subject always to the supervision of the Trust’s Board of Trustees and Manager, Sub-Adviser will furnish an investment program in respect of, make investment decisions for, and place all orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Funds, all on behalf of the Funds. In the performance of its duties, Sub-Adviser will satisfy its fiduciary duties to the Trust, will monitor the Funds’ investments, and will comply with the provisions of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust and By-laws, as amended from time to time, and the stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds. Manager will provide Sub-Adviser with current copies of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, By-laws, prospectus and any amendments thereto, and any objectives, policies or limitations not appearing therein as they may be relevant to Sub-Adviser’s performance under this Agreement. Sub-Adviser and Manager will each make its officers and employees available to the other from time to time at reasonable times to review investment policies of the Funds and to consult with each other regarding the investment affairs of the Funds. Sub-Adviser will report to the Board of Trustees and to Manager with respect to the implementation of such program.

Sub-Adviser is authorized to select the brokers or dealers that will execute the purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the Funds, and is directed to use its best efforts to obtain best execution, which includes most favorable net results and execution of the Trust’s orders, taking into account all appropriate factors, including price, dealer spread or commission, size and difficulty of the transaction and research or other services provided. It is understood that Sub-Adviser will not be deemed to have acted unlawfully, or to have breached a fiduciary duty to the Trust or the Funds, or be in breach of any obligation owing to the Trust or the Funds under this Agreement, or otherwise, solely by reason of its having caused the Funds to pay a member of a securities exchange, a broker or a dealer a commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Funds in excess of the amount of commission another member of an exchange, broker or dealer would have charged if Sub-Adviser determined in good faith that the commission paid was reasonable in relation to the brokerage or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of that particular transaction or Sub-Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to its accounts, including the Funds, as to which it exercises investment


discretion. In addition, if in the judgment of Sub-Adviser, the Funds would be benefited by supplemental services, Sub-Adviser is authorized to pay spreads or commissions to brokers or dealers furnishing such services in excess of spreads or commissions which another broker or dealer may charge for the same transaction, provided that Sub-Adviser determined in good faith that the commission or spread paid was reasonable in relation to the services provided. Sub-Adviser will properly communicate to the officers and trustees of the Trust such information relating to transactions for each Fund as they may reasonably request. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to Manager, Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person of either the Trust, Manager, or Sub-Adviser, except as may be permitted under the 1940 Act, and under no circumstances will Sub-Adviser select brokers or dealers for Fund transactions on the basis of Fund share sales by such brokers or dealers;

Sub-Adviser further agrees that it:

 

  (a) will use the same degree of skill and care in providing such services as it uses in providing services to fiduciary accounts for which it has investment responsibilities;

 

  (b) will conform to all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission in all material respects and in addition will conduct its activities under this Agreement in accordance with any applicable regulations of any governmental authority pertaining to its investment advisory activities;

 

  (c) will report regularly to Manager and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust (as reasonably requested) and will make appropriate persons available for the purpose of reviewing with representatives of Manager and the Board of Trustees on a regular basis at reasonable times the management of the Funds, including, without limitation, review of the general investment strategies and the performance of the Funds, and will provide various other reports from time to time as reasonably requested by Manager;

 

  (d) will prepare such books and records with respect to the Funds’ securities transactions as required by law, the Funds’ compliance policies and procedures or as reasonably requested by Manager and will furnish Manager and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as the Board or Manager may reasonably request; and

 

  (e) will monitor the pricing of portfolio securities, and events relating to the issuers of those securities and the markets in which the securities trade in the ordinary course of managing the portfolio securities of the Funds, and will notify Manager promptly of any issuer-specific or market events or other situations that occur (particularly those that may occur after the close of a foreign market in which the securities may primarily trade but before the time at which the Funds’ securities are priced on a given day) that may materially impact the pricing of one or more securities in Sub-Adviser’s portion of the portfolio, and will assist Manager in evaluating the impact that such an event may have on the net asset value of the Funds and in determining a recommended fair value of the affected security or securities.

3. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement other than the cost of securities (including brokerage commission, if any) purchased for the Trust.

4. Compensation . For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, Manager will pay Sub-Adviser, and Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation

 

2


therefor, a portfolio management fee for each Fund equal to a percentage (as set forth on Schedule A) of the remainder of (a) the management fee payable by the Fund to Manager based on average daily net assets pursuant to the Management Agreement, less (b) any management fee waivers, expense reimbursement payments, revenue sharing payments and operating expenses of the Fund borne by Manager in respect of the Fund.

The management fee shall accrue on each calendar day, and shall be payable monthly on the first business day of the next succeeding calendar month. The daily fee accrual shall be computed by multiplying the fraction of one divided by the number of days in the calendar year by the applicable annual rate of fee, and multiplying this product by the net assets of the Trust, determined in the manner established by the Board of Trustees, as of the close of business on the last preceding business day on which the Trust’s net asset value was determined.

For the month and year in which this Agreement becomes effective or terminates, there shall be an appropriate proration on the basis of the number of days that the Agreement is in effect during the month and year, respectively.

5.  Services to Others . Manager understands, and has advised the Trust’s Board of Trustees, that Sub-Adviser now acts, or may in the future act, as an investment adviser to fiduciary and other managed accounts, and as investment adviser or sub-investment adviser to other investment companies that are not series of the Trust, provided that whenever the Funds and one or more other investment advisory clients of Sub-Adviser have available funds for investment, investments suitable and appropriate for each will be allocated in a manner believed by Sub-Adviser to be equitable to each. Manager recognizes, and has advised the Trust’s Board of Trustees, that in some cases this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position that the Funds may obtain in a particular security. It is further agreed that, on occasions when Sub-Adviser deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in the best interests of the Funds as well as other accounts, it may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, but will not be obligated to, aggregate the securities to be so sold or purchased for the Funds with those to be sold or purchased for other accounts in order to obtain favorable execution and lower brokerage commissions. In addition, Manager understands, and has advised the Trust’s Board of Trustees, that the persons employed by Sub-Adviser to assist in Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement will not devote their full such efforts and service to the Trust. It is also agreed that Sub-Adviser may use any supplemental research obtained for the benefit of the Trust in providing investment advice to its other investment advisory accounts or for managing its own accounts.

6. Limitation of Liability . Manager will not take any action against Sub-Adviser to hold Sub-Adviser liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the performance of Sub-Adviser’s duties under this Agreement, except for a loss resulting from Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

7. Term; Termination; Amendment . This Agreement shall become effective and shall run for an initial period as specified for each Fund in Schedule A hereto. This Agreement shall continue in force from year to year after the initial period with respect to each Fund, but only as long as such continuance is specifically approved for each Fund at least annually in the manner required by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; provided, however, that if the continuation of this Agreement is not approved for each Fund, Sub-Adviser may continue to serve in such capacity for each Fund in the manner and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

3


This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by either party on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Sub-Adviser. This Agreement may also be terminated by the Trust with respect to each Fund by action of the Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund on sixty (60) days’ written notice to Sub-Adviser by the Trust.

This Agreement may be terminated with respect to each Fund at any time without the payment of any penalty by Manager, the Board of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund in the event that it shall have been established by a court of competent jurisdiction that Sub-Adviser or any officer or director of Sub-Adviser has taken any action which results in a breach of the covenants of Sub-Adviser set forth herein.

The terms “assignment” and “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” shall have the meanings set forth in the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Termination of this Agreement shall not affect the right of Sub-Adviser to receive payments on any unpaid balance of the compensation described in Section 4 earned prior to such termination. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event the Investment Management Agreement between Manager and the Trust is terminated, assigned or not renewed.

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written instrument duly executed by an authorized representative of each of the parties.

8. Notice . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party

 

If to Manager:   If to Sub-Adviser:  
Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC   Teachers Advisors, Inc.  
333 West Wacker Drive   8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd  
Chicago, Illinois 60606   Charlotte, NC 28262  
Attention: Legal Department   Attention: Legal Department  

or such address as such party may designate for the receipt of such notice.

9. Limitations on Liability . All parties hereto are expressly put on notice of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and all amendments thereto, a copy of which is on file with the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the limitation of shareholder and trustee liability contained therein. The obligations of the Trust entered in the name or on behalf thereof by any of the Trustees, representatives or agents are made not individually but only in such capacities and are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers, or shareholders of the Trust individually but are binding upon only the assets and property of the Trust, and persons dealing with the Trust must look solely to the assets of the Trust and those assets belonging to the subject Fund, for the enforcement of any claims.

10. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement is held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby. This Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 

4


11.     Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with applicable federal law and (except as to Section 9 hereof which shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts) the laws of the State of Illinois.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Manager and Sub-Adviser have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

    

TEACHERS ADVISORS, INC., a

Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Gifford R. Zimmerman

     By:  

/s/ Brad Finkle

Title:   Managing Director      Title:   Managing Director

 

6


I NVESTMENT S UB -A DVISORY A GREEMENT

S CHEDULE A

 

Fund    Effective Date    Initial Period End    Compensation
Percentage

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

   August 2, 2016    August 1, 2018    50%

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

7


Dated: August 2, 2016

 

NUVEEN FUND ADVISORS, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

    

TEACHERS ADVISORS, INC., a

Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Gifford R. Zimmerman

     By:  

/s/ Brad Finkle

Title:   Managing Director      Title:   Managing Director

 

8

D ISTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

This Agreement (this “Agreement’) is made as of this 2 nd day of August 2016, by and between NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust”), a Massachusetts business trust, on behalf of its series listed on Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), and Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “Distributor”), a Delaware limited liability company.

WHEREAS, the Trust is registered as an open-end management series investment company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

WHEREAS, the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”);

WHEREAS, the Trust intends to create and redeem Shares of each Fund on a continuous basis at their net asset value only in aggregations constituting Creation Units (as defined in each Fund’s currently effective registration statement filed with the SEC under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (the “Registration Statement”));

WHEREAS, the Shares of each Fund will be listed on one or more national securities exchanges (together, the “Listing Exchanges”); and

WHEREAS, the Trust desires to retain the Distributor to act as the distributor with respect to the issuance and distribution of Creation Units of each Fund, to market the Funds and the Shares on an ongoing basis, to enter into agreements with certain financial institutions to authorize them to purchase and redeem Creation Units (such institutions referred to herein as “Authorized Participants”), to receive and process orders from Authorized Participants for Creation Units, and to enter into arrangements with broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries who may solicit purchases of Creation Units, each as set forth in each Fund’s prospectus and/or statement of additional information constituting parts of the Registration Statement, as amended and filed with the Commission (a “Prospectus”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. APPOINTMENT

The Trust hereby appoints the Distributor to serve as the exclusive distributor of Creation Units of each Fund and to provide the services set forth herein, and the Distributor accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such services.

SECTION 2. SOLICITATION OF SALES AND OTHER SERVICES

2.01 Solicitation of Sales . The Trust grants to Distributor the right to sell its Creation Units authorized for issue at a price based on the applicable net asset value, in accordance with the Prospectus, as agent and on behalf of the Trust, during the term of this Agreement and


subject to the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, the rules and regulations of the SEC and the laws governing the sale of securities in the various states (“Blue Sky Laws”). The Distributor agrees to use its best efforts to perform the services contemplated in this Agreement on a continuous basis.

2.02 Other Services . Without limiting the foregoing, the Distributor will perform the additional services set forth herein, including those set forth in Schedule B, attached hereto.

2.03. Delegation of Certain Services . The Trust expressly acknowledges and agrees that the Distributor may utilize Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”), the Trust’s transfer agent, as a designee to receive and process orders for Creation Units, which designee is to be considered each Fund’s agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Distributor shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that BBH complies with all of the duties and responsibilities imposed on the Distributor in this Agreement, to the extent such duties and responsibilities are delegated to BBH. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Distributor shall be fully and wholly liable and responsible to the Trust for all actions or omissions on the part of BBH.

SECTION 3 . REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

3.01 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Trust . The Trust represents, warrants and covenants that:

(a) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation, and has all requisite power under the laws of such state and applicable federal law to conduct its business as now being conducted and to perform its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement;

(b) this Agreement has been duly authorized by the board of trustees of the Trust, including by the affirmative vote of a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, and, when executed and delivered by the Trust, will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law);

(c) it shall perform all obligations identified in this Agreement as obligations of the Trust, including, without limitation, providing the Distributor with all due diligence and marketing materials reasonably requested by the Distributor in good faith and within a timely manner;

(d) it is not a party to any, and there are no, pending or, to the Trust’s knowledge, threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries of any nature against it or its properties or assets which would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon its business or financial condition, and there is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets that would prohibit its ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

 

2


(e) it is registered with the SEC as an open-end investment company under the 1940 Act, and each Fund is a separate series of the Trust and has obtained all registrations required under applicable law to make a public offering of its Shares;

(f) it is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations aimed at the prevention and detection of money laundering and/or the financing of terrorism and other criminal activities, including without limitation the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, (collectively, the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the, U.S. Treasury Department, including the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”), Financial Crimes and Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) and the SEC;

(g) it has an anti-money laundering program (“AML Program”) compliant in all material respects with the USA PATRIOT Act that at minimum includes (i) an AML compliance officer designated to administer and oversee the AML Program, (ii) ongoing training for appropriate personnel, (iii) internal controls and procedures reasonably designed to prevent and detect suspicious activity monitoring and terrorist financing activities, (iv) procedures to comply with know your customer requirements and to verify the identity of all customers, and (v) appropriate record keeping procedures;

(h) the Registration Statement, including each Prospectus, has been prepared in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and, at the time it became effective, did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact that is necessary to be stated therein so as to make the statements contained therein not misleading;

(i) it will notify the Distributor as soon as reasonably practical of any matter affecting the Trust or the Funds which could materially affect the Distributor’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, including any amendment to a Prospectus;

(j) it will provide the Distributor with a copy of each Prospectus reasonably in advance of filing the same with an applicable regulatory body;

(k) it shall make reasonable efforts to cooperate with requests from the Distributor for information relating to customers and/or transactions involving Creation Units, as permitted by law, in order for the Distributor to comply with its regulatory obligations; and

(l) in the event it determines that it is in the interest of the Trust to suspend or terminate the sale of Creation Units of any Fund, the Trust shall promptly notify the Distributor of such fact prior to the date on which the Trust desires to cease offering such Creation Units.

3.02 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Distributor . Distributor hereby represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

(a) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation, and has all requisite power under the laws of such state and applicable federal law to conduct its business as now being conducted and to perform its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement;

(b) it has full power, right and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; the execution and delivery of this Agreement

 

3


and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all requisite actions on its part, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to approve this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it; this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law);

(c) it is not a party to any, and there are no, pending or, to the Distributor’s knowledge, threatened legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries of any nature against it or its properties or assets which would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon its business or financial condition, and there is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets that would prohibit its ability to perform its obligations hereunder;

(d) it is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act;

(e) it is and will remain in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1934 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder and the rules and regulations of any securities association registered under the 1934 Act, including without limitation any net capital requirements;

(f) it is a member in good standing of FINRA and will act in material compliance with all applicable FINRA or NASD Conduct Rules as they relate to the services of the Distributor performed pursuant to this Agreement;

(g) it shall not give any information or make any representations relating to the Trust other than those contained in the Prospectus or contained in shareholder reports or other material that may be prepared by or on behalf of the Trust for the Distributor’s use;

(h) it is and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations aimed at the prevention and detection of money laundering and/or the financing of terrorism and other criminal activities, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the, U.S. Treasury Department, including OFAC, FinCEN and the SEC;

(i) it has an AML Program compliant in all material respects with the USA PATRIOT Act, as applicable to its business as a registered broker-dealer, that at minimum includes (i) an AML compliance officer designated to administer and oversee the AML Program, (ii) ongoing training for appropriate personnel, (iii) internal controls and procedures reasonably designed to prevent and detect suspicious activity monitoring and terrorist financing activities, (iv) procedures to comply with know your customer requirements and to verify the identity of all customers, and (v) appropriate record keeping procedures;

(j) it will maintain compliance policies and procedures (a “Compliance Program”) reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws (as defined in Rule 38a-

 

4


1 of the 1940 Act) and to provide any and all information with respect to the Compliance Program, including without limitation, information and certifications with respect to material violations of the Compliance Program and any material deficiencies or changes therein, as may be reasonably requested by the Trust’s chief compliance officer or board of trustees with respect to the Distributor’s services to the Trust under this Agreement.

SECTION 4. REGISTRATION OF SHARES

The Trust agrees that it will take all action necessary to register Shares under the federal securities laws and, if required by applicable law, state securities laws so that there will be available for sale the number of Shares necessary in connection with the number of Creation Units the Distributor may reasonably be expected to sell and to pay all fees associated with said registration. The Trust will make the Prospectus available to the Distributor in electronic form.

SECTION 5 . EXPENSES

5.01 Trust Expenses . The Trust will pay all fees and expenses incurred in connection with (i) registering Shares of each Fund with the SEC and qualifying such Shares for sale in such states that the officers of the Trust determine advisable; (ii) preparing, setting in type, printing and mailing any Prospectus, report or other communication to shareholders or Authorized Participants of the Trust in their capacity as such; and (iii) responding to inquiries from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Distributor or the Trust to the extent such inquiries relate to the Trust. The Trust’s investment adviser or its affiliates may pay or reimburse the Trust’s fees and expenses described in this Agreement pursuant to a separate agreement or undertaking.

5.02 Distributor Expenses . Distributor will pay all of its costs and expenses (other than expenses and costs deemed payable by the Trust or the Funds and other than expenses which one or more Authorized Participants may bear pursuant to any agreement with Distributor) incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder.

SECTION 6 . COMPENSATION

As compensation for providing the services under this Agreement, the Distributor will accept such fees payable to the Distributor, if any, as may be provided for in any plan of distribution adopted by the Trust with respect to a Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.

SECTION 7 . INDEMNIFICATION

7.01 Indemnification of Distributor . The Trust agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, the Distributor, each of its directors, officers, principals, representatives, employees and each person, if any, who controls the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Distributor Indemnified Parties”) on an as-incurred basis from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities whatsoever (including any investigation, legal or other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted) (collectively, “Losses”) to which the Distributor Indemnified Parties become subject, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus or the omission or alleged

 

5


omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (ii) any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Trust in this Agreement; provided, however , that the Trust shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any Loss arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Prospectus about the Distributor in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust by the Distributor expressly for use therein; (B) the Distributor’s own willful misfeasance, willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Distributor’s reckless disregard of its obligations under this Agreement or arising out of the failure of the Distributor to deliver a current Prospectus to Authorized Participants; or (C) the Distributor’s material breach of this Agreement.

7.02 Indemnification of the Trust . Distributor will indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, each of its trustees, officers, employees and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Trust Indemnified Parties”) on an as-incurred basis from and against any and all Losses to which the Trust Indemnified Parties become subject, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Trust by the Distributor about the Distributor expressly for use therein; (ii) any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by the Distributor in this Agreement; and (iii) the actions or omissions of any person acting under the supervision of the Distributor in providing services under this Agreement; provided, however , that the Distributor shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any Loss arises out of or is based upon (A) the Trust’s own willful misfeasance, willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Trust’s reckless disregard of its obligations under this Agreement or (B) the Trust’s material breach of this Agreement.

7.03 Indemnification Procedures .

(a) If any action or claim shall be brought against any Distributor Indemnified Party or Trust Indemnified Party (any such party, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the other party hereto, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing. If the indemnifying party has also been named in such action, the indemnifying party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel and payment of all fees and expenses. If the indemnifying party has not also been named in such action, the Indemnified Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel and payment of all fees and expenses. In either circumstance, the parties shall keep each other reasonably informed of the progress of such action or claim, including any settlement discussions regarding the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the omission to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure.

(b) Any Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense and employ counsel, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any

 

6


impleaded party) included such Indemnified Party and the indemnifying party and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party or which may also result in a conflict of interest (in which case if such Indemnified Party notifies the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys for all such Indemnified Parties.

(c) No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

(d) The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent, but if such action is settled with the written consent of the indemnifying party, or if there shall be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action and the time for filing all appeals has expired, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

(e) Neither the Distributor nor the Trust on behalf of each Fund shall indemnify any person pursuant to this Section 7 unless the court or other body before which the proceeding was brought has rendered a final decision on the merits that such person was not liable by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of his or her duties, or his or her reckless disregard of any obligations and duties, under this Agreement (“disabling conduct”) or, in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination (based upon a review of the facts) that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct has been made, in respect of the Trust, by the vote of a majority of a quorum of the trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested parties” (as defined in the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding, or by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

(f) The obligations of the indemnifying party under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that the indemnifying party may otherwise have.

7.04 Consequential Damages . In no event and under no circumstances will either party to this Agreement be liable to anyone, including, without limitation, the other party, for consequential damages for any act or failure to act under any provision of this Agreement.

 

7


SECTION 8 . TERM AND TERMINATION

This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund as of the date set forth in Schedule A and will continue in force for two years and thereafter from year to year, provided that such annual continuance is approved by (i) either the vote of a majority of the trustees of the Trust or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) the vote of a majority of those trustees of the Trust who are not parties to this Agreement or the Trust’s distribution plan(s), if any, or interested persons of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval. This Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty by a vote of the trustees of the Trust; by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust; or by the Distributor upon not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party; and shall automatically terminate upon its assignment. As used in this paragraph the terms, “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “assignment” and “interested person” will have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act. In the event the Trust gives notice of termination, all reasonable expenses associated with the movement (or duplication) of records and materials and conversion thereof to a successor service provider will be borne by the Trust to the extent a reasonably detailed invoice of such expenses is provided to the Trust.

SECTION 9 . MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Records . The books and records pertaining to the Trust, which are in the possession or under the control of Distributor, will be the property of the Trust. Such books and records will be prepared and maintained as required under the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. The Trust and its authorized persons will have access to such books and records at all times during the Distributor’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Trust, the Distributor will make available copies of such books and records to the Trust or its authorized persons, at the Trust’s expense.

9.02 Independent Contractor. The Distributor will undertake and discharge its obligations hereunder as an independent contractor. Neither Distributor nor any of its officers, directors, employees or representatives is or will be an employee of a Fund in connection with the performance of Distributor’s duties hereunder. Distributor will be responsible for its own conduct and the employment, control, compensation and conduct of its agents and employees, and for any injury to such agents or employees or to others through its agents and employees. Any obligations of Distributor hereunder may be performed by one or more third parties or affiliates of Distributor.

9.03 Notices . All notices provided for or permitted under this Agreement will be deemed effective upon receipt, and will be in writing and (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by commercial overnight courier with written verification of receipt, or (c) sent by certified or registered U.S. mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, to the party to be notified, at the address for such party set forth below. Notices to the Distributor will be sent to Nuveen Securities, LLC, Attention: General Counsel, 333 W. Wacker Dr., Chicago, IL 60606. Notices to the Trust will be sent to NuShares ETF Trust, 333 W. Wacker Dr., Chicago, IL 60606.

9.04 Orders . The Trust reserves the right to reject any order for the purchase of Creation Units.

 

8


9.05 Suspension of Sale of Shares . The Trust shall have the right to suspend the sale of shares at any time in response to conditions in the securities markets or otherwise, and to suspend the redemption of shares of any Fund at any time permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

9.06 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement, draft or agreement or proposal with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement or any part hereof may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment or waiver is sought.

9.07 Survival. The provisions of Section 9.12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

9.08 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to any conflict of laws or choice of laws rules or principles thereof. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Illinois, or any of the provisions of this Agreement, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter will control.

9.09 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which will constitute one and the same instrument. Each such counterpart will be deemed an original, and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. This Agreement will be deemed executed by both parties when any one or more counterparts hereof or thereof, individually or taken together, bears the original, scanned or facsimile signatures of each of the parties.

9.10 Force Majeure .

(a) No breach of any obligation of a party to this Agreement (other than obligations to pay amounts owed) will constitute an event of default or breach to the extent it arises out of a cause, existing or future, that is beyond the control and without negligence of the party otherwise chargeable with breach or default, including without limitation: work action or strike; lockout or other labor dispute; flood; war; riot; theft; act of terrorism, earthquake or natural disaster. Either party desiring to rely upon any of the foregoing as an excuse for default or breach will, when the cause arises, give to the other party prompt notice of the facts which constitute such cause; and, when the cause ceases to exist, give prompt notice thereof to the other party.

(b) Notwithstanding the above, Distributor shall, at no additional expense to the Trust, take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions in the event of equipment failure, work stoppage, governmental action, communication disruption or other impossibility of performance beyond Distributor’s control. Distributor shall enter into and shall maintain in effect at all times during the term of this Agreement with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable provision, at a level Distributor believes consistent with other similarly situated distributors, for (i) periodic back-up of the computer files and data with respect to the Trust and (ii) emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to provide services under this Agreement. Upon reasonable request, Distributor shall discuss with the Trust any business

 

9


continuity/disaster recovery plan of Distributor and/or provide a high-level presentation summarizing such plan.

9.11 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction will be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability in such jurisdiction, without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction declares any provision of this Agreement to be invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making such determination will have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace the provision with a provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the original intention of the parties, and this Agreement will be enforceable as so modified.

9.12 Confidential Information .

(a) The Distributor and the Trust (in such capacity, the “Receiving Party”) acknowledge and agree to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided by the Distributor and the Trust (in such capacity, the “Disclosing Party”) in connection with this Agreement. The Receiving Party will not disclose or disseminate the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any Person other than (a) those employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of the Receiving Party, or (b) with respect to the Distributor as a Receiving Party, to those employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of any agent or affiliate, who have a need to know it in order to assist the Receiving Party in performing its obligations, or to permit the Receiving Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement. In addition, the Receiving Party (a) will take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and (b) will not use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, or authorize other Persons to use the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, for any purposes other than in connection with performing its obligations or exercising its rights hereunder. As used herein, “reasonable steps” means steps that a party takes to protect its own, similarly confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, which steps will in no event be less than a reasonable standard of care.

(b) The term “Confidential Information,” as used herein, will mean all business strategies, plans and procedures, proprietary information, methodologies, data and trade secrets, and other confidential information and materials (including, without limitation, any non-public personal information as defined in Regulation S-P) of the Disclosing Party, its affiliates, their respective clients or suppliers, or other Persons with whom they do business, that may be obtained by the Receiving Party from any source or that may be developed as a result of this Agreement.

(c) The provisions of this Section 9.12 respecting Confidential Information will not apply to the extent, but only to the extent, that such Confidential Information: (a) is already known to the Receiving Party free of any restriction at the time it is obtained from the Disclosing Party; (b) is subsequently learned from an independent third party free of any restriction and without breach of this Agreement; (c) becomes publicly available through no wrongful act of the Receiving Party or any third party; (d) is independently developed by or for the Receiving Party without reference to or use of any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or (e) is

 

10


required to be disclosed pursuant to an applicable law, rule, regulation, government requirement or court order, or the rules of any Listing Exchange ( provided, however , that the Receiving Party will advise the Disclosing Party of such required disclosure promptly upon learning thereof in order to afford the Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to contest, limit and/or assist the Receiving Party in crafting such disclosure).

(d) The Receiving Party will advise its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, and will require its agents and affiliates to advise their employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees, of the Receiving Party’s obligations of confidentiality and non-use under this Section 9.12, and will be responsible for ensuring compliance by its and its affiliates’ employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and licensees with such obligations. In addition, the Receiving Party will require all persons that are provided access to the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, other than the Receiving Party’s accountants and legal counsel, to execute confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 9.12. The Receiving Party will promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing upon learning of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information by such persons.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each party hereto agrees that: (i) any Nonpublic Personal Information, as defined under Section 248.3(t) of Regulation S-P (“Regulation S-P”), promulgated under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “Act”), disclosed by a party hereunder is for the specific purpose of permitting the other party to perform the services set forth in this Agreement, and (ii) with respect to such information, each party will comply with Regulation S-P and the Act and will not disclose any Nonpublic Personal Information received in connection with this Agreement to any other party, except to the extent as necessary to carry out the services set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise permitted by Regulation S-P or the Act.

(g) Upon the Disclosing Party’s written request following the termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party promptly will return to the Disclosing Party, or destroy, all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party provided under or in connection with this Agreement, including all copies, portions and summaries thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, (a) the Receiving Party may retain one copy of each item of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for purposes of identifying and establishing its rights and obligations under this Agreement, for archival or audit purposes and/or to the extent required by applicable law, and (b) the Distributor will have no obligation to return or destroy Confidential Information of the Trust that resides in save tapes of Distributor; provided, however , that in either case all such Confidential Information retained by the Receiving Party will remain subject to the provisions of Section 9.12 for so long as it is so retained. If requested by the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party will certify in writing its compliance with the provisions of this paragraph.

9.13 Use of Name.

(a) The Trust will not use the name of the Distributor, or any of its affiliates, in any Prospectus, sales literature, and other material relating to the Trust in any manner without the prior consent of the Distributor (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that the Distributor hereby approves all lawful uses of the names of the Distributor and its affiliates in the Registration Statement of the Trust and in all other materials which merely

 

11


refer in accurate terms to their appointment hereunder or which are required by applicable law, regulations or otherwise by the SEC, FINRA, or any state securities authority.

(b) Neither the Distributor nor any of its affiliates will use the name of the Trust in any publicly disseminated materials, including sales literature, in any manner other than with respect to representative client lists, without the prior consent of the Trust (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that the Trust and each Fund hereby approves all lawful uses of its name in any required regulatory filings of the Distributor which merely refer in accurate terms to the appointment of the Distributor hereunder, or which are required by applicable law, regulations or otherwise by the SEC, FINRA, or any state securities authority.

9.14 Insurance . Each of the parties hereby represents that it maintains adequate insurance coverage with respect to its responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement.

9.15 Non-Liability of Trustees and Shareholders; Limitation of Liability . This Agreement is executed by or on behalf of the Trust with respect to each Fund and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or shareholders of the Trust individually but are binding only upon the Fund to which such obligations pertain and the assets and property of such Fund. Separate and distinct records are maintained for each Fund and the assets associated with any such Fund are held and accounted for separately from the other assets of the Trust, or any other Fund of the Trust. The debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Fund shall be enforceable against the assets of that Fund only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other Fund, and none of the debts, liabilities, obligations, and expenses incurred, contracted for, or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust generally or any other Fund shall be enforceable against the assets of that Fund. Neither the authorization of any action by the trustees of the Trust or the shareholders of a Fund nor the execution of this Agreement on behalf of the Trust or a Fund shall impose any liability upon any trustee or officer of the Trust or any shareholder of a Fund.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust and the Distributor have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NUSHARES ETF TRUST, a

Massachusetts business trust

    

NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

     By:  

 

Title:        Title:  

 

13


D ISTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

S CHEDULE A

 

Fund

    

Effective Date

    

Initial Period End

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

     August 2, 2016      August 1, 2018

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


Dated: August 2, 2016

 

NUSHARES ETF TRUST, a

Massachusetts business trust

   

NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

 

    By:  

 

Title:

      Title:  

 

15


D ISTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

S CHEDULE B

List of Services

Marketing

 

    Market the Funds and the Shares on an ongoing basis, including all forms of marketing activity, whether digital or terrestrial and whether direct or indirect, including without limitation: public relations, advertising, sponsorship, conferences, events, sales and sales support, digital and social outreach.

Contract Management

 

    Coordinate and execute Authorized Participant Agreements, in the form approved by the Trust and BBH, with Authorized Participants.

 

    Coordinate and execute operational agreements related to the services contemplated by this Agreement (networking agreements, NSCC redemption agreements, etc.).

 

    Coordinate and execute on behalf of the Trust shareholder service and similar agreements to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Approval of Creation and Redemption of Orders

 

    Approve or disapprove creation and redemption orders received by BBH from Authorized Participants pursuant to procedures established by the Trust, the Distributor and BBH.

Sales Literature

 

    Prepare or review, provide advice with respect to, and file with the federal and state agencies, FINRA or other organizations as required by federal, state, or other applicable laws and regulations or the rules of any applicable self-regulatory organization, all sales literature (advertisements, brochures and shareholder communications) for each Fund.

FINRA Review

 

    Respond to FINRA comments on marketing materials.

 

B-1

NUSHARES ETF TRUST

AUTHORIZED PARTICIPANT AGREEMENT

This Authorized Participant Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “Distributor”) and [INSERT AP NAME] (the “Participant”), and is subject to acceptance by the index receipt agent, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (the “Index Receipt Agent”), for each individual series (each a “Fund” and collectively the “Funds”) of NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust”).

The Index Receipt Agent serves as the index receipt agent for the Funds and is an Index Receipt Agent as that term is defined in the rules of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). The Distributor provides services as principal underwriter of the Funds acting on an agency basis in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of beneficial interest issued by the Funds, referred to herein as “Fund Shares.”

The process by which an investor purchases and redeems Fund Shares from a Fund is described in detail in each Fund’s current prospectus and statement of additional information, as each may be supplemented or amended from time to time (collectively with respect to each Fund, the “Prospectus”) that comprise part of the Trust’s registration statement, as amended, on Form N-1A (Securities Act of 1933 Registration No. 333-212032; Investment Company Act of 1940 Registration No. 811-23161) and the Authorized Participant Procedures Handbook (“AP Handbook”) (hereinafter collectively, “Fund Documents”). The discussion of the purchase and redemption process in this Agreement is modified as necessary by reference to the more complete discussions in the Fund Documents. References to the Fund Documents are to the then current Prospectus and AP Handbook as each may be supplemented or amended from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Fund Documents. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Fund Documents, the Fund Documents shall control. In the event of a conflict between the Prospectus and AP Handbook, the Prospectus shall control. Each party to this Agreement agrees to comply with the provisions of the Fund Documents to the extent applicable to it.

Fund Shares may be purchased or redeemed directly from the Fund only in aggregations of a specified number, known as a “Creation Unit.” The number of Shares constituting a Creation Unit of each Fund is set forth in the Prospectus. Creation Units of Fund Shares may be purchased only by or through an entity that has entered into an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor and is either a participant in The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or a broker-dealer or other participant in the Continuous Net Settlement System (the “CNSS”) of NSCC (an “Authorized Participant”).

To purchase a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant, whether acting for its own account or on behalf of another party, generally must deliver to the Fund a designated basket of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) and an amount of cash computed as described in the Fund Documents (the “Cash Component”), plus a purchase transaction fee as described in the Fund Documents (the “Transaction Fee”). The Deposit Securities and the Cash Component together constitute the “Fund Deposit.” The amount of such Transaction Fee


shall be determined by the investment adviser to the Fund in its sole discretion and may be changed from time to time as disclosed in the Fund Documents.

This Agreement is intended to set forth the procedures by which the Participant may purchase and/or redeem Creation Units of Fund Shares (i) through the CNSS clearing processes of NSCC as such processes have been enhanced to effect purchases and redemptions of Creation Units, such processes being referred to herein as the “Clearing Process,” or (ii) outside the Clearing Process through the DTC systems. The procedures for placing an order to purchase Fund Shares (a “Purchase Order”) and an order to redeem Fund Shares (a “Redemption Order”) are described in the Fund Documents. All Purchase and Redemption Orders must be made pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Fund Documents. Any use by the Participant of the Index Receipt Agent’s electronic interface or portal for order entry shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions set forth in Annex I hereto. The Participant may not cancel a Purchase Order or a Redemption Order after it is placed.

The parties hereto, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements contained herein, agree as follows:

 

1. STATUS OF PARTICIPANT

(a) The Participant hereby represents, covenants, and warrants that it is and will continue to be a participant in DTC (“DTC Participant”) so long as this Agreement is in full force and effect and that, with respect to Purchase Orders or Redemption Orders placed through the Clearing Process, it is and will continue to be a member of NSCC and a participant in the CNSS so long as this Agreement is in full force and effect. The Participant may place Purchase Orders or Redemption Orders either through the Clearing Process or outside the Clearing Process through the DTC, subject to the procedures for purchase and redemption referred to in paragraph 2 below and the AP Handbook. If a Participant loses its status as a DTC Participant or NSCC member, or its eligibility to participate in the CNSS, the Participant shall promptly notify the Distributor in writing of the change in status or eligibility. Upon such notice, the Distributor, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Agreement.

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Participant hereby represents and warrants that it is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), is qualified to act as a broker or dealer in the states or other jurisdictions where it transacts business, and is a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). The Participant agrees that it will maintain such registrations, qualifications, and membership in good standing and in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement. The Participant agrees to comply with all applicable federal laws, the laws of the states or other jurisdictions concerned, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and with the Constitution, By-Laws and Conduct Rules of FINRA, and that it will not offer or sell Fund Shares of any Fund in any state or jurisdiction where such shares may not lawfully be offered and/or sold.

 

I-2


(c) If the Participant is offering and selling Fund Shares of any Fund in jurisdictions outside the several states, territories and possessions of the United States and is not otherwise required to be registered or qualified as a broker or dealer, or to be a member of FINRA, as set forth above, the Participant nevertheless agrees to observe the applicable laws of the jurisdiction in which such offer and/or sale is made, to comply with the full disclosure requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and to conduct its business in accordance with the spirit of the FINRA Conduct Rules.

 

2. EXECUTION OF PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION ORDERS

(a) All Purchase Orders and Redemption Orders shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Fund Documents. Each party hereto agrees to comply with the provisions of the Fund Documents to the extent applicable to it. The Trust reserves the right to issue additional or other procedures relating to the manner of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units of any Fund, and the Participant agrees to comply with such procedures as may be issued from time to time (including but not limited to the Fund Shares cash collateral settlement procedures that are referenced in the AP Handbook), provided that any such amendments are disclosed to the Participant. The Participant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any party for which it is acting that a Purchase Order or Redemption Order shall be irrevocable once accepted, and that the Distributor, on behalf of the Funds, reserves the right to reject any Purchase Order in accordance with the terms of the Fund Documents. The Participant agrees that the Distributor, on behalf of the Funds, has and reserves the right, in its sole discretion without notice, to reject a Purchase Order or suspend sales of Fund Shares, in accordance with the terms of the Fund Documents.

(b) With respect to any Redemption Order, the Participant acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any party for which it is acting to return to a Fund any dividend, distribution, or other corporate action paid to it or to the party for which it is acting in respect of any Deposit Security that is transferred to the Participant or any party for which it is acting that, based on the valuation of such Deposit Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Fund. With respect to any Redemption Order, the Participant also acknowledges and agrees on behalf of itself and any party for which it is acting that a Fund is entitled to reduce the amount of money or other proceeds due to the Participant or any party for which it is acting by an amount equal to any dividend, distribution, or other corporate action to be paid to it or to the party for which it is acting in respect of any Deposit Security that is transferred to the Participant or any party for which it is acting that, based on the valuation of such Deposit Security at the time of transfer, should be paid to the Fund.

(c) With respect to any Purchase Order, the Distributor agrees to cause the Trust’s custodian (“Custodian”), on behalf of each Fund, to return to the Participant or any party for which it is acting any dividend, distribution, or other corporate action paid to a Fund in respect of any Deposit Security that is transferred to the Fund that, based on the valuation of such Deposit Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Participant or any party for which it is acting. With respect to any Purchase Order, the Distributor, on

 

I-3


behalf of each Fund, also acknowledges and agrees that the Participant shall be entitled to reduce the amount of the cash component due to a Fund by an amount equal to any dividend, distribution or other corporate action to be paid to it in respect of any Deposit Security that is transferred to the Fund that, based on the valuation of such Deposit Security at the time of transfer, should have been paid to the Participant.

(d) In the event that the basket of Deposit Securities to be delivered by the Participant in connection with any Purchase Order or the basket of Fund Shares to be delivered by the Participant in connection with any Redemption Order is missing some of the required securities on the date on which such Purchase Order or Redemption Order is scheduled to settle with respect to any Fund (the “Contractual Settlement Date”), the Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent agree not to treat such Purchase Order or Redemption Order as a failed trade or a failed settlement provided that the Participant, on or prior to the close of business on the first day the Fund is open for business following the Contractual Settlement Date for such Purchase Order or Redemption Order, (i) delivers to the Index Receipt Agent or the Distributor, as applicable, for the benefit of the Fund (in accordance with the delivery instructions provided by the Index Receipt Agent or the Distributor, as applicable), the Cash Component required in connection with such Purchase Order, such Deposit Securities as the Participant has available for delivery and cash collateral in an amount not less than 110% of the market value of the missing securities, or (ii) delivers to the Fund through the NSCC or otherwise (as instructed by the Index Receipt Agent or the Distributor, as applicable, for the benefit of the Fund) the missing securities or cash in lieu of such securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require the Distributor or the Index Receipt Agent to complete any such Purchase Order or Redemption Order on behalf of the Fund unless and until the Participant fully complies with the requirements of this Section 2(d), as determined by the Distributor or the Index Receipt Agent in its sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant shall be notified pursuant to the terms of this Agreement of any modification to the Participant’s ability to engage in cash in lieu transactions.

 

3. AUTHORIZATION OF INDEX RECEIPT AGENT

With respect to Purchase Orders or Redemption Orders processed through the Clearing Process, the Participant hereby authorizes the Index Receipt Agent to transmit to the NSCC on behalf of the Participant such instructions, including amounts of the Deposit Securities and Cash Components as are necessary, consistent with the instructions issued by the Participant to the Distributor. The Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of such instructions issued by the Index Receipt Agent and reported to NSCC as though such instructions were issued by the Participant directly to NSCC.

 

4. MARKETING MATERIALS AND REPRESENTATIONS.

The Participant represents, warrants, and agrees that it will not make any representations concerning Fund Shares, the Trust or the Funds, other than those consistent with each respective Fund’s then current Prospectus or in any promotional materials or sales literature furnished to the Participant by the Distributor. The Participant agrees not to

 

I-4


furnish or cause to be furnished to any person or display or publish any information or materials relating to Fund Shares (including, without limitation, promotional materials and sales literature, advertisements, press releases, announcements, statements, posters, signs, or other similar materials), except such information and materials as may be furnished to the Participant by the Distributor and such other information and materials as may be approved in writing by the Distributor. The Participant understands that a Fund will not be advertised or marketed as an open-end investment company, i.e., as a mutual fund, and that any advertising materials will prominently disclose that the Fund Shares are not individually redeemable. In addition, the Participant understands that any advertising material that addresses redemption of Fund Shares will disclose that Fund Shares may be tendered for redemption to the issuing Fund only in Creation Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant may without the written approval of the Distributor prepare and circulate in the regular course of its business research reports or other institutional sales material that include information, opinions, or recommendations relating to Fund Shares (i) for public dissemination, provided that such research reports or other institutional sales material compare the relative merits and benefits of Fund Shares with other products and are not used for purposes of marketing Fund Shares, and (ii) for internal use by the Participant.

 

5. TITLE TO SECURITIES; RESTRICTED SHARES

The Participant represents on behalf of itself and, to the best of its knowledge, any party for which it acts that upon delivery of Deposit Securities to the Custodian in connection with any Purchase Order with respect to a Fund, the Fund will acquire good and unencumbered title to such securities, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, and encumbrances, and not subject to any adverse claims, including without limitation any restrictions upon the sale or transfer of such securities imposed by (i) any agreement or arrangement entered into by the Participant or any party for which it is acting in connection with a Purchase Order, or (ii) any provision of the 1933 Act and any regulations thereunder (except that portfolio securities of issuers other than U.S. issuers shall not be required to have been registered under the 1933 Act if exempt from such registration), or of the applicable laws or regulations of any other applicable jurisdiction. In particular, the Participant represents on behalf of itself and, to the best of its knowledge, any party for which it acts that no such securities are “restricted securities” as such term is used in Rule 144(a)(3)(i) under the 1933 Act.

 

6. CASH COMPONENT

The Participant hereby agrees that, in connection with a Purchase Order, whether for itself or any party for which it acts, it will make available on or before the Contractual Settlement Date, by means satisfactory to the Distributor on behalf of the applicable Fund, and in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Documents, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Distributor to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after acceptance of the Purchase Order, together with the Transaction Fee. Any excess funds will be returned to the Participant following settlement of the Purchase Order. The Participant should ascertain the applicable deadline for cash transfers by contacting

 

I-5


the operations department of the broker or depositary institution effectuating the transfer of the Cash Component. The Participant hereby agrees to ensure that the Cash Component will be received by the issuing Fund in accordance with the terms of the Fund Documents, but in any event on or before the Contractual Settlement Date, and in the event payment of such Cash Component has not been made in accordance with the provisions of the Fund Documents or by such Contractual Settlement Date, the Participant agrees on behalf of itself or any party for which it acts in connection with a Purchase Order to pay the amount of the Cash Component, plus interest, computed at such reasonable rate as may be specified by the Fund from time to time. The Participant shall be liable to the Index Receipt Agent for any amounts advanced by it in its sole discretion on behalf of the Participant for payment of the amounts due and owing for the Cash Component. Computation of the Cash Component shall exclude any taxes, duties or other fees and expenses payable upon the transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Participant and not the issuing Fund.

 

7. ROLE OF PARTICIPANT

(a) The Participant acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Participant will be deemed to be an independent contractor, and will have no authority to act as agent for the Distributor, the Trust or the Funds in any matter or in any respect, except to the extent it is expressly engaged by an adviser of a Fund to act as such an agent in the case that such party requests that the Participant, as acting in its capacity as a broker or dealer, purchase for the Fund in respect of a cash creation some or all of the securities comprising a basket underlying a Creation Unit. The Participant agrees to make itself and its employees available, upon request, during normal business hours to consult with the Distributor, the Trust and their designees concerning the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

(b) The Participant agrees as a DTC Participant and in connection with any Purchase Order or Redemption Order in which it acts on behalf of a third party, that it shall extend to such party all of the rights, and shall be bound by all of the obligations, of a DTC Participant in addition to any obligations that it undertakes hereunder or in accordance with the Fund Documents.

(c) The Participant agrees, to the extent required by applicable law, to maintain records of all sales of Fund Shares made by or through it and to the extent it can do so in compliance with applicable privacy and customer protection rules, policies and contractual obligations, and to furnish copies of such records to the Distributor or the Trust upon their reasonable request.

(d) The Participant affirms that it has procedures in place reasonably designed to protect the privacy of non-public personal consumer/customer financial information to the extent required by applicable law, rule and regulation.

(e) The Participant certifies that it has established and agrees to maintain an anti-money laundering program reasonably designed to materially comply with all

 

I-6


anti-money laundering laws, regulations and rules now or hereafter in effect that are applicable to it, including, without limitation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT ACT”) and the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

8. AGENT FOR PROXY

(a) The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that, from time to time, it may be a Beneficial Owner or legal owner of Fund Shares (as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the 1934 Act). The Participant agrees to irrevocably appoint the Distributor as its agent and proxy with full authorization and power to vote (or abstain from voting) its beneficially or legally owned Fund Shares which the Participant has not rehypothecated and which the Participant is or may be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders of a Fund held after the effective date of this Agreement, whether annual or special and whether or not an adjourned meeting, or, if applicable, to give written consent with respect thereto. The Distributor shall vote (or abstain from voting) such Fund Shares in the same proportion as the votes (or abstentions) of all other shareholders of the Fund on any matter submitted to the vote of shareholders of the Fund or Trust. The Participant acknowledges that the Distributor will not exercise discretion or otherwise provide advice or guidance to the Participant or any other party in connection with any vote (or abstention thereof).

(b) For purposes of this Section 8, beneficially owned Fund Shares shall not include those Fund Shares for which the Participant is the record owner but which are held for the benefit of third parties or in customer or fiduciary accounts in the ordinary course of business, unless the Participant instructs the Distributor in writing otherwise. The Participant acknowledges that the Distributor will not exercise the voting rights applicable to such Fund Shares unless the Participant instructs the Distributor in writing otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, it shall be the responsibility of the Participant to instruct the Distributor in writing as to which Fund Shares will/will not be voted by the agent and proxy pursuant to this Section. The Participant represents that it has all the necessary legal power and authority to vote, and to appoint an agent and proxy to vote, all such Shares as contemplated herein. The Participant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor from and against any loss, liability, cost or expense suffered or incurred by such Distributor resulting directly from losses, liabilities or expenses resulting from this proxy other than those arising from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Distributor.

(c) The Distributor, as proxy for the Participant hereunder: (i) is hereby given full power of substitution and revocation; (ii) may act through such agents, nominees, or attorneys as it may appoint from time to time; and (iii) may provide voting instructions to such agents, nominees, or substitute attorneys in any lawful manner deemed appropriate by it, including in writing, by telephone, facsimile, electronically (including through the internet) or otherwise. The powers of such agent and proxy shall include (without limiting its general powers hereunder) the power to receive and waive any notice of any meeting on behalf of the Participant. The Distributor may terminate this irrevocable proxy (i.e.,

 

I-7


Sections 8(a) through 8(c)) after sixty (60) days written notice to the Participant and termination of this irrevocable proxy by itself shall not serve to terminate the Agreement.

 

9. AUTHORIZED PERSONS OF THE PARTICIPANT

(a) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter as may be reasonably requested by the Distributor, the Participant shall deliver to the Distributor, with copies to the Index Receipt Agent, a certificate in the form attached as Annex II hereto or in a form otherwise acceptable to the Distributor, duly certified as appropriate by a duly authorized official of the Participant, setting forth the names and signatures of all persons authorized to give instructions relating to any activity contemplated hereby or any other notice, request, or instruction on behalf of the Participant (each an “Authorized Person”). Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until delivery to the Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent of a superseding certificate. Upon the termination or revocation of authority of such Authorized Person by the Participant, the Participant shall give prompt written notice of such fact to the Distributor, with a copy to the Index Receipt Agent, and such notice (which may be given via email) shall be effective upon acknowledged receipt thereof.

(b) The Index Receipt Agent shall issue to each Authorized Person of the Participant a unique personal identification number (“PIN Number”) by which each Authorized Person shall be identified and instructions issued by each Authorized Person on behalf of the Participant hereunder shall be authenticated. Each PIN Number shall be kept confidential by the Participant and the Authorized Person to whom it is issued. Participant agrees to keep each PIN Number confidential, provided that the Distributor acknowledges and agrees that certain employees of the Participant such as those who work in a legal, compliance, risk management or other supervisory role may have a reasonable need to know or may have incidental access to one or more PIN Numbers. If an Authorized Person’s PIN Number is changed, the new PIN Number will become effective on a date mutually agreed upon by the Participant and the Index Receipt Agent. If for any reason an Authorized Person’s PIN Number is compromised, the Participant shall contact the Index Receipt Agent immediately via email in order for a new one to be issued.

(c) The Index Receipt Agent shall assume that all instructions issued to it using an Authorized Persons’s PIN Number have been properly placed, unless the Index Receipt Agent has actual knowledge to the contrary or the Participant has revoked such Authorized Person’s PIN Number. The Participant agrees that the Distributor, the Index Receipt Agent and the Trust shall not be liable, absent their fraud or willful misconduct, for losses incurred by the Participant as a result of unauthorized use of an Authorized Person’s PIN Number, unless the Participant previously submitted written notice to revoke such Authorized Person’s PIN Number and such notice was affirmatively acknowledged as accepted.

 

10. REDEMPTIONS

 

I-8


(a) The Participant understands and agrees that Redemption Orders may be submitted only on days that a Fund is open for business, as required by Section 22(e) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended (the “1940 Act”).

(b) The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that it will not attempt to place a Redemption Order for the purpose of redeeming any Creation Units unless it first ascertains that it or its customer, as the case may be, owns outright or has full legal authority and legal and beneficial right to tender for redemption the requisite number of Fund Shares, and that such Fund Shares have not been loaned or pledged to another party and are not the subject of a repurchase agreement, securities lending agreement, or any other agreement that would preclude the delivery of such Fund Shares to a Fund.

(c) The Participant understands that Fund Shares of any Fund may be redeemed only when one or more Creation Units are held in the account of a single Participant or when the Participant reasonably expects that one or more Creation Units will be held in its account in unencumbered form as of the relevant Contractual Settlement Date.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or a Prospectus, the Participant understands and agrees that residents of certain countries are entitled to receive only cash upon redemption of a Creation Unit. Accordingly, the Participant hereby represents that any Redemption Order it submits for an in-kind redemption has not been submitted on behalf of a beneficial owner who is a resident of a country requiring that all redemptions be made in cash.

 

11. COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 351

(a) The Participant represents, covenants and warrants that, based upon the number of outstanding Fund Shares of any particular Fund, it does not, and will not in the future, hold for the account of any single beneficial owner, or group of related beneficial owners, 80 percent or more of the currently outstanding Fund Shares of such Fund, so as to cause the Fund to have a basis in the portfolio securities deposited with the Fund different from the market value of such portfolio securities on the date of such deposit, pursuant to section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) The Participant agrees that the confirmation relating to any Purchase Order for one or more Creation Units shall state as follows: “Purchaser represents and warrants that, after giving effect to the purchase of Fund Shares to which this confirmation relates, it will not hold 80% or more of the outstanding Fund Shares of the issuing Fund and will not treat such purchase as eligible for tax-free treatment under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If purchaser is a dealer, purchaser agrees to deliver similar written confirmations to any person purchasing from it any of the Fund Shares to which this confirmation relates.”

(c) The Index Receipt Agent and the Distributor shall each have the right to require, as a condition to the acceptance of a deposit of Deposit Securities, information from the

 

I-9


Participant regarding ownership of Fund Shares by such Participant and its customers, and to rely thereon to the extent necessary to make a determination regarding a beneficial owner’s ownership of 80 percent or more of a Fund’s currently outstanding Fund Shares.

 

12. INDEMNIFICATION

Section 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(a) The Participant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Distributor, the Trust, the Funds, the Index Receipt Agent, their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (each an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any loss, liability, cost, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Indemnified Party as a result of (i) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) any failure on the part of the Participant to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Agreement; (iii) any failure by the Participant to comply with applicable laws, including rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations, to the extent that such laws, rules and regulations apply to its activities as Participant hereunder; (iv) actions of such Indemnified Party in reliance upon any instructions issued in accordance with the Fund Documents or Annex II (as each may be amended from time to time) reasonably believed by the Distributor and/or the Index Receipt Agent to be genuine and to have been given by the Participant; or (v) the Participant’s failure to complete a Purchase Order or Redemption Order that has been accepted. The Participant understands and agrees that the Trust, as a third party beneficiary to this Agreement, is entitled to proceed directly against the Participant in the event that the Participant fails to honor any of its obligations under this Agreement that benefit the Trust. The Distributor shall not be liable to the Participant for any damages arising out of mistakes or errors in data provided to the Distributor by the Participant, or out of interruptions or delays of communications with the Indemnified Parties who are service providers to a Fund.

(b) The Distributor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Participant and the Index Receipt Agent, their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, employees, and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (each an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any loss, liability, cost, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Indemnified Party as a result of (i) any material breach by the Distributor of any provision of this Agreement; (ii) any failure on the part of the Distributor to perform any of its obligations set forth in this Agreement; (iii) any failure by the Distributor to comply with applicable laws, including rules and regulations of self-regulatory organizations to the extent that such laws, rules and regulations apply to its activities as distributor hereunder; or (iv) actions of such Indemnified Party in reliance upon any representations made in accordance with the Fund Documents and Annex II (as each may be amended from time to time) reasonably believed by the Participant to be genuine and to have been given by the Distributor. The Participant shall not be liable to the Distributor for any damages arising out of mistakes or errors in data provided to the Participant by the Distributor, or out of interruptions or delays of communications with the Indemnified Parties who are service providers to the Fund.

 

I-10


(c) The Index Receipt Agent shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable for any loss or damage unless such loss or damage is caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or that of its employees, or its breach of any of its obligations hereunder, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Distributor or the Index Receipt Agent.

(d) The Trust, the Funds, the Distributor, the Index Receipt Agent, or any person who controls such persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, shall not be liable to the Participant for any damages arising from any differences in performance between the Deposit Securities in a Fund Deposit and the Fund’s benchmark index.

(e) In no event shall any of the parties be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages regardless of the form of action and even if the same were foreseeable.

 

13. INFORMATION ABOUT DEPOSIT SECURITIES

On each day that a Fund is open for business, the Fund will make available, through the facilities of the NSCC, the names and amounts of Deposit Securities to be included in that day’s Fund Deposit for such Fund.

 

14. PROSPECTUS AND REPRESENTATIONS

(a) Distributor represents and warrants that (i) the registration statement(s) for the Trust and each Prospectus contained therein conform in all material respects to the requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the registration statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the sale and distribution of Fund Shares as contemplated herein will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Distributor; and (iii) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of Fund Shares, except the registration of Fund Shares under the 1933 Act.

(b) The Distributor will provide, or cause to be provided, to the Participant copies of each then-current Prospectus and any printed supplemental information in reasonable quantities upon request. The Participant agrees to maintain a valid email address, and agrees to promptly notify the Distributor if its email address changes. The Participant shall, upon request of the Distributor, provide the Distributor with sufficient documentation and other evidence that the Participant is providing a summary prospectus to the purchasers of any Shares. The Distributor represents, warrants and agrees that it will notify the Participant when a revised, supplemented or amended Prospectus is available and will deliver or otherwise make available to the Participant copies of such revised,

 

I-11


supplemented or amended Prospectus at such time and in such numbers as to enable the Participant to comply with any obligation it may have to deliver such Prospectus to customers, as reasonably requested by the Participant. The Distributor shall be deemed to have complied with this paragraph when the Participant has received such revised, supplemented or amended Prospectus by email at [INSERT AP E-MAIL] , in printable form, with such number of hard copies as may be agreed from time to time by the parties promptly thereafter.

(c) The Participant acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus and represents that it has reviewed that document and understands the terms thereof.

 

15. CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF PROSPECTUS

The Distributor may deliver electronically a Prospectus, annual or semi-annual report or other shareholder information (each, a “Shareholder Document”) to persons who have consented to such electronic delivery. The Distributor will deliver Shareholder Documents electronically by sending consenting persons an e-mail message informing them that the applicable Shareholder Document has been posted and is available on the Funds’ website, www.nuveen.com/etfs, and providing a hypertext link to the document. The electronic versions of the Shareholder Documents will be in PDF format and can be downloaded and printed using Adobe Acrobat.

By signing this Agreement, the Participant hereby consents to the foregoing electronic delivery of all Shareholder Documents to the e-mail address set forth in paragraph 14(b) above. The Participant further understands and agrees that unless such consent is revoked, the Participant can obtain access to the Shareholder Documents from the Distributor only electronically. The Participant can revoke the consent to electronic delivery of Shareholder Documents at any time by providing written notice to the Distributor. The Participant agrees to maintain the e-mail address set forth above and further agrees to promptly notify the Distributor if its e-mail address changes. The Participant understands that, in order to access all Shareholder Documents, it must have Internet access.

 

16. CONSENT TO RECORDING OF CONVERSATIONS

By signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that certain telephone conversations between the Index Receipt Agent and the Participant in connection with the placing of orders may be recorded, and the Participant hereby grants its consent to such recordings.

 

17. NOTICES

Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, all notices required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered by personal delivery; by Federal Express or other similar delivery service; by registered or certified United States first class mail, return receipt requested; or by telex, telegram, facsimile, email or similar means of same day delivery (with a confirming copy by mail).

 

I-12


All notices to the Participant, the Distributor, and the Index Receipt Agent shall be directed to the address, telephone, facsimile or telex numbers or email address indicated below the signature line of such party.

 

18. EFFECTIVENESS, TERMINATION, AND AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

(a) This Agreement shall become effective after execution and delivery to the Distributor upon notice by the Distributor to the Participant.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time by any party upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other parties, and may be terminated earlier by the Distributor at any time in the event of a material breach by the Participant of any provision of this Agreement or the procedures set forth in the Fund Documents. This Agreement will be binding on each party’s successors and assigns, but the parties agree that neither party can assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

(c) This Agreement or any part hereof may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment or waiver is sought.

 

19. TRUST AS THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY

The Participant and the Distributor understand and agree that the Trust, as a third party beneficiary to this Agreement, is entitled and intends to proceed directly against the Participant in the event that the Participant fails to honor any of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement that benefit the Trust.

 

20. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

The Participant acknowledges receipt of each Prospectus and the AP Handbook, represents that it has reviewed such documents and understands the terms thereof, and further acknowledges that the procedures contained therein pertaining to the creation and redemption of Creation Units are incorporated herein by reference.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

22. MISCELLANEOUS; COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Distributor and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof. Accordingly, this Agreement supersedes and other oral or written agreements heretofore in effect between the Distributor and the Participant with respect to the distribution of Fund Shares. Except as

 

I-13


expressly provided herein, no other duties or obligations of any kind are implied upon any party.

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

I-14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year written below.

 

DATED:                                                                                                   
NUVEEN SECURITIES, LLC   

By:                                                                                                          

  

Name:                                                                                                   

  

Title:                                                                                                      

  

Address:                                                                                                

  

Telephone:                                                                                            

  

Facsimile:                                                                                            

  

[INSERT AP NAME]

DTC/NSCC Clearing Participant Code:

By:                                                                                                          

  

Name:                                                                                                    

  

Title:                                                                                                       

  

Address:                                                                                                 

  

Telephone:                                                                                             

  

Facsimile:                                                                                              

  

E-mail:                                                                                                    

  
ACCEPTED BY:
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., as Index Receipt Agent

By:                                                                                                          

  

Name:                                                                                                    

  

Title:                                                                                                       

  

Address:                                                                                                 

  

Telephone:                                                                                             

  

Facsimile:                                                                                              

  

E-mail:                                                                                                    

  

 

I-15


ANNEX I

ORDER ENTRY SYSTEM/ELECTRONIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS

This Annex shall govern use by the Participant of the electronic order entry system for placing Creation Orders and Redemption Orders (collectively, “Orders”) made available to the Participant by the Index Receipt Agent (the “System”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Authorized Participant Agreement to which this Annex is attached (the “Agreement”). In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Annex and the main body of the Agreement with respect to the placing of Orders, the terms of this Annex shall control.

1. (a) The Participant shall provide to Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent a duly executed authorization letter, in a form attached as Annex II to the Agreement or in a form otherwise satisfactory to Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent, identifying those Authorized Persons who will access the System. The Participant shall promptly notify Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent in writing in the event that any person’s status as an Authorized Person is revoked or terminated for any reason, in order to give the Index Receipt Agent a reasonable opportunity to terminate such Authorized Person’s access to the System. Such notice (which may be given by email), shall be effective upon acknowledged receipt thereof. The Participant shall be responsible in all respects for each Authorized Person’s use of the System.

(b) It is understood and agreed that each Authorized Person shall be designated as an authorized user of the Participant for the purpose of the Agreement. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Participant’s and each Authorized Person’s access rights with respect to System shall be revoked.

2. The Index Receipt Agent grants to the Participant a limited, nontransferable and nonexclusive license to use the System solely for the purpose of transmitting Orders and otherwise communicating with the Index Receipt Agent in connection with the same. The Participant shall use the System solely for its own internal and proper business purposes. Except as expressly set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to the Participant with respect to the System. The Participant acknowledges that the Index Receipt Agent and its suppliers retain and have ownership, title and exclusive proprietary rights to the System. The Participant further acknowledges that all or a part of the System may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefor) by the Index Receipt Agent or its suppliers. The Participant shall not take any action with respect to the System inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments. The Participant may not copy, distribute, sell, lease or provide, directly or indirectly, the System or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without the Index Receipt Agent’s prior written consent. The Participant may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the System. The Participant shall reproduce any such notice on any reproduction of any portion of the System and shall add any statutory copyright notice or other notice upon the Index Receipt Agent’s request.

3. (a) The Participant acknowledges that any user manuals or other documentation (whether in hard copy or electronic format) (collectively, the “Material”),

 

I-1


which is delivered or made available to the Participant regarding the System is the exclusive and confidential property of the Index Receipt Agent. The Participant shall keep the Material confidential by using the same care and discretion that the Participant uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but in no event less than reasonable care. The Participant may make such copies of the Material as is reasonably necessary for the Participant to use the System for purposes of the Agreement and shall reproduce the Index Receipt Agent’s proprietary markings on any such copy. The foregoing shall not in any way be deemed to affect the copyright status of any of the Material which may be copyrighted and shall apply to all Material whether or not copyrighted. THE INDEX RECEIPT AGENT AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE MATERIAL OR ANY PRODUCT OR SERVICE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

(b) Upon termination of the Agreement for any reason, the Participant shall return to the Index Receipt Agent all copies of the Material which is in the Participant’s possession or under its control.

4. The Participant agrees that it shall have sole responsibility for maintaining the security and control of the user IDs, passwords and codes for access to the System provided to the Participant, which shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of the Index Receipt Agent. The Index Receipt Agent shall be entitled to rely on the information received by it from the Participant and the Index Receipt Agent may assume that all such information was transmitted by or on behalf of an Authorized Person regardless of by whom it was actually transmitted.

5. (a) The Index Receipt Agent shall have no liability in connection with the use of the System, the access granted to the Participant and its Authorized Persons hereunder, or any transaction effected or attempted to be effected by the Participant hereunder, except for damages incurred by the Participant as a direct result of the Index Receipt Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, IT IS HEREBY AGREED THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INDEX RECEIPT AGENT OR ANY MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER OF EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE OR SERVICES TO THE INDEX RECEIPT AGENT BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH THE PARTICIPANT MAY INCUR OR EXPERIENCE BY REASON OF ITS HAVING ENTERED INTO OR RELIED ON THE AGREEMENT, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE ACCESS GRANTED TO THE PARTICIPANT HEREUNDER, OR ANY TRANSACTION EFFECTED OR ATTEMPTED TO BE EFFECTED BY THE PARTICIPANT HEREUNDER, EVEN IF THE INDEX RECEIPT AGENT OR SUCH MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, NOR SHALL THE INDEX RECEIPT AGENT OR ANY SUCH MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND SUCH PERSON’S REASONABLE CONTROL.

 

I-2


(b) The Participant shall not make any deliberate misuse of any element of the System, including, without limitation, hacking, introduction of viruses or any device, method, or token whose knowing or intended purpose is to permit any person to circumvent the normal security and/or operation of the System or any portion thereof, disruption or excessive use or any use in contravention of applicable law, and making any modifications to the System, including without limitation the software, information, formats, and interfaces that comprise the System. The Participant will be held strictly liable for decreased effectiveness or efficiency of, or for any errors and omissions arising out of the use of, the System provided to the Index Receipt Agent’s other clients as a result of modifications the Participant makes to the System and/or their component parts. The Participant will indemnify, defend and hold the Distributor and the Index Receipt Agent and its suppliers harmless against any losses, expenses, costs, or damages incurred as a result of the Participant’s breach of the terms and conditions of this Annex, or its unauthorized use of the System.

6. The Index Receipt Agent reserves the right to revoke the Participant’s access to the System immediately and without notice upon any breach by the Participant of the terms and conditions of this Annex.

7. The Index Receipt Agent shall acknowledge through the System its receipt of each Order communicated through the System, and in the absence of such acknowledgment, the Index Receipt Agent shall not be liable for any failure to act in accordance with such Orders and the Participant may not claim that such Order was received by the Index Receipt Agent. The Index Receipt Agent may in its discretion decline to act upon any instructions or communications that are insufficient or incomplete or are not received by the Index Receipt Agent in sufficient time for the Index Receipt Agent to act upon, or in accordance with such instructions or communications.

8. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for every communication through the System, or for all data. The Participant agrees that the Index Receipt Agent may deactivate any applicable encryption features at any time, without notice or liability to the Participant, for the purpose of maintaining, repairing or troubleshooting its systems.

 

I-3


ANNEX II

FORM OF CERTIFIED AUTHORIZED PERSONS OF PARTICIPANT

The following are the names, titles and signatures of all persons (each an “Authorized Person”) authorized to give instructions relating to any activity contemplated pursuant to the Authorized Participant Agreement dated as of [INSERT DATE] by and between Nuveen Securities, LLC and [INSERT AP NAME] with respect to the NuShares ETF Trust (the “Agreement”), or any other notices, request or instruction on behalf of Participant pursuant to the Agreement.

For each Authorized Person:

 

Name:

  

Name:

  

Title:

  

Title:

  

Signature:

  

Signature:

  

E-Mail Address:

  

E-Mail Address:

  

Telephone:

  

Telephone:

  

Facsimile:

  

Facsimile:

  

Name:

  

Name:

  

Title:

  

Title:

  

Signature:

  

Signature:

  

E-Mail Address:

  

E-Mail Address:

  

Telephone:

  

Telephone:

  

Facsimile:

  

Facsimile:

  

The undersigned does hereby certify that the persons listed above have been duly elected to the offices set forth beneath their names, that they presently hold such offices, that they have been duly authorized to act as Authorized Persons pursuant to the Agreement and that their signatures set forth above are their own true and genuine signatures.

 

By:

 

 

Date:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

II-1

Exhibit f

 

 

NUVEEN OPEN-END AND CLOSED-END FUNDS

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2013)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1  PURPOSE OF PLAN; RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE

     1   

1.1 Purpose of Plan

     1   

1.2 Effective Date

     1   

1.3 Grandfather Rule for Pre-2005 Accounts

     1   

SECTION 2  DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

     1   

2.1 Definitions

     1   

2.2 Plurals and Gender

     3   

2.3 Headings

     3   

2.4 Separate Agreement

     3   

SECTION 3  DEFERRALS

     4   

3.1 Deferral Election

     4   

3.2 Payment Reduction

     4   

3.3 Effect of Election.

     4   

3.4 Unforeseeable Emergencies

     4   

SECTION 4  ACCOUNTS

     4   

4.1 Crediting of Deferrals.

     4   

4.2 Valuation of Account

     5   

SECTION 5  DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNT

     7   

5.1 Participant’s Payment Election.

     7   

5.2 Irrevocability

     7   

5.3 Death Prior to Complete Distribution of Account

     7   

5.4 Unforeseeable Emergency

     7   

5.5 Designation of Beneficiary

     8   

5.6 Domestic Relations Orders

     8   

5.7 Compliance With Conflicts of Interest Laws

     8   

SECTION 6  AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

     8   

6.1 Amendments

     8   

6.2 Termination

     8   

SECTION 7  MISCELLANEOUS

     9   

7.1 Rights of Creditors

     9   

7.2 Agents

     9   

7.3 Incapacity

     9   

7.4 Statement of Account

     10   

7.5 Governing Law

     10   

7.6 Non-Guarantee of Status

     10   

7.7 Counsel

     10   

7.8 Interests Not Transferable

     10   

 

i


7.9 Entire Agreement

     10   

7.10 Powers of Administrator

     10   

7.11 Participant Litigation

     11   

7.12 Successors and Assigns

     11   

7.13 Severability

     11   

7.14 Section 409A

     11   

 

ii


NUVEEN OPEN-END AND CLOSED-END FUNDS

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2013)

 

SECTION 1

PURPOSE OF PLAN; RESTATEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE

1.1         Purpose of Plan .        The Board of each Participating Fund maintains this Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees. The purpose of the Plan is to allow the independent directors and trustees of the Participating Funds to defer receipt of all or a portion of the compensation they earn for their service to the Participating Funds in lieu of receiving current payments of such compensation, and to treat any deferred amount as though an equivalent dollar amount had been invested in shares of one or more Eligible Funds. Each Board intends that the Plan shall be maintained at all times on an unfunded basis for federal income tax purposes under the Code. The Plan is not covered by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.2         Effective Date .        This amendment and restatement of the Plan, which is intended to implement the requirements of Section 409A, is generally effective January 1, 2013.

1.3         Grandfather Rule for Pre-2005 Accounts .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms of the Pre-2005 Plan shall apply to the portion (if any) of a Participant’s Account as of December 31, 2004, including credited earnings and losses with respect thereto (the “Grandfathered Account”); provided, however, that with respect to any election change otherwise allowable thereunder, (i) such change may be made only during such annual enrollment periods as the Administrator shall establish, and (ii) if a change in the Participant’s payment election would result in the commencement of payment in a given Plan Year, the change may in no event be made later than the end of the annual enrollment period occurring prior to the first day of such Plan Year. With the exception of this Section 1.3 the provisions of this amended and restated Plan shall not apply to such Grandfathered Account. The Pre-2005 Plan shall be deemed to constitute a separate plan for purposes of Section 409A.

 

SECTION 2

DEFINITION OF TERMS AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1          Definitions .  The following terms as used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:

(a)        “Account” shall mean the aggregation of a Participant’s Plan Year Accounts.

(b)        “Administrator” shall mean the Boards or such other person or persons as the Boards may from time to time designate, provided that no Participant may serve as Administrator.

(c)        “Beneficiary” shall mean such person or persons designated pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof to receive benefits after the death of a Participant.

(d)        “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees of the respective Participating Funds.


(e)        “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

(f)        “Compensation” shall mean the retainer and fees paid to a Participant (prior to reduction for Deferrals made under this Plan) for serving as a member of the Board of any Participating Fund or as a member of any committee or subcommittee of such Board.

(g)        “Deferral” shall mean the amount or amounts of a Participant’s Compensation deferred under the provisions of Section 3.

(h)        “Deferral Election” shall mean the Participant’s election under Section 3.1 to defer all or a portion of his or her Compensation.

(i)        “Designated Fund” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

(j)        “Eligible Fund” means an open-end fund managed by Nuveen and designated by the Boards as a fund that may be chosen by a Participant as a fund in which the Participant’s Account may be deemed to be invested.

(k)        “Net Asset Value” shall mean the per share value of an open-end fund, as determined as set forth in such fund’s registration statement under the 1940 Act, governing instruments and otherwise in accordance with law.

(l)        “Nuveen” shall mean Nuveen Investments, Inc. and its affiliates.

(m)        “Participant” shall mean a member of a Board who is not an “interested person” of a Participating Fund or of Nuveen, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”).

(n)        “Participating Fund” shall mean an open-end or closed-end fund managed by Nuveen that either (i) was a Participating Fund as of September 30, 2012, or (ii) has at least $270,000,000 in assets under management. A fund described in the foregoing clause (ii) shall become a Participating Fund on the first Quarterly Date as of which the criterion described in such clause (ii) is satisfied, and its status as a Participating Fund shall continue even if its assets under management should subsequently fall below $270,000,000. For purposes of this definition, a “Quarterly Date” means the first day of a calendar quarter. Participating Funds shall be listed on Exhibit A to the Plan, which shall be revised from time to time by the Administrator; provided, however, that failure to list a Participating Fund on Exhibit A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund. The Administrator shall report to the Board on a quarterly basis any changes to Exhibit A.

(o)        “Payment Election” shall mean an election pursuant to Section 5.1.

(p)        “Plan” shall mean this Deferred Compensation Plan for Independent Directors and Trustees, as amended from time to time.

(q)        “Plan Year” shall mean the 12-month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31.


(r)        “Plan Year Account” shall mean the book entry account described in Section 4.1(a).

(s)        “Plan Year Subaccount” shall mean, with respect to a Participating Fund, the portion of a Plan Year Account attributable to Compensation deferred from such Participating Fund.

(t)        “Pre-2005 Plan” shall mean the Plan as in effect prior to January 1, 2005.

(u)        “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code, as interpreted by regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

(v)        “Separation from Service” means a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A. A Separation from Service with respect to any Participating Fund shall occur on the date as of which there is a complete termination of a Participant’s relationship as a director (or independent contractor or employee) with respect to such Participating Fund, with no reasonable anticipation (as determined in good faith by the Administrator) of the Participant being reappointed to the Board of such Participating Fund.

(w)        “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or his or her spouse or dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control. Circumstances that may constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including nonrefundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of a spouse or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code). The purchase of a home and the payment of college tuition generally are not Unforeseeable Emergencies. Whether the Participant is faced with an Unforeseeable Emergency permitting an emergency withdrawal shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, based on the relevant facts and circumstances and applying regulations and other guidance under Section 409A.

(x)        “Valuation Date” shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which Nuveen makes a valuation of the Account.

2.2         Plurals and Gender .  Where appearing in this Plan the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.

2.3         Headings .  The headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

2.4         Separate Agreement .  This Plan shall be construed as a separate agreement between each Participant and each of the Participating Funds.


SECTION 3         DEFERRALS

3.1         Deferral Election .  A Participant may elect to defer all or a specified percentage of the Compensation earned in a Plan Year by such Participant for serving as a member of the Board of any Participating Fund or as a member of any committee or subcommittee thereof. Reimbursement of expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees may not be deferred. Such election shall be made by executing before the first day of such Plan Year such election notice as the Administrator may prescribe; provided, however, that upon first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan by reason of appointment to a Board, a Participant may file a Deferral Election not later than 30 days after the effective date of such appointment, which election shall apply to Compensation earned in the portion of the Plan Year commencing the day after such election is filed and ending on the last day of such Plan Year.

3.2         Payment Reduction .  While a Deferral Election is in effect, deferrals described in Section 3.1 shall be withheld, based upon the percentage elected, from each payment of Compensation to which the Participant would otherwise have been entitled but for his Deferral Election.

3.3         Effect of Election .  A Deferral Election pursuant to Section 3.1 shall apply only to the Plan Year for which it is made and shall be irrevocable except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 3.4.

3.4         Unforeseeable Emergencies .  In the event of a Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency on account of which the Participant receives a withdrawal pursuant to Section 5.4, the Participant’s Deferral Election shall be canceled.

 

SECTION 4         ACCOUNTS

4.1         Crediting of Deferrals .

(a)        The Administrator shall establish a book entry account (“Plan Year Account”) consisting of one or more Plan Year Subaccounts, to which will be credited an amount equal to the Participant’s Deferrals of Compensation from each respective Participating Fund under this Plan with respect to such Plan Year. The requirement to maintain separate Plan Year Subaccounts shall be deemed satisfied if the Administrator maintains (i) separate Plan Year Accounts and (ii) adequate records to enable the portions of each Plan Year Account attributable to the respective Plan Year Subaccounts to be calculated at any time.

(b)        Any Compensation from a Participating Fund for a Plan Year earned by a Participant which he has elected to defer pursuant to the Plan will be credited to the corresponding Plan Year Subaccount on the date such Compensation otherwise would have been payable to such Participant.

(c)        The obligations to pay the amounts in a Participant’s Plan Year Subaccounts associated with a Participating Fund shall be the sole obligation of that Participating Fund.

(d)        Plan Year Subaccounts shall be debited to reflect any distributions from such subaccounts. Such debits shall be allocated to the Plan Year Subaccount as of the date such distributions are made.


4.2         Valuation of Account .

(a)        Each Board shall from time to time designate one or more open-end funds managed by Nuveen as Eligible Funds. A Participant, on his Deferral Election form, shall have the right to select from the then-current list of Eligible Funds one or more funds in which his Account shall be deemed invested as set forth in this Section 4.2 (“Designated Funds”). A Participant shall designate whether his election pursuant to this Section 4.2(a), or change in election pursuant to Section 4.2(b), is to apply to his entire Account or to one or more Plan Year Accounts as specified in the election. A Participant may designate an Eligible Fund even if he is not a member of the Board of that Eligible Fund. Except as provided below, amounts credited to a Participant’s Account shall be treated as though such amounts had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Participant’s Designated Funds, initially calculated as follows:

(i)        the product of

(A)        the amount of such Deferrals and

(B)        the percentage of such Deferrals to be deemed invested in that Designated Fund, divided by

(ii)        the Designated Fund’s Net Asset Value per share as of the date such amount is so credited.

(b)        As of the last day of each calendar year, by written election delivered to the Administrator not less than 15 days prior to the end of such year, each Participant may direct that the Designated Funds in which his or her Account is deemed invested be changed. Any election to change such investment direction shall indicate the dollar amount or percentage of the balance in such Account (determined based on the then current Net Asset Value of each Designated Fund in which the Account is deemed invested immediately prior to giving effect to such investment change) to be invested in each such Designated Fund. The number of shares of each Designated Fund to be deemed held in the Participant’s Account following such investment change shall be calculated as follows:

(i)        the product of

(A)        the balance in such Account and

(B)        the percentage of such balance to be deemed invested in that Designated Fund divided by

(ii)        the Designated Fund’s Net Asset Value per share as of the last day of such calendar year.

(c)        If a Designated Fund shall pay a stock dividend on, or split, combine, reclassify or substitute other securities by merger, consolidation or otherwise for its outstanding shares, the Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as though shares of such Designated Fund were actually held by the Account in order to preserve rights substantially proportionate to the rights deemed held immediately prior to such event.

(d)        On each payment date of dividends or capital gains distributions declared on shares of any Designated Fund in which a Participant’s Account is deemed invested, the Account will be


credited with book adjustments representing all dividends or capital gains distributions which would have been realized had such account been invested in shares of such Designated Fund and such dividend or capital gains distribution had been received and reinvested.

(e)        The value of a Plan Year Subaccount on any Valuation Date shall be the sum of (i) the number of shares of each Designated Fund deemed to be held in the Plan Year Subaccount as provided by the preceding paragraphs, multiplied by (ii) the Net Asset Value per share of such Designated Fund on the Valuation Date.

(f)        On each date upon which a distribution of less than the entire balance is to be charged to a Participant’s Plan Year Subaccount, the amount of such distribution shall, unless the Participant otherwise specifies in accordance with rules established by the Administrator, be allocated among all of the Designated Funds in which the Plan Year Subaccount is deemed to be invested in proportion to the aggregate value of the number of deemed shares of each such Designated Fund, and the number of deemed shares of each such Designated Fund shall then be reduced by the portion of the distribution allocated to such Designated Fund divided by the Net Asset Value per share of such Designated Fund on the date on which the distribution is charged.

(g)        Unless and until each Board otherwise determines, the Eligible Funds shall include only one or more open-end funds managed by Nuveen. Open-end funds that cease to be managed by Nuveen shall automatically cease to be Eligible Funds, unless one of the Boards otherwise determines with respect to Participants that are members of such Board. The Boards may at any time remove any open-end fund from the list of Eligible Funds, or may add any open-end fund (whether or not managed by Nuveen), for Participants who are members of that Board. If an Eligible Fund is removed from the list of Eligible Funds for any reason then no further deferrals shall be deemed invested in such fund and, unless the Board otherwise determines, the Administrator shall give each Participant whose Account is deemed to be invested in such Eligible Fund a reasonable period to submit a new designation, and any Participant who fails to submit a new designation shall be subject to the provisions of the last sentence of Section 4.2(h) below.

(h)        As of each Valuation Date, income, gain and loss equivalents (determined as if the Account were invested in the manner set forth under Section 4.2(a) above) attributable to the period following the next preceding Valuation Date shall be credited to and/or deducted from the Participant’s Plan Year Subaccounts. Except as provided below, the Participant’s Plan Year Subaccounts shall receive a return in accordance with his investment designations, provided such designations conform to the provisions of this Section. If:

(i)        the Participant does not furnish the Administrator with a written designation,

(ii)        the written designation from the Participant is unclear, or

(iii)        less than all of the Participant’s Account is covered by such written designation,

then the Participant’s Account shall receive no return until such time as the Participant shall provide the Administrator with instructions.


SECTION 5         DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNT

5.1         Participant’s Payment Election .

(a)        Simultaneously with the filing of a Deferral Election for a Plan Year pursuant to Section 3.1, a Participant shall elect on such form as the Administrator may prescribe the time and manner in which the corresponding Plan Year Account shall be distributed. Such election shall specify (i) whether each Plan Year Subaccount within the Plan Year Account is to be paid in a lump sum, in 20 substantially equal quarterly installments, or in five substantially equal annual installments, and (ii) the date on which such lump-sum payment is to be made and/or such installments are to commence. For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence a Participant may specify either (i) the time of the Participant’s Separation from Service, (ii) a specific date (irrespective of whether such date is before or after the Participant’s Separation from Service), or (iii) the earlier of the Participant’s Separation from Service or a specific date. In the event of a Participant’s Separation from Service from some but not all of the Participating Funds to which the Participant’s Plan Year Account is attributable, to the extent a Participant’s Payment Election relates to his or her Separation from Service it shall affect only the Plan Year Subaccounts attributable to the Participating Funds from which the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service.

(b)        A Participant’s Payment Election shall apply only to the Plan Year Account for which it is made.

(c)        Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the balance in a Participant’s Plan Year Account shall be paid in accordance with the Participant’s valid Payment Election made for such Plan Year Account pursuant to this Section 5.

5.2         Irrevocability .    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, a Participant’s Payment Election shall be irrevocable.

5.3         Death Prior to Complete Distribution of Account .    If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of the distribution of the amounts credited to his Account, the balance of such Account shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death. If a Participant dies after the commencement of such distributions, but prior to the complete distribution of his Account, the balance of the amounts credited to his Account shall be distributed to his Beneficiary over the remaining period during which such amounts were otherwise distributable to the Participant under Section 5.1 hereof.

5.4         Unforeseeable Emergency .    In the event of a Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency, such Participant may request an emergency withdrawal from his or her Account. Any such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator, which approval shall not be granted to the extent that such need may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship). A Participant may withdraw all or a portion of his or her Account due to an Unforeseeable Emergency; provided, however, that the withdrawal shall not exceed the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the need created by the Unforeseeable Emergency.


5.5         Designation of Beneficiary .     For the purposes of Section 5.3 hereof, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the person or persons so designated by the Participant in a written instrument submitted to the Administrator. Subject to rules established by the Administrator, a Participant may designate multiple or alternative Beneficiaries, and may change his Beneficiary at any time without the consent of any prior Beneficiary; provided that no change of a Beneficiary shall be effective unless and until actually received, in proper form, by the Administrator during the Participant’s life. The Administrator’s determination of the person eligible to receive the Account of a deceased Participant, if made in good faith, shall be final and binding on all parties. If a Participant fails to properly designate a Beneficiary or if his Beneficiary predeceases him, his Beneficiary shall be his estate.

5.6         Domestic Relations Orders .     If any judgment, decree or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which (i) relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant, and (ii) is made pursuant to a state or foreign domestic relations law (including a community property law) directs assignment of a portion of a Participant’s Account to a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant, such amount may be paid in a lump-sum cash payment at the request of the person to whom assignment is directed to be made as soon as administratively possible after the Administrator’s receipt of the signed order, as long as the order (or a written direction to the Administrator of how to interpret the order, signed by the Participant and the person to whom the order directs assignment) clearly specifies the amount of the Account assigned and the timing of payment to the person to whom the assignment is made.

5.7         Compliance With Conflicts of Interest Laws .     Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, payment of a Participant’s Account shall be accelerated to the extent (and only to the extent) reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal, state, or local conflicts of interest law.

SECTION 6         AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

6.1         Amendments .     The Boards reserve the right to amend, in whole or in part, and in any manner, any or all of the provisions of this Plan by action of the Boards, except that no amendment shall reduce the balance in any Participant’s Account, or (unless necessary to comply with the 1940 Act or other applicable law) significantly delay the time at which such balance is payable without the consent of the Participant affected.

6.2         Termination.

 

  (a)

In General .     Each Board may terminate this Plan at any time by action of the Board. If one Board elects to terminate the Plan with respect to the Participants who are members of such Board, the Plan shall remain in effect with respect to Participants who are members of one or more other Boards. Upon termination, payment of each Participant’s then current Account value shall be made in such manner as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

  (b)

Liquidating Fund Termination .


  (i)

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event a Participating Fund liquidates in a corporate dissolution taxed under Section 331 of the Code, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. § 503(b)(1)(A) (a “Liquidating Fund”), the Board of such Participating Fund may terminate and liquidate this Plan (a “Liquidating Fund Termination”) pursuant to the corporate dissolution exception of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(A) with respect to Accounts attributable to the deferral of Compensation from such Participating Fund (“Affected Accounts”) by current or former members of the Board of such Participating Fund (“Affected Participants”).

 

  (ii)

In the event of a Liquidating Fund Termination, the value of the Affected Accounts of the Affected Participants shall be paid in a lump sum no later than the last day of the calendar year in which the Liquidating Fund Termination occurs or, if later, the last day of the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively feasible.

 

  (iii)

Except as set forth above, a Liquidating Fund Termination shall not otherwise affect the Plan, and in particular shall have no effect on any Accounts other than the Affected Accounts.

SECTION 7         MISCELLANEOUS

7.1         Rights of Creditors .

(a)         This Plan is unfunded.     With respect to the payment of amounts credited to a Participant’s Account, the Participant and his Beneficiaries have the status of unsecured creditors of the Participating Fund to which such Account relates. The Plan shall not be construed as conferring on a Participant any right, title, interest, or claim in or to any specific asset, reserve, account, or property or any kind possessed by the Participating Funds. To the extent that a Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Participating Funds, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor.

(b)         This Plan is executed on behalf of each Participating Fund by an officer of that Participating Fund as such and not individually. Any obligation of a Participating Fund hereunder shall be an unsecured obligation of that Participating Fund and not of any other person.

7.2         Agents .     Each Participating Fund may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as it deems necessary to perform its duties under this Plan. Each Participating Fund shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses it incurs in connection with the administration of this Plan.

7.3         Incapacity .     If the Administrator shall receive evidence satisfactory to it that a Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, a Participating Fund may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or corresponding legislation (who shall be an adult, a guardian of the minor or a trust company), and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.


7.4         Statement of Account .     The Administrator will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant’s Plan Year Accounts as of the end of each calendar year and all credits to and payments from such Plan Year Accounts during such year. Such statements will be furnished no later than 60 days after the end of each calendar year.

7.5         Governing Law .     This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

7.6         Non-Guarantee of Status .     Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of a Participant to be, or remain as, a director or a trustee of a fund, or to receive any, or any particular rate of, Compensation.

7.7         Counsel .     Each Board may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of this Plan, its obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and it shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

7.8         Interests Not Transferable .     A Participant’s and Beneficiaries’ interests in the Account may not be anticipated, sold, encumbered, pledged, mortgaged, charged, transferred, alienated, assigned nor become subject to execution, garnishment or attachment and any attempt to do so by any person shall be deemed null and void; no Participating Fund shall recognize the rights of any party under this Plan except those of the Participant or his Beneficiary; provided that this Section 7.8 shall not preclude a Participating Fund from offsetting any amount payable to a Participant hereunder by any amount owed by such Participant to that Participating Fund or to Nuveen.

7.9         Entire Agreement .     This Plan contains the entire understanding between each Participating Fund and the Participants with respect to the payment of non-qualified deferred compensation by a Participating Fund to the Participants.

7.10      Powers of Administrator .     In addition to other powers specifically set forth herein, the Administrator shall have all power and authority necessary or convenient for the administration of this Plan, including without limitation the authority to:

(a)         construe and interpret the Plan, and resolve any inconsistency or ambiguity with respect to any of its terms;

(b)         decide all questions of eligibility and determine the amount, manner and time of payment of any benefits hereunder;

(c)         prescribe rules and procedures to be followed by Participants or Beneficiaries in making any election or taking any action provided for herein, which rules and procedures may alter any provision of the Plan that is administrative or ministerial in nature without the necessity for an amendment;

(d)         allocate Accounts among the Eligible Funds;


(e)        maintain all the necessary records for the administration of the Plan;

(f)        delegate any of it duties or powers under the Plan to any other person acting under its supervision; and

(g)        do all other acts which the Administrator deems necessary or proper to accomplish and implement its responsibilities under the Plan.

Any rule or procedure adopted by the Administrator, or any decision, ruling or determination made by the Administrator, in good faith shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Participating Funds, Participants, Beneficiaries and all persons claiming through them. The authority of the Administrator may be exercised by such person as the Chief Executive Officer of the Administrator may designate or, in the absence of a specific designation, by those officers and employees of the Administrator whose normal duties include payment of compensation to independent directors and trustees.

7.11      Participant Litigation .     In any action or proceeding regarding the Participants or their Beneficiaries or any other persons having or claiming to have an interest in this Plan shall not be necessary parties and shall not be entitled to any notice or process. Any final judgment which is not appealed or appealable and may be entered in any such action or proceeding shall be binding and conclusive on the parties hereto and all persons having or claiming to have any interest in this Plan. To the extent permitted by law, if a legal action is begun against either Board, any Participating Fund, the Administrator, or any of their respective officers, directors, trustees, employees or agents (an “indemnified party”), by or on behalf of any person and such action results adversely to such person or if a legal action arises because of conflicting claims to a Participant’s or other person’s benefits, the costs to the indemnified party of defending the action will be charged to the amounts, if any, which were involved in the action or were payable to the Participant or other person concerned. To the extent permitted by applicable law, acceptance of participation in this Plan shall constitute a release of each of the indemnified parties from any and all liability and obligation not involving willful misconduct or gross neglect.

7.12       Successors and Assigns .     This Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

7.13       Severability .     In the event any one or more provisions of this Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.

7.14      Section 409A .     This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A, and shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with such intent. If the Boards (or the Administrator, to the extent the Boards delegate such authority to the Administrator) determine that any provision of the Plan is or might be inconsistent with the requirements of Section 409A, they shall attempt in good faith to make such changes to the Plan as may be necessary or appropriate to avoiding a Participant’s becoming subject to adverse tax consequences under Code Section 409A.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating Fund listed on Appendix A has caused this amended and restated Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, this          day of                      , 2013.

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

 

 
Witness  


EXHIBIT A

NUVEEN OPEN-END AND CLOSED-END FUNDS DEFERRED COMPENSATION

PLAN FOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

Participating funds 1 : Funds from which director compensation can be deferred 2 : AUM ³ $270MM 3 : funds do not lose Participating status from a subsequent loss of assets 4 : list updated each quarter, with new funds that have surpassed the $270MM threshold

Current List of Participating Funds

 

Nuveen All-American Municipal Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Missouri Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen S&P 500 Buy-Write Income Fund

 

Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal

Nuveen Connecticut Municipal Bond Fund

 

Fund

Nuveen Dow 30SM Dynamic Overwrite Fund

 

Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund

Nuveen Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Build America Bond Fund

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

 

Nuveen North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Equity Index Fund

 

Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Global Infrastructure Fund

 

Nuveen California Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen High Income Bond Fund

 

Nuveen California High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Inflation Protected Securities Fund

 

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen Core Bond Fund

 

Nuveen AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen Large Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Enhanced Municipal Value Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Michigan Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Index Fund

 

Nuveen New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen New York Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Minnesota Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Ohio Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Real Estate Securities Fund

 

Nuveen Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Small Cap Select Fund

 

Nuveen Virginia Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Short Term Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Tradewinds Global All-Cap Fund

Nuveen Short Term Municipal Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Large Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Tactical Market Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen High Yield Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Strategic Income Fund

 

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Term Fund

Nuveen Core Equity Alpha Fund

 

Nuveen Tradewinds International Value Fund

Nuveen Diversified Dividend and Income Fund

 

Nuveen Municipal Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Fund

 

Nuveen California AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

Nuveen Global High Income Fund

 

Nuveen Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Global Equity Income Fund

 

Nuveen Intermediate Duration Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Quality Preferred Income Fund 3

 

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

Nuveen Mortgage Opportunity Term Fund

 

Nuveen Municipal Market Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Energy MLP Total Return Fund

 

Municipal Total Return Managed Accounts Portfolio

Nuveen All Cap Energy MLP Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Maryland Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Preferred Income Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Municipal High Income Opportunity Fund

Nuveen Preferred and Income Term Fund

 

Nuveen North Carolina Premium Income Municipal

Nuveen Quality Preferred Income Fund 2

 

Fund

Nuveen Credit Strategies Income Fund

 

Nuveen New York Performance Plus Municipal Fund,

Nuveen Real Asset Income and Growth Fund

 

Inc.

Nuveen Floating Rate Income Opportunity Fund

 

Nuveen Premier Municipal Income Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Real Estate Income Fund

 

Nuveen Premium Income Municipal Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Short Duration Credit Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Premium Income Municipal Fund 2, Inc.

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Total Return Strategy Fund

 

Nuveen Performance Plus Municipal Fund, Inc.

Nuveen Tax-Advantaged Dividend Growth Fund

 

Nuveen Preferred Securities Fund

Nuveen Quality Preferred Income Fund

 

Nuveen Premium Income Municipal Fund 4, Inc.

Nuveen Kentucky Municipal Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Virginia Premium Income Municipal Fund

Nuveen Limited Term Municipal Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Quality Municipal Fund, Inc.

 

Exhibit A - Page 1


Nuveen Investment Quality Municipal Fund, Inc.

 

Nuveen California Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen Pennsylvania Investment Quality Municipal

 

Nuveen New Jersey Dividend Advantage Municipal

Fund

 

Fund

Nuveen Select Quality Municipal Fund, Inc.

 

Nuveen New York Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen Quality Income Municipal Fund, Inc.

 

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

 

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 2

Nuveen New York AMT-Free Municipal Income Fund

 

Nuveen Select Tax-Free Income Portfolio 3

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 2

Nuveen Short Duration High Yield Municipal Bond

 

Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Fund 3

Fund

 

Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal

Nuveen Senior Income Fund

 

Fund 3

Nuveen Connecticut Premium Income Municipal Fund

 

Nuveen Nasdaq 100 Dynamic Overwrite Fund

Nuveen Michigan Quality Income Municipal Fund

 

Nuveen International Growth Fund

Nuveen Ohio Quality Income Municipal Fund

 

Nuveen Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen Municipal Value Fund, Inc.

 

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund

Nuveen Dividend Advantage Municipal Income Fund

 

Nuveen Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund

Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen California Dividend Advantage Municipal

 

Fund 2

 

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

 

 

Exhibit A - Page 2


EXHIBIT B

NUVEEN OPEN-END AND CLOSED-END FUNDS DEFERRED COMPENSATION

PLAN FOR INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

 

ELIGIBLE FUNDS

Eligible funds 1 : funds in which deferred compensation can be deemed invested 2 : selected from equity and taxable income open-end funds 3 : municipal funds are not included as they are tax-exempt and would therefore not be appropriate in a tax-advantaged deferred compensation plan 4 : deferred compensation is not actually invested in these funds; investments track the performance of these funds 5 : updated annually

Current List of Eligible Funds

 

Nuveen Core Plus Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Short Term Bond Fund

Nuveen Dividend Value Fund

 

Nuveen Santa Barbara Dividend Growth Fund

Nuveen High Income Bond Fund

 

Nuveen Strategy Balanced Allocation Fund

Nuveen Inflation Protected Securities Fund

 

Nuveen Symphony Credit Opportunities Fund

Nuveen International Growth Fund

 

Nuveen Symphony Floating Rate Income Fund

Nuveen Mid Cap Growth Opportunities Fund

 

Nuveen Symphony Large-Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Multi-Manager Large-Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen Tradewinds Global All-Cap Fund

Nuveen NWQ Large-Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen Tradewinds International Value Fund

Nuveen NWQ Multi-Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen Tradewinds Value Opportunities Fund

Nuveen NWQ Small-Cap Value Fund

 

Nuveen Winslow Large-Cap Growth Fund

Nuveen Real Asset Income Fund

 

 

Exhibit B - Page 1

DRAFT

This form is subject to discussion and amendments depending on the particular circumstances. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. reserves the right to make any changes to this draft during the negotiation phase of the agreement and the relevant services with the client, based on, among other things, review of the relevant fund documentation, applicable legal and regulatory rules and changes/clarifications to the operational details of the relevant services.

CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT , dated as of             , 20    , between [ NAME OF FUND ], a management investment company organized under the laws of the State of                      and registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“the 1940 Act ”) (the Fund ), and BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO. , a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of New York ( BBH&Co. or the Custodian ).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Fund wishes to employ BBH&Co. to act as custodian for the Fund and to provide related services, all as provided herein, and BBH&Co. is willing to accept such employment, subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Fund and BBH&Co. hereby agree, as follows:

1. Appointment of Custodian.  The Fund hereby appoints BBH&Co. as the Fund’s Custodian, and BBH&Co. hereby accepts such appointment. All Investments of the Fund delivered to the Custodian or its agents or Subcustodians shall be dealt with as provided in this Agreement. The duties of the Custodian with respect to the Fund’s Investments shall be only as set forth expressly in this Agreement which duties are generally comprised of safekeeping and various administrative duties that will be performed in accordance with Instructions and as reasonably required to effect Instructions.

2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Fund.  The Fund hereby represents, warrants and covenants each of the following:

2.1 This Agreement has been, and at the time of delivery of each Instruction such Instruction will have been, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund. Neither this Agreement nor any Instruction issued thereunder violates any Applicable Law or conflicts with or constitutes a default under the Fund’s prospectus, articles of organization or other constitutive document or any agreement, judgment, order or decree to which the Fund is a party or by which it or its Investments is bound.

2.2 By providing an Instruction with respect to the first acquisition of an Investment in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, the Fund shall be deemed to have confirmed to the Custodian that the Fund has (a) assessed and accepted all material Country, Sanctions or Sovereign Risks and accepted responsibility for their occurrence, (b) made all determinations required to be made by the Fund under the 1940 Act, and (iii) appropriately and adequately disclosed to its shareholders, other investors and all persons who have rights in or to such Investments, all material investment risks, including those relating to the custody and settlement infrastructure or the servicing of securities in such jurisdiction.

2.3 The Fund shall safeguard and shall solely be responsible for the safekeeping of any testkeys, identification codes, passwords, other security devices or statements of account with which the Custodian provides it. If the Fund uses any on-line or similar communications service made available by the Custodian, the Fund shall be solely responsible for ensuring the security of its access to the service and for the use of the service, and shall only attempt to access the service and the Custodian’s computer systems as directed by the Custodian. If the Custodian provides any computer software to the Fund relating to the services described in this Agreement, the Fund will only use the software for the purposes for which the Custodian provided the software to the Fund, and will abide by the license agreement accompanying the

 

1


software and any other security policies which the Custodian provides to the Fund.

2.4 By providing an Instruction in respect of an Investment (which Instruction may relate to among other things, the processing of orders and/or settlement of transactions in funds), the Fund hereby (i) authorizes BBH&Co. to complete such documentation as may be required or appropriate to carry out the Instruction, and agrees to be contractually bound to the terms of such documentation “as is” without recourse against BBH&Co.; (ii) represents, warrants and covenants that it has accepted and agreed to comply with all Applicable Law, terms and conditions to which it and/or its Investment may be bound, including without limitation, requirements imposed by the Investment prospectus or offering circular, subscription agreement, any application or other documentation relating to an Investment (e.g., compliance with suitability requirements and eligibility restrictions); (iii) acknowledges and agrees that BBH&Co. will not be responsible for the accuracy of any information provided to it by or on behalf of the Fund, or for any underlying commitment or obligation inherent to an Investment; (iv) except as otherwise provided for in Section 2.4.1, represents, warrants and covenants that it will not effect any sale, transfer or disposition of Investment(s) held in BBH&Co.’s name by any means other than the issuance of an Instruction by the Fund to BBH&Co.; (v) acknowledges that collective investment schemes (and/or their agent(s)) in which the Fund invests may pay to BBH&Co. certain fees (including without limitation, shareholder servicing and/or trailer fees) in respect of the Fund’s investments in such schemes; (vi) agrees that BBH&Co. shall have no obligation or responsibility whatsoever to respond to, or provide capital in connection with any capital calls, letters of intent or other requirements as set out in the prospectus or offering circular of an Investment; (vii) represents, warrants and covenants that it will provide BBH&Co. with such information as is necessary or appropriate to enable BBH&Co.’s performance pursuant to an Instruction or under this Agreement; (viii) undertakes to inform BBH&Co. and to keep the same updated as to any tax withholding or benefit to which an Investment may be subject; (ix) acknowledges that BBH&Co. shall have no obligation to fund any order placed by the Fund for which the Fund does not have sufficient cash on deposit with BBH&Co.; and (x) agrees that BBH&Co. shall be held harmless for the acts, omissions or any unlawful activity of any agent of the Fund, or any transfer agent or other agent of an Investment in which the Fund may invest.

2.4.1 To the extent that the Fund holds Investments in an account opened in the name of BBH&Co. as custodian for and at the direction of the Fund, and the Fund requests that BBH&Co. provide the Fund with the capability to place orders and execute trades in fund shares directly with such fund companies and/or their transfer agents which shall be settled in an account established with each such fund company or its transfer agent, the Fund hereby acknowledges that BBH&Co. is under no obligation to agree to such arrangement but if BBH&Co. so agrees, the Fund (i) acknowledges that all relevant terms under Section 2.4 above apply thereto, (ii) authorizes BBH&Co. as custodian, to grant a limited power of attorney to the Fund or its designated agent to enable the Fund to so execute, (iii) agrees to ensure that any instructions issued by the Fund or its designated agent shall also be concurrently submitted to BBH&Co., and (iv) shall adhere to any BBH&Co. procedures established with each such fund or its transfer agent with respect thereto including, but not limited to, the terms of the limited power of attorney. The Fund also acknowledges and agrees that (1) BBH&Co. is acting solely in its capacity as custodian and is not acting as a broker or introducing broker on behalf of the Fund, (2) BBH&Co. is not receiving compensation in connection with the Fund’s own execution hereunder of trades with each such fund other than its usual and customary custody fees and transaction charges, (3) it will provide such account opening information to each such fund and/or transfer agent as and when requested by such fund and/or transfer agent, and (4) BBH&Co. is not responsible for (a) providing information published by the relevant distributor of each such fund including, but not limited to, the prospectus for each such Investment in a fund or for resolving execution queries or complaints relative to any such Investment, and (b) assessing the suitability of any such Investment executed directly by the Fund.

2.5 The Fund represents and warrants that it is not resident in or organized under the laws of any country with which transactions or dealings are prohibited under a Sanctions Regime. The Fund further warrants that it is not owned or controlled by: (i) the government of any country with which transactions or

 

2


dealings by any person are prohibited under a Sanctions Regime; (ii) a person or entity resident in or organized under the laws of any country with which transactions or dealings by any person are prohibited under a Sanctions Regime; or (iii) any person or entity on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons published by OFAC or any comparable Sanctions Regime lists .

2.6 The Fund represents and warrants that it will not instruct or otherwise cause Custodian to hold any assets in custody or to engage in or facilitate any transaction that would cause Custodian to violate any Sanctions Regime, including any transaction or dealing with or involving (i) any person or entity subject to any Sanctions Regime, or (ii) any assets owned or controlled by a person or entity that is subject to any Sanctions Regime, or any fund or other investment vehicle that is invested in such assets in violation of any Sanctions Regime (collectively, the “Sanctioned Property”). The Fund further represents and warrants that it will not instruct or cause Custodian to engage in any foreign exchange transaction related to any Sanctioned Property.

2.7 The Fund represents and warrants that it is not a “Plan” (which term includes (1) employee benefit plans that are subject to the United States (“US”) Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (2) plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and (3) entities the underlying assets of which are considered to include “plan assets” of such plans, accounts and arrangements), or an entity purchasing shares on behalf of, or with the “plan assets” of, a Plan, and further undertakes to inform BBH&Co. and to keep the same updated as to the status under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, each as amended, of the Fund.

3.  Representation and Warranty of BBH&Co.   BBH&Co. hereby represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BBH&Co. and does not and will not violate any Applicable Law or conflict with or constitute a default under BBH&Co.’s limited partnership agreement or any agreement, instrument, judgment, order or decree to which BBH&Co. is a party or by which it is bound.

4.  Instructions.  Unless otherwise explicitly indicated herein, the Custodian shall perform its duties pursuant to Instructions. As used herein, the term Instruction shall mean a directive initiated by the Fund, acting through its board of directors or trustees or other Authorized Person, which directive shall conform to the requirements of this Section 4.

4.1  Authorized Persons.  For purposes hereof, an Authorized Person shall be a person or entity authorized to give Instructions to the Custodian by written notices or otherwise for or on behalf of the Fund in accordance with procedures delivered to and acknowledged by the Custodian. The Custodian may treat any Authorized Person as having the full authority of the Fund to issue Instructions hereunder unless the notice of authorization contains explicit limitations as to said authority. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the authority of Authorized Persons until it receives appropriate written notice from the Fund to the contrary.

4.2  Form of Instruction.  Each Instruction shall be transmitted by such secured or authenticated electro-mechanical means as the Custodian shall make available to the Fund from time to time unless the Fund shall elect to transmit such Instruction in accordance with Subsections 4.2.1 through 4.2.3 of this Section.

4.2.1 Fund Designated Secured-Transmission Method. Instructions may be transmitted through a secured or tested electro-mechanical means identified by the Fund or by an Authorized Person entitled to give Instruction and acknowledged and accepted by the Custodian, it being understood that such acknowledgment shall authorize the Custodian to accept such means of delivery but shall not represent a judgment by the Custodian as to the reasonableness or security of the means utilized by the Authorized Person.

4.2.2  Written Instructions.  Instructions may be transmitted in a writing that bears the manual signature of Authorized Persons.

 

3


4.2.3  Other Forms of Instruction.  Instructions may also be transmitted by another means determined by the Fund or Authorized Persons and acknowledged and accepted by the Custodian (subject to the same limits as to acknowledgements as are contained in Subsection 4.2.1, above) including Instructions given orally or by SWIFT or telefax (whether tested or untested).

When an Instruction is given by means established under Subsections 4.2.1 through 4.2.3, it shall be the responsibility of the Custodian to use reasonable care to adhere to any security or other procedures established in writing between the Custodian and the Authorized Person with respect to such means of Instruction, but the Authorized Person shall be solely responsible for determining that the particular means chosen is reasonable under the circumstances. Oral Instructions shall be binding upon the Custodian only if and when the Custodian takes action with respect thereto. With respect to telefax instructions, the parties agree and acknowledge that receipt of legible instructions cannot be assured, that the Custodian cannot verify that authorized signatures on telefax instructions are original or properly affixed, and that the Custodian shall not be liable for losses or expenses incurred through actions taken in reliance on inaccurately stated, illegible or unauthorized telefax instructions. The provisions of Section 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code shall apply to Funds Transfers performed in accordance with Instructions. The Funds Transfer Services Schedule and the Electronic and Online Services Schedule to this Agreement shall each comprise a designation of a means of delivering Instructions for purposes of this Section 4.2.

4.3 Completeness and Contents of Instructions. The Authorized Person shall be responsible for assuring the adequacy and accuracy of Instructions. Particularly, upon any acquisition or disposition or other dealing in the Fund’s Investments and upon any delivery and transfer of any Investment or moneys, the person initiating the Instruction shall give the Custodian an Instruction with appropriate detail, including, without limitation:

4.3.1 The transaction date and the date and location of settlement;

4.3.2 The specification of the type of transaction;

4.3.3 A description of the Investments or moneys in question, including, as appropriate, quantity, price per unit, amount of money to be received or delivered and currency information. Where an Instruction is communicated by electronic means, or otherwise where an Instruction contains an identifying number such as a CUSIP, SEDOL or ISIN number, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on such number as controlling notwithstanding any inconsistency contained in the Instruction, particularly with respect to Investment description; and

4.3.4 The name of the broker or similar entity concerned with execution of the transaction.

If the Custodian determines that an Instruction is either unclear or incomplete, the Custodian may give prompt notice of such determination to the Fund, and the Fund shall thereupon amend or otherwise reform the Instruction. In such event, the Custodian shall have no obligation to take any action in response to the Instruction initially delivered until the redelivery of an amended or reformed Instruction.

4.4 Timeliness of Instructions.  In giving an Instruction, the Fund shall take into consideration delays which may occur due to the involvement of a Subcustodian or agent, differences in time zones, and other factors particular to a given market, exchange or issuer. When the Custodian has established specific timing requirements or deadlines with respect to particular classes of Instruction, or when an Instruction is received by the Custodian at such a time that it could not reasonably be expected to have acted on such instruction due to time zone differences or other factors beyond its reasonable control, the execution of any Instruction received by the Custodian after such deadline or at such time (including any modification or revocation of a previous Instruction) shall be at the risk of the Fund.

5. Safekeeping of Fund Assets.   The Custodian shall hold Investments delivered to it or Subcustodians for the Fund in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The Custodian shall not be responsible for (a) the safekeeping of Investments not delivered or that are not caused to be issued to it or its Subcustodians; or, (b) pre-existing faults or defects in Investments that are delivered to the Custodian or its Subcustodians. The Custodian is

 

4


hereby authorized to hold with itself or a Subcustodian, and to record in one or more accounts, all Investments delivered to and accepted by the Custodian, any Subcustodian or their respective agents pursuant to an Instruction or in consequence of any corporate action or income event. The Custodian shall hold Investments for the account of the Fund and shall segregate Investments from assets belonging to the Custodian and shall cause its Subcustodians to segregate Investments from assets belonging to the Subcustodian in an account held for the Fund or in an account maintained by the Subcustodian generally for non-proprietary assets of the Custodian.

5.1  Use of Securities Depositories. The Custodian may deposit and maintain Investments in any Securities Depository, either directly or through one or more Subcustodians appointed by the Custodian. Investments held in a Securities Depository shall be held (a) subject to the agreement, rules, statement of terms and conditions or other document or conditions effective between the Securities Depository and the Custodian or the Subcustodian, as the case may be, and (b) in an account for the Fund or in bulk segregation in an account maintained for the non-proprietary assets of the entity holding such Investments in the Depository. If market practice or the rules and regulations of the Securities Depository prevent the Custodian, the Subcustodian or (any agent of either) from holding its client assets in such a separate account, the Custodian, the Subcustodian or other agent shall as appropriate segregate such Investments for benefit of the Fund or for benefit of clients of the Custodian generally on its own books.

5.2  Certificated Assets.  Investments which are certificated may be held in registered or bearer form: (a) in the Custodian’s vault; (b) in the vault of a Subcustodian or agent of the Custodian or a Subcustodian; or (c) in an account maintained by the Custodian, Subcustodian or agent at a Securities Depository; all in accordance with customary market practice in the jurisdiction in which any Investments are held.

5.3  Registered Assets . Investments which are registered may be registered in the name of the Custodian, a Subcustodian, or in the name of the Fund or a nominee for any of the foregoing, and may be held in any manner set forth in Section 5.2 above with or without any identification of fiduciary capacity in such registration.

5.4  Book Entry Assets.  Investments which are represented by book-entry may be so held in an account maintained by the Book-Entry Agent on behalf of the Custodian, a Subcustodian or another Agent of the Custodian, or a Securities Depository.

5.5  Replacement of Lost Investments.  In the event of a loss of Investments for which loss the Custodian is responsible under the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian shall replace such Investment, or in the event that such replacement cannot be effected, the Custodian shall pay to the Fund the fair market value of such Investment based on the last available price as of the close of business in the relevant market on the date that a claim was first made to the Custodian with respect to such loss, or such other lesser amount as shall be agreed by the parties.

6.  Administrative Duties of the Custodian. The Custodian shall perform the following administrative duties with respect to Investments of the Fund.

6.1  Purchase of Investments. Pursuant to Instruction, Investments purchased for the account of the Fund shall be paid for (a) against delivery thereof to the Custodian or a Subcustodian, as the case may be, either directly or through a Clearing Corporation or a Securities Depository (in accordance with the rules of such Securities Depository or such Clearing Corporation), or (b) otherwise in accordance with an Instruction, Applicable Law, generally accepted trade practices, or the terms of the instrument representing such Investment.

6.2  Sale of Investments.  Pursuant to Instruction, Investments sold for the account of the Fund shall be delivered (a) against payment therefor in cash, by check or by bank wire transfer, (b) by credit to the account of the Custodian or the applicable Subcustodian, as the case may be, with a Clearing Corporation or a Securities Depository (in accordance with the rules of such Securities Depository or such Clearing Corporation), or (c) otherwise in accordance with an Instruction, Applicable Law, generally accepted trade practices, or the terms of the instrument representing such Investment.

 

5


6.3  Delivery and Receipt in Connection with Borrowings of the Fund or other Collateral and Margin Requirements.  Pursuant to Instruction, the Custodian may deliver or receive Investments or cash of the Fund in connection with borrowings or loans by the Fund and other collateral and margin requirements.

6.4 Futures and Options.  If, pursuant to an Instruction, the Custodian shall become a party to an agreement with the Fund and a futures commission merchant regarding margin ( Tri-Party Agreement ), the Custodian shall (a) receive and retain, to the extent the same are provided to the Custodian, confirmations or other documents evidencing the purchase or sale by the Fund of exchange-traded futures contracts and commodity options, (b) when required by such Tri-Party Agreement, deposit and maintain in an account opened pursuant to such Agreement ( Margin Account ), segregated either physically or by book-entry in a Securities Depository for the benefit of any futures commission merchant, such Investments as the Fund shall have designated as initial, maintenance or variation “margin” deposits or other collateral intended to secure the Fund’s performance of its obligations under the terms of any exchange-traded futures contracts and commodity options; and (c) thereafter pay, release or transfer Investments into or out of the margin account in accordance with the provisions of such Agreement. Alternatively, the Custodian may deliver Investments, in accordance with an Instruction, to a futures commission merchant for purposes of margin requirements in accordance with Rule 17f-6 under the 1940 Act. The Custodian shall in no event be responsible for the acts and omissions of any futures commission merchant to whom Investments are delivered pursuant to this Section; for the sufficiency of Investments held in any Margin Account; or, for the performance of any terms of any exchange-traded futures contracts and commodity options.

6.5 Contractual Obligations and Similar Investments.  From time to time, the Fund’s Investments may include Investments that are not ownership interests as may be represented by certificate (whether registered or bearer), by entry in a Securities Depository or by Book-Entry Agent, registrar or similar agent for recording ownership interests in the relevant Investment. If the Fund shall at any time acquire such Investments, including without limitation deposit obligations, loan participations, repurchase agreements and derivative arrangements, the Custodian shall (a) receive and retain, to the extent the same are provided to the Custodian, confirmations or other documents evidencing the arrangement; and (b) perform on the Fund’s account in accordance with the terms of the applicable arrangement, but only to the extent directed to do so by Instruction. The Custodian shall have no responsibility for agreements running to the Fund as to which it is not a party other than to retain, to the extent the same are provided to the Custodian, documents or copies of documents evidencing the arrangement and, in accordance with Instruction, to include such arrangements in reports made to the Fund.

6.6  Exchange of Securities.  Unless otherwise directed by Instruction, the Custodian shall: (a) exchange securities held for the account of the Fund for other securities in connection with any reorganization, recapitalization, conversion, stock split, change of par value of shares or similar event, and (b) deposit any such securities in accordance with the terms of any reorganization or protective plan.

6.7  Surrender of Securities.  Unless otherwise directed by Instruction, the Custodian may surrender securities: (a) in temporary form for definitive securities; (b) for transfer into the name of an entity allowable under Section 5.3; and (c) for a different number of certificates or instruments representing the same number of shares or the same principal amount of indebtedness.

6.8  Rights, Warrants, Etc. Pursuant to Instruction, the Custodian shall (a) deliver warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities to the issuer or trustee thereof, or to any agent of the issuer or trustee, for purposes of exercising such rights or selling such securities, and (b) deliver securities in response to any tender offer.

6.9  Mandatory Corporate Actions. Unless otherwise directed by Instruction, the Custodian shall: (a) comply with the terms of all mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders, redemptions or similar rights of securities ownership affecting securities held on the Fund’s account and promptly notify the Fund of such action; and (b) collect all stock dividends, rights and other items of like nature with respect to such securities.

6.10  Income Collection.  Unless otherwise directed by Instruction, the Custodian shall collect any

 

6


amount due and payable to the Fund with respect to Investments and promptly credit the amount collected to a Principal or Agency Account; provided, however, that the Custodian shall not be responsible for: (a) the collection of amounts due and payable with respect to Investments that are in default or (b) the collection of cash or share entitlements with respect to Investments that are not registered in the name of the Custodian or its Subcustodians. The Custodian is hereby authorized to endorse and deliver any instrument required to be so endorsed and delivered to effect collection of any amount due and payable to the Fund with respect to Investments.

6.11  Corporate Action Information.   In fulfilling the duties set forth in Sections 6.6 through 6.10 above, the Custodian shall provide to the Fund such material information pertaining to a corporate action which the Custodian actually receives; provided that the Custodian shall not be responsible for the completeness or accuracy of such information. Information relative to any pending corporate action made available to the Fund via any of the services described in the Electronic and Online Services Schedule shall constitute the delivery of such information by the Custodian. Any advance credit of cash or shares expected to be received as a result of any corporate action shall be subject to actual collection and may be reversed by the Custodian.

6.12  Proxy Materials. The Custodian shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Fund proxy forms, notices of meeting, and any other notices or announcements materially affecting or relating to Investments received by the Custodian. Information relative to any pending proxy, meeting or other announcement described in the preceding sentence made available to the Fund via any of the services described in the Electronic and Online Services Schedule shall constitute the delivery of such information by the Custodian.

6.13   Ownership Certificates and Disclosure of the Fund’s Interest .  The Custodian is hereby authorized to execute on behalf of the Fund ownership certificates, affidavits or other disclosure required under Applicable Law or established market practice in connection with the receipt of income, capital gains or other payments by the Fund with respect to Investments, or in connection with the sale, purchase or ownership of Investments.

With respect to securities issued in the United States of America, the Custodian [    ] may [    ] may not release the identity of the Fund to an issuer which requests such information pursuant to the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985 for the specific purpose of direct communications between such issuer and the Fund. IF NO BOX IS CHECKED, THE CUSTODIAN SHALL RELEASE SUCH INFORMATION UNTIL IT RECEIVES CONTRARY INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE FUND. With respect to securities issued outside of the United States of America, information shall be released in accordance with law or custom of the particular country in which such security is located.

6.14.  Taxes. The Custodian shall, where applicable, assist the Fund in the reclamation of taxes withheld on dividends and interest payments received by the Fund. In the performance of its duties with respect to tax withholding and reclamation, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on the advice of counsel and upon information and advice regarding the Fund’s tax status that is received from or on behalf of the Fund without duty of separate inquiry.

6.15  Other Dealings.  The Custodian shall otherwise act as directed by Instruction, including without limitation effecting the free payments of moneys or the free delivery of securities, provided that such Instruction shall indicate the purpose of such payment or delivery and that the Custodian shall record the party to whom the payment or delivery is made.

6.16  Nondiscretionary Details and Minor Expenses.   The Custodian shall attend to all nondiscretionary details in connection with the sale or purchase or other administration of Investments, except as otherwise directed by Instruction, and may make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of administering Investments under this Agreement, provided that the Fund shall have the right to request an accounting with respect to such expenses.

 

7


6.17  Use of Agents.   The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other affiliate, bank, trust company or subcontractor as its agent (each an “ Agent ” and collectively, the “ Agents ”), in addition to Subcustodians, to carry out such provisions of this Agreement as it may from time to time direct, including in connection with use of any Securities System. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care in the selection and monitoring of such Agents and Subcustodians. The appointment of an Agent or Subcustodian shall not relieve the Custodian of its obligations under this Agreement.

6.18 Registration Document Completion Service.  Each Fund may appoint the Custodian to further provide registration document completion services for account openings, name changes, conversions, mergers, market-specific licensing renewals, account closings and other events, and for such markets, as may be agreed between each Fund and the Custodian from time to time (the “Registration Services”). Each Fund shall pay Custodian such fees as may be agreed between the parties from time to time with respect to the Registration Services in accordance with Section 14 hereof. Each Fund further acknowledges and agrees that: (i) as part of the Registration Services, the Custodian will complete registration documentation for the agreed markets on behalf of the Fund and then forward such documentation to the Fund or an Authorized Person for final review and signature on behalf of the Fund; (ii) by the Fund or an Authorized Person signing and submitting the aforementioned documentation to the Custodian on behalf of the Fund (the “Submitted Documents”), the Fund shall be deemed to have confirmed to the Custodian that the Fund has reviewed the Submitted Documents and has determined that all of the information contained therein is accurate and complete; (iii) the submission of the Submitted Documents to the Custodian, shall be deemed an Instruction under Section 4 hereof to open one or more accounts in the referenced market (in accordance with the information provided in the Submitted Documents) and to provide the Submitted Documents and/or the information contained therein to the Subcustodian in the referenced market (and where applicable, for further submission to the relevant Securities Depository, exchanges, regulatory and tax authorities, tax agents and/or brokers in the referenced market).

7. Cash Accounts, Deposits and Money Movements. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7, the Fund hereby authorizes the Custodian to open and maintain, with itself or with Subcustodians, cash accounts in United States Dollars, in such other currencies as are the currencies of the countries in which the Fund maintains Investments or in such other currencies as the Fund shall from time to time request by Instruction, including standing Instructions for Principal Accounts to participate in a BBH&Co. cash management vehicle. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Fund shall be liable as principal for any overdrafts occurring in any cash accounts.

7.1  Types of Cash Accounts .  Cash accounts opened on the books of the Custodian ( Principal Accounts ) shall be opened in the name of the Fund. Such accounts collectively shall be a deposit obligation of the Custodian and shall be subject to the terms of this Section 7 and the general liability provisions contained in Section 9. Cash accounts opened on the books of a Subcustodian may be opened in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian for the Fund or in the name of the Custodian for its customers generally ( Agency Accounts ). Such deposits shall be obligations of the Subcustodian and shall be treated as an Investment of the Fund. Accordingly, the Custodian shall be responsible for exercising reasonable care in the administration of such accounts, but shall not be liable for their repayment in the event the Subcustodian, by reason of its bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise, fails to make repayment. In connection with the services provided hereunder, the Custodian is hereby directed to open cash accounts on its books and records from time to time for the purposes of receiving subscriptions and/or processing redemptions on behalf of the Fund, and/or for the purposes of aggregating, netting and/or clearing transactions (including, without limitation foreign exchange, repurchase agreements, capital stock activity, expense payment) or other administrative purposes on behalf of the Fund or the Fund and affiliated funds (each an “Account”). Each such Account shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation Section 7.6) and the Fund shall be liable for the satisfaction of its own obligations in connection with each Account; provided however, the Fund shall not be liable for the obligations of any other affiliated fund thereunder.

7.1.1 Administrative Accounts.  In connection with the services provided hereunder, the Custodian is hereby directed to open cash accounts on its books and records from time to time for

 

8


the purposes of receiving subscriptions and/or processing redemptions on behalf of the Fund and/or for the purposes of aggregating, netting and/or clearing transactions (including, without limitation foreign exchange, repurchase agreements, capital stock activity, expense payment) or other administrative purposes, each on behalf of the Fund (each an “Account”). Each such Account shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Fund shall be liable for the satisfaction of its obligations in connection with each Account.

7.2 Payments and Credits with Respect to the Cash Accounts .  The Custodian shall make payments from or deposits to any of the cash accounts in the course of carrying out its administrative duties, including but not limited to income collection with respect to the Fund’s Investments, and otherwise in accordance with Instructions. The Custodian and its Subcustodians shall be required to credit amounts to the cash accounts only when moneys are actually received in cleared funds in accordance with banking practice in the country and currency of deposit. Any credit made to any Principal or Agency Account before actual receipt of cleared funds shall be provisional and may be reversed by the Custodian in the event such payment is not actually collected. Unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Custodian or any Subcustodian, all deposits shall be payable only at the branch of the Custodian or Subcustodian where the deposit is made or carried.

7.3  Currency and Related Risks.  The Fund bears the risks of holding or transacting in any currency, including any mark to market exposure associated with a foreign exchange transaction undertaken with the Custodian. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising from the applicability of any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect, or from the occurrence of any event, which may delay or affect the transferability, convertibility or availability of any currency in the country (a) in which such Principal or Agency Accounts are maintained or (b) in which such currency is issued, and in no event shall the Custodian be obligated to make payment of a deposit denominated in a currency during the period during which its transferability, convertibility or availability has been affected by any such law, regulation or event. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Custodian nor any Subcustodian shall be required to repay any deposit made at a foreign branch of either the Custodian or Subcustodian if such branch cannot repay the deposit due to a cause for which the Custodian would not be responsible in accordance with the terms of Section 9 of this Agreement unless the Custodian or such Subcustodian expressly agrees in writing to repay the deposit under such circumstances. All currency transactions in any account opened pursuant to this Agreement are subject to exchange control regulations of the United States and of the country where such currency is the lawful currency or where the account is maintained. Any taxes, costs, charges or fees imposed on the convertibility of a currency held by the Fund shall be for the account of the Fund.

7.4   Foreign Exchange Transactions .  The Custodian shall, subject to the terms of this Section, settle foreign exchange transactions (including contracts, futures, options and options on futures) on behalf and for the account of the Fund with such currency brokers or banking institutions, including Subcustodians, as the Fund may direct pursuant to Instructions. The Custodian may act as principal in any foreign exchange transaction with the Fund in accordance with Section 7.4.2 of this Agreement. The obligations of the Custodian in respect of all foreign exchange transactions (whether or not the Custodian shall act as principal in such transaction) shall be contingent on the free, unencumbered transferability of the currency transacted on the actual settlement date of the transaction.

7.4.1  Third Party Foreign Exchange Transactions . The Custodian shall process foreign exchange transactions (including without limitation contracts, futures, options, and options on futures), where any third party acts as principal counterparty to the Fund on the same basis it performs duties as agent for the Fund with respect to any other of the Fund’s Investments. Accordingly the Custodian shall only be responsible for delivering or receiving currency on behalf of the Fund in respect of such contracts pursuant to Instructions. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the failure of any counterparty (including any Subcustodian) in such agency transaction to perform its obligations thereunder. The Custodian (a) shall transmit cash and Instructions to and from the currency broker or banking institution with which the Fund has executed a foreign exchange contract or option, (b) may make free outgoing payments of cash in the form of Dollars or foreign currency without receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange

 

9


contract or option or confirmation that the countervalue currency completing the foreign exchange contract has been delivered or received or that the option has been delivered or received, (c) may, in connection with cash payments made to third party currency brokers/dealers for settlement of the Fund’s foreign exchange spot or forward transactions, foreign currency swap transactions and similar foreign exchange transactions, process settlements using the facilities of the CLS Bank according to CLS Bank’s standard terms and conditions , and (d) shall hold in safekeeping all confirmations, certificates and other documents and agreements received by the Custodian and evidencing or relating to such foreign exchange transactions. The Fund accepts full responsibility for its use of third-party foreign exchange dealers and for execution of the foreign exchange contracts and options and understands that the Fund shall be responsible for any and all costs and interest charges which may be incurred by the Fund or the Custodian as a result of the failure or delay of third parties to deliver foreign exchange.

7.4.2  Foreign Exchange with the Custodian as Principal .   The Custodian may enter into foreign exchange transactions with the Fund. If a foreign exchange transaction with the Custodian as principal is initiated by Instruction and the parties have no otherwise entered into an agreement specific to such transaction(s), the transaction will be performed and subject to the terms and conditions currently posted on the Custodian’s website at < http:// www.bbh.com/fxtermsandconditions /> ( the “FX Online Terms and Conditions”), which terms are available in hardcopy upon request, and which terms may be updated from time to time. The Custodian shall provide notice of any material change to the FX Online Terms and Conditions to the Fund at least ten (10) business days prior to their taking effect, unless the Custodian determines that the circumstances require that a shorter period apply. Foreign exchange transactions that occur or are placed on or after the effective date of such changes, as stated in the applicable notice, shall be governed by the modified FX Online Terms and Conditions. The Fund represents and warrants, each and every time an Instruction to execute a foreign exchange transaction with the Custodian as principal is initiated, that it is an eligible contract participant, as that term is used under the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

7.5 Delays .  If no event of Force Majeure shall have occurred and be continuing and in the event that a delay shall have been caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian in carrying out an Instruction to credit or transfer cash, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund: (a) with respect to Principal Accounts, for interest to be calculated at the rate customarily paid on such deposit and currency by the Custodian on overnight deposits at the time the delay occurs for the period from the day when the transfer should have been effected until the day it is in fact effected; and, (b) with respect to Agency Accounts, for interest to be calculated at the rate customarily paid on such deposit and currency by the Subcustodian on overnight deposits at the time the delay occurs for the period from the day when the transfer should have been effected until the day it is in fact effected. The Custodian shall not be liable for delays in carrying out Instructions to transfer cash which are not due to the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.

7.6   Advances. If, for any reason in connection with this Agreement the Custodian or any Subcustodian makes an Advance to facilitate settlement or otherwise for the benefit of the Fund (whether or not any Principal or Agency Account shall be overdrawn either during, or at the end of, any Business Day), the Fund hereby does:

7.6.1 acknowledge that the Fund shall have no right, title or interest in or to any Investments purchased with such Advance or proceeds of such Investments, and that any credit of Investments to an account of Fund shall be provisional, until: (a) the debit of the Principal or Agency Account by Custodian for an amount equal to Advance Costs; and/or (b) if such debit produces an overdraft in such account, reimbursement to the Custodian or Subcustodian for the amount of such overdraft;

 

10


7.6.2 acknowledge that the Custodian has an automatically perfected statutory security interest in Investments purchased with any such Advance pursuant to Section 9-206 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time;

7.6.3 in addition, in order to secure the obligations of the Fund to pay or perform any and all obligations of the Fund pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation to repay any Advance made pursuant to this Agreement, grant to the Custodian a security interest in all Investments and proceeds thereof (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of New York); and agree to take, and agree that the Custodian may take, in respect of the security interest referenced above, any further actions that the Custodian may reasonably require.

7.7  Custodian’s Rights   Neither the Custodian nor any Subcustodian shall be obligated to make any Advance or to allow an Advance to occur to the Fund, and in the event that the Custodian or any Subcustodian does make or allow an Advance, any such Advance and any transaction giving rise to such Advance shall be for the account and risk of the Fund and shall not be deemed to be a transaction undertaken by the Custodian for its own account and risk. If such Advance shall have been made or allowed by a Subcustodian or any other person, the Custodian may assign all or part of its security interest referenced above and any other rights granted to the Custodian hereunder to such Subcustodian or other person. If the Fund shall fail to repay the Advance Costs when due, the Custodian or its assignee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to a portion of the available cash balance in any Agency or Principal Account equal to such Advance Costs, and the Fund authorizes the Custodian, on behalf of the Fund, to pay an amount equal to such Advance Costs irrevocably to such Subcustodian or other person, and to dispose of any property in such Account to the extent necessary to make such payment. Any Investments credited to accounts subject to this Agreement created pursuant hereto shall be treated as financial assets credited to securities accounts under Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time. Accordingly, the Custodian and any Subcustodian shall have the rights and benefits of a secured creditor that is a securities intermediary under such Articles 8 and 9.

7.8  Integrated Account .  For purposes hereof, deposits maintained in all Principal Accounts (whether or not denominated in Dollars) shall collectively constitute a single and indivisible current account with respect to the Fund’s obligations to the Custodian or its assignee, and balances in the Principal Accounts shall be available for satisfaction of the Fund’s obligations under this Section 7. The Custodian shall further have a right of offset against the balances in any Agency Account maintained hereunder to the extent that the aggregate of all Principal Accounts is overdrawn.

8. Subcustodians and Securities Depositories .   Subject to the provisions hereinafter set forth in this Section 8, the Fund hereby authorizes the Custodian to utilize Securities Depositories to act on behalf of the Fund and to appoint from time to time and to utilize Subcustodians. With respect to securities and cash held by a Subcustodian, either directly or indirectly (including by a Securities Depository or Clearing Corporation), notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, payment for securities purchased and delivery of securities sold may be made prior to receipt of securities or payment, respectively, and securities or payment may be received in a form in accordance with (a) governmental regulations, (b) rules of Securities Depositories and Clearing Corporations, (c) generally accepted trade practice in the applicable local market, (d) the terms and characteristics of the particular Investment, or (e) the terms of Instructions.

8.1  Domestic Subcustodians and Securities Depositories .  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain, either directly or through one or more Agents appointed by the Custodian, Investments of the Fund in any Securities Depository in the United States, including The Depository Trust Company, provided such Depository meets applicable requirements of the Federal Reserve Bank or of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Custodian may, from time to time, appoint any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to act on behalf of the Fund as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding Investments of the Fund in the United States.

8.2  Foreign Subcustodians and Securities Depositories .  Unless instructed otherwise by the Fund, the

 

11


Custodian may deposit and/or maintain non-U.S. Investments of the Fund in any non-U.S. Securities Depository provided such Securities Depository meets the requirements of an “eligible securities depository” under Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act, or any successor rule or regulation (“Rule 17f-7”) or which by order of the Securities and Exchange Commission is exempted therefrom. Prior to the time that securities are placed with such depository, but subject to the provisions of Section 8.5 below, the Custodian shall have prepared an assessment of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Securities Depository and shall have established a system to monitor such risks on a continuing basis in accordance with Section 8.5. Additionally, the Custodian may, from time to time, appoint (a) any bank, trust company or other entity meeting the requirements of an “eligible foreign custodian under Rule 17f-5 or which by order of the Securities and Exchange Commission is exempted therefrom, or (b) any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, to act on behalf of the Fund as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding Investments of the Fund outside the United States.

8.3   Delegation of Board Review of Subcustodians. From time to time, the Custodian may agree to perform certain reviews of Subcustodians and of Subcustodian Contracts as the delegate of the Fund’s Board. In such event, the Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to this delegated review will be performed in accordance with the terms of the attached 17f-5 Delegation Schedule to this Agreement.

8.4   Board Approval of Foreign Subcustodians .  Unless and except to the extent that the Board has delegated to the Custodian and the Custodian has accepted delegation of review of certain matters concerning the appointment of Subcustodians pursuant to Subsection 8.3, the Custodian shall, prior to the appointment of any Subcustodian for purposes of holding Investments of the Fund outside the United States, obtain written confirmation of the approval of the Board of Trustees or Directors of the Fund with respect to (a) the identity of a Subcustodian, and (b) the Subcustodian agreement which shall govern such appointment, such approval to be signed by an Authorized Person. An Instruction to open an account in a given country shall comprise authorization of the Custodian to hold assets in such country in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Custodian shall not be required to make independent inquiry as to the authorization of the Fund to invest in such country.

8.5  Monitoring and Risk Assessment of Securities Depositories. Prior to the placement of any assets of the Fund with a non-U.S. Securities Depository, the Custodian: (a) shall provide to the Fund or its authorized representative an assessment of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets within such Securities Depository; and (b) shall have established a system to monitor the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Securities Depository on a continuing basis and to promptly notify the Fund or its Investment Adviser of any material changes in such risk. In performing its duties under this subsection, the Custodian shall use reasonable care and may rely on such reasonable sources of information as may be available including but not limited to: (i) published ratings; (ii) information supplied by a Subcustodian that is a participant in such Securities Depository; (iii) industry surveys or publications; (iv) information supplied by the depository itself, by its auditors (internal or external) or by the relevant Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority. It is acknowledged that information procured through some or all of these sources may not be independently verifiable by the Custodian and that direct access to Securities Depositories is limited under most circumstances. Accordingly, the Custodian shall not be responsible for errors or omissions in its duties hereunder provided that it has performed its monitoring and assessment duties with reasonable care. The risk assessment shall be provided to the Fund or its Investment Advisor by such means as the Custodian shall reasonably establish. Advices of material change in such assessment may be provided by the Custodian in the manner established as customary between the Fund and the Custodian for transmission of material market information.

8.6  Responsibility for Subcustodians . Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 8.6, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund caused by or resulting from the acts or omissions of any Subcustodian to the extent that such acts or omissions would be deemed to be negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct in accordance with the terms of the relevant subcustodian agreement under the laws, circumstances and practices prevailing in the place where the act or omission occurred. The liability of the Custodian in respect of the countries and Subcustodians designated by the Custodian, from time to time on the Global Custody Network Listing shall be subject to

 

12


the additional condition that the Custodian actually recovers such loss or damage from the Subcustodian.

8.7  New Countries.  The Fund shall be responsible for informing the Custodian sufficiently in advance of a proposed investment which is to be held in a country in which no Subcustodian is authorized to act in order that the Custodian shall, if it deems appropriate to do so, have sufficient time to establish a subcustodial arrangement in accordance herewith. In the event, the Custodian is unable to establish such arrangements prior to the time the investment is to be acquired, the Custodian is authorized to designate at its discretion a local safekeeping agent, and the use of the local safekeeping agent shall be at the sole risk of the Fund, and accordingly the Custodian shall be responsible to the Fund for the actions of such agent if and only to the extent the Custodian shall have recovered from such agent for any damages caused the Fund by such agent.

9. Responsibility of the Custodian.  In performing its duties and obligations hereunder, the Custodian shall use reasonable care under the facts and circumstances prevailing in the market where performance is effected. Subject to the specific provisions of this Section, the Custodian shall be liable for any direct damage incurred by the Fund in consequence of the Custodian’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. In no event shall the Custodian be liable hereunder for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages arising out of, pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement even if the Custodian has been advised of the possibility of such damages. It is agreed that the Custodian shall have no duty to assess the risks inherent in the Fund’s Investments or to provide investment advice with respect to such Investments and that the Fund as principal shall bear any risks attendant to particular Investments such as failure of counterparty or issuer.

9.1  Limitations of Performance .  The Custodian shall not be responsible under this Agreement for any failure to perform its duties, and shall not be liable hereunder for any loss or damage in association with such failure to perform for or in consequence of the following causes:

9.1.1 Force Majeure.   Force Majeure shall mean any circumstance or event which is beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian, a Subcustodian or any agent of the Custodian or a Subcustodian and which adversely affects the performance by the Custodian of its obligations hereunder, by the Subcustodian of its obligations under its subcustody agreement or by any other Agent of the Custodian or the Subcustodian, including any event caused by, arising out of or involving (a) an act of God, (b) accident, fire, water or wind damage or explosion, (c) any computer, system or other equipment failure or malfunction caused by any computer virus or the malfunction or failure of any communications medium, (d) any interruption of the power supply or other utility service, (e) any strike or other work stoppage, whether partial or total, (f) any delay or disruption resulting from or reflecting the occurrence of any Country, Sanctions or Sovereign Risk, (g) any disruption of, or suspension of trading in, the securities, commodities or foreign exchange markets, whether or not resulting from or reflecting the occurrence of any Country, Sanctions or Sovereign Risk, (h) any encumbrance on the transferability of a currency or a currency position on the actual settlement date of a foreign exchange transaction, whether or not resulting from or reflecting the occurrence of any Country, Sanctions or Sovereign Risk, or (i) any other cause similarly beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian.

9.1.2 Country Risk.   Country Risk shall mean, with respect to the acquisition, ownership, settlement or custody of Investments in a jurisdiction, all risks relating to, or arising in consequence of, systemic and markets factors affecting the acquisition, payment for or ownership of Investments including (a) the prevalence of crime and corruption, (b) the inaccuracy or unreliability of business and financial information, (c) the instability or volatility of banking and financial systems, or the absence or inadequacy of an infrastructure to support such systems, (d) custody and settlement infrastructure of the market in which such Investments are transacted and held, (e) the acts, omissions and operation of any Securities Depository, (f) the risk of the bankruptcy or insolvency of banking agents, counterparties to cash and securities transactions, registrars or transfer agents, and (g) the existence of market conditions which prevent the orderly execution or settlement of transactions or which affect the value of assets.

9.1.3  Sovereign Risk.   Sovereign Risk shall mean, in respect of any jurisdiction, including the

 

13


United States of America, where Investments are acquired or held hereunder or under a subcustody agreement, (a) any act of war, terrorism, riot, insurrection or civil commotion, (b) the imposition of any investment, repatriation or exchange control restrictions by any Governmental Authority, (c) the confiscation, expropriation or nationalization of any Investments or cash deposits by any Governmental Authority, whether de facto or de jure, (d) any devaluation or revaluation of the currency, (e) the imposition of taxes, levies or other charges affecting Investments or cash deposits, (f) any change in the Applicable Law, or (g) any other economic or political risk incurred or experienced.

9.1.4 Sanctions Risk.   Sanctions Risk shall mean, with respect to the acquisition, ownership, settlement or custody of Investments in a jurisdiction, all risks relating to, or arising in consequence of the Custodian complying with one or more Sanctions Regimes, including the risk that if Custodian reasonably believes it has come into possession or control of any Sanctioned Property as a result of its performance of this Agreement, Custodian may be required by one or more Sanctions Regime to block (i.e. prevent further movement of) such Sanctioned Property and report any related activity to relevant government authorities. The Fund acknowledges that if multiple Sanctions Regimes apply (including OFAC), the Custodian will comply with the most restrictive of the applicable regimes.

9.2.   Limitations on Liability.  The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, claim, damage or other liability arising from the following causes:

9.2.1 Failure of Third Parties.  The failure of any third party including: (a) any issuer of Investments or Book-Entry Agent or other agent of an issuer; (b) any counterparty with respect to any Investment, including any issuer of exchange-traded or other futures, option, derivative or commodities contract; (c) failure of an Investment Advisor, foreign custody manager or other agent of the Fund; or (d) failure of other third parties similarly beyond the control or choice of the Custodian.

9.2.2   Information Sources.  The Custodian may rely upon information received from issuers of Investments or agents of such issuers, information received from Subcustodians and from other commercially reasonable sources such as commercial data bases and the like, but shall not be responsible for specific inaccuracies in such information, provided that the Custodian has relied upon such information in good faith, or for the failure of any commercially reasonable information provider.

9.2.3 Reliance on Instruction . Action by the Custodian or the Subcustodian in accordance with an Instruction, even when such action conflicts with, or is contrary to any provision of, the Fund’s declaration of trust, certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other constitutive document, Applicable Law, or actions by the trustees, directors or shareholders of the Fund.

9.2.4   Restricted Securities.  The limitations inherent in the rights, transferability or similar investment characteristics of a given Investment of the Fund.

10. Indemnification.  The Fund hereby indemnifies the Custodian and each Subcustodian, and their respective Agents, nominees and the partners, employees, officers and directors, and agrees to hold each of them harmless from and against all claims and liabilities, including counsel fees and taxes, incurred or assessed against any of them in connection with the performance of this Agreement and any Instruction. If a Subcustodian or any other person indemnified under the preceding sentence, gives written notice of claim to the Custodian, the Custodian shall promptly give written notice to the Fund.

11. Reports and Records.  The Custodian shall:

11.1 create and maintain records relating to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

14


11.2 make available to the Fund, its auditors, agents and employees, upon reasonable request and during normal business hours of the Custodian, all records maintained by the Custodian pursuant to Section 11.1 above, subject, however, to all reasonable security requirements of the Custodian then applicable to the records of its custody customers generally; and

11.3 make available to the Fund all Electronic Reports; it being understood that the Custodian shall not be liable hereunder for the inaccuracy or incompleteness thereof or for errors in any information included therein.

11.4 The Fund shall examine all records, howsoever produced or transmitted, promptly upon receipt and notify the Custodian promptly of any discrepancy or error. Unless the Fund delivers written notice of any such discrepancy or error within a reasonable time after its receipt of the records, the records shall be deemed to be true and accurate.

11.5 The Fund acknowledges that the Custodian obtains information on the value of assets from outside sources which may be utilized in certain reports made available to the Fund. The Custodian deems such sources to be reliable but the Fund acknowledges and agrees that the Custodian does not verify such information nor make any representations or warrantees as to its accuracy or completeness and accordingly shall be without liability in selecting and using such sources and furnishing such information.

12. Miscellaneous.

12.1 Powers of Attorney, etc.  The Fund will promptly execute and deliver, upon request, such proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as may be necessary or desirable for the Custodian to provide, or to cause any Subcustodian to provide, custody services.

12.2 Entire Agreement; Amendment.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any other oral or written agreements heretofore in effect between the Fund and the Custodian with respect to the subject matter hereof. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or terminated except by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or termination is sought, provided, however, that an Instruction shall, whether or not such Instruction shall constitute a waiver, amendment or modification for purposes hereof, be deemed to have been accepted by the Custodian when it commences actions pursuant thereto or in accordance therewith. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of a service level agreement or other operating agreement in place between the parties from time to time, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

12.3 Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Custodian/Administrator and the Fund and their successors and assignees, provided that the Fund may not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Custodian. Each party agrees that only the parties to this Agreement and/or their successors in interest shall have a right to enforce the terms of this Agreement. Accordingly, no client of the Fund or other third party shall have any rights under this Agreement and such rights are explicitly disclaimed by the parties.

12.4 GOVERNING LAW, JURISDICTION AND VENUE.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE. THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN. THE FUND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. FURTHERMORE, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM

 

15


ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

12.5  Notices.  Notices and other writings contemplated by this Agreement, other than Instructions, shall be delivered (a) by hand, (b) by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (d) by facsimile transmission, provided that any notice or other writing sent by facsimile transmission shall also be mailed, postage prepaid, to the party to whom such notice is addressed. All such notices shall be addressed, as follows:

 

If to the Fund:    [                      
   Attn:                    ]  
   Telephone:   [                    ]
   Facsimile   [                    ]
If to the Custodian:    Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
   50 Post Office Square
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110-1548
   Attn:  
   Telephone:   (617) 772-1818
   Facsimile:   (617) 772-XXXX,

or such other address as the Fund or the Custodian may have designated in writing to the other. Notices given by the Custodian pursuant to Section 12.13 may also be given by electronic mail to the email address of any Authorized Person. The Fund agrees that such notices given by electronic mail shall be conclusively presumed to have been delivered and received by the Fund as of the date such electronic mail was sent by the Custodian, as recorded by the Custodian’s systems.

12.6  Headings.  Paragraph headings included herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

12. 7  Severability.   In the event any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue to be in force.

12.8  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed and delivered by the Fund and the Custodian. A photocopy or telefax of the Agreement shall be acceptable evidence of the existence of the Agreement and the Custodian shall be protected in relying on the photocopy or telefax until the Custodian has received the original of the Agreement.

12.9  Confidentiality.   The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or obtaining services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement (including, without limitation, disclosure to Subcustodians or Agents appointed by the Custodian), shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by or to any regulator of the Custodian or any Agent or Subcustodian, any Regulatory Authority, any auditor or attorney of the parties hereto, or by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by Applicable Law.

12.10   Tape-recording.   The Fund on behalf of itself and its Customers authorizes the Custodian to tape record any and all telephonic or other oral instructions given to the Custodian by or on behalf of the Fund,

 

16


including from any Authorized Person. This authorization will remain in effect until and unless revoked by the Fund in writing. The Fund further agrees to solicit valid written or other consent from any of its employees with respect to telephone communications to the extent such consent is required by applicable law.

12.11  Counsel/ Certified Public Accountant .   In fulfilling its duties hereunder, the Custodian shall be entitled to receive and act upon the advice of (i) counsel and/or a certified public accountant regularly retained by the Custodian in respect of such matters, (ii) counsel and/or a certified public accountant for the Fund or (iii) such counsel or certified public accountant as the Fund and the Custodian may agree upon, with respect to all matters, and the Custodian shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

12.12  Conflict. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prevent the Custodian and its associates from (i) dealing as a principal or an intermediary in the sale, purchase or loan of the Fund’s Investments to, or from the Custodian or its associates; (ii) acting as a custodian, a subcustodian, a trustee, an agent, securities dealer, an investment manager or in any other capacity for any other client whose interests may be adverse to the interest of the Fund; or (iii) buying, holding, lending, and dealing in any way in any assets for the benefit of its own account, or for the account of any other client whose interests may be adverse to the Fund notwithstanding that the same or similar assets may be held or dealt in by, or for the account of the Fund by the Custodian. The Fund hereby voluntarily consents to, and waives any potential conflict of interest between the Custodian and/or its associates and the Fund, and agrees that:

(a) the Custodian’s and/or its associates’ engagement in any such transaction shall not disqualify the Custodian from continuing to perform as the custodian of the Fund under this Agreement;

(b) the Custodian and/or its associates shall not be under any duty to disclose any information in connection with any such transaction to the Fund;

(c) the Custodian and/or its associates shall not be liable to account to the Fund for any profits or benefits made or derived by or in connection with any such transaction; and

(d) the Fund shall use all reasonable efforts to disclose this provision, among other provisions in this Agreement, to its shareholders.

12.13 Online Terms and Conditions.   Foreign exchange services provided under or otherwise referenced in this Agreement will be performed and subject to the terms and conditions posted on the Custodian’s website at < http:// www.bbh.com/fxtermsandconditions /> (the “FX Online Terms and Conditions”), which terms are available in hardcopy upon request, and which terms may be updated from time to time. The Custodian shall provide notice of any change to the FX Online Terms and Conditions to the Fund at least ten business days prior to their taking effect, unless the Custodian determines that the circumstances require that a shorter period apply. Foreign exchange transactions that occur or are placed on or after the effective date of such changes, as stated in the applicable notice, shall be governed by the modified FX Online Terms and Conditions.

13. Definitions.  The following defined terms will have the respective meanings set forth below.

13.1 Advance(s) shall mean any extension of credit by or through the Custodian or by or through any Subcustodian and shall include, without limitation, amounts due to the Custodian as the principal counterparty to any foreign exchange transaction with the Fund as described in Section 7.4.2 hereof, or paid to third parties for account of the Fund or in discharge of any expense, tax or other item payable by the Fund.

13.2 Advance Costs shall mean any Advance, interest on the Advance and any related expenses, including without limitation any mark to market loss of the Custodian or Subcustodian on any Investment to which Section 7.6.1 applies.

13.3 Agency Account(s) shall mean any deposit account opened on the books of a Subcustodian or

 

17


other banking institution in accordance with Section 7.1 hereof.

13.4 Agent(s) shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.17 hereof.

13.5 Applicable Law shall mean with respect to each jurisdiction, all (a) laws, statutes, treaties, regulations, guidelines (or their equivalents); (b) orders, interpretations, licenses and permits; and (c) judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders and similar actions by a court of competent jurisdiction; compliance with which is required or customarily observed in such jurisdiction.

13.6 Authorized Person(s) shall mean any person or entity authorized to give Instructions on behalf of the Fund in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.

13.7  Book-Entry Agent(s) shall mean an entity acting as agent for the issuer of Investments for purposes of recording ownership or similar entitlement to Investments, including without limitation a transfer agent or registrar.

13.8 Clearing Corporation shall mean any entity or system established for purposes of providing securities settlement and movement and associated functions for a given market(s).

13.9 Delegation Schedule shall mean any separate schedule entered into between the Custodian and the Fund or its authorized representative with respect to certain matters concerning the appointment and administration of Subcustodians delegated to the Custodian pursuant to Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.

13.10 Electronic and Online Services Schedule shall mean any separate agreement entered into between the Custodian and the Fund or its authorized representative with respect to certain matters concerning certain electronic and online services as described therein and as may be made available from time to time by the Custodian to the Fund.

13.11   Electronic Reports shall mean any reports prepared by the Custodian and remitted to the Fund or its authorized representative via the internet or electronic mail.

13.12 EU shall mean the European Union and its member states

13.13 Foreign Custody Manager shall mean the Fund’s foreign custody manager appointed pursuant to Rule 17f-5 of the 1940 Act.

13.14 Foreign Financial Regulatory Authority shall have the meaning given by Section 2(a)(50) of the 1940 Act.

13.15  Funds Transfer Services Schedule shall mean any separate schedule entered into between the Custodian and the Fund or its authorized representative with respect to certain matters concerning the processing of payment orders from Principal Accounts of the Fund.

13.16 G lobal Custody Network Listing shall mean the Countries and Subcustodians approved for Investments in non-U.S. Markets.

13.17 Instruction(s) shall have the meaning assigned in Section 4 hereof.

13.18  Investment Advisor shall mean any person or entity who is an Authorized Person to give Instructions with respect to the investment and reinvestment of the Fund’s Investments.

13.19 Investment(s) shall mean any investment asset of the Fund, including without limitation securities, bonds, notes, and debentures as well as receivables, derivatives, contractual rights or entitlements and other intangible assets, but shall not include any Principal Account.

13.20 Margin Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 hereof.

 

18


13.21 OFAC shall mean the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

13.22 Principal Account(s)  shall mean deposit accounts of the Fund carried on the books of BBH&Co. as principal in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

13.23 Safekeeping Account shall mean an account established on the books of the Custodian or any Subcustodian for purposes of segregating the interests of the Fund (or clients of the Custodian or Subcustodian) from the assets of the Custodian or any Subcustodian.

13.24  Sanctions or Sanctions Regime(s) shall mean any governmental sanctions against countries, persons and entities that are imposed at any time by the US, the EU, the United Nations or any other jurisdiction, which Custodian must comply with.

13.25 Securities Depository shall mean a central or book entry system or agency established under Applicable Law for purposes of recording the ownership and/or entitlement to investment securities for a given market that, if a foreign Securities Depository, meets the definitional requirements of Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act.

13.26 Subcustodian(s) shall mean each foreign bank appointed by the Custodian pursuant to Section 8 hereof, but shall not include Securities Depositories.

13.27 Tri-Party Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 hereof.

13.28 1940 Act shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940.

14. Compensation.  The Fund agrees to pay to the Custodian (a) a fee in an amount set forth in the fee letter between the Fund and the Custodian in effect on the date hereof or as amended from time to time, and (b) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian, including the fees and expenses of all Subcustodians and other amounts paid by the Custodian to a third party for account or benefit of the Fund, and payable from time to time. Amounts payable by the Fund under and pursuant to this Section 14 shall be payable by wire transfer to the Custodian at BBH&Co. in New York, New York.

15. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by either party in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The provisions of this Agreement and any other rights or obligations incurred or accrued by any party hereto prior to termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

15.1  Term, Notice and Effect . This Agreement shall have an initial term of three (3) years from the date hereof. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods unless either party terminates this Agreement by written notice effective no sooner than seventy-five (75) days following the date that notice to such effect shall be delivered to the other party at its address set forth in Section 12.5 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, either party may terminate this Agreement at any time (a) for cause, which is a material breach of the Agreement not cured within 60 days, in which case termination shall be effective upon written receipt of notice by the non-terminating party, or (b) upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party in the event that either party is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or there shall be commenced against such party a case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect.

15.2  Notice and Succession. In the event a termination notice is given by a party hereto, all reasonable costs and expenses associated with any required systems, facilities, procedures, personnel, and other resourced modifications as well as the movement of records and materials and the conversion thereof shall be paid by the Fund for which services shall cease to be performed hereunder. Furthermore, to the extent that it appears impracticable given the circumstances to effect an orderly delivery of the necessary and appropriate records of Custodian to a successor within the time specified in the notice of termination as aforesaid, Custodian and the Fund agree that this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for such reasonable period as may be required to complete necessary arrangements with a successor.

 

19


15.3   Successor Custodian . In the event of the appointment of a successor custodian, it is agreed that the Investments of the Fund held by the Custodian or any Subcustodian shall be delivered to the successor custodian in accordance with reasonable Instructions. The Custodian agrees to cooperate with the Fund in the execution of documents and performance of other actions necessary or desirable in order to facilitate the succession of the new custodian. If no successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall in like manner transfer the Fund’s Investments in accordance with Instructions.

15.4 Delayed Succession.  If no Instruction has been given as of the effective date of termination, Custodian may at any time on or after such termination date and upon ten (10) consecutive calendar days written notice to the Fund either (a) deliver the Investments of the Fund held hereunder to the Fund at the address designated for receipt of notices hereunder; or (b) deliver any investments held hereunder to a bank or trust company having a capitalization of $2,000,000 USD equivalent and operating under the Applicable Law of the jurisdiction where such Investments are located, such delivery to be at the risk of the Fund. In the event that Investments or moneys of the Fund remain in the custody of the Custodian or its Subcustodians after the date of termination owing to the failure of the Fund to issue Instructions with respect to their disposition or owing to the fact that such disposition could not be accomplished in accordance with such Instructions despite diligent efforts of the Custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services with respect to such Investments and moneys during such period as the Custodian or its Subcustodians retain possession of such items and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until disposition in accordance with this Section is accomplished.

16. Compliance Policies and Procedures.   To assist the Fund in complying with Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act, BBH&Co. represents that it has adopted written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws in fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement and that it has in place a compliance program to monitor its compliance with those policies and procedures. BBH&Co will upon request provide the Fund with information about our compliance program as mutually agreed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

The undersigned acknowledges that (I/we) have received a copy of this document.

 

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.    [The Fund]
By:  

 

   By:  

 

Name:      Name:  
Title:      Title:  
Date:      Date:  

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH&Co.”) is a limited partnership organized under the laws of the United States of America (“US”) and is subject to the US Treasury Regulations set forth under 31 CFR 500, et seq. BBH&Co. may not establish any relationship with any Prohibited Person or Entity as such term is defined under the regulations. No customer of BBH&Co. may be owned or controlled by an entity or person: (i) that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of Executive Order 13224, issued on September 24, 2001 (“EO13224”) < www.treasury.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs/terror/terror.pdf >; (ii) whose name appears on the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) most current list of “Specifically Designated National and Blocked Persons” (which list may be published from time to time in various mediums including, but not limited to, the OFAC website; (iii) who commits, threatens to commit or supports “terrorism”, as such term is defined in EO13224; or (iv) who is otherwise affiliated with any entity or person listed above (any and all parties or persons described in clauses (i) through (iv) above are herein referred to as a “Prohibited Person”).

 

20


FUNDS TRANSFER SERVICES SCHEDULE

(“FTSS”)

In accordance with Section 4.2 of the Custodian Agreement, the Fund acknowledges the following terms and conditions in respect of all funds transfers effected by the Custodian. References to UCC 4A shall mean Article 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code as currently in effect in the State of New York. Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Custodian Agreement.

1. Transmission of Payment Orders . Each FT Instruction shall be transmitted by such secured or authenticated means and subject to such security procedures as the Custodian shall make available to the Fund from time to time (such transmission method and security procedures, a Custodian Designated Security Procedure ), unless the Fund shall elect to transmit such FT Instruction in accordance with a Fund Designated Security Procedure (as defined in Section 4 below). The Fund acknowledges and agrees that the Custodian will use the security procedures referenced in Sections 3 and 4 below solely to authenticate a FT Instruction, as set forth herein, and not to detect any errors or omissions therein.

2. Custodian Designated Security Procedure . The Custodian will make the following Custodian Designated Security Procedures available to the Fund for use in communicating FT Instructions to the Custodian:

 

    BBH Worldview ® Payment Products . The Custodian offers to the Fund use of its BBH Worldview Payment Products (“BBH Worldview”), which are Custodian proprietary on-line payment order authorization facilities with built-in authentication procedures. The Custodian and the Fund shall each be responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of passwords or other codes used by them in connection with BBH Worldview. The Custodian will act on FT Instructions received through BBH Worldview without duty of further confirmation unless the Fund notifies the Custodian that its password is not secure. The Fund agrees that access to, and use of, BBH Worldview shall be governed by an Electronic and On-line Services Schedule, which the Fund will execute prior to access to BBH Worldview.

 

    SWIFT Transmission . The Custodian and the Fund shall comply with SWIFT’s authentication procedures. The Custodian will act on FT Instructions received via SWIFT provided the instruction is authenticated by the SWIFT system.

 

    Written Instructions . Instructions may be transmitted in an original writing that bears the manual signature of an Authorized Person(s) .

3. Fund Designated Security Procedure . FT Instructions may be transmitted through such other means, and subject to such additional security procedures, as may be elected by the Fund (or by an Authorized Person entitled to give Instructions) and acknowledged and accepted by the Custodian (the transmission methods and security procedures referenced below, as may be supplemented by such additional security procedures, each a Fund Designated Security Procedure ); it being understood that the Custodian’s acknowledgment shall authorize it to accept such means of delivery but shall not represent a judgment by the Custodian as to the reasonableness or security of the means utilized by the Fund.

 

    Computer Transmission . The Custodian is able to accept transmissions sent from the Fund’s computer facilities to the Custodian’s computer facilities. If the Fund determines to use its proprietary transmission or other electronic transmission method, it must provide Custodian sufficient notice and information to allow testing or other confirmation that FT Instructions received via the Fund Designated Security Procedure can be processed in good time and order. The Custodian may require the Fund to execute additional documentation prior to the use of such transmission method.

 

    Facsimile Transmission .

A FT Instruction transmitted to the Custodian by facsimile transmission must be transmitted by the Fund to a telephone number specified from time to time by the Custodian for such purposes. The Custodian will then follow one of the procedures below:

 

21


1. If the facsimile requests a non-repetitive order, the Custodian will call the Fund and request to speak to a person authorized to validate orders on behalf of the Fund, and confirm the authorization and details of the payment order (a Callback );

2. If the facsimile FT Instruction pertains to a repetitive payment order (see Section 7 below), the Custodian may (at its sole discretion) perform a Callback. The Fund acknowledges that prior to its issuance of any repetitive payment order, it must (a) request that the appropriate repetitive payment order process be approved and set up at the Custodian, and (b) complete such documentation as may be required by the Custodian, including a PPO (as defined in Section 7).

The Custodian shall rely on the purported identity of the originator but due to the lack of reliability of a facsimile signature, it will not perform signature verification on facsimiles.

 

    Telephonic . The Fund may call a telephonic payment order into the Custodian at the telephone number designated from time-to-time by the Custodian for that purpose. The caller shall identify herself/himself as an Authorized Person. The Custodian shall obtain the FT Instruction details from the caller. The Custodian shall then follow one of the procedures below:

i. If the telephonic FT Instruction pertains to a non-repetitive payment order, the Custodian will perform a Callback; or

ii. If the telephonic FT Instruction pertains to a repetitive payment order (see Section 7 below) , the Custodian may (at its sole discretion) perform a Callback. The Fund acknowledges that prior to its issuance of any repetitive payment order, it must (a) request that the appropriate repetitive payment order process be approved and set up at the Custodian, and (b) complete such documentation as may be required by the Custodian, including a PPO.

In electing to transmit a FT Instruction via a Fund Designated Security Procedure, the Fund (i) agrees to be bound by the transaction(s) or payment order(s) specified on said FT Instruction, whether or not authorized, and accepted by the Custodian in compliance with such Fund Designated Security Procedure, and (ii) accepts the risk associated with such Fund Designated Security Procedure and confirms it is commercially reasonable for the transmission and authentication of the FT Instruction.

The parties agree that the Fund’s transmission of a FT Instruction by means of any of the above Fund Designated Security Procedures and the Custodian’s acceptance and execution of such FT Instruction shall constitute a FT Instruction sent via a Fund Designated Security Procedure and governed by the terms of this FTSS.

4. Rejection of Payment Orders; Rescission of Designated Security Procedure . The Custodian shall give the Fund timely notice of the Custodian’s rejection of a FT Instruction. Such notice may be given in writing, via a Custodian Designated Security Procedure or any Fund Designated Security Procedure used by the Fund, or orally by telephone, each of which is hereby deemed commercially reasonable. In the event the Custodian fails to execute a properly executable FT Instruction and fails to give the Fund notice of the Custodian’s non-execution, the Custodian shall be liable only for the Fund’s actual damages and only to the extent that such damages are recoverable under UCC 4A. The Custodian, after providing prior written notice, may decide to no longer accept a particular Fund Designated Security Procedure or Custodian Designated Security Procedure, or to do so only on revised terms, in the event that it determines that such agreed or established method of transmission represents a security risk or is attendant to any general change in the Custodian’s policy regarding FT Instructions. Notwithstanding anything in this FTSS and the Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall in no event be liable for any consequential, indirect, special or punitive damages under this FTSS, whether or not such damages relate to services covered by UCC 4A, even if the Custodian was advised of the possibility of such damages.

5. Cancellation of Payment Orders . The Fund may cancel a FT Instruction but the Custodian shall have no liability for the Custodian’s failure to act on a cancellation FT Instruction unless the Custodian has received such cancellation FT Instruction at a time and in a manner affording the Custodian reasonable opportunity to act prior to

 

22


the Custodian’s execution of the original FT Instruction. Any cancellation FT Instruction shall be sent and confirmed by such means as is set forth in Section 3 or 4 above.

6. Preauthorized Repetitive Payment Orders . The Fund may establish with the Custodian a process to preauthorize certain repetitive payments or transfers. The Fund will execute all documentation required by the Custodian, including a separate Preauthorized Repetitive Payment Order ( PPO ) form. The PPO shall be delivered to the Custodian in writing or by another Custodian Designated Security Procedure or Fund Designated Security Procedure, and will become effective after the Custodian shall have had a reasonable opportunity to act thereon (or if later, two (2) banking days after receipt by the Custodian). The PPO may take the form of either:

 

  (i) A standing instruction in which the Fund provides in the PPO all required information for a FT Instruction (except for the transfer date and amount) on a “standing instructions” basis. The Fund may from time-to-time instruct the Custodian to make a payment under the PPO, in writing or another Custodian Designated Security Procedure or Fund Designated Security Procedure, which instruction shall reference the repetitive line number (a number assigned to it by the Custodian after execution of the PPO), details of the payment, the transfer date and the amount of the transfer; or

 

  (ii) A recurring instruction in which the Fund supplies all required information for a FT Instruction with an instruction to process such payments with a specific frequency.

7. Responsibility for the Detection of Errors in Payment Orders; Liability of the Parties . The purpose of any Fund Designated Security Procedure or Custodian Designated Security Procedure is to confirm the authenticity of any FT Instruction and is not designed to detect errors or omissions in such FT Instructions. Therefore, the Custodian is not responsible for detecting any Fund error or omission contained in any FT Instruction received by the Custodian. In the event that the FT Instruction either (i) identifies the beneficiary by both a name and an identifying or Fund account number and the name and number identify different persons or entities, or (ii) identifies any Fund by both a name and an identifying number and the number identifies a person or entity different from the Fund identified by name, execution of the relevant payment order, payment to the beneficiary, cancellation of the payment order or actions taken by the Custodian or any Fund in respect of such payment order may be made solely on the basis of the number.

The Custodian shall not be liable for interest on the amount of any FT Instruction that was not authorized or was erroneously executed unless the Fund so notifies the Custodian within thirty (30) days following the Fund’s receipt of notice that such FT Instruction was processed. Any compensation payable in the form of interest shall be payable in accordance with UCC 4A. If a FT Instruction in the name of the Fund and accepted by the Custodian was not authorized by the Fund, the liability of the parties will be governed by the applicable provisions of UCC 4A.

 

23


ELECTRONIC AND ON-LINE SERVICES SCHEDULE

This Electronic and On-Line Services Schedule (this Schedule ) to a Custodian Agreement dated as of                      (as amended from time to time hereafter, the Agreement ) by and between Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ( we, us our ) and                      ( you, your ), provides general provisions governing your use of and access to the Services (as hereinafter defined) provided to you by us via the Internet (at www.bbhco.com or such other URL as we may instruct you to use to access our products ) and via a direct dial-up connection between your computer and our computers, as of             ,     , 20     (the Effective Date). Use of the Services constitutes acceptance of the terms and conditions of this Schedule, any Appendices hereto, the Terms and Conditions posted on our web site, and any terms and conditions specifically governing a particular Service or our other products, which may be set forth in the Agreement or in a separate related agreement (collectively, the Related Agreements ).

 

1. General Terms.  

You will be granted access to our suite of online products, which may include, but shall not be limited to the following services via the Internet or dial-up connection (each separate service is a Service ; collectively referred to as the Services ):

 

  1.1. BBH WorldView ® , a system for effectuating securities and fund trade instruction and execution, processing and handling instructions, and for the input and retrieval of other information;

 

  1.2. F/X WorldView, a system for executing foreign exchange trades;

 

  1.3. Fund WorldView, a system for receiving fund and prospectus information;

 

  1.4. BBHCOnnect, a system for placing securities trade instructions and following the status and detail of trades;

 

  1.5. ActionView SM , a system for receiving certain corporate action information; and,

 

  1.6. Such other services as we shall from time to time offer.

 

2. Security / Passwords.  

 

  2.1. A digital certificate and/or an encryption key may be required to access certain Services. You may apply for a digital certificate and/or an encryption key by following the procedures set forth at http://www.bbh.com/certs/ .   You also will need an identification code ( ID ) and password(s) ( Password ) to access the Services.

 

  2.2. You agree to safeguard your digital certificate and/or encryption key, ID, and Password and not to give or make available, intentionally or otherwise, your digital certificate, ID, and/or Password to any unauthorized person. You must immediately notify us in writing if you believe that your digital certificate and/or encryption key, Password, or ID has been compromised or if you suspect unauthorized access to your account by means of the Services or otherwise, or when a person to whom a digital certificate and/or an encryption key, Password, or ID has been assigned leaves or is no longer permitted to access the Services.

 

  2.3. We will not be responsible for any breach of security, or for any unauthorized trading or theft by any third party, caused by your failure (be it intentional, unintentional, or negligent) to maintain the confidentiality of your ID and/or Password and/or the security of your digital certificate and/or encryption key.

 

3. Instructions.  

 

  3.1. Proper instructions under this Schedule shall be provided as designated in the Related Agreements ( Instructions ).

 

  3.2. The following additional provisions apply to Instructions provided via the Services:

 

  a. Instructions sent by electronic mail will not be accepted or acted upon.

 

  b. You authorize us to act upon Instructions received through the Services utilizing your digital certificate, ID, and/or Password as though they were duly authorized written instructions, without any duty of verification or inquiry on our part, and agree to hold us harmless for any losses you experience as a result.

 

  c.

From time to time, the temporary unavailability of third party telecommunications or computer systems required by the Services may result in a delay in processing Instructions. In such an event, we shall not be liable to you or any third party for any liabilities, losses, claims, costs, damages,

 

24


 

penalties, fines, obligations, or expenses of any kind (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, consultants’, or experts’ fees and disbursements) that you experience due to such a delay.

 

4. Electronic Documents.  

We may make periodic statements, disclosures, notices, and other documents available to you electronically, and, subject to any delivery and receipt verification procedures required by law, you agree to receive such documents electronically and to check the statements for accuracy. If you believe any such statement contains incorrect information, you must follow the procedures set forth in the Related Agreement(s).

 

5. Malicious Code.  

You understand and agree that you will be responsible for the introduction (by you, your employees, agents, or representatives) into the Services, whether intentional or unintentional, of (i) any virus or other code, program, or sub-program that damages or interferes with the operation of the computer system containing the code, program or sub-program, or halts, disables, or interferes with the operation of the Services themselves; or (ii) any device, method, or token whose knowing or intended purpose is to permit any person to circumvent the normal security of the Services or the system containing the software code for the Services ( Malicious Code ). You agree to take all necessary actions and precautions to prevent the introduction and proliferation of any Malicious Code into those systems that interact with the Services.

 

6. Indemnification.

For avoidance of doubt, you hereby agree that the provisions in the Related Agreement(s) related to your indemnification of us and any limitations on our liability and responsibilities to you shall be applicable to this Agreement, and are hereby expressly incorporated herein. You agree that the Services are comprised of telecommunications and computer systems, and that it is possible that Instructions, information, transactions, or account reports might be added to, changed, or omitted by electronic or programming malfunction, unauthorized access, or other failure of the systems which comprise the Services, despite the security features that have been designed into the Services. You agree that we will not be liable for any action taken or not taken in complying with the terms of this Schedule, except for our willful misconduct or gross negligence. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Schedule and the Related Agreements.

 

7. Payment.

You may be charged for services hereunder as set forth in a fee schedule from time to time agreed by us.

 

8. Term/Termination.  

 

  8.1. This Schedule is effective as of the date you sign it or first use the Services, whichever is first, and continues in effect until such time as either you or we terminate the Schedule in accordance with this Section 8 and/or until your off-line use of the Services is terminated.

 

  8.2. We may terminate your access to the Services at any time, for any reason, with five (5) business days prior notice; provided that we may terminate your access to the Services with no prior notice (i) if your account with us is closed, (ii) if you fail to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement, (iii) if we believe that your continued access to the Services poses a security risk, or (iv) if we believe that you are violating or have violated applicable laws, and we will not be liable for any loss you may experience as a result of such termination. You may terminate your access to the Services at any time by giving us ten (10) business days notice. Upon termination, we will cancel all your Passwords and IDs and any in-process or pending Instructions will be carried out or cancelled, at our sole discretion.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

  9.1. Notices.  All notices, requests, and demands (other than routine operational communications, such as Instructions) shall be in such form and effect as provided in the Related Agreement(s).

 

  9.2. Inconsistent Provisions.  Each Service may be governed by separate terms and conditions in addition to this Schedule and the Related Agreement(s). Except where specifically provided to the contrary in this Schedule, in the event that such separate terms and conditions conflict with this Schedule and the Related Agreement(s), the provisions of this Schedule shall prevail to the extent this Schedule applies to the transaction in question.

 

25


  9.3. Binding Effect; Assignment; Severability.  This Schedule shall be binding on you, your employees, officers and agents. We may assign or delegate our rights and duties under this Schedule at any time without notice to you. Your rights under this Schedule may not be assigned without our prior written consent. In the event that any provision of this Schedule conflicts with the law under which this Schedule is to be construed or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court with jurisdiction over you and us, such provision shall be deemed to be restated to effectuate as nearly as possible the purposes of the Schedule in accordance with applicable law. The remaining provisions of this Schedule and the application of the challenged provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each such provision shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

  9.4. Choice of Law; Jury Trial. This Schedule shall be governed by and construed, and the legal relations between the parties shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. Each party agrees to waive its right to trial by jury in any action or proceeding based upon or related to this Agreement. The parties agree that all actions and proceedings based upon or relating to this Schedule shall be litigated exclusively in the federal and state courts located within New York City, New York.

The undersigned acknowledges that (I/we) have received a copy of this document.

[Fund] (“you”)

 

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

26


17f-5 DELEGATION SCHEDULE

By its execution of this Delegation Schedule dated as of             , 20    , between                     , a management investment company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission ) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act ), acting through its Board of Directors/Trustees or its duly appointed representative (the Fund ), hereby appoints BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO. , a New York limited partnership with an office in Boston, Massachusetts (the Delegate ) as its delegate to perform certain functions with respect to the custody of Fund’s Assets outside the United States.

1. Maintenance of Fund’s Assets Abroad . The Fund, acting through its Board or its duly authorized representative, hereby instructs the Delegate pursuant to the terms of the Custodian Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by and between the Fund and the Delegate (the Custodian Agreement ) to place and maintain the Fund’s Assets in countries outside the United States in accordance with Instructions received from the Fund’s Investment Advisor. Such instruction shall constitute an Instruction under the terms of the Custodian Agreement. The Fund acknowledges that (a) the Delegate shall perform services hereunder only with respect to the countries where it accepts delegation as Foreign Custody Manager as indicated on the Delegate’s Global Custody Network Listing; (b) depending on conditions in the particular country, advance notice may be required before the Delegate shall be able to perform its duties hereunder in or with respect to such country (such advance notice to be reasonable in light of the specific facts and circumstances attendant to performance of duties in such country); and (c) nothing in this Delegation Schedule shall require the Delegate to provide delegated or custodial services in any country, and there may from time to time be countries as to which the Delegate determines it will not provide delegation services.

2. Delegation . Pursuant to the provisions of Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act as amended, the Board hereby delegates to the Delegate, and the Delegate hereby accepts such delegation and agrees to perform only those duties set forth in this Delegation Schedule concerning the safekeeping of the Fund’s Assets in each of the countries as to which it acts as the Board’s delegate. The Delegate is hereby authorized to take such actions on behalf of or in the name of the Fund as are reasonably required to discharge its duties under this Delegation Schedule, including, without limitation, to cause the Fund’s Assets to be placed with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian in accordance herewith. The Fund confirms to the Delegate that the Fund or its Investment Adviser has considered the Sovereign Risk and prevailing Country Risk as part of its continuing investment decision process, including such factors as may be reasonably related to the systemic risk of maintaining the Fund’s Assets in a particular country, including, but not limited to, financial infrastructure, prevailing custody and settlement systems and practices (including the use of any Securities Depository in the context of information provided by the Custodian in the performance of its duties as required under Rule 17f-7 and the terms of the Custodian Agreement governing such duties), and the laws relating to the safekeeping and recovery of the Fund’s Assets held in custody pursuant to the terms of the Custodian Agreement.

3. Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodian and Contract Administration . The Delegate shall perform the following duties with respect to the selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians and administration of certain contracts governing the Fund’s foreign custodial arrangements:

(a) Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodian . The Delegate shall place and maintain the Fund’s Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, provided that the Delegate shall have determined that the Fund’s Assets will be subject to reasonable care based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market after considering factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets including without limitation:

(i) The Eligible Foreign Custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls, including, but not limited to, the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), the controls and procedures for dealing with any Securities Depository, the method of keeping custodial records, and the security and data protection practices;

(ii) Whether the Eligible Foreign Custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for the Fund’s Assets;

(iii) The Eligible Foreign Custodian’s general reputation and standing; and

(iv) Whether the Fund will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Eligible Foreign Custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of such Eligible

 

27


Foreign Custodian in the United States or such Eligible Foreign Custodian’s appointment of an agent for service of process in the United States or consent to jurisdiction in the United States.

The Delegate shall be required to make the foregoing determination to the best of its knowledge and belief based only on information reasonably available to it.

(b) Contract Administration . The Delegate shall cause that the foreign custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall be governed by a written contract that the Delegate has determined will provide reasonable care for Fund assets based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market. Each such contract shall, except as set forth in the last paragraph of this subsection (b), include provisions that provide:

(i) For indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination of the foregoing) such that the Fund will be adequately protected against the risk of loss of assets held in accordance with such contract;

(ii) That the Fund’s Assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Eligible Foreign Custodian or its creditors except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration or, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of such Custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws;

(iii) That beneficial ownership of the Fund’s Assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration;

(iv) That adequate records will be maintained identifying the Fund’s Assets as belonging to the Fund or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Fund;

(v) That the Fund’s independent public accountants will be given access to those records described in (iv) above or confirmation of the contents of such records; and

(vi) That the Delegate will receive sufficient and timely periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Fund’s Assets, including, but not limited to, notification of any transfer to or from the Fund’s account or a third party account containing the Fund’s Assets.

Such contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified in this Section 3(b), such other provisions that the Delegate determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the Fund’s Assets as the specified provisions, in their entirety.

(c) Limitation to Delegated Selection . Notwithstanding anything in this Delegation Schedule to the contrary, the duties under this Section 3 shall apply only to Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Delegate and shall not apply to Securities Depositories or to any Eligible Foreign Custodian that the Delegate is directed to use pursuant to Section 7 of this Delegation Schedule.

4. Monitoring . The Delegate shall establish a system to monitor at reasonable intervals (but at least annually) the appropriateness of maintaining the Fund’s Assets with each Eligible Foreign Custodian that has been selected by the Delegate pursuant to Section 3 of this Delegation Schedule. The Delegate shall monitor the continuing appropriateness of placement of the Fund’s Assets in accordance with the criteria established under Section 3(a) of this Delegation Schedule. The Delegate shall monitor the continuing appropriateness of the contract governing the Fund’s arrangements in accordance with the criteria established under Section 3(b) of this Delegation Schedule.

5. Reporting . At least annually and more frequently as mutually agreed between the parties, the Delegate shall provide to the Board written reports specifying placement of the Fund’s Assets with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Delegate pursuant to Section 3 of this Delegation Schedule and shall promptly report on any material changes to such foreign custody arrangements. Delegate will prepare such a report with respect to any Eligible Foreign Custodian that the Delegate has been instructed to use pursuant to Section 7 of this Delegation Schedule only to the extent specifically agreed with respect to the particular situation.

6. Withdrawal of Fund’s Assets . If the Delegate determines that an arrangement with a specific Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Delegate under Section 3 of this Delegation Schedule no longer meets the requirements of said Section, Delegate shall withdraw the Fund’s Assets from the non-complying arrangement as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, however, that if in the reasonable judgment of the Delegate, such

 

28


withdrawal would require liquidation of any of the Fund’s Assets or would materially impair the liquidity, value or other investment characteristics of the Fund’s Assets, it shall be the duty of the Delegate to provide information regarding the particular circumstances and to act only in accordance with Instructions of the Fund or its Investment Advisor with respect to such liquidation or other withdrawal.

7. Direction as to Eligible Foreign Custodian . Notwithstanding this Delegation Schedule, the Fund, acting through its Board, its Investment Advisor or its other Authorized Representative, may direct the Delegate to place and maintain the Fund’s Assets with a particular Eligible Foreign Custodian, including without limitation with respect to investment in countries as to which the Custodian will not provide delegation services. In such event, the Delegate shall be entitled to rely on any such instruction as an Instruction under the terms of the Custodian Agreement and shall have no duties under this Delegation Schedule with respect to such arrangement save those that it may undertake specifically in writing with respect to each particular instance.

8. Standard of Care . In carrying out its duties under this Delegation Schedule, the Delegate agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for safekeeping the Fund’s Assets would exercise.

9. Representations . The Delegate hereby represents and warrants that it is a U.S. Bank and that this Delegation Schedule has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Delegate and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Delegate.

The Fund hereby represents and warrants that its Board of Directors has determined that it is reasonable to rely on the Delegate to perform the delegated responsibilities provided for herein and that this Delegation Schedule has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Fund.

10. Effectiveness; termination . This Delegation Schedule shall be effective as of the date on which this Delegation Schedule shall have been accepted by the Delegate, as indicated by the date set forth below the Delegate’s signature. This Delegation Schedule may be terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Such termination shall be effective on the 30th calendar day following the date on which the non-terminating party shall receive the foregoing notice. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, this Delegation Schedule shall be deemed to have been terminated concurrently with the termination of the Custodian Agreement.

11. Notices . Notices and other communications under this Delegation Schedule are to be made in accordance with the arrangements designated for such purpose under the Custodian Agreement unless otherwise indicated in a writing referencing this Delegation Schedule and executed by both parties.

12. Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Delegation Schedule have the following meanings:

a. Country Risk – shall have the meaning set forth in Section [    ] of the Custodian Agreement.

b. Eligible Foreign Custodian - shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(1) of the 1940 Act and shall also include a U.S. Bank.

c. Fund’s Assets - shall mean any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

d. Instructions - shall have the meaning set forth in the Custodian Agreement.

e. Securities Depository - shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-7 of the 1940 Act.

f. Sovereign Risk - shall have the meaning set forth in Section [6.3] of the Custodian Agreement.

g . U.S. Bank - shall mean a bank which qualifies to serve as a custodian of assets of investment

 

29


companies under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act.

13. Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Delegation Schedule shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal courts sitting in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of the state courts of either such State or such Commonwealth.

14. Fees . Delegate shall perform its functions under this Delegation Schedule for the compensation determined under the Custodian Agreement.

15. Integration . This Delegation Schedule sets forth all of the Delegate’s duties with respect to the selection and monitoring of Eligible Foreign Custodians, the administration of contracts with Eligible Foreign Custodians, the withdrawal of assets from Eligible Foreign Custodians and the issuance of reports in connection with such duties. The terms of the Custodian Agreement shall apply generally as to matters not expressly covered in this Delegation Schedule, including dealings with the Eligible Foreign Custodians in the course of discharge of the Delegate’s obligations under the Custodian Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

The undersigned acknowledges that (I/we) have received a copy of this document.

 

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.    [FUND]
By:  

 

   By:  

 

Name:      Name:  
Title:      Title:  

 

30

DRAFT

This form is subject to discussion and amendments depending on the particular circumstances. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. reserves the right to make any changes to this draft during the negotiation phase of the agreement and the relevant services with the client, based on, among other things, review of the relevant fund documentation, applicable legal and regulatory rules and changes/clarifications to the operational details of the relevant services.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCY AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of [            ]     , 201    , by and between BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO ., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the State of New York (the “ Administrator ”), and [Insert Fund/Trust Name] a [Massachusetts business trust] (the “ Fund ” on behalf of each series listed on Appendix A to this Agreement each a “ Portfolio ” and collectively, the “ Portfolios ”) and registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“the 1940 Act ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Fund is registered with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as a management investment company under the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS , the Fund desires to retain the Administrator to render certain services to the Fund and each Portfolio, and the Administrator is willing to render such services.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Administrator . The Fund hereby employs and appoints the Administrator to act as its administrative agent on the terms set forth in this Agreement, and the Administrator accepts such appointment.

2. Delivery of Documents . The Fund will on a continuing basis provide the Administrator with:

2.1 properly certified or authenticated copies of resolutions of the Fund’s Board of Trustees authorizing the appointment of the Administrator as administrative agent of the Fund and approving this Agreement;

2.2 a copy of the Fund’s most recent registration statement;

2.3 copies of all agreements between the Fund and its service providers, including without


limitation, advisory, distribution and administration agreements and distribution and/or shareholder servicing plans;

2.4 a copy of the Fund’s valuation procedures;

2.5 a copy of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and By-laws;

2.6 any other documents or resolutions (including but not limited to directions or resolutions of the Fund’s Board of Trustees) which relate to or affect the Administrator’s performance of its duties hereunder or which the Administrator may at any time reasonably request; and

2.7 copies of any and all amendments or supplements to the foregoing.

3. Duties as Administrator.   Subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, the Administrator will perform the administrative services described in Appendix B hereto. Additional services may be provided by the Administrator upon the request of the Fund as mutually agreed from time to time. In performing its duties and obligations hereunder, the Administrator will act in accordance with the Fund’s instructions as defined in Section 5 (“Instructions”). It is agreed and understood that the Administrator shall not be responsible for the Fund’s compliance with any applicable documents, laws or regulations, or for losses, costs or expenses arising out of the Fund’s failure to comply with said documents, laws or regulations or the Fund’s failure or inability to correct any non-compliance therewith. The Administrator shall in no event be required to take any action, which is in contravention of any applicable law, rule or regulation or any order or judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction.

3.1 Records.   The Administrator will maintain and retain such records as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable federal securities laws and created pursuant to the performance of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator will maintain such other records as requested by the Fund and received by the Administrator. The Administrator shall not be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of any records not created by the Administrator. The Administrator acknowledges that the records maintained and preserved by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement are the property of the Fund and will be, at the Fund’s expense, surrendered promptly upon reasonable request. In performing its obligations under this Section, the Administrator may utilize micrographic and electronic storage media as well as independent third party storage facilities.

3.2 Use of Agents  The Administrator may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any affiliate, bank, or subcontractor as its agent (each an “ Agent ” and collectively, the “ Agents ”), to carry out the provisions of this Agreement as it may from time to time direct. The Administrator shall exercise reasonable care in the selection and monitoring of such Agents and the

 

2


appointment of an Agent shall not relieve the Administrator of its obligations under this Agreement.

4. Duties of the Fund . The Fund shall notify the Administrator promptly of any matter affecting the performance by the Administrator of its services under this Agreement and where the Administrator is providing fund accounting services pursuant to this Agreement shall promptly notify the Administrator as to the accrual of liabilities of the Fund, liabilities of the Fund not appearing on the books of account kept by the Administrator as to the existence, status and proper treatment of reserves, if any, authorized by the Fund. [BBH Note: if compliance testing is expected to be required, additional provisions may be required: Where the Administrator is providing portfolio compliance monitoring services pursuant to this Agreement, the Fund agrees to notify the Administrator in the event the Fund or any officer, employee or agent of the Fund detects a possible non-compliance of the Fund with its investment restrictions, policies and limitations. ]The Fund agrees to provide such information to the Administrator as may be requested under the banking and securities laws of the United States or other jurisdictions relating to “Know Your Customer” and money laundering prevention rules and regulations (collectively, the “KYC Requirements”). For purposes of this subsection, and in connection with all applicable KYC Requirements, the Fund and each Portfolio is the “client” or “customer” of the Administrator. The Fund further represents that it will perform all obligations required under applicable KYC Requirements with respect to its “customers” (as defined in the KYC Requirements) and that, because these customers do not constitute “customers” or “clients” of the Administrator under such applicable rules and regulations, the Administrator is under no such similar obligations.

5. Instructions.

5.1 The Administrator shall not be liable for, and shall be indemnified by the Fund against any and all losses, costs, damages or expenses arising from or as a result of, any action taken or omitted in reliance upon Instructions or upon any other written notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or other instrument believed by it to be genuine and signed or authorized by the proper party or parties. A list of persons so authorized by the Fund (“Authorized Persons”) is attached hereto as Appendix C and upon which the Administrator may rely until its receipt of notification to the contrary by the Fund.

5.2 Instructions shall include a written request, direction, instruction or certification signed or initialed on behalf of the Fund by one or more persons as the Board of Trustees of the Fund shall have from time to time authorized in writing. Those persons authorized to give Instructions may be identified by the Board of Trustees by name, title or position and will include at least one officer empowered by the Board to name other individuals who are authorized to give Instructions on behalf

 

3


of the Fund.

5.3 Telephonic or other oral instructions or instructions given by telefax transmission may be given by any one of the above persons and will also be considered Instructions if the Administrator believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such Instructions with respect to the transaction involved.

5.4 With respect to telefax transmissions, the Fund hereby acknowledges that (i) receipt of legible instructions cannot be assured, (ii) the Administrator cannot verify that authorized signatures on telefax instructions are original, and (iii) the Administrator shall not be responsible for losses or expenses incurred through actions taken in reliance on such telefax instructions. The Fund agrees that such telefax instructions shall be conclusive evidence of the Fund’s Instruction to the Administrator to act or to omit to act.

5.5 Instructions given orally will not be confirmed in writing and the lack of such confirmation shall in no way affect any action taken by the Administrator in reliance upon such oral Instructions. The Fund authorizes the Administrator to tape record any and all telephonic or other oral Instructions given to the Administrator by or on behalf of the Fund (including any of its officers, directors, trustees, employees or agents or any investment manager or adviser or person or entity with similar responsibilities which is authorized to give Instructions on behalf of the Fund to the Administrator.)

6. Expenses and Compensation . For the services to be rendered and the facilities to be furnished by the Administrator as provided for in this Agreement, the Fund shall pay the Administrator for its services rendered pursuant to this Agreement a fee based on such fee schedule as may from time to time be agreed upon in writing by the Fund and the Administrator. Additional services performed by the Administrator as requested by the Fund shall be subject to additional fees as mutually agreed from time to time. In addition to such fee, the Administrator shall bill the Fund separately for any out-of-pocket disbursements of the Administrator based on an out-of-pocket schedule as may from time to time be agreed upon in writing by the Fund and the Administrator. The foregoing fees and disbursements shall be billed to the Fund by the Administrator and shall be paid promptly by wire transfer or other appropriate means to the Administrator.

7. Standard of Care .  The Administrator shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care and diligence in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, provided that the Administrator shall not thereby be required to take any action which is in contravention of any applicable law, rule or regulation or any order or judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction.

8. General Limitations on Liability . The Administrator shall incur no liability with respect to any

 

4


telecommunications, equipment or power failures, or any failures to perform or delays in performance by postal or courier services or third-party information providers (including without limitation those listed on Appendix D).

8.1 The Administrator shall also incur no liability under this Agreement if the Administrator or any agent or entity utilized by the Administrator shall be prevented, forbidden or delayed from performing, or omits to perform, any act or thing which this Agreement provides shall be performed or omitted to be performed, by reason of causes or events beyond its control, including but not limited to:

8.1.1 any Sovereign Event. A “Sovereign Event” shall mean any nationalization; expropriation; devaluation; revaluation; confiscation; seizure; cancellation; destruction; strike; act of war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or any other act or event beyond the Administrator’s reasonable control;

8.1.2 any provision of any present or future law, regulation or order of the United States or any state thereof, or of any foreign country or political subdivision thereof, or of any securities depository or clearing agency; and

8.1.3 any provision of any order or judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction.

8.2 The Administrator shall not be held accountable or liable for any losses, damages or expenses the Fund or any shareholder or former shareholder of the Fund or any other person may suffer or incur arising from acts, omissions, errors or delays of the Administrator in the performance of its obligations and duties as provided in Section 3 hereof, including without limitation any error of judgment or mistake of law, except a damage, loss or expense resulting from the Administrator’s willful malfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of such Administrator’s obligations and duties.

8.3 The Administrator shall not be liable for any damages arising out of any misstatement or omission in the Fund’s registration statement, prospectus, shareholder report, offering document or other information filed or made public by the Fund or [Insert Distributor Name] (the “Distributor”).

8.4 In no event and under no circumstances shall the Administrator be held liable for consequential or indirect damages, loss of profits, damage to reputation or business or any other special or punitive damages arising under or by reason of any provision of this Agreement or for any

 

5


act or omissions hereunder, even if the Administrator has been advised of the possibility of such damages or losses.

9. Specific Limitations on Liability.   In addition to, and without limiting the application of the general limitations on liability contained in Section 8, above, the following specific limitations on the Administrator’s liability shall apply to the particular administrative services set forth on Appendix B hereto.

9.1 Portfolio Compliance Monitoring.   The [secondary] compliance monitoring of the investments of the Fund and/or each Portfolio with respect to investment restrictions and policies is subject to parameters that may vary over time and which may be beyond the control or knowledge of the Administrator. Consequently, the results of the monitoring as notified by the Administrator to the Fund are to be considered merely as an indication of possible non-compliance with the investment restrictions and policies of the Fund and/or Portfolio rather than an affirmative statement as to non-compliance with the investment restrictions and policies. Moreover, the Administrator may not detect a breach and consequently might not notify the Fund thereof if information or data in its possession is inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous. The Board of Trustees of the Fund shall remain fully responsible for ensuring compliance of the investments of the Fund and each Portfolio with its investment restrictions and policies and the services provided by the Administrator in monitoring investment restrictions and policies shall not be deemed to be a delegation of the Board’s responsibility to the Administrator. In addition, the Fund agrees that the Administrator shall not be liable for the accuracy, completeness or use of any information or data that CRD (as defined in Appendix B hereof) or any other compliance system used by the Administrator generates in connection with such administrative compliance monitoring on any given date.

9.2 Liability for Fund Accounting Services. Without limiting the provisions in Section 8 hereof, the Administrator’s liability for acts, omissions, errors or delays relating to its fund accounting obligations and duties shall be limited to the amount of any expenses associated with a required recalculation of net asset value per share (“NAV”) or any direct damages suffered by shareholders in connection with such recalculation. The Administrator’s liability or accountability for such acts, omissions, errors or delays shall be further subject to clauses 9.2.1 through 9.2.4 below.

9.2.1. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Administrator’s causing an error or delay in the determination of NAV may, but does not in and of itself, constitute negligence or reckless or willful misconduct. The parties further acknowledge that in accordance with industry practice, the Administrator shall be liable and the recalculation of NAV shall be

 

6


performed only with regard to errors in the calculation of the NAV that are greater than or equal to $.01 per share of a Fund. If a recalculation of NAV occurs, the Fund agrees to reprocess shareholder transactions or take such other action(s) so as to eliminate or minimize to the extent possible the liability of the Administrator.

9.2.2. In no event shall the Administrator be liable or responsible to the Fund, any present or former shareholder of the Fund, or any other person for any error or delay that continued or was undetected after the date of an audit performed by the certified public accountants employed by the Fund if, in the exercise of reasonable care in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards, such accountants should have become aware of such error or delay in the course of performing such audit.

9.2.3 The Administrator shall not be held accountable or liable to the Fund, any shareholder or former shareholder thereof or any other person for any delays or losses, damages or expenses any of them may suffer or incur resulting from (i) the Administrator’s usage of a third party service provider for the purpose of storing records delivered to the Administrator by the Fund and which the Administrator did not create in the performance of its obligations hereunder; (ii) the Administrator’s failure to receive timely and suitable notification concerning quotations or corporate actions relating to or affecting portfolio securities of the Fund; or (iii) any errors in the computation of NAV based upon or arising out of quotations or information as to corporate actions if received by the Administrator either (a) from a source which the Administrator was authorized to rely upon (including, but not limited to, the fair value pricing procedures of any investment manager of adviser of the Fund and those sources listed on Appendix D), (b) from a source which in the Administrator’s reasonable judgment was as reliable a source for such quotations or information as such authorized sources, or (c) relevant information known to the Fund or its service provider which would impact the calculation of NAV but which is not communicated by the Fund or its service providers to the Administrator. To the extent that Fund assets are not in the custody of the Administrator, the Administrator may conclusively rely on any reporting in connection with such assets provided to the Administrator by a third party on behalf of the Fund.

9.2.4. In the event of any error or delay in the determination of such NAV for which the Administrator may be liable, the Fund and the Administrator will consult and make good faith efforts to reach agreement on what actions should be taken in order to mitigate any loss suffered by the Fund or its present or former shareholders, in order that the Administrator’s exposure to liability shall be reduced to the extent possible after taking into account all

 

7


relevant factors and alternatives. It is understood that in attempting to reach agreement on the actions to be taken or the amount of the loss which should appropriately be borne by the Administrator, the Fund and the Administrator will consider such relevant factors as the amount of the loss involved, the Fund’s desire to avoid loss of shareholder good will, the fact that other persons or entities could have been reasonably expected to have detected the error sooner than the time it was actually discovered, the appropriateness of limiting or eliminating the benefit which shareholders or former shareholders might have obtained by reason of the error, and the possibility that other parties providing services to the Fund might be induced to absorb a portion of the loss incurred.

9.3 Liability for ETF Transfer Agency and Related Services. Without limiting the provisions in Section 8 hereof, the Administrator shall have no liability for any damages arising out of (i) the failure of any Authorized Participant to perform its obligations under a Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement” defined for this purpose as any Participant Agreement between the Distributor and an Authorized Participant acknowledged by the Administrator); (ii) activities or statements of sales or wholesaler personnel who are employed by the Distributor or its affiliates; or (iii) (a) the failure of any Authorized Participant to deposit with the Fund’s Custodian sufficient collateral, or to provide additional collateral upon request by the Administrator, in connection with the monitoring services provided for herein on Appendix B; or (b) any errors in the computation of collateral requirements based upon or arising out of quotations or information received by the Administrator from a source which the Administrator was authorized to rely upon (including, but not limited to, those sources listed on Appendix D). Any losses sustained by the Fund as a result of or arising from errors in calculations performed by the Administrator in connection with the monitoring or maintenance of collateral positions relating to creation or redemption unit activity shall not exceed the total fees paid to the Administrator in any calendar year.

10. Indemnification.  The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify the Administrator against and hold it harmless from any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) resulting from any act, omission, error or delay or any third party claim, demand, action or suit, in connection with or arising out of performance of the Administrator’s obligations and duties under this Agreement, not resulting from the willful malfeasance, bad faith or negligence of the Administrator in the performance of such obligations and duties. The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11. Reliance by the Administrator on Opinions of Counsel and Opinions of Certified Public

 

8


Accountants .

The Administrator may consult with its counsel or the Fund’s counsel in any case where so doing appears to the Administrator to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall not be considered to have engaged in any misconduct or to have acted negligently and shall be without liability in acting upon the advice of its counsel or of the Fund’s counsel.

The Administrator may consult with a certified public accountant or the Fund’s Treasurer in any case where so doing appears to the Administrator to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall not be considered to have engaged in any misconduct or to have acted negligently and shall be without liability in acting upon the advice of such certified public accountant or of the Fund’s Treasurer.

12. Termination of Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated by either party in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

12.1 This Agreement shall have an initial term of three (3) years from the date hereof. Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods unless either party terminates this Agreement by written notice effective no sooner than seventy-five (75) days following the date that notice to such effect shall be delivered to the other party at its address set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, either party may terminate this Agreement at any time (a) for cause, which is a material breach of the Agreement not cured within sixty (60) days, in which case termination shall be effective upon written receipt of notice by the non-terminating party, or upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party in the event that the either party is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or there shall be commenced against such party a case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect. In the event a termination notice is given by a party hereto, all expenses associated with the movement of records and materials and the conversion thereof shall be paid by the Fund for which services shall cease to be performed hereunder. The Administrator shall be responsible for completing all actions in progress when such termination notice is given unless otherwise agreed.

12.2. Upon termination of the Agreement in accordance with this Section 12, the Fund may request the Administrator to promptly deliver to the Fund or to any designated third party all records created and maintained by the Administrator pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as well as any Fund records maintained but not created by the Administrator. If such request is provided in writing by the Fund to the Administrator within seventy-five (75) days of the date of termination of the Agreement, the Administrator shall provide to the Fund a certification that all records created by the Administrator pursuant to its obligations under Section 3.1 of this Agreement are accurate and

 

9


complete. After seventy-five (75) days of the date of termination of this Agreement, no such certification will be provided to the Fund by the Administrator and the Administrator is under no further obligation to ensure that records created by the Administrator pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement are maintained in a form that is accurate or complete.

13. Confidentiality. The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or obtaining services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by or to any Regulatory Authority, any auditor or attorney of the parties hereto, or by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by Applicable Law.

14. Tape-recording .  The Fund authorizes the Administrator to tape record any and all telephonic or other oral instructions given to the Administrator by or on behalf of the Fund, including from any Authorized Person. This authorization will remain in effect until and unless revoked by the Fund in writing. The Fund further agrees to solicit valid written or other consent from any of its employees with respect to telephone communications to the extent such consent is required by applicable law.

15. Entire Agreement; Amendment.  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes any other oral or written agreements heretofore in effect between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or terminated except by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the amendment or termination is sought.

16. Severability.  In the event any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue to be in force.

 

10


17. Headings.   The section headings in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only and shall not modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions thereof.

18. Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles and each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in the City of Boston and the federal courts located in the City of Boston. The fund irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding in any of the aforesaid courts and any claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Furthermore, each party hereto irrevocably waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or related to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.

19. Notices.   Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to the Fund addressed to the Fund at [                    ], Attention: General Counsel or to such other address as the Fund may have designated to the Administrator in writing, or to the Administrator at 50 Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02110, Attention: Manager, Fund Administration Department, or to such other address as the Administrator may have designated to the Fund in writing, shall be deemed to have been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressee.

20. Binding Effect; Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Fund and the Administrator and their respective successors and assigns, provided that no party hereto may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other party. Each party agrees that only the parties to this Agreement and/or their successors in interest shall have a right to enforce the terms of this Agreement. Accordingly, no client of the Fund or other third party shall have any rights under this Agreement and such rights are explicitly disclaimed by the parties.

21. Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original. This Agreement shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed and delivered by each of the parties. A photocopy or telefax of the Agreement shall be acceptable evidence of the existence of the Agreement and the Administrator shall be protected in relying on the photocopy or telefax until the Administrator has received the original of the Agreement.

22. Exclusivity .  The services furnished by the Administrator hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Administrator shall be free to furnish similar services to others.

 

11


23. Authorization.   The Fund hereby represents and warrants that the Fund’s Board of Trustees has authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement and that an authorized officer of the Fund has signed this Agreement, Appendices A, B, C, and D and the fee schedule hereto.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.

The undersigned acknowledges that (I/we) have received a copy of this document.

 

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 
[Trust/Fund Name]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

13


APPENDIX A

TO

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCY AGREEMENT

Dated as of                 , 201    

The following is a list of Portfolios for which the Administrator shall serve under an Administrative Agency Agreement dated as of                 , 201    :

 

[Trust/Fund Name]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

14


APPENDIX B

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCY AGREEMENT

Services

Fund Accounting Services

The Administrator will provide the following fund accounting services to each Portfolio each day that such Portfolio and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open (each a “Business Day”): transaction processing and review, custodial reconciliation, securities pricing and investment accounting.

Transaction Processing and Review . The Administrator shall input and reconcile each Portfolio’s investment activity including with respect to:

 

    Investment taxlots

 

    Income

 

    Dividends

 

    Principal paydowns

 

    Capital activity

 

    Expense accruals

 

    Cash activity

 

    Corporate Reorganizations

Custodial Reconciliation . The Administrator shall reconcile the following positions of each Portfolio against the records of the Custodian:

 

    Securities holdings

 

    Cash including cash transfers, fees assessed and other investment related cash transactions

 

    Trade settlements

Securities Pricing . The Administrator shall update each security position of each Portfolio as to the following:

 

    Market prices obtained from approved sources including those listed on Appendix D or Fair Valuations obtained from an Authorized Person of the Fund

 

    Mark to market of non-base receivables/payables utilizing approved foreign exchange quotations as quoted in Appendix D

 

    Mark to market of non-base currency positions utilizing the approved sources quoted in Appendix D or Fair Valuations obtained from an Authorized Person of the Fund

Investment Accounting . The Administrator shall provide the following investment accounting services to each Portfolio:

 

    Amortization/accretion at the individual tax lot level

 

    General ledger entries

 

    Book value calculations

 

    Trade Date + 1 accounting

 

    Calculation of Net Asset Value Per Share (“NAV”) as of the close of business of the NYSE

 

15


ETF Transfer Agency and Related Services

The Administrator shall perform the following ETF Transfer Agency and Related Services:

 

I. Creation and Redemption of Creation Units.

It is agreed and understood that the Administrator on the Fund’s behalf, shall process the issuance and redemption of Creation Units of the Fund in blocks of Shares as established in the Prospectus for the Fund (“Creation Units”) to and from such persons as are identified and approved by the Distributor as Authorized Participants and who have entered into a Participant Agreement.

 

  A. Accept from [the Distributor/Authorized Participants] creation and redemption orders for communication to the appropriate parties, approval (as may be agreed with the Distributor) and processing.

 

  B. Pursuant to creation and redemption orders that the Administrator as transfer agent shall receive from [the Distributor/Authorized Participants (and which shall be confirmed by the Distributor, as required)] and pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, the Administrator shall communicate such orders to the Trust or Fund as appropriate.

 

  B. Pursuant to such creation orders that the Administrator as the Index Receipt Agent shall receive (and which shall be confirmed by the Distributor) and pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, the Administrator shall transfer appropriate trade instructions to the Fund’s custodian, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“Custodian”) and pursuant to such orders register the appropriate number of book entry only Creation Units in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee as a shareholder (each a “Authorized Participant”) of the Fund and deliver the Creation Units of the Fund to the appropriate Authorized Participant.

 

  C. Pursuant to such redemption orders that Index Receipt Agent shall receive from the Authorized Participant and pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, the Administrator shall transfer appropriate trade instructions (which may be irrevocable in certain foreign markets) to the Custodian and, pursuant to such orders, redeem the appropriate number of Creation Units that are delivered to the designated DTC Participant Account of the Custodian for redemption and debit such Creation Units from the account of the Authorized Participant on the register of the Fund.

 

  D. On behalf of the Fund, the Administrator shall issue Creation Units for settlement with purchasers through DTC as the purchaser is authorized to receive. Beneficial ownership of ETF Shares shall be shown on the records of DTC and DTC Participants and not on any records maintained by the Administrator. In issuing Creation Units through DTC to an Authorized Participant, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon the latest Instructions that are received from the Distributor by the Administrator as Index Receipt Agent concerning the issuance and delivery of such Creation Units for settlement.

 

  E. The Administrator shall not issue on behalf of the Fund any Creation Units where it has received an Instruction from the Fund or the Distributor or written notification from any federal or state authority that the sale of the ETF Shares has been suspended or discontinued, and the Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon such Instructions or written notification.

 

16


  F. Upon the issuance of Creation Units as provided herein, the Administrator shall not be responsible for the payment of any original issue or other taxes, if any, required to be paid by the Fund or the Distributor in connection with such issuance.

 

  G. The Administrator will act only upon Instruction from the Fund and/or the Distributor in addressing any failure in the delivery of cash, securities and/or shares in connection with the creation and redemption of Creation Units. The Administrator shall not be required to advance, expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur or become exposed to financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.

 

II. Recordkeeping .

 

  A. The Administrator shall record the creation and redemption of Creation Units and maintain, pursuant to Rule 17Ad-14(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a record of the total number of Creation Units that are authorized, issued and outstanding based upon data provided to the Administrator by the Fund or the Distributor. The Administrator shall also provide the Fund on a regular basis with the total number of Creation Units authorized, issued and outstanding; provided however that the Administrator shall not be responsible for monitoring the issuance of such Creation Units or compliance with any laws relating to the validity of the issuance or the legality of the sale of such Creation Units or shares.

 

III. Services Related to the Monitoring of Cash Collateral.

The Fund acknowledges that accepting cash collateral or cash in lieu from Authorized Participants in connection with Creation Unit activity entails a variety of risks (including market risk, counterparty risk and settlement risk), which the Fund retains notwithstanding the provision by the Administrator of services related to monitoring of cash collateral. The services provided by the Administrator are administrative and do not change the nature of the relationship between the Fund and any Authorized Participant. The Fund agrees that it bears all investment risk of any cash collateral posted by any Authorized Participant and agrees further to participate in (including entering into required documentation) the Custodian’s CMS program with respect to cash collateral. The Administrator shall have no obligation with respect to determining adequacy or sufficiency of collateral required or received other than calling cash collateral in accordance with the terms set forth in the Participant Agreement and Operational Procedures. The Fund agrees to cooperate with the Administrator with respect to resolutions of issues or exceptions as they may arise with respect to collateral posted by Authorized Participants and agrees instruct the Administrator as to any realization by the Fund upon cash collateral posted, including any measures to be taken by the Fund or Investment Advisor, for example, buying in, of securities or ETF shares. The Administrator shall perform the following specific services:

 

  (a) Identify creation and redemption Creation Unit activity for which collateral is required, on a daily basis

 

  (b) Calculate required collateral for creation and redemption on a daily basis in accordance with the collateral ratios set forth in the in Participant Agreements, utilizing a market price from a third party pricing source [as mutually agreed/set forth on Appendix D]

 

  (c) Mark to market daily the value of such collateral positions using market prices from a third party pricing source [as mutually agreed/set forth on Appendix D]

 

  (d) Communicate collateral requirements as determined in (b) and (c) to Authorized Participants as necessary

 

  (e) Provide reporting as to open collateral positions and notify the Fund in the event of collateral delivered by Authorized Participants

 

17


  (f) Establish Operational Procedures with the Fund and Authorized Participants (based upon the form provided by the Administrator) which set forth the detailed requirements in connection with the processing requirements as to cash collateral posted by Authorized Participants

 

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 
[Trust/Fund Name]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

18


APPENDIX C

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCY AGREEMENT

List of Authorized Persons

 

[Trust/Fund Name]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

19


APPENDIX D TO

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCY AGREEMENT

AUTHORISED SOURCES

The Investment Manager and Fund hereby acknowledge that the Administrator is authorized to use the following authorized sources and their successors and assigns for financial reporting, compliance monitoring, performance measurement, pricing (including corporate actions, dividends and rights offering), and foreign exchange quotations, to assist it in fulfilling its obligations under the aforementioned Agreement.

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH GLOBAL RESEARCH

BLOOMBERG

RUSSELL/MELLON

FUND MANAGERS / CLIENT DIRECTED

INTERACTIVE DATA CORPORATION

REPUTABLE BROKERS

THOMSON REUTERS

SUBCUSTODIAN BANKS

SIX FINANCIAL

REPUTABLE FINANCIAL PUBLICATIONS

STOCK EXCHANGES

STAT PRO

MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL

WALL STREET OFFICE*

PRICING DIRECT

MARKIT

SUPER DERIVATIVES

S&P

DOW JONES

JP MORGAN

SQX (SECURITIES QUOTE EXCHANGE)

BARCLAYS

FITCH SOLUTIONS

MOODYS

FORD EQUITY RESEARCH

FTSE GROUP

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP (ITG)

WM COMPANY

WOLTERS KLUWER FINANCIAL SERVICES

DEPOSITORIES (DTC, EUROCLEAR, ETC)

CLEARING BANKS (JP MORGAN CHASE, BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, ETC)

OeKB

CITIGROUP INDEX LLC

MORNINGSTAR INC.

 

* By using Wall Street Office (“WSO”) as an authorized information source, the Investment Manager and Fund are each authorizing the Administrator to share confidential information regarding bank loan transactions with WSO. Investment Manager and Fund each acknowledge and agree that, while WSO must maintain such information confidentially, WSO is permitted to utilize such information on an anonymous basis in furtherance of its products and services.

 

20


[Trust/Fund Name]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 

21

N U S HARES ETF T RUST

D ISTRIBUTION AND S ERVICE P LAN

1. The Trust. NuShares ETF Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and organized as a series trust (each such series is referred to herein as a “Fund”).

2. The Plan. The Trust desires to adopt a plan of distribution pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Funds which are identified in Exhibit A hereto (the “Designated Funds”), and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”) has determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that adoption of this Distribution and Service Plan (the “Plan”) will benefit each such Fund and its holders of Shares. Accordingly, on behalf of each Designated Fund, the Trust hereby adopts this Plan in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act on the following terms and conditions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned thereto in the Trust’s registration statement under the 1940 Act and under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as such registration statement is amended by any amendments thereto at the time in effect.

3. The Distributor. The Trust has entered into a written Distribution Agreement with Nuveen Securities, LLC (the “Distributor”), pursuant to which the Distributor will act as the exclusive distributor with respect to the creation and distribution of Creation Unit size aggregations of Shares as described in the Trust’s registration statement (“Creation Units”) with respect to each Fund.

4. Payments. (a) The Trust may pay a monthly fee not to exceed 0.25% per annum of each Designated Fund’s average daily net assets to reimburse the Distributor for actual amounts expended to finance any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units of each such Fund or the provision of services with respect to investors in each such Fund, including but not limited to (i) delivering copies of a Designated Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information and annual and semi-annual reports to prospective purchasers of such Creation Units; (ii) marketing and promotional services with respect to a Designated Fund; (iii) facilitating communications with beneficial owners of Shares, including providing explanations to owners regarding investment objectives and policies and other information about the Trust or any Designated Funds thereof; (iv) delivering any notices of shareholder meetings and proxy statements accompanying such notices in connection with general and special meetings of the Trust; and (v) such other services and obligations as are set forth in the Distribution Agreement. Such payments shall be made within ten (10) days of the end of each calendar month. The determination of daily net assets shall be made at the close of business each day throughout the month and computed in the manner specified in a Designated Fund’s then current prospectus.

(b) Distribution expenses incurred in any one year in excess of 0.25% of each Designated Fund’s average daily net assets may be reimbursed in subsequent years subject to the annual 0.25% limit and subject further to the approval of the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act) and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of this Plan or in any agreement related to this Plan (the “Independent Trustees”).


(c) The Distributor may use all or any portion of the amount received pursuant to this Plan to compensate securities dealers or other persons that are Authorized Participants for providing distribution assistance, including broker-dealer and shareholder support and educational and promotional services, pursuant to agreements with the Distributor, or to pay any of the expenses associated with other activities authorized under paragraph 4(a) hereof.

5. Effective Date. This Plan shall become effective with respect to a Designated Fund upon approval by a vote of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan, as reflected on Exhibit A hereto (each an “Effective Date”).

6. Term. This Plan shall, unless terminated as hereinafter provided, remain in effect with respect to a Designated Fund for one year from its Effective Date and shall continue thereafter, provided that its continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on this Plan.

7. Amendment. This Plan may be amended at any time by the Board of Trustees, provided that (a) any amendment to increase materially the amount to be spent for the services provided for in paragraph 4 hereof with respect to a Designated Fund shall be effective only upon approval by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of such Designated Fund, and (b) any material amendment of this Plan shall be effective only upon approval by a vote of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such amendment.

8. Termination. This Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to a Designated Fund, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of such Designated Fund. In the event of termination or non-continuance of this Plan, the Trust may reimburse any expense which it incurred prior to such termination or non-continuance, provided that such reimbursement is specifically approved by both a majority of the Board of Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees.

9. Assignment. Any agreement related to the Plan shall be automatically terminate upon its assignment.

10. Reports. While this Plan is in effect, the Distributor shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended pursuant to the Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

11. Records. The Trust shall preserve copies of this Plan, each agreement related hereto and each report referred to in paragraph 10 hereof for a period of at least six years from the date of the Plan, agreement and report, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

2


12. Independent Trustees. While this Plan is in effect, the selection and nomination of Independent Trustees shall be committed to the discretion of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in the 1940 Act).

13. Severability. If any provision of the Plan shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.

 

3


D ISTRIBUTION AND S ERVICE P LAN

E XHIBIT A

 

Fund

  

Effective Date

NuShares Enhanced Yield U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

   August 2, 2016

Last updated: August 2, 2016

 

4

Exhibit r

 

Nuveen Investments Compliance | May 2016

  LOGO

Code of Ethics

Summary and Scope

 

LOGO

 

What the Code is about

Helping to ensure that Nuveen Investments personnel place the interests of Nuveen clients ahead of their own personal interests.

Who the Code applies to and what the implications are

There are three designations of individuals who are subject to the Code (described below). Compliance will determine your designation.

If you are a consultant or temporary worker, you are not automatically subject to the Code. However, based on your contract length, job duties, work location, and other factors, Compliance may make you subject to the Code at whatever designation level it believes appropriate.

    

 

 

Access Persons

Any Nuveen Employee who meets any of the following criteria:

 

¡   As part of his/her regular duties has access to non-public information concerning the purchase, sale, holdings, or recommendations of securities in any Nuveen-Advised Account or Portfolio.

 

¡   Is a director or officer of a Nuveen Fund who has been designated an Access Person by Compliance (Independent Directors have their own Code of Ethics and are not subject to this one).

 

¡   Has otherwise been designated an Access Person by Compliance.

Key characteristics of this designation. An individual may be considered an Access Person of multiple Nuveen advisers or only one. The personal trading of Access Persons (other than Independent Directors) is generally only monitored against the trading activity of the specific adviser(s) for which they have been designated an Access Person.

Investment Persons

Any Access Person who meets either of the following criteria:

 

¡   As part of his/her regular duties either makes or participates in making recommendations or decision concerning the purchase or sale of securities in any Nuveen-Advised Account or Portfolio.

 

¡   Has otherwise been designated an Investment Person by Compliance.

Key characteristics of this designation. Investment Persons are almost exclusively limited to employees of Nuveen’s investment advisers.

Personal transactions of Investment Persons will be reviewed for conflicts in the period starting 7 calendar days prior to a trade by their associated investment adviser and ending 7 calendar days after a trade by their associated investment adviser. In some cases, the Investment Person may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit as determined by Compliance.

The personal trading of Investment Persons is generally only monitored against the trading activity of the specific adviser

 

 

LOGO


for which they have been designated an Investment Person.

General Employees

All remaining Nuveen Employees (meaning those who are neither Access Persons nor Investment Persons).

Key characteristics of this designation. The personal trading of General Employees is typically monitored against the trading activities of all Nuveen advisers. The policies in the Code treat General Employees and Access Persons alike, although the Compliance monitoring may differ.

 

 

WHAT’S NEW   Notable changes to this document since the previous version.

 

 

  ¡   Clarifying language had been added in the sections dealing with Inside Information and Managed Accounts.

 

  ¡   529 plans are Reportable Accounts if they can hold Reportable Securities.

 

  ¡   TIAA-managed funds are now considered Reportable Securities.

 

Important to understand

Some of our affiliated investment advisers may impose additional rules on the same topics covered in the Code . Check with your manager or local compliance officer if you have questions.

Personal trading is a privilege, not a right. The securities industry is highly regulated and its employees are expected to adhere to high standards of behavior – including with respect to personal trading. Any violation of the Code can have an adverse effect on you, your co-workers, and Nuveen.

    

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 2 of 8


The Code does not address every ethical issue that might arise. If you have any doubt at all after consulting the Code, contact Compliance for direction. The Code applies to appearance as well as substance. Always consider how any action might appear to an outside observer (such as a client or regulator). Follow the Code both in letter and in spirit. If you have questions, contact Compliance.

    

 

 

 

TERMS WITH SPECIAL MEANINGS

 

Within this policy, these terms are defined as follows:

 

Automatic Investment Plan  Any program, such as a dividend reinvestment plan (DRIP), under which investment account purchases or withdrawals occur according to a predetermined schedule and allocation.

Beneficial ownership Any interest by which you or any Household Member directly or indirectly derives a monetary benefit from the purchase, sale, or ownership of a security or account. You have beneficial ownership of securities held in accounts in your own name, or any Household Member’s name, and in all other accounts over which you exercise or may exercise investment decision-making powers, or other influence or control, including trust, partnership, estate, and corporate accounts or other joint ownership or pooling arrangements.

Code   This Code of Ethics.

Domestic Partner An individual who is neither a relative of or legally married to a Nuveen Employee, but shares a residence and is in a mutual commitment similar to marriage with such Nuveen Employee.

Federal Securities Laws The applicable portions of any of the following laws, as amended, and of any rules adopted under them by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Department of the Treasury:

 

  ¡   Securities Act of 1933.

 

  ¡   Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  ¡   Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

  ¡   Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

  ¡   Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

  ¡   Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

  ¡   The Bank Secrecy Act.

Household Member Any of the following who reside, or are expected to reside for at least 60 days a year, in the same household as a Nuveen Employee:

 

¡  Spouse or domestic partner    

  

¡  Child, stepchild, grandchild.

¡    In-laws (mother, father, son, daughter, brother, sister).

 

  ¡   Sibling.                 ¡   Parent, stepparent, grandparent

Each Household Member is subject to the same pre-clearance and trading restrictions and requirements as his/her related Nuveen Employee.

Independent Director Any director or trustee of a Nuveen Fund advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC who is not an “interested person” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Managed Account Any account in which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership and for which you have delegated full investment discretion in writing to a third-party broker or investment manager.

Nuveen Nuveen Investments, Inc. and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries except for Gresham Investment Management, LLC.

Nuveen-Advised Account or Portfolio   Any Nuveen Fund or any portfolio, or client account advised or subadvised by Nuveen.

Nuveen Employee Any full- or part-time employee of Nuveen, not including consultants and temporary workers, and those individuals registered with Nuveen Securities, LLC.

Nuveen Fund Any open- or closed-end fund advised or subadvised by Nuveen.

Reportable Account Any account of which you or a Household Member has Beneficial Ownership AND in which securities can be bought or held. This includes, among others:

 

¡   All Managed Accounts.

 

¡   Any Nuveen 401(k) plan account.

 

¡   Any direct holding in a Nuveen Fund or TIAA Fund.

 

¡   Any retirement account, health savings account (HSA) or 529 college savings plan that permits the purchase of any Reportable Security (such as company stock or Nuveen or TIAA Funds).

The following are NOT considered Reportable Accounts:

 

  - Charitable giving accounts.
  - Accounts held directly with a mutual fund complex in which non-Nuveen and non-TIAA Funds are the only possible investment.

Reportable Security Any security, including single-stock futures, except:

 

¡   Direct obligations of the US government (indirect obligations, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities, are reportable).

 

¡   Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt (including repurchase agreements).

 

¡   Money market funds.

 

¡   Open-end funds that are not Nuveen or TIAA Funds.

Reportable Transaction   Any transaction involving a Reportable Security, except:

 

¡   Transactions in Managed Accounts.

 

¡   Transactions occurring under an Automatic Investment Plan. TIAA Fund Any open- or closed-end fund advised or sub-advised by TIAA Investment Management LLC or its affiliated advisers.
 

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 3 of 8


General Restrictions and Requirements

 

LOGO

Reporting requirements

 

1.

Never abuse a client’s trust, rights, or interests. This means you must never do any of the following:

 

  ¡   Engage in any plan or action, or use any device, that would defraud or deceive a client.

 

  ¡   Make any material statements of fact that are incorrect or misleading, either as to what they include or omit.

 

  ¡   Engage in any manipulative practice.

 

  ¡   Use your position (including any knowledge or access to opportunities you have gained by virtue of your position) to personal advantage or to a client’s disadvantage.

 

  ¡   Conduct personal trading in any way that could be inconsistent with your fiduciary duties to a client (even if it does not technically violate the Code).

 

2. Handle conflicts of interest appropriately. This applies not only to actual conflicts of interest, but also to any situation that might appear to an outside observer to be improper or a breach of fiduciary duty.

 

3. Keep confidential information confidential. Always properly safeguard any confidential information you obtain in the course of your work. This includes information related to any of the following:

 

  ¡  

Any Nuveen-Advised Account or Portfolio and any other financial product offered or serviced by Nuveen.

 

  ¡   New products, product changes, or business initiatives.

 

  ¡   Past, current, and prospective clients, including their identities, investments, and account activity.

“Keeping information confidential” means using discretion in disclosing information as well as guarding against unlawful or inappropriate access by others. This includes:

 

  ¡   Making sure no confidential information is visible on your computer screen and desk when you are not there.

 

  ¡   Not sharing passwords with others.

 

  ¡  

Using caution when discussing business in any location where your conversation could be overheard. Confidential information may be released only as required by law or as permitted under the applicable privacy policy(ies). Consult with Compliance before releasing any confidential information.

 

4.

Handle Inside Information properly. Follow all of the terms described in “Inside Information” below. Be aware that any failure to handle Inside Information properly is a serious offense and may lead to disciplinary action from Nuveen as well as serious civil or criminal liability.

 

5.

Never knowingly trade any security being traded or considered for trade by any Nuveen Advised Account or Portfolio . This applies to employee transactions in

 

securities that are exempt from pre-clearance, and includes equivalent or related securities.

For example, if a company’s common stock is being traded, you may face restrictions on trading any of the company’s debt, preferred, or foreign equivalent securities, and from trading or exercising any options or futures based on the company’s securities. This applies to you and to any Household Member.

 

6.

Never purchase an equity IPO. This does not apply to initial offerings of fixed income securities, convertible securities, preferred securities, open- and closed-end funds, and commodity pools. This applies to you and to any Household Member.

 

7.

Do not purchase a private placement (limited offering) or make an investment in any private company or business without advance written approval from Compliance. This includes investments in any family businesses as well as purchases of any private funds advised or sub-advised by Nuveen. Approval will depend on whether the investment potentially conflicts with Nuveen business activities and whether the opportunity is available to you because of your position at Nuveen, among other criteria. This applies to you and to any Household Member.

 

 

8.

Never participate in an investment club or similar entity. This applies to you and to any Household Member.

 

9.

Avoid excessive trading. Never let personal trading interfere with your professional duties, and never engage in market timing, late trading, and other inappropriate actions.

 

10.

Comply with trading restrictions described in the prospectuses for those Nuveen Funds that are advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC. This includes restrictions on frequent trading in shares of any openend Nuveen Fund advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC which limits investors to two round trips per 60-day trading period. Any violation of these trading restrictions is punishable as a violation of the Code. This applies to you and to any Household member.

 

11.

Comply with Federal Securities Laws. Any violation of these laws is punishable as a violation of the Code.

 

12.

Never do anything indirectly that, if done directly, would violate the Code. Such actions will be considered the equivalent of direct Code violations.

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 4 of 8


13.

Promptly alert Compliance of any actual or suspected wrongdoing. Alert the Nuveen Compliance Ethics Office or, if applicable, the Chief Compliance Officer of the affiliated investment adviser. Examples of wrongdoing include violations of the Federal Securities Laws, misuse of corporate assets, misuse of confidential information, or other violations of the Code.

Upon becoming a Nuveen Employee

Report actual or suspected violations to the Nuveen Compliance Ethics Office or, if applicable, the Chief Compliance Officer of the affiliated adviser. If you prefer to report confidentially, call the Nuveen Confidential Hotline at 877-209-3663. Note that failure to report suspected wrongdoing in a timely fashion is itself a violation of the Code.

account. For each Reportable Account, submit a copy of the

 

 

 

  INSIDE INFORMATION

 

 

What is Inside Information?

Inside Information is defined as information regarding any security, securities-based derivatives or issuer of a security that is both material and non-public. Information is material if both of the following are true:

 

  ¡   A reasonable investor would likely consider it important when making an investment decision.

 

  ¡   Public release of the information would likely affect the price of a security.

Information is generally non-public if it has not been distributed through a widely used public medium, such as a press release or a report, filing or other periodic communication.

Restrictions and requirements

 

  ¡   Any time you think you might have, or may be about to, come into possession of Inside Information (whether in connection with your position at Nuveen or not), alert Nuveen. If you work for a Nuveen investment adviser, alert your local Compliance or Legal office, who in turn will notify the Ethics Office.

Otherwise, alert Nuveen Compliance within the Ethics Office. Follow the instructions you are given. Note that if you work in the Nuveen closed-end fund product management group and possess Inside Information regarding a closedend Nuveen Fund, you do not need to disclose the Inside Information to Compliance. However, you must follow the separate approval process, described elsewhere, that applies to your group’s personal trading in closedend Nuveen Funds.

¡   Until you receive further instructions from Compliance or Legal, do not take any action in relation to the information, including trading or recommending the relevant securities or communicating the information to anyone else.

 

¡   Never make decisions on your own regarding potential Inside Information, including whether such information is actually Inside Information or what steps should be taken.

 

¡   If Compliance and/or Legal determine that you have Inside Information:

 

  - Do not buy, sell, gift, or otherwise dispose of the securities, whether on behalf of a Nuveen- Advised Account or Portfolio, yourself, or anyone else.

 

  - Do not in any way recommend, encourage, or influence others to transact in the issuer’s securities, even if you do not specifically disclose or reference the Inside Information.

 

  - Do not communicate the Inside Information to anyone, whether inside or outside Nuveen, except in discussions with Compliance and Legal and as expressly permitted by any confidentiality agreement or supplemental policies and procedures of your investment adviser.
 

 

 

1.

Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, acknowledge receipt of the Code. This includes certifying that you have read the Code, understand it, recognize that you are subject to it, have complied with all of its applicable requirements, and have submitted all Code-required reports.

 

2.

Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, report all of your Reportable Accounts and holdings in Reportable Securities. Include current information (no older than 45 calendar days before your first day of employment) on all Reportable Securities.

For each security, provide the security name and type, a ticker symbol or CUSIP, the number of shares or units held, and principal amount (dollar value). For each Reportable Account, provide information about the broker, dealer, or bank through which the account is held and the type of

most recent statement.

Note that there are separate procedures for Managed Accounts, as described below in item 5.

 

3.

Within 10 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, report all current investments in private placements (limited offerings). Limited offerings are Reportable Securities.

 

4.

Within 30 calendar days of starting at Nuveen, move or close any Reportable Account that is not at an approved firm. The approved firms are:

 

Ameriprise Financial    OptionsXpress
Barclays Capital Inc.    Raymond James
Chase Investment    RBC Securities
    Services Corp          Scottrade Financial Services
Charles Schwab    Stifel Financial
 Citigroup Smith Barney    T. Rowe Price

Edward Jones

  

TD Ameritrade

E*Trade Securities

  

 TIAA Brokerage Services

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 5 of 8


Fidelity Investments

  

UBS Financial Services Inc.

Goldman Sachs

  

US Bancorp

Interactive Brokers

  

Investments, Inc.

 JP Morgan Private Bank

  

Vanguard

JP Morgan Securities Brokerage Services Merrill Lynch Wells Fargo

Morgan Stanley

  

Advantaged Funds

 Oppenheimer & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Investments

Under very limited circumstances, a Reportable Account may be allowed to remain at a non-approved firm. Examples include:

 

  ¡   An account owned by a Household Member who works at another financial firm with comparable restrictions.

 

  ¡   An account that holds securities that cannot be transferred.

 

  ¡   An account that cannot be moved because of a trust agreement. To apply for an exception, contact Compliance. For any account granted an exception, arrange for Compliance to receive duplicates of all periodic statements. If a firm cannot provide duplicate statements directly to Compliance, you must take responsibility for providing these statements to Compliance yourself.

Note that consultants and temporary workers may not be required to move or close Reportable Accounts at the discretion of Compliance.

When opening any new Reportable Account (including a Managed Account)

 

5.

Get Compliance pre-approval for any new Managed Account. Using the appropriate form (available from Compliance), provide representations that support the classification of the account as a Managed Account. For an account to be classified as a Managed Account, the account owner must have no direct or indirect influence or control over the securities in the account. The form must be signed by the account’s broker or investment manager and by all account owners (you and/or any Household Member).

Note that if the Managed Account is not maintained at an approved firm, you are also responsible for ensuring that duplicate statements of the Managed Account are sent to the Ethics Office . In addition, you will need to provide duplicate statements to the adviser with which you are affiliated, if they also require such statements.

 

6.

Report any new Reportable Account (other than a Managed Account) that is opened with an approved firm. Do this within 10 calendar days of the date you or a Household Member opens the account or an account

 

becomes a Reportable Account through marriage, cohabitation, divorce, death, or another event.

Before placing any trades in Reportable Securities

 

7.

Pre-clear any trade in Reportable Securities that is above the minimum share quantity. Additional exclusions are noted in the box below. Without pre-clearance, you can trade up to 500 shares over any period of 5 trading days in any security with a market capitalization (on the trade date) of at least $5 billion. This applies only to securities that trade in share quantities, and therefore does not extend to options or fixed income securities.

If your trade requires pre-clearance, request approval through PTCC before you or any Household Member places an order to buy or sell any Reportable Security. Approval, if granted, expires at the end of the day it was granted. When requesting pre-clearance, follow this process:

 

  ¡   Request pre-clearance on the same day you want to trade. Be sure your pre-clearance request is accurate as to security and direction of trade.

 

  ¡   Wait for approval to be displayed before trading. If you receive approval, you may only trade that same day, and only within the scope of approval. If you do not receive approval, do not trade.

 

  ¡   Place day orders only. Do not place good-tilcanceled orders. You may place orders for an after-hours trading session using that day’s preclearance approval, but you must not place any order that could remain open into the next regular trading session.

 

8.

You must hold a position in a Reportable Security, other than ETFs, for 30 calendar days from your most recent purchase of that security before realizing any profit. This rule extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and is tested on a last-in-first out basis. This rule is based upon your overall holdings, not at an account level.

You may be required to surrender any gains realized through a violation of this rule. You may close a position at a loss at any time, provided pre-clearance has been obtained or an exemption applies.

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 6 of 8


NOTE: All Reportable Securities that qualify for the 500-share exemption from pre-clearance are still subject to the 30 calendar day holding requirement.

consult with Compliance to discuss whether the account in question can properly remain classified as a Managed Account. This applies to you and to any Household Member.

 

 

 

  WHAT NEEDS TO BE PRE-CLEARED

 

Pre-clearance required

 

  ¡   All actively initiated trades in Reportable Securities, which includes ETFs and closed-end funds (both Nuveen and non-Nuveen).  

Be aware that pre-clearance can be withdrawn even after it has been granted, and even after you have traded, if Nuveen later becomes aware of Nuveen-Advised Account or Portfolio trades whose existence would have resulted in denial of preclearance. In these cases you may be required to reverse a trade and/or forfeit an appropriate portion of any profit, as determined by Compliance.

No pre-clearance required

 

¡   Trades that fall within the 500-share exception.

 

¡   Shares of any open-end mutual fund (including Nuveen or TIAA Funds).

 

¡   Securities acquired or disposed of through actions outside your control or issued pro rata to all holders of the same class of investment, such as automatic dividend reinvestments, stock splits, mergers, spin-offs, or rights subscriptions.

 

¡   Sales pursuant to a bona fide tender offer.

 

¡   Trades made through an Automatic Investment Plan that has been disclosed to Compliance in advance.

 

¡   Trades in a Managed Account.

 

¡   Donations or gifting of securities.
 

 

Before influencing any trades in a Managed Account

 

9.

Pre-clear any transaction in a Managed Account that involves your influence. You must also immediately

 

Every Quarter

 

10.

Within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, verify that all Reportable Transactions made during that quarter have been reported. PTCC will display all transactions of yours for which it has received notice. For any transactions not displayed (such as transactions in accounts you have approval to maintain elsewhere), you are responsible for ensuring that Compliance promptly receives copies of all account statements so that they can enter them into PTCC.

For each Reportable Transaction, you must provide, as applicable, the security name and type, the ticker symbol or CUSIP, the interest rate (coupon) and maturity date, the number of shares, the principal amount (dollar value), the nature of the trade (buy or sell), and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank that effected the transaction. It is very important that you carefully review and verify the transactions and related details displayed on PTCC, checking for accuracy and completeness. If you find any

 

 

errors or omissions, correct or add to your list of transactions in PTCC.

Every year

 

11. Within 45 calendar days of the end of each calendar year, acknowledge receipt of the most recent version of the Code and file your Annual Holdings and Accounts Report.

The report must contain the information described in item #2 on page 4, and include your certification that you have reported all Reportable Accounts, and all holdings and transactions in Reportable Securities for the previous year.

For Managed Accounts, you must affirm annually through PTCC (for yourself and on behalf of any Household Member) the classification of the account as a Managed Account through a separate certification. No broker or investment manager involvement is required on this annual reaffirmation.

You also need to acknowledge any amendments to the Code that occur during the course of the year.

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 7 of 8


 

  ADDITIONAL RULES FOR “SECTION 16 OFFICERS”

 

 

  ¡   Pre-clear (through PTCC) any transactions in closed-end funds of which you are a Section 16 officer. Your request will be reviewed by Legal in Chicago.  

 

  ¡   When selling for a gain any securities you buy that are issued by the entity of which you are Section 16 officer, make sure it is at least 6 months after your most recent purchase of that security. This rule extends to any options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale, and is tested on a last-in-first-out basis. You may be required to surrender any gains realized through a violation of this rule. Note that for any fund of which you are a Section 16 officer, no exception from preclearance is available.  

 

  ¡   Email details of all executed transactions in these securities to Legal in Chicago.  

Contact Legal in Chicago if you are unsure whether you are a Section 16 officer or if you have any other questions.

 

 

  CODE ADMINISTRATION

 

Training

You will be required to participate in training on the Code when joining Nuveen as well as periodically during the time you are subject to the Code.

Exceptions

The Code exists to prevent violations of law. No exceptions that would violate any law will be granted.

Monitoring and enforcement

Nuveen Compliance is responsible for monitoring transactions and holdings for any violations of this Code. Any individual who violates the Code is subject to penalty. Possible penalties may include a written warning, restriction of trading privileges, disgorgement of trading profits, fines, and suspension or termination of employment. Literal compliance with the Code, such as pre-clearing a transaction, will not make a person immune from liability for conduct that violates the spirit of the Code.

Applicable rules

The Code has been adopted in recognition of Nuveen’s fiduciary obligations to clients and in accordance with various provisions of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. This Code is also adopted by the Nuveen Funds advised by Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC, under Rule 17j-1.

Some elements of the Code also constitute part of Nuveen’s response to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) requirements that apply to registered personnel of Nuveen Securities, LLC, and National Futures Association (NFA) requirements that apply to personnel affiliated with Nuveen Commodities Asset Management, LLC or Nuveen Asset Management, LLC.

 

 

 

Nuveen Code of Ethics   Page 8 of 8

Code of Ethics for the Independent Trustees of the Nuveen Funds

Effective: January 1, 2013

Last Amended: August 4, 2016

 

  I.     Summary

 

  a. Purpose

The purpose of this Code is to help to ensure that the Independent Directors/Trustees (“Trustees”) of the Nuveen Funds place the interests of the Nuveen Funds and their shareholders ahead of the Trustees’ own personal interests. This Code has been adopted in recognition of Nuveen’s and the Trustees’ fiduciary obligations to Nuveen Fund shareholders and in accordance with various provisions of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

  b. Important to understand

The securities industry is highly regulated and its participants are expected to adhere to high standards of behavior, including in their personal trading. A violation of the Code can have an adverse effect on you, your fellow Trustees, and Nuveen, as well as the Funds and their shareholders. The Code does not address every ethical issue that might arise.

It is important for Trustees to be sensitive to investments that may compromise your independence, directly or indirectly. The Code applies to appearance as well as substance. Always consider how any action might appear to an outside observer such as a regulator. If you have any doubt after consulting the Code, contact Compliance.

 

  c. Terms with Special Meanings

 

  i. Code . This Code of Ethics.

 

  ii. Inside Information.   Inside information is information that is both material and non-public. Information is material if: (1) a reasonable investor would likely consider it important when making an investment decision; and (2) public release of the information would likely affect the price of a security. Information is non-public if it has not been distributed through a widely used public medium such as a press release or a report, filing or other periodic communication.

 

  iii. Nuveen:   Nuveen Investments, Inc. and all of its direct or indirect subsidiaries.

 

  iv. Nuveen Fund: Any Nuveen-sponsored open-end fund, closed-end fund, or exchange traded fund (respectively, “OEF,” “CEF,” and “ETF”)

 

  v. NFA:   Nuveen Fund Advisors, LLC

 

  vi. Trustee:   Any director or trustee of a Nuveen Fund advised by NFA who is not an “interested person” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Any Interested Trustee is covered by the Nuveen Investments, Inc. Code of Ethics along with other Nuveen employees.


  II.     Restrictions and requirements

a. Do not purchase or sell common or preferred shares of any Nuveen CEF or ETF without prior approval from Nuveen Legal. The procedures are found under the “Governance” tab of the board’s online portal at https://nuveen.boardvantage.com.

b. Do not purchase or sell any securities if you know at the time of the proposed transaction that a Nuveen Fund has purchased or sold the same securities within the past 15 days, or is considering purchasing or selling the same securities within the next 15 days. This is the “15 day window.”

c. Avoid conflicts of interest. This applies not only to actual conflicts of interest, but also to any situation that might appear to an outside observer to be improper or a breach of fiduciary duty.

d. Keep confidential information regarding the Nuveen Funds, including information regarding securities held in or under consideration for a Nuveen Fund, confidential.

e. Comply with trading restrictions found in the prospectuses for the Nuveen Funds. This includes restrictions on frequent trading in shares of any Nuveen OEF.

f. Never do anything indirectly that, if done directly, would violate the Code. Such actions will be considered the equivalent of direct Code violations.

g. Promptly alert Compliance of any actual or suspected wrongdoing.

h. Hold Nuveen ETF positions for thirty (30) calendar days from your most recent purchase of that Nuveen ETF before realizing any profit (last-in, first-out at the overall holding level, not at an account level).

 

  III.     Actions to Take

 

  a. When you become an Independent Trustee:  Sign an acknowledgement that you have received this Code.

 

  b. If you want to trade in a security within the 15-day window (described above)

 

  i. Contact Legal to pre-clear your trade.

 

  ii. Submit a quarterly transaction report to Compliance within 30 days after the end of the quarter in which the transaction takes place.

 

  c. If you want to trade in common or preferred shares of any Nuveen CEF or ETF

 

  i. Contact Legal to pre-clear your trade.

 

  ii. After you have purchased or sold the shares, immediately notify Compliance of the number of shares and the price.


  d. Section 16 – CEF Insider Requirements

 

  i. Reporting Requirements – Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act required officers and directors of certain publicly-traded companies to report promptly to the SEC their trades in the company of which they are an “insider.” As an Independent Trustee, you are considered an “insider” of the Nuveen CEFs and must report your trades in Nuveen CEF shares.

 

  ii. Short Swing Profit Prohibition – Section 16 insiders are also subject to a ban on short-swing profits from sales of shares of the company. This means that you may not profit from any purchase and any sale of Nuveen CEF shares within 6 months of each other. You must surrender to the Nuveen CEF in question any profits from such trades. This extends to options or other transactions that may have the same effect as a purchase or sale.

 

  e. During the year:   Acknowledge receipt of any amendments to the Code.

 

  IV.     Administration of this Code

 

  a. Training : A Nuveen representative will review this Code with you when you join the Board.

 

  b. Exceptions : The Code exists to ensure that Trustees place the interests of the Nuveen Funds and shareholders ahead of Trustee’s own personal interests. No exceptions that would violate that principle will be granted.

 

  c. Monitoring and enforcement : Compliance is responsible for monitoring transactions and holdings for any violations of this Code. Compliance will alert the Nuveen Fund Board to any violations of this Code. The Nuveen Fund Board shall determine what action is appropriate for any breach of the provisions of this Code by a Trustee.

LOGO

Code of Ethics

TIAA-CREF Funds Complex, Advisers (TAI, TCIM), and

TIAA-CREF Alternatives Advisors, LLC (TCAA)


Table of Contents

 

Introduction

     3   

Classification of Access Persons

     4   

General Standards of Conduct – Access Persons

     5   

Compliance with Laws & Regulations

     5   

Conflict of Interest

     5   

Material, Nonpublic Information

     5   

General Restrictions

     6   

Gifting of Securities

     6   

Investment Clubs

     6   

Private Placements

     6   

Excessive Trading

     6   

Initial Public Offerings

     6   

Market Timing

     7   

Short Sales

     7   

Short Swing Profits

     7   

Options Trading

     7   

Speculative Trading

     8   

Restricted Securities

     8   

Other Prohibitions

     9   

Insider Trading

     9   

Front Running

     9   

Scalping

     9   

Exceptions to General Restrictions

     10   

Initial Public Offerings

     10   

Options Trading

     10   

Specific Access Persons Provisions

     11   

Reporting and Certifications

     11   

Brokerage Accounts

     13   

Administration of the Code

     16   

Waivers

     17   

Specific Provisions for Access Persons

     18   

Preclearance Requirements

     18   

Securities Requiring Preclearance & Reporting Requirements

     18   

Special Preclearance Provision

     18   

Securities Exempt From Preclearance & Reporting Requirements

     19   

Securities Exempt From Preclearance Requirements

     20   

Blackout Periods

     20   

Portfolio Managers, Research Analysts and Research Assistants and their Respective Household Members

     22   

Glossary

     23   

Reference Card for Access Persons

     26   

Exhibit A: Sample Brokerage Account Letter

     27   

Exhibit B: Approved Brokerage Firm List

     28   

Exhibit C: Broad Based Index List

     29   

Exhibit D: Fund Board Attestation

     31   

Exhibit E: Revision History

     32   

Exhibit F: Managed Account Waiver Form

     33   

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 2 of 33


Introduction

This Code of Ethics has been adopted by the TIAA-CREF Complex of Funds (“Funds”), Teachers Advisors, Inc. (“TAI”), TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC (“TCIM”), and TIAA-CREF Alternatives Advisors, LLC (“TCAA”) pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, Rule 204a-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

All TIAA employees (including consultants) that have been identified as Access Persons must read this Code of Ethics and comply with its requirements.

All TIAA employees (including consultants) that have been identified as Access Persons must also comply with the following policies:

 

    Material, Nonpublic Information Policy

 

    TIAA-CREF Code of Business Conduct

 

    TIAA-CREF Gifts and Entertainment Policy

 

    Policy on Outside Board Participation

All TIAA employees (including consultants) who have been identified as Access Persons are expected to comply with the “spirit” as well as the literal requirements of this Code of Ethics. Recognizing that this Code of Ethics may not address every possible scenario, Access Persons are strongly encouraged to contact the Personal Trading Compliance Officer with any questions.

Access Persons should note that there are risks associated with personal trading under this Code of Ethics that go beyond the normal market risks of investing in securities. For example, where applicable; Access Persons may be forced to disgorge trading profits if their trade results in an inadvertent violation of this Code of Ethics. Access Persons may be forced to maintain (i.e., not sell) a position in a particular security indefinitely until trading is permitted. Individuals who choose to engage in personal trading explicitly assume these and all other financial risks associated with compliance with this Code of Ethics.

Access Persons should be aware that they may be held personally liable for any improper or illegal acts committed during the course of their employment and that ignorance of the provisions and requirements of this Code of Ethics will not be a defense. Access Persons who commit illegal acts may be subject to civil penalties, such as fines, regulatory sanctions, and criminal penalties.

TIAA allows Access Persons to conduct personal trading as a privilege, not a right. Therefore, the Personal Trading Compliance Office may place limitations on the number of preclearances/transactions performed.

The TIAA-CREF Complex of Funds includes College Retirement Equities Fund, TIAA-CREF Funds, TIAA-CREF Life Funds and TIAA Separate Account VA-1.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 3 of 33


Classification of Access Persons

Given that the duties, responsibilities, and applicable laws and regulations to which Access Persons are subject may vary, this Code of Ethics imposes additional requirements and provisions for certain Access Persons.

The management of TIAA will work with the Personal Trading Compliance Office to determine the classification of each employee. Each individual will be contacted and informed of their classification.

Access Person

Any employee, consultant, or other individual who:

 

  (i) Has access to nonpublic information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any Fund or Client Account, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Fund;

 

  (ii) Is involved in making securities recommendations or exercising investment discretionary powers for the Funds or Client Accounts, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;

 

  (iii) Is a director, or officer of any of the Funds, TAI, TCIM, or TCAA;

 

  (iv) Performs investment advisory services on behalf of TAI or TCIM and is subject to its respective supervision and control or;

 

  (v) Has been so designated by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer or in conjunction with the employee’s direct supervisor.

Household Members

Any spouse, relative, domestic partner, or minor child (children) who shares a residence with an Access Person. Additionally, individuals for whom the Access Person provides material support are also considered household members, including college students living on campus.

An Access Person’s Household Members are subject to the same provisions and restrictions of this Code as the Access Person.

Note : Personal Transactions may make certain exemptions for short term living arrangements.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 4 of 33


General Standards of Conduct

Compliance with Laws & Regulations

Since this Code of Ethics covers trading conducted worldwide, Access Persons are required to comply with the securities laws and regulations of each applicable regulatory authority worldwide.

To the extent that any provision of this Code of Ethics is less restrictive than an applicable law or regulation, Access Persons should consult the Personal Trading Compliance Officer for further direction.

Conflict of Interest

Access Persons must at all times place the interests of the Funds and Client Accounts above their own. In addition:

 

    Access Persons may not attempt to profit personally from their knowledge of recent or contemplated transactions in Clients’ Accounts or for the Funds.

 

    Access Persons must act in a manner consistent with that of a fiduciary with respect to the Funds and Client Accounts. As a result, Access Persons must conduct all personal securities transactions consistent with this Code of Ethics and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of a position of trust and responsibility.

 

    Access Persons may not purchase or sell a security when they have actual knowledge that a Fund or Client Account will be trading in that security (or a Related Security).

Material, Nonpublic Information

Access Persons are prohibited from buying or selling a security in the Funds or any affected TIAA-CREF Proprietary Funds or accounts while in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Access Persons are prohibited from disclosing material, nonpublic information regarding securities recommendations, holdings or transactions of any Funds or Client Accounts to any TIAA employee who does not have a legitimate business need to know such information or to any person outside of TIAA.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 5 of 33


General Restrictions

Gifting of Securities

 

    Access Persons who desire to make or receive a bona fide gift of securities do not need to preclear the transaction; the gift, however, must be reported. A bona fide gift is one where the donor does not receive anything of value in return.

 

    An Access Person who receives a gift of securities must preclear the subsequent sale of the securities.

 

    All purchases of securities must be precleared.

Investment Clubs

Access Persons who participate in investment clubs are required to preclear and report all club transactions in the same manner as their own personal trades. Access Persons may not share nonpublic information with the investment club.

Private Placements

Access Persons must obtain prior approval from the Personal Trading Compliance Officer before participating in private placements (for example, private equity investments, hedge funds, real estate limited partnerships, etc.). Any subsequent modifications of the private placement such as an additional purchase or sale must be pre-approved by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer.

Excessive Trading

Access Persons may not trade so frequently that it negatively impacts their ability to fulfill their assigned responsibilities. If an Access Person effects 60 transactions or more during a three-month period, the Personal Trading Compliance Officer will communicate with the employee and their supervisor to determine whether such trading should be deemed excessive.

Initial Public Offering

Access Persons and their Household Members may not participate in an initial public offering (see Exceptions to General Restrictions on Page 10).

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 6 of 33


General Restrictions

Market Timing

The Funds have adopted a policy to deter excessive and short-term trading. Under this policy, TIAA-CREF may bar excessive and short-term traders from purchasing shares or units of a fund.

The policy is set forth in each Fund’s prospectus, which governs all trading activity in the Fund regardless of whether the Fund’s shares are acquired or held through third-party brokerage accounts or directly through TIAA-CREF retirement accounts.

Although the Fund may issue a warning letter regarding excessive trading or market timing, any trade activity in violation of this policy will be reviewed and sanctions may be imposed by the Personal Transactions Oversight Committee.

Short Swing Profits

Access Persons may not profit from a purchase then sale; or from a sale then purchase of a covered or non-exempt security or non-exempt related security, from the same issuer within 60 calendar days. Any such short-swing profits (net of commissions) shall be surrendered to a charity of their choice or one appointed by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer. (ETFs based on broad-based indices or that meet the 25/25 rule are exempt from this provision).

Options Trading

Option contract trading is prohibited except as below:

 

    Option contract trading is permitted only for the purpose of risk management of an existing long security position (underlying security) and/or for increased profitability of an existing long security position

 

    Buy PUT option contracts on existing long security position (e.g. long 1,000 shares of ABC stock may purchase the number of ABC PUT option contracts corresponding to 1,000 shares)

 

    Sell CALL option contracts on existing long security position (e.g. long 1,000 shares of ABC stock may sell the number of ABC CALL option contracts corresponding to 1,000 shares)

 

Note: Liquidation of the underlying security requires immediate liquidation of the option.
     Failure to adhere to the above guidelines will result in a Short Selling violation (see below).

Short Sales

Access Persons may not sell a security short unless the seller owns the underlying security in equal notional value (in share value). (For example: Access Person owns 100 shares of Company X stock, Access Person may only sell up to 100 shares.)

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 7 of 33


General Restrictions

Speculative Trading

Access Persons may not engage in trading that could distract them from their job duties (e.g., naked options, short-term trading, risky transactions in margin accounts, warrants, excise etc.).

Restricted Securities

Access Persons are prohibited from trading in securities on the TAI/TCIM or TCAA Restricted Lists. Trading may not resume in a restricted security until the restriction has been lifted.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 8 of 33


Other Prohibitions

Insider Trading

Access Persons who possess material, non-public information (with respect to an issuer of securities or otherwise involving or affecting securities) are prohibited from trading any such securities or related securities or conveying such information to others outside the scope of their responsibilities.

Front Running

Access Persons are prohibited from “front running” (e.g., purchasing or selling securities for personal, Fund, or Client Account while having knowledge of a Fund’s or Client Account’s trading positions or plans). Front Office personnel must report all personal security holdings, which they also manage as part of their portfolio for the Firm, to their manager and the Personal Trading Compliance Officer. Front Office personnel must request approval outside of the general preclearance process to trade in these securities prior to initiating the transaction. Failure to report or request approval to trade may result in disciplinary actions.

Scalping

Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing a security for one’s own account shortly before recommending that security for long-term investment and then immediately selling the security at a profit upon the rise in the market price following the recommendation.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 9 of 33


Exceptions to General Restrictions

Initial Public Offerings

Access Persons generally are prohibited from participating in Initial Public Offerings. Nonetheless, Access Persons may seek approval to participate in an Initial Public Offering; and approval may be granted from the Personal Trading Compliance Officer under special circumstances such as:

 

    Access Persons already have equity in the company and are offered shares.

 

    Access Persons are policyholders or depositors of company that is demutualizing.

 

    Spouse/Family member of Access Person has been offered the shares as an employee.

 

    Any other hardship situations at the discretion of the Personal Trading Compliance Officer, the Funds Chief Compliance Officer or their designee.

Options Trading

Access Persons may seek approval and approval may be granted to purchase Long-Term Equity Anticipation Securities (LEAPS) that expire at least one-year from the purchase date without owning the underlying security; subject to normal preclearance process and short swing profit rule.

 

Note: If option is exercised prior to the one-year period and the Access Person does not own the underlying security, he or she will be subject to the Short Sale Provision (see Short Sales Rule).

 

    Access Persons are permitted to trade ETFs that are based on the broad based indices (i.e. Dow Jones Industrial Average, NASDAQ 100, Russell 1000, S&P 500, etc.) as well as those ETFs that are short/inverse the market (i.e., SDS, VIX, TZA, DOG, etc.), which are not subject to the Short Swing Profit Rule.

Short Sales

Access Persons may execute option transactions that follow the broad based indices (i.e. Dow Jones Industrial Average, NASDAQ 100, Russell 1000, S&P 500, etc.) or meet the 25/25 rule without owning the underlying security; therefore, the short sale provision does not apply.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 10 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

Reporting and Certification

Access Persons are required to complete the Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports mentioned below. These reports must be completed within the specified timeframe, regardless of the day of the week on which the due date falls. For example, if the report is due on a Sunday, an Access Person may not wait until the following Monday to complete the report. If the report is filed on Monday, it will be considered late.

Initial Reports

Initial Training and Certification

Access Persons will receive a copy of the Code of Ethics and will be required to complete training on its provisions and requirements. Additionally, Access Persons will be required to provide a written or electronic certification of their receipt and understanding. Access Persons must complete the certification and training within ten (10) calendar days of their designation.

Initial Disclosure Report

Within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of their classification or a date specified by Compliance, Access Persons must submit an Initial Disclosure Report that lists:

 

    Security Name

 

    Exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number

 

    Number of shares

 

    Principal amount of each reportable security in which the Access Person and their Household Members have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership

 

    Name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person and their Household Members maintain an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s (including Household Members) direct or indirect benefit

 

    Account number

 

    Date that the report is submitted to Personal Trading Compliance Office

 

    All Household Members (see Glossary)

 

    All Reportable Securities holdings

 

    The Brokerage Information provided in the report must be current as of a date no more than 45 days from the date that the employee became an Access Person (see Brokerage Accounts section).

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 11 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

Reporting and Certification (continued)

 

Initial Household Member Certification

Within ten (10) calendar days of the receipt of their classification, Access Persons must submit a certification that lists all of their Household Members.

Quarterly Reports

Quarterly Disclosure Reports

Access Persons must complete a Quarterly Disclosure Report no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter. This report must list the information below for all transactions in a Reportable Security for the Access Persons and their Household Members:

 

    Date of all transactions that occurred in that quarter

 

    Account Numbers

 

    Security name

 

    Number of shares

 

    Exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number

 

    Interest rate and maturity date

 

    Principal amount of each reportable security

 

    Nature of the transaction (buy, sell, etc.)

 

    Price of the Reportable Security

 

    Name of the broker-dealer that executed the transaction and

 

    Date that the report is submitted to Personal Trading Compliance Office

All Access Persons are required to complete this report even if no reportable transactions were executed in that quarter.

Outside Participation Certification

This certification will be used to capture an Access Person’s participation on any outside investment committees, boards of publicly held companies and creditor’s committees.

Financial Services Affiliation Disclosure (Portfolio Managers, Analysts, Research Assistants and Traders only) – This disclosure is used to identify Household Members and relatives that work in the financial services industry. We are collecting information because the SEC has requested it in recent exams.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 12 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

Reporting and Certification (continued)

 

Annual Reports

Annual Training and Certification

Once a year, Access Persons will be required to complete training on the Code of Ethics. Additionally, Access Persons will be required to provide a written or electronic certification of their understanding of the Code of Ethics by January 30 th of each year. A similar certification will be required whenever a major revision is made to the Code of Ethics.

Access Persons must complete an Annual Disclosure Report no later than 45 days after the end of each calendar year. Access Persons are required to review and validate that all brokerage account holdings listed on their year-end statements match those listed in the Protegent PTA System.

Annual Household Members Certification

All Access Persons must complete an Annual Household Members Certification no later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar year.

Brokerage Accounts

Access Persons are required to report their TIAA-CREF Health Savings, Charitable Giving, and all brokerage accounts for which they have either Beneficial Ownership (see Glossary) or the ability to make trading decisions. Access Persons are presumed to have Beneficial Ownership of accounts held by Household Members. Access persons whose household members work for firms that require them to maintain accounts in-house or with specific brokers may request a waiver from Personal Trading Compliance.

Limitations on Brokerage Accounts

 

    Access Persons and their Household Members are required to maintain brokerage accounts only at brokerage firms that have been approved by the Personal Trading Compliance Office.

Note: Access Persons and their Household Members will have 60 calendar days to meet the external brokerage provision (see Exhibit B).

 

    The Personal Trading Compliance Office will conduct periodic surveillance of outside brokerage accounts as appropriate to ensure compliance with this provision.

Duplicate Statements and Trade Confirmations

Access Persons must direct their broker, trust account manager or other entity through which they have a securities trading account to supply the Personal Trading Compliance Office with copies of all trade confirmations and periodic statements for all reportable brokerage accounts for which they have either Beneficial Ownership or the ability to make trading decisions, including those owned or controlled by Household Members. This should be done by completing a Brokerage Request Letter (see Exhibit A).

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 13 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

Brokerage Accounts (continued)

 

    If the account contains only open-end mutual funds but can be used to trade in Reportable Securities, including TIAA-CREF Proprietary Funds, Access Persons must report the account and arrange for duplicate account statements and trade confirmations to be sent to the Personal Trading Compliance Office.

 

    For example, a brokerage account that only holds open-end mutual funds but can be used to purchase or sell shares of common stock.

 

Note: Access Persons do not have to report accounts that can hold or trade only non-TIAA-CREF open-end mutual funds.

Prompt Notification of Brokerage Accounts

 

    Access Persons must disclose the opening of a new reportable brokerage account or a change to their list of Household Members in the Protegent PTA System.

 

    All new brokerage accounts must be reported to compliance within five business days.

 

    Access Persons may not effect any transactions in an account until the account has been disclosed in Protegent PTA.

TIAA-CREF Fund Information

 

    Access Persons are required to make available information regarding holdings or transactions in TIAA Proprietary funds for themselves and their Household Members as part of their reporting under this Code of Ethics.

 

    The Personal Trading Compliance Office may rely on the records of the Funds to obtain this information. However, if an Access Person does not own a fund directly through the TIAA Proprietary Fund or its transfer agent or if this Fund is owned by a Household Member, the Access Person must specifically report this security and may not rely on the records of the Funds.

 

    For example, Fund shares are owned through a third-party advisory, brokerage, or other omnibus account.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 14 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

Brokerage Accounts (continued)

 

Managed/Blind Trust Accounts

 

    Access Persons must receive approval from Personal Trading Compliance Office to establish and maintain a Managed Account (see Glossary).

 

    Access Persons are not required to preclear transactions or submit quarterly reports for such Managed Accounts.

 

    Access Persons will be required to complete a managed account form, which must be signed by the Access Person and their broker.

 

    A periodic attestation may be sent to Access Person in order to validate the account(s). Individuals with these types of accounts are required to provide an annual certification that they do not currently and have not in the past exercised direct or indirect control over these managed accounts.

 

    Access Persons are not allowed to invest in Initial Public Offerings or Private Placements in these types of accounts.

 

    The relationship between the financial advisor and access person must be unaffiliated (independent professional versus a friend/relative).

Exemptions for Independent Trustees

Independent Trustees of the Funds are subject to the General Standards of Conduct articulated at the beginning of this Code of Ethics, but are otherwise exempt from the specific prohibitions, preclearance and reporting requirements covering other Access Persons, except as described below:

 

    An Independent Trustee shall be required to file a Quarterly Disclosure Report only if he or she knew, or should have known, of a Fund’s or Client Account’s trading activity or consideration of trading activity, where such knowledge is material, nonpublic information, in which case he or she shall be subject to the specific prohibition, preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code of Ethics for the Quarter in which the information was received.

 

    Except for extraordinary circumstances, the receipt of trading information by a Trustee which is over three days old will not cause a Trustee to be subject to the specific prohibitions, and preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code of Ethics.

 

    Independent Trustees will be required to provide a written or electronic certification of their understanding of the Code of Ethics as of January 30th of each year.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 15 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

 

Administration of the Code

Review of Reports

All certifications and reports will be reviewed by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer, who will consult with senior management as appropriate. The review process may utilize automation. All violations of this Code of Ethics will be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer of each affected Entity.

Administrative Procedures

The Personal Trading Compliance Officer along with the Chief Compliance Officer of the Funds may develop and promulgate administrative procedures under this Code of Ethics. Violations of these procedures constitute violations of this Code of Ethics.

Automated System

In general, reporting, monitoring, reviewing and other functions under this Code of Ethics will be conducted through the use of the Protegent PTA System.

Sanctions

Sanctions for violations of this Code of Ethics may be imposed by the Personal Trading Oversight Committee (see Glossary). One or more of the following sanctions may be imposed as applicable:

 

  (i) Additional mandatory training

 

  (ii) A letter of censure

 

  (iii) Unwinding of transactions

 

  (iv) Disgorgement of gains

 

  (v) Monetary fines

 

  (vi) A ban on personal trading

 

  (vii) Suspension

 

  (viii) Termination of employment.

Designees

The Personal Trading Compliance Officer may appoint designees to carry out his or her responsibilities under this Code of Ethics.

Annual Board Report

Annual or periodic reports about the operation of the Code of Ethics shall be provided to the Funds Board of Directors.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 16 of 33


Specific Access Persons Provisions

 

Waivers

The Personal Trading Compliance Officer and Personal Trading Oversight Committee may, in consultation as appropriate with Law, senior management and/ or others, grant waivers under this Code of Ethics. Records of all waivers granted shall be maintained by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer.

Estate Settlement Waivers

If an Access Person or their Household Member is both the executor and a direct beneficiary of an estate, the securities held in the estate are reportable and are subject to the Code of Ethics. In the event such an Access Person desires to sell the securities of such estate, the individual is required to provide a written letter to the Personal Trading Compliance Office expressing the:

 

  (i) Reasons for requesting a waiver along with supporting documentation,

 

  (ii) List of securities to be traded, and

 

  (iii) Timeframe within which the securities must be traded.

Upon receipt of such documentation, the Personal Trading Compliance Officer may give the Access Person approval to sell the securities on a specified date.

If an Access Person or their Household Member is not a direct beneficiary of an estate for which they are an executor, then the securities of the estate are not subject to this provision.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 17 of 33


Specific Provisions for Access Persons

Preclearance Requirements

Access Persons preclearance requirements are as follows:

 

    Except as indicated in the “Securities Exempt from Preclearance & Reporting Requirements” section, Access Persons must preclear all transactions for themselves and their Household Members through the Protegent PTA System.

 

    Exchange-Traded Funds (ETF) not based on the Broad Based Indices specifically listed in Exhibit C must be precleared.

 

    Preclearance approvals are only valid for the business day on which they are obtained. This period may be extended at the discretion of the Personal Trading Compliance Officer due to timing limitations and other restrictions around trading period. (To avoid a violation, incomplete orders must be cancelled at the end of the day and Good until Cancel are prohibited).

 

    Adherence to preclearance requirements does not override an Access Person’s responsibility of complying with other provisions of this Code of Ethics. Requesting preclearance means an Access Person declares the following:

 

    Access Person believes trade is available to all investors

 

    Access Person does not possess knowledge of material, nonpublic information regarding the issuer of that security

 

    Access Person does not know of recent or proposed Fund or Client Account transaction in that security (or a Related Security)

Securities Requiring Preclearance & Reporting Requirements

 

    Equity Shares (i.e., common stocks)

 

    Government Securities (including GNMA and FNMA)

 

    Shares in Exchange-Traded Funds (i.e., Actively Managed ETF, not based on the Broad Based Indices on Exhibit C of the Code of Ethics)

 

    Shares in Closed-End Funds

 

    Corporate and Municipal Bonds

 

    Convertible Bonds

 

    Options on securities and non-approved Broad Based Indices

 

    Single-stock futures

Special Preclearance Provision

 

    At the discretion of the Personal Trading Compliance Officer, special preclearance waivers may be granted if the value of a security falls 20 percent or greater below the purchase price of the security (This excludes Front Office Personnel and Access Persons in possession of material, nonpublic information). Employees in possession of Material, Nonpublic Information may not seek a waiver.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 18 of 33


Specific Provisions for Access Persons

 

Securities Exempt from Preclearance & Reporting Requirements

Access Persons are not required to preclear or report the following transactions:

 

    Open-end investment companies (other than ETFs) (e.g., mutual funds).

 

    Note: Access Persons are not required to preclear purchases and sales of Fund shares and Related Securities; but transactions and holdings must be included in the initial, quarterly and annual disclosure reports.

 

    Money market instruments (e.g., bank CDs, commercial paper) and money market funds including affiliated Money Market Funds.

 

    Direct obligations of the U.S. Government (e.g., T-bills, U.S. Savings bonds). Direct obligations of the U.S. Government do not include municipal securities. This applies only to Access Persons located in the United States.

 

    Direct obligations of the United Kingdom. Obligations of other instrumentalities of the United Kingdom governments or quasi-government agencies are not exempt. This applies only to Access Persons located in the United Kingdom.

 

    Transactions executed in approved Managed Accounts (see Glossary)

 

    Currency and Financial Futures

 

    Purchase or sales of commodity futures contracts

 

    Non-financial commodities (such as gas, metal, oil, etc)

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 19 of 33


Specific Provisions for Access Persons

 

Securities Exempt from Preclearance Requirements

Access Persons are required to report but not preclear the following transactions:

 

    Purchases and sales of Fund shares and Related Securities

 

    Corporate actions such as stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions.

 

    Automatic Purchases and Sales of Reportable Securities

 

  Note: (i) Securities holdings acquired in this manner must be reported on the Initial and Annual Disclosure Reports.

 

  (ii) All subsequent sales of these securities by an Access Person or Household Member must be precleared and reported in the same manner as other Reportable Securities transactions.

 

    Purchases or sales of securities and Related Securities based on approved Broad Based Indices. Such transactions may be effected through Exchange-Traded Funds. Permissible Indices include any official index that at a minimum has 25 securities with no one security representing more than 25% of the index at time of purchase. (This does not apply to Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Funds (see Glossary))

 

    Acquisitions by inheritance

 

    Gifts of securities (see Bona Fide Gift in glossary)

 

    Purchases and sales of securities pursuant to a tender offer

 

    Non-Volitional transactions (see Glossary)

Blackout Periods

Tier-One Access Persons

Tier-One Access Persons and their respective Household Members are prohibited from purchasing or selling a security (or a Related Security) during blackout periods below:

Black-Out Period Across All Funds

Within seven (7) calendar days after any Fund or Client Account purchases or sells such security, limited to an order either initiated by active management or to an order that is likely to materially impact the price of the security.

Fund-Specific Black-Out Period

Within seven (7) calendar days before or after a Fund or other Client Account for which Access Person has responsibility purchases or sells such security, limited to an order either initiated by active management or to an order that is likely to materially impact the price of the security.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 20 of 33


Specific Provisions for Access Persons

Blackout Periods (continued)

 

Appearance of a Conflict

The Personal Trading Compliance Office shall monitor the trading activity, where appropriate, for a security in the Funds and Client Accounts to determine if an Access Person’s transaction, either taken by itself or as part of a pattern of trading activity, would result in the appearance of a conflict. In such situations, the Personal Trading Compliance Officer may recommend that additional action be taken (e.g., unwinding the transaction and/or disgorging profits). The Personal Trading Compliance Officer may consult with Legal, senior management, and others as appropriate.

 

    De minimis – Disgorgement for transactions, net of commissions, where the resulting profits are less than or equal to $20 may be waived.

 

    An Access Person may never elect not to place a trade for a Fund or Client Account that he or she would otherwise place to avoid triggering a Blackout Period.

Tier-Two Access Persons

Tier-Two Access Persons and their respective Household Members are prohibited from purchasing or selling a security (or a Related Security) on the day in which there is a pending Fund or Client Account purchase or sale order for such security, where the order is either initiated by active management.

Inadvertent Cross-trades

Access Persons should note that trades in a security (or a Related Security) during a blackout period and other potential conflict situations may result in a transaction being unwound and/or all profits disgorged even if the blackout period “cross” was inadvertent and even if the transaction had been precleared appropriately.

Tier-One Access Persons in particular should be aware of the risk that a Fund or Client Account may subsequently purchase or sell a security within seven days after that Access Person’s or Household Member’s trade. Repeat cross-trade violations may result in a ban on the Access Person personal trading.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 21 of 33


Specific Provisions for Access Persons

 

Portfolio Managers, Research Analysts, Research Assistants and their Respective Household Members

 

    Access Persons who own a security (or Related Security) for which they make an investment decision for a Fund or Client Account must disclose this to the head of the relevant area in Asset Management (Fixed Income or Equity). Access Persons must disclose ownership of securities (or Related Securities) for which they make a recommendation for a Fund or Client Account during the course of communications about this security.

 

    Access Persons may not make decisions for a Fund or Client Account or attempt to influence a Fund or Client Account transaction for purposes of enhancing the value of their own personal holdings.

 

    Tier 1 (Front Office) Access Persons should refrain from buying or selling securities in the industry/sector that they cover.

 

    Tier 1 Access Persons must disclose any personal security holdings that they manage within their covered industry/sector to the Personal Trading Compliance Office.

 

    Tier 1 Access Persons must disclose any personal security holdings for which they are making recommendations for the fund.

 

    Notification of your ownership of securities must be sent to your manager and the Personal Trading Compliance Office.

 

    Disclosing trading opportunities to the funds before personally trading.

 

    Tier 1 (Front Office) Access Persons must request approval prior to placing any personal trades in securities /sectors that they manage or securities that they recommend or actively trade for the Firm.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 22 of 33


Glossary

Access Person Any employee, consultant, or other individual who:

 

  (i) Has access to nonpublic information regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any Fund or Client Account, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Fund;

 

  (ii) Is involved in making securities recommendations or exercising investment discretionary powers for the Funds or Client Accounts, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;

 

  (iii) Is a director, or officer of any of the Funds, TAI, TCIM or TCAA;

 

  (iv) Performs investment advisory services on behalf of TAI or TCIM and is subject to its respective supervision and control or;

 

  (v) Has been so designated by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer or a designee.

Actively Managed Exchange-Traded Funds – An exchange-traded fund that does not seek to track the return of a particular index by replicating or sampling index securities.

Automatic Purchase or Automatic Sale – Any periodic purchase or sale that is automatically executed according to a predetermined schedule and allocation in an investment account as part of an automatic investment plan. Examples of this would include Dividend Reinvestment Plans.

Beneficial Ownership – Beneficial Ownership is imputed to any person who has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest, which is the opportunity to profit directly or indirectly from a transaction in securities. A director, officer or employee may be deemed to have Beneficial Ownership of securities held by members of his or her immediate family who share the same household (e.g., spouse, domestic partner, children, etc.), or by certain partnerships, trusts, corporations or other arrangements.

Bona fide Gift – A gift is one where the donor does not receive anything of value in return.

Client Account – Any client portfolio managed by TAI and TCIM, other than the Funds.

Funds or TIAA-CREF Fund Complex – The TIAA-CREF Complex of Funds includes the College Retirement Equities Fund, the TIAA-CREF Funds, the TIAA-CREF Life Funds, and TIAA Separate Account VA-1.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 23 of 33


Glossary

 

Household Members – Any spouse, relative or domestic partner who shares a residence with an Access Person. Additionally, individuals for whom the Access Person provides material support are considered Household Members and are therefore also subject to this policy. One provides material support if they directly or indirectly provide more than 25% of the person’s income in the prior calendar year. Members of the immediate family living in the same household are deemed to provide each other with material support.

Initial Public Offering (IPO) The first offering of a company’s securities to the public through an allocation by the underwriter. Secondary offerings are not considered IPOs for the purpose of this Code of Ethics.

Managed Account – An account in which the Access Person has no direct or indirect control over the investment decision making process. In general, brokerage accounts where the broker is given only some discretion to make investment decisions are not considered managed accounts. Access Persons and Household Members are permitted to have periodic conversations with the broker provided the conversations are not issuer specific. (e.g., change in investment parameters, etc.).

Non-Volitional transactions – Transactions in which an individual does not exercise investment discretion at the time of the transaction (e.g., calling of a security by the issuer, automatic exercise or liquidation of an in-the-money derivative instrument upon expiration pursuant to exchange rules, non-volitional receipt of gifts out of the control of the Access Person).

Portfolio Manager – Any employee who has responsibility for managing a Fund, any portion of a Fund, or any Client Account, plus his or her Household Members. Research analysts who have responsibility for managing a portion of a Fund or Client Account will be deemed Portfolio Managers with respect to such assets.

Personal Trading Compliance Office – The department within the Investment Compliance area that is responsible for administering this Code of Ethics.

Personal Trading Oversight Committee – Committee that has oversight responsibility for issues related to personal securities trading and investment activity by Access Persons. The committee is composed of investment, legal, risk management, institutional client services, trust services and compliance

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 24 of 33


Glossary

 

Private Placement – An offering of securities that is exempt from registration under various laws and rules, such as the Securities Act of 1933 in the US and the Listing Rules in the UK. These offerings are exempt from registration because they do not constitute a public offering and can include limited partnerships.

Related Security – Any option, future, forward contract, or other obligation involving a given security, including any instrument whose value is derived from or closely related to that security, and any separate security that is convertible into, exchangeable for, or which otherwise confers a right to purchase that security. When used in reference to the Funds, the term “Related Security” includes separate accounts and other investment vehicles that invest in the Funds (e.g., TIAA-CREF Lifetime Variable Select, 529 College Savings Programs managed by TIAA-CREF, etc.).

Reportable Account – Any account that holds or can be used to purchase or sell a Reportable Security.

Reportable Security – Any security that is not specifically listed in the Exemptions from Preclearance and Reporting Requirements section of this Code of Ethics.

Research Analyst – An employee who has responsibility for making recommendations regarding particular securities for a Fund or Client Account, plus his or her Household Members.

Research Assistant – Any employee who has responsibility for directly assisting a Portfolio Manager with the management of a Fund or Client Account, or directly assisting a Research Analyst in making recommendations regarding particular securities, plus his or her Household Members.

Short selling – A sale of a security that is not owned by the seller, or that the seller has borrowed. Short selling is motivated by the belief that a security’s price will decline, enabling it to be bought back at a lower price to make a profit.

TAI Teachers Advisors, Inc.

TCAA – TIAA-CREF Alternatives Advisors, LLC

TCIM – TIAA-CREF Investment Management, LLC

Tier-One Access Person – Any Access person who is a Portfolio Manager, Research Analyst, or Research Assistant, or who has otherwise been identified as a Tier-One Access Person by the Personal Trading Compliance Officer.

Tier-Two Access Person – Any Access Person who is not a Tier-One Access Person.

 

Funds Code of Ethics   Page 25 of 33


Reference Card for Access Persons

This page is for reference purpose only.

All Access Persons must read the Code of Ethics and comply with its provisions.

 

Specific Requirements

Duplicate Statements & Confirmations

Access Persons must direct their broker, trust account manager and any entity through which they have a securities trading account to send the following directly to the Personal Trading Compliance Office:

 

    Trade confirmations for each transaction of a Reportable Security (see Glossary)

 

    Periodic brokerage statements for Reportable Accounts (see Glossary)

Preclearance

Access Persons must preclear in advance all orders to buy or sell securities in the Protegent PTA System.

Preclearance approval is valid only for the day in which it is received. (i.e., good ‘til cancel orders are prohibited).

Exemptions

Access Persons are not required to obtain preclearance approval for:

 

    Transactions in open-end mutual funds (including TIAA-CREF Proprietary Funds)

 

    Money Market Transactions

 

    Currency and financial futures

 

    Purchase or sales of securities based on Broad Based Indices (see Exhibit C)

 

    Purchase or sale pursuant to Tender Offer

 

    Transactions in approved managed accounts (see Glossary)

 

    Corporate actions (For example, stock purchase plans, dividends, splits, DRIP, mergers, granted stock options, etc.)

 

    Exercised rights – purchase or sale stock issued by issuer pro-rata to all holders of a class of security

 

    Non-financial commodities (metals, oil, gas, agricultural futures, etc.)

 

    Proprietary Fund allocation

 

    Gift of securities received

 

    Automatic Investment Plans

 

    Automatic Purchases and Sales (see Glossary)

Private Placements

An Access Person must obtain prior approval from the Personal Trading Compliance Officer before participating in private placements. (For example, private equity investments, hedge funds, real estate limited partnerships, etc.)

Specific Prohibitions**

Initial Public Offerings

Access Persons and their Household Members are not permitted to participate in initial public offerings. Exceptions may be available in special circumstances at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer of the appropriate entity.

Brokerage Accounts

Access Persons and their Household Members are required to maintain brokerage accounts at brokerage firms that have been approved by the Personal Trading Compliance Office. Please see Exhibit B for a list of these firms.

Blackout Period

Tier 1

Tier 1 Access Persons and their Household Members are prohibited from purchasing or selling a security (or Related Security) seven days before or after a Fund or Client Account places a trade order. (Please see Blackout Period section for further details or information about passive trading.)

Tier 2

Tier 2 Access Persons and their Household Members are prohibited from purchasing or selling a security (or Related Security) on the same day that a Fund or Client Account places a trade order.

Short-Swing Profit Rule

Access Persons and their Household Members may not profit from a purchase then sale, or sale then purchase, of non-exempt or non-exempt related securities in the same issuer within 60 calendar days.

Selling Short

Access Persons and their Household Members are prohibited from selling securities short unless they own the securities in an equal notional value.

Questions?

Contact the Personal Trading Compliance Office at:

 

    Personal Trading Compliance Office hotline:

 

    1-800-842-2733 ext 225599

 

    1-877-535-3910 ext 235599

 

    E-mail: PersonalTradingCompliance@tiaa-cref.org

** Please read the Code of Ethics for other restrictions!

 

 

Page 26 of 33


Exhibit A: Sample Brokerage Account Letter

 

LOGO   8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd
  Charlotte, NC 28262

Date

Broker Name

Broker Address

To Whom It May Concern:

(Enter employee name here) is an employee at TIAA-CREF or an affiliate and is an employee under one or more of its Personal Trading Policies. Or (enter household member name here) is a household member of (employee name), an employee under one or more Personal Trading Policies at TIAA-CREF.

To comply with the policy and the provisions of SEC and NASD Rules, TIAA-CREF requires duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements for the following account(s) (enter accounts here).

Please send the confirmations and statements to:

TIAA-CREF

P.O. Box 1285

Charlotte, NC 28201-1285

Please contact Gaynor Russell, the TIAA-CREF Personal Trading Compliance Officer, at (704) 988-1002 if you have any questions.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Personal Trading Compliance Officer

 

 

Authorization of Account Holder

 

Page 27 of 33


Exhibit B: Approved Brokerage Firm List

 

  1. Bank of America/Merrill Lynch
  2. Charles Schwab
  3. E*Trade
  4. Fidelity
  5. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney
  6. Scottrade Inc.
  7. TD Ameritrade
  8. TIAA-CREF Brokerage Services
  9. UBS Securities
  10. Wachovia/Wells Fargo

 

Page 28 of 33


Exhibit C: Broad Based Index List

 

N0.

  

Index Name

  

N0.

    

Index Name

1.    AMEX Composite Index      74.       MSCI EAFE Small Cap Index
2.    Dow Jones Industrial Average Index      75.       MSCI EAFE Value Index
3.    Dow Jones Australia Index      76.       MSCI Emerging Markets Index
4.    Dow Jones Brazil Index      77.       MSCI EMU Index
5.    Dow Jones Canada Index      78.       MSCI Japan Index
6.    Dow Jones France Index      79.       MSCI Korea Index
7.    Dow Jones Germany Index      80.       Pacific ex-Japan Index
8.    Dow Jones Global Select Dividend Index      81.       MSCI Taiwan Index
9.    Dow Jones Hong Kong Index      82.       MSCI United Kingdom Index
10.    Dow Jones Japan Index      83.       MSCI US Broad Market Index
11.    Dow Jones Malaysia Index      84.       MSCI US Investable Market 2500 Index
12.    Dow Jones Select Micro Cap Index      85.       MSCI US Investable Market Growth Index
13.    Dow Jones Singapore Index      86.       MSCI US Investable Market Value Index
14.    Dow Jones South Korea Index      87.       MSCI US Large Cap 300 Index
15.    Dow Jones Taiwan Index      88.       MSCI US Large Cap Growth Index
16.    Dow Jones Thailand Index      89.       MSCI US Large Cap Value Index
17.    Dow Jones U.K. Index      90.       MSCI US Micro Cap Index
18.    Dow Jones U.S. Index      91.       MSCI US Mid Cap 450 Index
19.    Dow Jones U.S. Large-Cap Index      92.       MSCI US Mid Cap Growth Index
20.    Dow Jones U.S. Mid-Cap Index      93.       MSCI US Mid Cap Value Index
21.    Dow Jones U.S. Small-Cap Index      94.       MSCI US Prime Market 750 Index
22.    Dow Jones Wilshire 4500 Completion Index      95.       MSCI US Prime Market Growth Index
23.    Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Completion Index      96.       MSCI US Prime Market Value Index
24.    Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Total Market Index      97.       MSCI US Small + Micro Cap Index
25.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. 2500 Index      98.       MSCI US Small + Micro Cap 2200 Index
26.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Growth Index      99.       MSCI US Small + Micro Cap Growth Index
27.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Index      100.       MSCI US Small + Micro Cap Value Index
28.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Large-Cap Value Index      101.       MSCI US Small Cap 1750 Index
29.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Micro-Cap Index      102.       MSCI US Small Cap Growth Index
30.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Mid-Cap Growth Index      103.       MSCI US Small Cap Value Index
31.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Mid-Cap Index      104.       Russell - 3000 Index
32.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Mid-Cap Value Index      105.       Russell - 2000 Index
33.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Small-Cap Growth Index      106.       Russell 2500 Index
34.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Small-Cap Index      107.       Russell - 1000 Index
35.    Dow Jones Wilshire U.S. Small-Cap Value Index      108.       Russell 2000 Growth Index
36.    Dow Jones World Index      109.       Russell 2500 Growth Index
37.    Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Total Market Index      110.       Russell 3000 Growth Index
38.    FORTUNE 500 Index      111.       Russell 2000 Value Index
39.    FTSE All World BRIC Index      112.       Russell 2500 Value Index
40.    FTSE All World Emerging Asia Pacific Index      113.       Russell 3000 Value Index
41.    FTSE All World Emerging Europe Index      114.       Russell 1000 Growth Index
42.    FTSE All World Emerging Index      115.       Russell 1000 Value Index
43.    FTSE All World ex US Index      116.       Russell Global Index
44.    FTSE All World Latin America Index      117.       Russell Global Large Cap Index
45.    FTSE All World Middle East & Africa Index      118.       Russell Global ex-U.S. Index

 

Page 29 of 33


Exhibit C: Broad Based Index List (continued)

 

N0.

  

Index Name

  

N0.

    

Index Name

46.    FTSE Asia Pacific Index      119.       Russell Midcap Growth Index
47.    FTSE Developed ex US Index      120.       Russell Midcap Value Index
48.    FTSE Developed ex NA Index      121.       Russell - Midcap Index
49.    FTSE Developed Europe ex UK Index      122.       Russell Top 200 Growth Index
50.    FTSE Developed Index      123.       Russell Top 200 Index
51.    FTSE Developed Small Cap ex US Index      124.       Russell Top 200 Value Index
52.    FTSE EMEA Index      125.       Russell/Nomura Total Market Index
53.    FTSE Emerging Asia Pacific Index      126.       NASDAQ Composite Index
54.    FTSE Eurobloc Index      127.       NASDAQ 100 Index
55.    FTSE Europe ex UK Index      128.       NASDAQ Capital Market Composite Index
56.    FTSE Kaigai Index      129.       NASDAQ Global Market Composite Index
57.    FTSE NASDAQ 500 Index      130.       NYSE Composite Index
58.    FTSE NASDAQ Large Cap Index      131.       Philadelphia Semiconductor Index
59.    FTSE NASDAQ Mid Cap Index      132.       S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index
60.    FTSE World Asia Pacific Index      133.       S&P 500 / Citigroup Growth Index
61.    JPMorgan EMBI Global Core Index      134.       S&P 500 / Citigroup Value Index
62.    Morningstar Mid Core Index      135.       S&P Citigroup World Ex US Cap Range Index
63.    Morningstar Mid Growth Index      136.       S&P Europe 350 Index
64.    Morningstar Mid Value Index      137.       S&P 500 Index
65.    Morningstar Small Core Index      138.       S&P Midcap 400 Index
66.    Morningstar Small Growth Index      139.       S&P 100 Index
67.    Morningstar Small Value Index      140.       S&P 700 Index
68.    MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan Index      141.       S&P 900 Index
69.    MSCI All Country World ex US Index      142.       S&P 1000 Index
70.    MSCI All Country World Index      143.       S&P Composite 1500 Index
71.    MSCI BRIC Index      144.       S&P Global 100 Index
72.    MSCI Canada Index      145.       S&P Global 1200 Index
73.    MSCI EAFE Index      

 

Page 30 of 33


FUNDS BOARD ATTESTATION

Independent Trustees of the Funds are subject to the General Standards of Conduct articulated at the beginning of this Code of Ethics, but are otherwise exempt from the specific prohibitions, preclearance and reporting requirements covering other Access Persons, except as described below:

 

    An Independent Trustee shall be required to file a Quarterly Disclosure Report only if he or she knew, or should have known, of a Fund’s or Client Account’s trading activity or consideration of trading activity, where such knowledge is material, nonpublic information, in which case he or she shall be subject to the specific prohibition, preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code of Ethics for the Quarter in which the information was received.

 

    Except for extraordinary circumstances, the receipt of trading information by a Trustee which is over three days old will not cause a Trustee to be subject to the specific prohibitions, and preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code of Ethics.

 

    Independent Trustees will be required to provide a written or electronic certification of their understanding of the Code of Ethics as of January 30th of each year

I certify that I have read, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.

Independent Trustee Answer         

Date:                                                                  

 

Page 31 of 33


Revision Log

 

Date

  

Author

  

Change

  

Approval

  

Approval

August

2015

  

Gaynor

Russell

   Options Trading – Restriction on Trading Naked Options: Language corrected to remove selling of puts (not a naked transaction) and revised to include buying puts    PTOC    N/A
Annual Review

Date

  

Author

  

Change

  

Approval

  

Approval

November 2012    

   Gaynor Russell        Major revision    PTOC    Board

September 2013

   Gaynor Russell    Minor language updates    PTOC    N/A

July 2014

   Gaynor Russell    Minor language updates    PTOC    N/A

November 2014

   Gaynor Russell    Minor language updates    PTOC    N/A

November 2015

   Gaynor Russell    Minor language updates    PTOC    N/A

 

Page 32 of 33


Managed Account Waiver Form

 

To: Personal Trading Compliance Officer

In accordance with TIAA-CREF’s Code of Ethics and Policy Statements on Personal Trading, please be advised that I and/or one of my Household Members have a beneficial interest in the following separately managed account (the “Account”) or blind trust:

 

Broker/Advisory Entity:

 

 

Individual Consultant:

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Telephone Number:

 

 

Name of Household Member

 

(if applicable):

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

I hereby represent that neither I, nor my Household Member: (i) have any direct or indirect influence or control over the investment activities of the Account nor (ii) have any prior knowledge of transactions effected in the Account nor (iii) have a personal relationship with the broker/advisor (i.e., advisor is not a friend or relative). I acknowledge that statements (transactions and holdings) may be requested periodically for review. I will immediately notify you if either of these representations should no longer be accurate. I have advised the Broker/Advisor named above of the specific prohibitions applicable to the account and which are set forth below:

 

    I/We cannot participate in initial public offerings.

 

    I/We cannot participate in private placements (e.g., private equity investments, hedge funds, real estate limited partnerships, other private real estate securities investments, etc.), without prior approval from the Personal Trading Compliance Officer.

Please contact me or my Broker/Advisor if you need any additional information or documentation regarding the Account or any transaction effected in this “Fully discretionary” Account.

 

 

   

 

Advisor/Trust Account Manager Signature     Employee Signature

 

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

 

 

   

 

Title     Title

 

 

   

 

Date     Date

 

Page 33 of 33

N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Margo L. Cook

Margo L. Cook


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Jack B. Evans

Jack B. Evans


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ William C. Hunter

William C. Hunter


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ David J. Kundert

David J. Kundert


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Albin F. Moschner

Albin F. Moschner


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ John K. Nelson

John K. Nelson


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ William J. Schneider

William J. Schneider


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Judith M. Stockdale

Judith M. Stockdale


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Carole E. Stone

Carole E. Stone


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him on his behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set his hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Terence J. Toth

Terence J. Toth


N U S HARES ETF T RUST

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a trustee of the above-referenced organization, hereby constitutes and appoints MARK CZARNIECKI, KEVIN J. McCARTHY, KATHLEEN L. PRUDHOMME, CHRISTOPHER M. ROHRBACHER, MARK L. WINGET and GIFFORD R. ZIMMERMAN, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone) her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for her on her behalf and in Registration Statements on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including any amendment or amendments thereto, with all exhibits, and any and all other documents required to be filed with any regulatory authority, federal or state, relating to the registration thereof, or the issuance of shares thereof, without limitation, granting unto said attorneys, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustee of the above-referenced organization has hereunto set her hand this 3 rd day of August 2016.

 

/s/ Margaret L. Wolff

Margaret L. Wolff